RTCIceCandidatePairStats.retransmissionsSent - Web APIs
the rtcicecandidatepairstats dictionary's retransmissionssent property indicates the total number of stun connectivity check request retransmissions that have been sent so far on the pair of candidates. the number of retransmissions that have been received on the connection can be found in retransmissionsreceived. syntax retransmissionssent = rtcicecandidatepairstats.retransmissionssent; value an integer value indicating the total number of retransmitted stun connectivity check requests have been sent on the connection referenced by this candidate pair so far. note: retransmissions are connectivity check requests with a transaction_transmit_counter attribute whose req field is greater than 1 (indicating that the request has been transmitted more than once). see rfc 7982 for further det...
... candidate recommendation initial specification. ...

RTCOutboundRtpStreamStats.perDscpPacketsSent - Web APIs
the perdscppacketssent property of the rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats dictionary is a record comprised of key/value pairs in which each key is a string representation of a differentiated services code point and the value is the number of packets sent for that dcsp. note: not all operating systems make data available on a per-dscp basis, so this property shouldn't be relied upon on those systems. syntax var perdscppacketssent = rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats.perdscppacketssent; value a record comprised of string/value pairs. each key is the string representation of a single differentiated services code point (dscp)'s id number. note: due to network bleaching and remapping, the numbers seen on this record are not necessarily going to match the values as they were when the data was sent. specif...
... of a single differentiated services code point (dscp)'s id number. note: due to network bleaching and remapping, the numbers seen on this record are not necessarily going to match the values as they were when the data was sent. specifications specification status comment identifiers for webrtc's statistics apithe definition of 'rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats.perdscppacketssent' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

SVG Presentation Attributes - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
svg presentation attributes are css properties that can be used as attributes on svg elements. alignment-baseline baseline-shift clip clip-path clip-rule color color-interpolation color-interpolation-filters color-profile color-rendering cursor direction display dominant-baseline enable-background fill fill-opacity fill-rule filter flood-color flood-opacity font-family font-size font-size-adjust font-stretch font-style font-variant font-weight glyph-orientation-horizontal glyph-orientation-vertical image-rendering kerning letter-spacing lighting-color marker-end marker-mid marker-start mask opacity overflow pointer-events shape-rendering solid-color solid-opacity stop-color stop-opacity stroke stroke-dasharray stroke-dashoffset stroke-lin...
... with a given <clippath> element. value: none|<funciri>|inherit; animatable: yes clip-rule it indicates how to determine what side of a path is inside a shape in order to know how a <clippath> should clip its target. value: nonezero|evenodd|inherit; animatable: yes color it provides a potential indirect value (currentcolor) for the fill, stroke, stop-color, flood-color and lighting-color presentation attributes. value: <color>|inherit; animatable: yes color-interpolation it specifies the color space for gradient interpolations, color animations, and alpha compositing. value: auto|srgb|linearrgb|inherit; animatable: yes color-interpolation-filters it specifies the color space for imaging operations performed via filter effects. value: auto|srgb|linearrgb|inherit; animatable: yes c...

Mozilla project presentations - Archive of obsolete content
this article provides links to presentations covering various aspects of the mozilla project. community all about community this presentation provides a look at the mozilla community giving program. (pdf, 2.5 mb) ...

SXSW 2007 presentations - Archive of obsolete content
the open web - brendan eich brendan eich discusses the various issues related to the openness of the web and web standards, and explains mozilla's position on the subject. ...

XTech 2005 Presentations - Archive of obsolete content
erators for filtering xml lists, and for enumerating xml children and descendants. another e4x feature: the ability to bind a w3c dom document to a new xml object, reflecting the dom in e4x terms so that updates to either the dom or the e4x object hierarchy show up in the other. directions of the mozilla rdf engine: website scripting, standards conformance and perfomance - axel hecht this presentation showed new developments in the mozilla rdf engine. these include plans to expose the rdf api to public web content, as well as performance and correctness improvements. rich web: svg and canvas in mozilla - robert o'callahan today's web browsers offer somewhat limited graphics capabilities to web developers. advances in hardware, especially graphics processors, offer the potential for f...

mozIRepresentativeColorCallback
igned long color); methods oncomplete() will be called when color analysis finishes. void oncomplete( in boolean success, [optional] in unsigned long color ); parameters success true if analysis was successful, false otherwise. analysis can fail if the image is transparent, imageuri doesn't resolve to a valid image, or the image is too big. color the representative color as an integer in rgb form. e.g. 0xff0102 == rgb(255,1,2). if success is false, color is not provided. ...

RTCIceCandidateStats.lastPacketSentTimestamp - Web APIs
the rtcicecandidatepairstats property lastpacketsenttimestamp indicates the time at which the connection described by the candidate pair last sent a packet, not including stun packets. syntax lastpacketsenttimestamp = rtcicecandidatepairstats.lastpacketsenttimestamp; value a domhighrestimestamp object indicating the timestamp at which the connection described by pair of candidates last sent a packet, stun packets excluded. specifications specification status comment identifiers for webrtc's statistics apithe definition of 'rtcicecandidatepairstats.lastpacketsenttimestamp' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial specification. ...

RTCIceCandidatePairStats.packetsSent - Web APIs
the rtcicecandidatepairstats dictionary's packetssent property indicates the total number of packets which have been sent on the connection described by the pair of candidates. the number of packets received to date on the connection can be obtained using packetsreceived. syntax packetssent = rtcicecandidatepairstats.packetssent; value an integer value indicating the total number of packets, of any kind, which have been sent on the connection described by the two candidates comprising this pair. specifications specification status comment identifiers for webrtc's statistics apithe definition of 'rtcicecandidatepairstats.packetssent' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial specification. ...

RTCIceCandidatePairStats.responsesSent - Web APIs
the rtcicecandidatepairstats dictionary's responsessent property indicates the total number of stun connectivity check responses that have been sent so far on the connection described by this pair of candidates. syntax responsessent = rtcicecandidatepairstats.responsessent; value an integer value indicating the number of times a repsonse has been sent to a stun connectivity check request. note: since it isn't possible to tell the difference between connectivity check requests and consent requests, this value includes both. specifications specification status comment identifiers for webrtc's statistics apithe definition of 'rtcicecandidatepairstats.responsessent' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial specification. ...

RTCOutboundRtpStreamStats.lastPacketSentTimestamp - Web APIs
the lastpacketsenttimestamp property of the rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats dictionary indicates the time at which the rtcrtpsender described by this rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats object last transmitted a packet to the remote receiver. syntax var lastpackettimestamp = rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats.lastpacketsenttimestamp; value a domhighrestimestamp which specifies the time at which the most recently received packet arrived on this rtp stream. note: this value differs from the timestamp, which represents the time at which the statistics object was created. specifications specification status comment identifiers for webrtc's statistics apithe definition of 'rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats.lastpacketsenttimestamp' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial defin...

WakeLockSentinel.release() - Web APIs
the release() method of the wakelocksentinel interface releases the wakelocksentinel, returning a promise that is resolved once the sentinel has been successfully released. syntax wakelocksentinel.release().then(...); parameters none. return value returns a promise that resolves with undefined exceptions no exceptions are thrown. you should always listen for the onrelease event to check if a wake lock has been released. examples in this example, when a user clicks a button the wakelocksentinel is released. wakelockoffbutton.addeventlistener('click', () => { wakelocksentinel.release(); }) specifications specification status comment screen wake lock apithe definition of 'release()' in that specification. unknown initial definition. ...

WakeLockSentinel.type - Web APIs
the read-only type property of the wakelocksentinel interface returns a string representation of the currently acquired wakelocksentinel type. syntax var type = wakelocksentinel.type; value a string representation of the currently acquired wake lock type. type read only return values are: 'screen': a screen wake lock. prevents devices from dimming or locking the screen. examples this example shows an asynchronous function that acquires a wakelocksentinel, then logs the type to the console. const requestwakelock = async () => { wakelock = await navigator.wakelock.request('screen'); console.log(wakelock.type); // logs 'screen' }; requestwakelock(); specifications specification status comment screen wake lock apithe definition ...

Index - Web APIs
the angle_instanced_arrays.vertexattribdivisorangle() method of the webgl api modifies the rate at which generic vertex attributes advance when rendering multiple instances of primitives with ext.drawarraysinstancedangle() and ext.drawelementsinstancedangle(). 6 abortcontroller api, abortcontroller, experimental, interface, reference the abortcontroller interface represents a controller object that allows you to abort one or more dom requests as and when desired. 7 abortcontroller.abortcontroller() api, abortcontroller, constructor, experimental, fetch, reference the abortcontroller() constructor creates a new abortcontroller object instance. 8 abortcontroller.abort() api, abortcontroller, experimental, fetch, method, reference, ...
...ortcontroller.signal api, abortcontroller, experimental, fetch, property, reference, signal the signal read-only property of the abortcontroller interface returns an abortsignal object instance, which can be used to communicate with/abort a dom request as desired. 10 abortsignal api, abortsignal, dom, experimental, interface, reference the abortsignal interface represents a signal object that allows you to communicate with a dom request (such as a fetch) and abort it if required via an abortcontroller object. 11 abortsignal.aborted api, abortsignal, experimental, property, reference, aborted the aborted read-only property returns a boolean that indicates whether the dom request(s) the signal is communicating with is/are aborted (true) or not ...
...eb workers api is an abstract interface that defines properties and methods that are common to all types of worker, including not only the basic worker, but also serviceworker and sharedworker. 23 abstractworker.onerror api, abstractworker, eventhandler, property, reference, web workers, workers, onerror the abstractworker.onerror property of the abstractworker interface represents an eventhandler, that is a function to be called when the error event occurs and bubbles through the worker. 24 accelerometer api, accelerometer, accelerometer api, generic sensor api, interface, reference, sensor, sensor apis, sensors the accelerometer interface of the sensor apis provides on each reading the acceleration applied to the device along all three axes. ...
...And 829 more matches

Index
rameters of the macros in js/xpconnect/src/xpc.msg (also at table of errors), with the value of each corresponding to that constant's value. 28 components.returncode xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect no summary! 29 components.stack xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect components.stack is a read only property of type nsistackframe (idl definition) that represents a snapshot of the current javascript callstack. this can be used for various diagnostic purposes. 30 components.utils xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect components.utils is a collection of various useful xpconnect features. its interface is defined at js/xpconnect/idl/xpccomponents.idl. 31 components.utils.sandbox needsmarkupwork, reference, référence(2), xp...
... matching function in nspr (pr_lock()). this is no accident, as mozilla:: primitives are merely bare-minimum wrappers around nspr's. 95 xpcom category image-sniffing-services add-ons, extensions, needscontent in versions of firefox prior to firefox 3, extensions could add decoders for new image types. however, such decoders relied on servers sending correct mime types; images sent with incorrect mime types would not be correctly displayed. 96 xpcom glue guide, xpcom, xpcom glue the xpcom glue is a static library which component developers and embedders can link against. it allows developers to link only against the frozen xpcom method symbols and maintain compatibility with multiple versions of xpcom. 97 xpcom glue without mozalloc ...
... explaining the underlying concepts, and second by describing a number of common javascript patterns that cause leaks. 100 creating xpcom components deprecated, guide, needsmarkupwork, xpcom this guide is about gecko, and about creating xpcom components for gecko-based applications. 101 an overview of xpcom xpcom this is a book about xpcom. the book is presented as a tutorial about creating xpcom components, but it covers all major aspects, concepts, and terminology of the xpcom component model along the way. 102 building the weblock ui xpcom up until now, we've been building a component that can be installed in any gecko application. the xpcom interfaces and tools you've used have been general, cross-platform, and available in the...
...And 65 more matches

HTML documentation index - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
found 237 pages: # page tags and summary 1 html: hypertext markup language html, html5, landing, web, l10n:priority html (hypertext markup language) is the most basic building block of the web. it defines the meaning and structure of web content. other technologies besides html are generally used to describe a web page's appearance/presentation (css) or functionality/behavior (javascript). 2 allowing cross-origin use of images and canvas advanced, cors, canvas, html, image, reference, security, storage, data html provides a crossorigin attribute for images that, in combination with an appropriate cors header, allows images defined by the <img> element that are loaded from foreign origins to be used in a <canvas> as if they had b...
...ted, global attributes, html, reference, contextmenu the contextmenu global attribute is the id of a <menu> to use as the contextual menu for this element. 13 data-* global attributes, html, reference the data-* global attributes form a class of attributes called custom data attributes, that allow proprietary information to be exchanged between the html and its dom representation by scripts. 14 dir bidi, global attributes, html, reference the dir global attribute is an enumerated attribute that indicates the directionality of the element's text. 15 draggable global attributes, html, reference the draggable global attribute is an enumerated attribute that indicates whether the element can be dragged, either with native browser...
...g, for example for testing purposes. 31 tabindex global attributes, html, reference the tabindex global attribute indicates that its element can be focused, and where it participates in sequential keyboard navigation (usually with the tab key, hence the name). 32 title global attributes, html, reference, title the title global attribute contains text representing advisory information related to the element it belongs to. 33 translate experimental, global attributes, html, reference the translate global attribute is an enumerated attribute that is used to specify whether an element's translateable attribute values and its text node children should be translated when the page is localized, or whether to leave them unchanged. 3...
...And 54 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
ing, travis-ci the node-based replacement for cfx --force-mobile. enables you to run and test add-ons for firefox mobile (aka fennec). 139 jpmignore jpm no summary! 140 package.json commonjs, jpm, sdk, add-on, package.json the package.json file contains manifest data for your add-on, providing not only descriptive information about the add-on for presentation in the add-ons manager, but other metadata required of add-ons. 141 tutorials add-on sdk no summary! 142 add a context menu item add-on sdk, firefox, guide no summary! 143 add a menu item to firefox add-on sdk no summary! 144 adding a button to the toolbar add-on sdk no summary! 145 annotator a...
... 182 drag & drop code snippets 183 embedding svg code snippets no summary! 184 examples and demos from articles no summary! 185 file i/o add-ons, code snippets, extensions, files, streams, tutorial no summary! 186 finding window handles add-ons, code snippets, extension...
... and to japanese things (like some specific locales, which have been translated to french since non-latin characters are not well supported). 242 hiding browser chrome add-ons, extensions, xul, xulbrowserwindow there are times in which an extension may find it useful to hide browser chrome (that is, toolbars, the location bar, and so forth), in order to reduce clutter when presenting a particular user interface. this is done, for example, by the about:addons page. 243 hotfix extension this document has been moved to the add-ons wiki. 244 how to convert an overlay extension to restartless add-ons, code snippets, extensions, firefox, firefox os, guide, preferences system no summary! 245 inline options add-ons, extensi...
...And 53 more matches

Document - Web APIs
the dom tree includes elements such as <body> and <table>, among many others. it provides functionality globally to the document, like how to obtain the page's url and create new elements in the document. ...
...ered in quirks or strict mode. document.contenttype read only returns the content-type from the mime header of the current document. document.doctyperead only returns the document type definition (dtd) of the current document. document.documentelementread only returns the element that is a direct child of the document. for html documents, this is normally the htmlhtmlelement object representing the document's <html> element. document.documenturiread only returns the document location as a string. document.embedsread only returns a list of the embedded <embed> elements within the current document. document.fonts returns the fontfaceset interface of the current document. document.formsread only returns a list of the <form> elements within the current document. document.head...
...d only returns the element set as the target for mouse events while the pointer is locked. null if lock is pending, pointer is unlocked, or if the target is in another document. documentorshadowroot.stylesheetsread only returns a stylesheetlist of cssstylesheet objects for stylesheets explicitly linked into, or embedded in a document. ...
...And 39 more matches

Index - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
ning block. 17 alignment subject alignment subject, css, glossary, alignment in css box alignment the alignment subject is the thing (or things) being aligned by the property. ...
...ject, css, glossary, alignment in css box alignment the alignment subject is the thing (or things) being aligned by the property. 18 alpha (alpha channel) alpha, alpha channel, drawing, glossary, graphics, translucency, translucent, transparency, transparent, webgl, webxr, channel, color, pixel colors are represented in digital form as a collection of numbers, each representing the strength or intensity level of a given component of the color. each of these components is called a channel. in a typical image file, the color channels describe how much red, green, and blue are used to make up the final color. to represent a color through which the background can be seen to some extent, a fourth channel is added to the color: the alpha channel. the alpha channel specifie...
... much information can pass through a data connection in a given amount of time. it is usually measured in multiples of bits-per-second (bps), for example megabits-per-second (mbps) or gigabits-per-second (gbps). 27 base64 advanced, base64, javascript, typed arrays, uri, url, unicode problem, atob(), btoa() base64 is a group of similar binary-to-text encoding schemes that represent binary data in an ascii string format by translating it into a radix-64 representation. the term base64 originates from a specific mime content transfer encoding. 28 baseline css, glossary, svg, alignment, typography the baseline is a term used in european and west asian typography meaning an imaginary line upon which the characters of a font rest. 29 bidi acce...
...And 38 more matches

HTML elements reference - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ction to help you find what you have in mind easily. an alphabetical list of all elements is provided in the sidebar on every element's page as well as this one. for more information about the basics of html elements and attributes, see the section on elements in the introduction to html article. main root element description <html> the html <html> element represents the root (top-level element) of an html document, so it is also referred to as the root element. all other elements must be descendants of this element. document metadata metadata contains information about the page. this includes information about styles, scripts and data to help software (search engines, browsers, etc.) use and render the page. metadata for styles and scripts may be d...
... <link> the html external resource link element (<link>) specifies relationships between the current document and an external resource. this element is most commonly used to link to stylesheets, but is also used to establish site icons (both "favicon" style icons and icons for the home screen and apps on mobile devices) among other things. <meta> the html <meta> element represents metadata that cannot be represented by other html meta-related elements, like <base>, <link>, <script>, <style> or <title>. <style> the html <style> element contains style information for a document, or part of a document. <title> the html title element (<title>) defines the document's title that is shown in a browser's title bar or a page's tab. sectioning ro...
...nk>, <script>, <style> or <title>. <style> the html <style> element contains style information for a document, or part of a document. <title> the html title element (<title>) defines the document's title that is shown in a browser's title bar or a page's tab. sectioning root element description <body> the html <body> element represents the content of an html document. there can be only one <body> element in a document. content sectioning content sectioning elements allow you to organize the document content into logical pieces. use the sectioning elements to create a broad outline for your page content, including header and footer navigation, and heading elements to identify sections of content. element ...
...And 38 more matches

WebIDL bindings
in all cases, optional arguments which do ...
...s> constructor(const globalobject& aglobal, uint32_t asomenumber, errorresult& rv); }; c++ reflections of webidl types the exact c++ representation for webidl types can depend on the precise way that they're being used (e.g., return values, arguments, and sequence or dictionary members might all have different representations). unless stated otherwise, a type only has one representation. also, unless stated otherwise, nullable types are represented by wrapping nullable<> around the base type. in all cases, optional arguments which do not have a default value are represented by wrapping const optional<>& around the representation of the argument type. if the argument type is a c++ reference, it will also become...
... variadic webidl arguments are treated as a const sequence<>& around the actual argument type. ...
...And 36 more matches

HTTP Index - HTTP
mitigate certain types of attacks, including cross site scripting (xss) and data injection attacks. these attacks are used for everything from data theft to site defacement to distribution of malware. 17 content negotiation content negotiation, content negotiation reference, http, reference in http, content negotiation is the mechanism that is used for serving different representations of a resource at the same uri, so that the user agent can specify which is best suited for the user (for example, which language of a document, which image format, or which content encoding). 18 list of default accept values accept, content negotiation, http, reference this article documents the default values for the http accept header for specific inputs and browser v...
...d when using cors to access the url specified in the request; if the request is using any other method, this error occurs. 32 reason: multiple cors header 'access-control-allow-origin' not allowed cors, corsmultiplealloworiginnotallowed, cross-origin, error, http, https, messages, reasons, security, console, troubleshooting more than one access-control-allow-origin header was sent by the server. this isn't allowed. 33 reason: expected ‘true’ in cors header ‘access-control-allow-credentials’ cors, corsmissingallowcredentials, cross-origin, error, http, https, messages, reasons, security, console, troubleshooting the cors request requires that the server permit the use of credentials, but the server's access-control-allow-credentials header's val...
...ermit the use of credentials, but the server's access-control-allow-credentials header's value isn't set to true to enable their use. ...
...And 34 more matches

XUL Events - Archive of obsolete content
inherited dom events event description blur the opposite of the focus event, the blur event is passed after an element loses the focus. attribute: onblur change this event is sent when the value of the textbox is changed. the event is not sent until the focus is moved to another element. attribute: onchange click this event is sent when a mouse button is pressed and released. you can determine which mouse button was clicked by retrieving the button property of the event object...
...the detail property specifies how many clicks occurred. you can also check for triple-clicks in a similar manner. you should not use this event in xul to respond to user actions; the command event should be used instead. ...
...the detail property specifies how many clicks occurred. you can also check for triple-clicks in a similar manner. you should not use this event in xul to respond to user actions; the command event should be used instead. attribute: onclick dblclick this event is like the click event except it is only sent when the user double clicks with the mouse. this is an alternative to checking the detail property in the click event. attribute: ondblclick dommousescroll this event is sent when the mouse wheel is moved, whether it results in content being scrolled or not. the target of this event is th...
...And 33 more matches

Observer Notifications
e observers for profile-do-change have been notified. you can register with nsicategorymanager to receive this notification. prior to firefox 3.5, this was available to observers observing the app-startup/xpcom-startup notification. final-ui-startup triggered just before the first window for the application is displayed. sessionstore-windows-restored sent by the session restore process to indicate that all initial browser windows have opened. note that while the window are open and the chrome loaded the tabs in the windows may still be being restored after this notification. note: this notification is specific to firefox and seamonkey 2.0 applications application shutdown these are the topics that you can observe on shutdown, in o...
...led inside xpcom-shutdown. this shuts down all web workers. xpcom-shutdown-threads shuts down the thread manager, causing all nsthreads to finish processing any events already queued and stop accepting new events. browser these topics indicate interesting things that happen that the browser alerts you to. ...
...hread manager, causing all nsthreads to finish processing any events already queued and stop accepting new events. browser these topics indicate interesting things that happen that the browser alerts you to. topic description browser:purge-session-history sent when the sanitizer runs to purge all history and other information. browser:purge-domain-data sent after domain-specific history and other information have been purged. the data value is a string form of the domain. browser-lastwindow-close-requested sent when the browser wishes to close the last open browser window. when this is sent, it is possible that other windows may still be open, such as the download manager or preferences. the data value is an nsisupportsprbool. recipients...
...And 32 more matches

nsIAccessibleRole
accessible/public/nsiaccessiblerole.idlscriptable this interface defines cross platform (gecko) roles. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.9 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) constants constant value description role_nothing 0 used when accessible has no strong defined role. ...
... 66 introduced gecko 1.9 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) constants constant value description role_nothing 0 used when accessible has no strong defined role. role_titlebar 1 represents a title or caption bar for a window. it is used by msaa only, supported automatically by ms windows. role_menubar 2 represents the menu bar (positioned beneath the title bar of a window) from which menus are selected by the user. ...
...role_nothing 0 used when accessible has no strong defined role. role_titlebar 1 represents a title or caption bar for a window. it is used by msaa only, supported automatically by ms windows. role_menubar 2 represents the menu bar (positioned beneath the title bar of a window) from which menus are selected by the user. the role is used by xul:menubar or role="menubar". role_scrollbar 3 represents a vertical or horizontal scroll bar, which is part of the client area or used in a control. role_grip 4 represents a special mouse pointer, which allows a user to manipulate user interface elements such as windows. ...
...And 30 more matches

GlobalEventHandlers - Web APIs
actually create an object of type globaleventhandlers. properties this interface doesn't include any properties except for the event handlers listed below. event handlers these event handlers are defined on the globaleventhandlers mixin, and implemented by htmlelement, document, window, as well as by workerglobalscope for web workers. globaleventhandlers.onabort is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the abort event is raised. globaleventhandlers.onanimationcancel an eventhandler called when an animationcancel event is sent, indicating that a running css animation has been canceled. globaleventhandlers.onanimationend an eventhandler called when an animationend event is sent, indicating that a css animation has stopped playing. globaleventhandlers.onanima...
...nimationcancel an eventhandler called when an animationcancel event is sent, indicating that a running css animation has been canceled. globaleventhandlers.onanimationend an eventhandler called when an animationend event is sent, indicating that a css animation has stopped playing. globaleventhandlers.onanimationiteration an eventhandler called when an animationiteration event has been sent, indicating that a css animation has begun playing a new iteration of the animation sequence. globaleventhandlers.onanimationstart an eventhandler called when an animationstart event is sent, indicating that a css animation has started playing. ...
...eventhandler called when an animationiteration event has been sent, indicating that a css animation has begun playing a new iteration of the animation sequence. globaleventhandlers.onanimationstart an eventhandler called when an animationstart event is sent, indicating that a css animation has started playing. globaleventhandlers.onauxclick an eventhandler called when an auxclick event is sent, indicating that a non-primary button has been pressed on an input device (e.g. a middle mouse button). globaleventhandlers.onblur is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the blur event is raised. ...
...And 30 more matches

SVG documentation index - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
documents are embedded within a parent html document using the tag: 6 namespaces crash course svg, xml as an xml dialect, svg is namespaced. it is important to understand the concept of namespaces and how they are used if you plan to author svg content. versions of svg viewers prior to the release of firefox 1.5 unfortunately paid scant attention to namespaces, but they are essential to multi-xml dialect supporting user agents such as gecko-based browsers which must be very strict. take some time to understand namespaces now and it will save you all sorts of headaches in the future. 7 example svg, xml in this example, we use xhtml, svg, javascript, and the dom to animate a swarm of "motes". these motes are governed by two simple principles. first, each...
...ed on any svg element. 16 svg event attributes advanced, attribute, draft, landing, needsupdate, svg event attributes always have their name starting with "on" followed by the name of the event for which they are intended. they specifies some script to run when the event of the given type is dispatched to the element on which the attributes are specified. 17 svg presentation attributes attribute, beginner, draft, reference, svg svg presentation attributes are css properties that can be used as attributes on svg elements. 18 svg styling attributes attribute, beginner, needsexample, reference, svg the svg styling attributes are all the attributes that can be specified on any svg element to apply css styling effects. 19 acc...
...ine descriptor within an @font-face. 24 amplitude needscompattable, svg, svg attribute the amplitude attribute controls the amplitude of the gamma function of a component transfer element when its type attribute is gamma. 25 arabic-form deprecated, svg, svg attribute the arabic-form attribute indicates which of the four possible forms an arabic glyph represents. 26 ascent deprecated, needsexample, svg, svg attribute the ascent attribute defines the maximum unaccented height of the font within the font coordinate system. 27 attributename needscompattable, svg, svg attribute the attributename attribute indicates the name of the css property or attribute of the target element that is going to be changed during an ...
...And 30 more matches

Index
ensure dst has enough space to encode the entire string, or pass the length of the buffer as dstlenp. in which case, the function will encode characters from the string until the buffer is exhausted. does not write the null terminator. 39 js::doublenanvalue jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::doublenanvalue returns a value of type js::value that represents an ieee floating-point quiet not-a-number (nan). 40 js::doublevalue jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::doublevalue converts a c floating-point number of type double to js::value, the type of javascript values. 41 js::evaluate jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::evaluate compiles and executes a script in ...
...ting-point number of type double to js::value, the type of javascript values. 41 js::evaluate jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::evaluate compiles and executes a script in the specified scope, obj or scopechain. 42 js::falsevalue jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::falsevalue creates a js::value that represents the javascript value false. 43 js::float32value jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::float32value converts a c floating-point number of type float to js::value, the type of javascript values. 44 js::getdeflatedutf8stringlength jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::getdeflatedutf8stringlength returns the leng...
...:getfirstargumentastypehint converts first argument of @@toprimitive method to jstype. 46 js::getselfhostedfunction jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::getselfhostedfunction creates a new javascript function implemented in self-hosted javascript. 47 js::handle jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey here, ptr represents the private member of js::handle<t>, typed with t. 48 js::handlevaluearray jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::handlevaluearray is a handle to an array of rooted values. this is useful as a parameter type, or a temporal local variable for it. 49 js::identifystandardinstance jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey ...
...And 28 more matches

Gecko Roles
« at apis support page this page offers a list of accessible roles used in gecko. role constants are defined in the nsiaccessiblerole interface. role_nothing used when the accessible item doesn't have a strongly defined role. role_titlebar represents a title or caption bar for a window. used by msaa only, this is supported automatically by microsoft windows. ...
... apis support page this page offers a list of accessible roles used in gecko. role constants are defined in the nsiaccessiblerole interface. role_nothing used when the accessible item doesn't have a strongly defined role. role_titlebar represents a title or caption bar for a window. used by msaa only, this is supported automatically by microsoft windows. ...
...esn't have a strongly defined role. role_titlebar represents a title or caption bar for a window. used by msaa only, this is supported automatically by microsoft windows. role_menubar represents the menu bar (positioned beneath the title bar of a window on most platforms or at the top of the screen on mac os x) from which menus are selected by the user. role_scrollbar represents a vertical or horizontal scroll bar, which is part of the client area or used in a control. role_grip represents a special mouse pointer, which allows a user to manipulate user interface elements such as windows. ...
...And 27 more matches

Layout System Overview - Archive of obsolete content
layout's job: provide the presentation layout is primarily concerned with providing a presentation to an html or xml document. this presentation is typically formatted in accordance with the requirements of the css1 and css2 specifications from the w3c. presentation formatting is also required to provide compatibility with legacy browsers (microsoft internet explorer and netscape navigator 4.x). the decision about when to apply css-specified formatting and when to apply legacy formatting is controlled by the document's doctype specification. these layout modes are referred to as 'standards' and 'navquirks' modes. (doctype and modes are explained in more detail in article mozilla's doctype sniffing. ...
...gacy browsers (microsoft internet explorer and netscape navigator 4.x). the decision about when to apply css-specified formatting and when to apply legacy formatting is controlled by the document's doctype specification. these layout modes are referred to as 'standards' and 'navquirks' modes. (doctype and modes are explained in more detail in article mozilla's doctype sniffing. ...
...osoft internet explorer and netscape navigator 4.x). the decision about when to apply css-specified formatting and when to apply legacy formatting is controlled by the document's doctype specification. these layout modes are referred to as 'standards' and 'navquirks' modes. (doctype and modes are explained in more detail in article mozilla's doctype sniffing. ...
...And 26 more matches

RTCPeerConnection - Web APIs
it provides methods to connect to a remote peer, maintain and monitor the connection, and close the connection once it's no longer needed. ...
...troke-width="2px" /><text x="236" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">rtcpeerconnection</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} constructorrtcpeerconnection() the rtcpeerconnection() constructor returns a newly-created rtcpeerconnection, which represents a connection between the local device and a remote peer.propertiesalso inherits properties from: eventtargetcantrickleicecandidatesthe read-only rtcpeerconnection property cantrickleicecandidates returns a boolean which indicates whether or not the remote peer can accept trickled ice candidates.connectionstate the read-only connectionstate property of the rtcpeerconnection interface indicates t...
...tcpeerconnection.currentlocaldescription returns an rtcsessiondescription object describing the local end of the connection as it was most recently successfully negotiated since the last time the rtcpeerconnection finished negotiating and connecting to a remote peer. also included is a list of any ice candidates that may already have been generated by the ice agent since the offer or answer represented by the description was first instantiated.currentremotedescription read only the read-only property rtcpeerconnection.currentremotedescription returns an rtcsessiondescription object describing the remote end of the connection as it was most recently successfully negotiated since the last time the rtcpeerconnection finished negotiating and connecting to a remote peer. also included is a list of...
...And 26 more matches

Viewpoints and viewers: Simulating cameras in WebXR - Web APIs
in this guide we show how use webgl to simulate camera movements without having a camera to move. these techniques can be used in any webgl (or webxr) project. ...
...nderer needs to know where we imagine the camera to be, then alter the position of every visible object to simulate that position and orientation. thus, instead of referring to an actual camera object, the term camera is used in webgl and webxr programming to refer to an object describing the position and viewing direction of a hypothetical viewer of the scene, whether there's an actual object present in 3d space or not. points of view since the camera is a virtual object which, rather than necessarily representing a physical object in the virtual world, represents a viewer's position and viewing direction, it's useful to think about the kinds of situation that call for the use of a camera. gaming-related situations are listed separately since they are often a special case specific to gaming...
...zed cameras in general, virtual cameras may or may not be incorporated into physical objects within the scene. indeed, outside the scope of 3d gaming, the odds are far more likely that the camera will not correspond with an object that appears in the scene at all. some examples of ways 3d cameras are used: when rendering animation—whether for filmmaking or for use within the context of a presentation or game—the virtual camera is used just like a real-world film camera. as much as possible, standard cinematographic techniques are used, since the viewer has likely grown up watching films using those techniques, and has subconscious expectations that a film or animation will follow those methods. deviating from them can pull the viewer out of the moment. in business applications, the 3d...
...And 25 more matches

<input>: The Input (Form Input) element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
has no effect on input types that do not return numeric or text data, being valid for all input types except checkbox, radio, file, or any of the button types. see the html autocomplete attribute for additional information, including information on password security and how autocomplete is slightly different for hidden than for other input types. autofocus a boolean attribute which, if present, indicates that the input should automatically have focus when the page has finished loading (or when the <dialog> containing the element has been displayed). note: an element with the autofocus attribute may gain focus before the domcontentloaded event is fired. no more than one element in the document may have the autofocus attribute. if put on more than one element, the first one with ...
...nt. capture introduced in the html media capture specification and valid for the file input type only, the capture attribute defines which media—microphone, video, or camera—should be used to capture a new file for upload with file upload control in supporting scenarios. see the file input type. checked valid for both radio and checkbox types, checked is a boolean attribute. if present on a radio type, it indicates that that radio button is the currently selected one in the group of same-named radio buttons. if present on a checkbox type, it indicates that the checkbox is checked by default (when the page loads). it does not indicate whether this checkbox is currently checked: if the checkbox’s state is changed, this content attribute does not reflect the change. (only the ht...
...r or rtl being set by the browser. <form action="page.html" method="post"> <label>fruit: <input type="text" name="fruit" dirname="fruit.dir" value="cherry"></label> <input type="submit"/> </form> <!-- page.html?fruit=cherry&fruit.dir=ltr --> when the form above is submitted, the input cause both the name / value pair of fruit=cherry and the dirname / direction pair of fruit.dir=ltr to be sent. disabled a boolean attribute which, if present, indicates that the user should not be able to interact with the input. disabled inputs are typically rendered with a dimmer color or using some other form of indication that the field is not available for use. specifically, disabled inputs do not receive the click event, and disabled inputs are not submitted with the form. note: althoug...
...And 24 more matches

Inputs and input sources - Web APIs
ions. voice commands using speech recognition. spatially-tracked articulated hands, such as haptic gloves can provide both targeting and squeeze actions, as well as selection if outfitted with buttons or other sources of selection actions. single-button click devices. gaze tracking (following the movements of the eye to choose targets). input sources each source of webxr input data is represented by an xrinputsource object which describes the input source and its current state. the information for each input source includes which hand it's held in (if applicable), what targeting method it uses, xrspaces that can be used to draw the targeting ray and to find the targeted object or location as well as to draw objects in the user's hands, and profile strings specifying the preferred way to...
...an xrinputsource object which describes the input source and its current state. the information for each input source includes which hand it's held in (if applicable), what targeting method it uses, xrspaces that can be used to draw the targeting ray and to find the targeted object or location as well as to draw objects in the user's hands, and profile strings specifying the preferred way to represent the controller in the user's viewing area as well as how the input operates. the fundamental capabilities of an input source are: targeting monitoring directional controls (either a motion-sensing pointer or a joystick or trackpad, for example) to aim in a direction, possibly at a target, though targeting is left to you to implement yourself. see facing and targeting for further information.
...in the 3d space. handedness handedness, indicated by the xrinputsource property handedness, is a string which indicates which of the viewer's hands the controller is in: left or right. it can also be set to none if the controller isn't hand-held, or if it's unknown which hand the controller is in. handedness can be used for various things, including selecting an appropriate mesh to use to represent the controller in the view and to help present it in the correct hand if drawing hands on the display. it can also be useful if your app uses the notion of "main hand" and "off hand" for determining the functionality of a controller; in a game, for example, the main hand controller may be the player's weapon while the off hand controller might be used to control the positioning of a shield. targ...
...And 23 more matches

Image file type and format guide - Web media technologies
capabilities, and detailed browser compatibility information; including which versions introduced support and specific special features that may have been introduced later. image file type details the following sections provide a brief overview of each of the image file types supported by web browsers. in the tables below, the term bits per component refers to the number of bits used to represent each color component. for example, an rgb color depth of 8 indicates that each of the red, green, and blue components are represented by an 8-bit value. bit depth, on the other hand, is the total number of bits used to represent each pixel in memory. apng (animated portable network graphics) apng is a file format first introduced by mozilla which extends the png standard to add support for anim...
...2,147,483,647×2,147,483,647 pixels supported color modes color mode bits per component (d) description greyscale 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16 each pixel consists of a single d-bit value indicating the brightness of the greyscale pixel. true color 8 and 16 each pixel is represented by three d-bit values indicating the level of the red, green, and blue color components. indexed color 1, 2, 4, and 8 each pixel is a d-bit value indicating an index into a color palette which is contained within a plte chunk in the apng file; the colors in the palette all use an 8-bit depth. greyscale with alpha 8 and 16 eac...
...t values indicating the level of the red, green, and blue color components. indexed color 1, 2, 4, and 8 each pixel is a d-bit value indicating an index into a color palette which is contained within a plte chunk in the apng file; the colors in the palette all use an 8-bit depth. greyscale with alpha 8 and 16 each pixel is represented by two d-bit values: the intensity of the greyscale pixel and an alpha sample, indicating how opaque the pixel is. true color with alpha 8 and 16 each pixel is comprised of four d-pixel color components: red, green, blue, and the alpha sample indicating how opaque the pixel is. compression lossless licensing free a...
...And 21 more matches

Introduction to Public-Key Cryptography - Archive of obsolete content
pient of information to verify that it has not been modified in transit. any attempt to modify data or substitute a false message for a legitimate one will be detected. authentication allows the recipient of information to determine its origin-that is, to confirm the sender's identity. nonrepudiation prevents the sender of information from claiming at a later date that the information was never sent. the sections that follow introduce the concepts of public-key cryptography that underlie these capabilities. certificates and authentication managing certificates certificates and authentication a certificate identifies someone or something authentication confirms an identity how certificates are used contents of a certificate how ca certificates are used to establish trust a ce...
... signature on an html form, combined with a certificate that identifies the signer, can provide evidence, after the fact, that the person identified by that certificate did agree to the contents of the form. in addition to authentication, the digital signature in both cases ensures a degree of nonrepudiation-that is, a digital signature makes it difficult for the signer to claim later not to have sent the email or the form. client authentication is an essential element of network security within most intranets or extranets. the sections that follow contrast two forms of client authentication: password-based authentication. almost all server software permits client authentication by means of a name and password. for example, a server might require a user to type a name and password before g...
...ndom per-user value (so called "salt") and stores the hash value of the result along with the salt. this makes certain kinds of brute-force atacks more difficult. as shown in the next section, one of the advantages of certificate-based authentication is that it can be used to replace the first three steps in figure 4 with a mechanism that allows the user to supply just one password (which is not sent across the network) and allows the administrator to control user authentication centrally. certificate-based authentication figure 5 shows how client authentication works using certificates and the ssl protocol. to authenticate a user to a server, a client digitally signs a randomly generated piece of data and sends both the certificate and the signed data across the network. for the purposes o...
...And 19 more matches

Web Audio API - Web APIs
— see our beginner's javascript learning module for a great place to begin. web audio api interfaces the web audio api has a number of interfaces and associated events, which we have split up into nine categories of functionality. general audio graph definition general containers and definitions that shape audio graphs in web audio api usage. audiocontext the audiocontext interface represents an audio-processing graph built from audio modules linked together, each represented by an audionode. an audio context controls the creation of the nodes it contains and the execution of the audio processing, or decoding. you need to create an audiocontext before you do anything else, as everything happens inside a context. audiocontextoptions the audiocontextoptions dictionary is used to prov...
... audionode. an audio context controls the creation of the nodes it contains and the execution of the audio processing, or decoding. you need to create an audiocontext before you do anything else, as everything happens inside a context. audiocontextoptions the audiocontextoptions dictionary is used to provide options when instantiating a new audiocontext. audionode the audionode interface represents an audio-processing module like an audio source (e.g. an html <audio> or <video> element), audio destination, intermediate processing module (e.g. a filter like biquadfilternode, or volume control like gainnode). audioparam the audioparam interface represents an audio-related parameter, like one of an audionode. it can be set to a specific value or a change in value, and can be scheduled to ha...
...e scheduled to happen at a specific time and following a specific pattern. audioparammap provides a maplike interface to a group of audioparam interfaces, which means it provides the methods foreach(), get(), has(), keys(), and values(), as well as a size property. baseaudiocontext the baseaudiocontext interface acts as a base definition for online and offline audio-processing graphs, as represented by audiocontext and offlineaudiocontext respectively. you wouldn't use baseaudiocontext directly — you'd use its features via one of these two inheriting interfaces. the ended event the ended event is fired when playback has stopped because the end of the media was reached. defining audio sources interfaces that define audio sources for use in the web audio api. audioscheduledsourceno...
...And 19 more matches

Event reference
dom events are sent to notify code of interesting things that have taken place. each event is represented by an object which is based on the event interface, and may have additional custom fields and/or functions used to get additional information about what happened. events can represent everything from basic user interactions to automated notifications of things happening in the rendering model. this article offers a list of events that can be sent; some are standard events defined in official specifications, while others are events used internally by specific browsers; for example, mozilla-specific events are listed so that add-ons can use them to interact with the browser. most common categories resource events event name fired when error a resou...
...t is about to receive focus (does bubble). focusout an element is about to lose focus (does bubble). websocket events event name fired when open a websocket connection has been established. message a message is received through a websocket. error a websocket connection has been closed with prejudice (some data couldn't be sent for example). close a websocket connection has been closed. session history events event name fired when pagehide a session history entry is being traversed from. pageshow a session history entry is being traversed to. popstate a session history entry is being navigated to (in certain cases). css animation even...
...ithout having to stop for further buffering of content. canplaythrough the browser estimates it can play the media up to its end without stopping for content buffering. complete the rendering of an offlineaudiocontext is terminated. durationchange the duration attribute has been updated. emptied the media has become empty; for example, this event is sent if the media has already been loaded (or partially loaded), and the load() method is called to reload it. ended playback has stopped because the end of the media was reached. loadeddata the first frame of the media has finished loading. loadedmetadata the metadata has been loaded. pause playback has been paused. play playback has begun. ...
...And 19 more matches

The Implementation of the Application Object Model - Archive of obsolete content
bing the contents of windows and dialogs. xul has language constructs for all of the typical dialog controls, as well as for widgets like toolbars, trees, progress bars, and menus. where html describes the contents of a single document, xul describes the contents of an entire window (which could itself contain multiple html documents). ...
...l describes the contents of a single document, xul describes the contents of an entire window (which could itself contain multiple html documents). the html content tree structure for a single document is represented as a set of objects that can be accessed and manipulated. this is referred to as the dom (document object model). in a similar fashion, xul's content tree for a single window is represented as a set of objects that can be accessed and manipulated. this is referred to as the aom (application object model). how are xml dom/aom trees represented in nglayout? nglayout has its own objects for holding content trees. nsxmlelement is used to represent a single node in a content tree for an xml language. in the absence of any modifications to xul, etc., this is what would be used by def...
...nsidomelement, nsidomnode, nsixmlcontent, and nsicontent. what is rdf? rdf (pronounced r-d-f) has never been a ravening demon intent upon taking over the earth, although that does depend on who you ask. rdf stands for resource description framework, a rather intimidating name that doesn't do much to help the layman understand exactly what it does. rdf provides a very general mechanism for representing relationships between different disparate types of data. the relationships between data are represented as a directed labeled graph structure. the data itself can be fed in from any number of different sources (e.g., from a local file system, from your bookmarks file, or from some remote downloadable rdf file), and can then be combined into a single graph. ok, so after that paragraph many of y...
...And 18 more matches

IME handling guide
auses were not converted as expected, the user can choose one of the clauses with arrow keys and look for the expected result form the list in the drop down menu (in the following screenshot, the clause with the thicker underline is called "selected clause"). basically, composition string and each clause style is rendered by gecko. and the drop down menu is created by ime. each clause is represented with selection in the editor. from chrome script, you can check it with nsiselectioncontroller. in native code, you can access it with either nsiselectioncontroller or mozilla::selectiontype (the latter is recommended because of type safer). and editor sets these ime selections from mozilla::textrangetype which are sent by mozilla::widgetcompositionevent as mozilla::textrangearray. following ta...
...ypically, "selected clause of raw text typed by the user" isn't used because when composition string is already separated to multiple clauses, that means that the composition string has already been converted by ime at least once. modules handling ime composition widget each widget handles native ime events and dispatches widgetcompositionevent with mozilla::widget::texteventdispatcher to represent the behavior of ime in the focused editor. this is the only module that depends on the users platform. see also native ime handlers section for the detail of each platform's implementation. android widget still does not use texteventdispatcher to dispatch widgetcompositionevents, see bug 1137567. mozilla::widget::texteventdispatcher this class is used by native ime handler(s) on each platfo...
...urn true. these methods automatically manage composition state and dispatch widgetcompositionevent properly. this is also used by mozilla::textinputprocessor which can emulates (or implements) ime with chrome script. so, native ime handlers using this class means that the dispatching part is also tested by automated tests. mozilla::widgetcompositionevent internally, widgetcompositionevent represents native ime behavior. its message is one of following values: ecompositionstart this is dispatched at starting a composition. this represents a dom compositionstart event. the mdata value is a selected string at dispatching the dom event and it's automatically set by textcomposition. ecompositionupdate this is dispatched by textcomposition when an ecompoitionchange will change the composition...
...And 18 more matches

Index
ns that are contained in the certificate. many (if not most) of the operations performed by nss involve the use of x.509 certificates (often abbreviated as “cert”, unfortunately making it easy to confuse with the term “computer emergency response team“). when checking whether a certificate is trusted or not, it's necessary to find a relevant trust anchor (root certificate) that represents the signing capability of a trusted third party, usually called a certificate authority (ca). a trust anchor is just another x.509 certificate that is already known and has been deliberately marked as trusted by a software vendor, administrators inside an organizational infrastructure, or the software user. nss ships a predefined set of ca certificates. this set, including their trust assignment...
...rtificates and keys are supposed to be stored in the nss database. therefore, after initial import or creation, the programmer usually doesn't deal with their raw bytes. instead, the programmer will use lookup functions, and nss will provide an access handle that will be subsequently used by the application's code. those handles are reference counted. nss will usually create an in-memory (ram) presentation of certificates, once a certificate has been received from the network, read from disk, or looked up from the database, and prepare in-memory data structures that contain the certificate's properties, as well as providing a handle for the programmer to use. once the application is done with a handle, it should be released, allowing nss to free the associated resources. when working with hand...
... libraries. the crmf library, which is used to produce certain kinds of certificate requests, is available as a library for static linking only. ...
...And 18 more matches

Mail composition back end
warning: the content of this article may be out of date. it was imported from mozilla.org and last updated in 2000. by richard h. pizzarro <rhp@netscape.com> contents overview sending messages nsimsgsend sending listener interfaces nsimsgsendlistener nsimsgcopyservicelistener copy operations copy to sent folder drafts templates "send later" sending unsent messages sending unsent messages listener quoting sample programs overview i've done considerable work in the past few weeks reorganizing the mail composition back end, so i thought it would be helpful to put together a small doc on the new interfaces and how one can use them. the mail composition back end is responsible for the assembly and creation of...
...ew interfaces and how one can use them. the mail composition back end is responsible for the assembly and creation of rfc822 messages to be delivered either via smtp or nntp services. you also have the ability to save rfc822 files to disk, should you need this data for some reason. included in this functionality is the code to copy the messages to the appropriate locations after delivery (i.e. a "sent" folder) as well as the ability to store messages for features like "drafts" and "templates". several (but not all) of these interfaces are specified in idl. this will change in the coming weeks and allow for developers to write javascript to take advantage of the back end services. also, i will talk about some features though they may not be complete as of yet. i will try to make comments for th...
... depending on the arguments passed in, but this could easily lead to confusion. this is something that very well may change as time allows). ns_imethod createandsendmessage( nsieditorshell *aeditor, - the editor object for the mail compose operation. if this is not null, the body will be extracted from this object and any embedded objects or links will be sent as part of the message in mhtml nsimsgidentity *auseridentity, - the user identity for the person doing the send operation. this will be needed to determine the appropriate folder for copy operations. nsimsgcompfields *fields, - the message composition fields. this will contain all of the relevant header information for m...
...And 16 more matches

WebXR Device API - Web APIs
the webxr device api implements the core of the webxr feature set, managing the selection of output devices, render the 3d scene to the chosen device at the appropriate frame rate, and manage motion vectors created using input controllers. ...
...dheld mobile phones which augment reality by capturing the world with a camera and augment that scene with computer-generated imagery. to accomplish these things, the webxr device api provides the following key capabilities: find compatible vr or ar output devices render a 3d scene to the device at an appropriate frame rate (optionally) mirror the output to a 2d display create vectors representing the movements of input controls at the most basic level, a scene is presented in 3d by computing the perspective to apply to the scene in order to render it from the viewpoint of each of the user's eyes by computing the position of each eye and rendering the scene from that position, looking in the direction the user is currently facing. each of these two images is rendered into a single fra...
...the scene from that position, looking in the direction the user is currently facing. each of these two images is rendered into a single framebuffer, with the left eye's rendered image on the left and the right eye's viewpoint rendered into the right half of the buffer. once both eyes' perspectives on the scene have been rendered, the resulting framebuffer is delivered to the webxr device to be presented to the user through their headset or other appropriate display device. webxr device api concepts and usage example webxr hardware setup while the older webvr api was designed solely to support virtual reality (vr), webxr provides support for both vr and augmented reality (ar) on the web. support for ar functionality is added by the webxr augmented reality module. a typical xr device can h...
...And 15 more matches

Introduction to SSL - Archive of obsolete content
software can check that a client's certificate and public id are valid and have been issued by a certificate authority (ca) listed in the server's list of trusted cas. this confirmation might be important if the server, for example, is a bank sending confidential financial information to a customer and wants to check the recipient's identity. ...
...ial financial information to a customer and wants to check the recipient's identity. an encrypted ssl connection requires all information sent between a client and a server to be encrypted by the sending software and decrypted by the receiving software, thus providing a high degree of confidentiality. confidentiality is important for both parties to any private transaction. in addition, all data sent over an encrypted ssl connection is protected with a mechanism for detecting tampering-that is, for automatically determining whether the data has been altered in transit. the ssl protocol includes two sub-protocols: the ssl record protocol and the ssl handshake protocol. the ssl record protocol defines the format used to transmit data. the ssl handshake protocol involves using the ssl record p...
...mately 1.1 * 1012 (a trillion) possible keys. rc2 ciphers are slower than the rc4 ciphers. both ssl 2.0 and ssl 3.0 support this cipher. red hat console supports only the ssl 3.0 version of this cipher suite. weakest cipher suite this cipher suite provides authentication and tamper detection but no encryption. server administrators must be careful about enabling it, however, because data sent using this cipher suite is not encrypted and may be accessed by eavesdroppers. no encryption, md5 message authentication only this cipher suite uses md5 message authentication to detect tampering. it is typically supported in case a client and server have none of the other ciphers in common. this cipher suite is supported by ssl 3.0 but not by ssl 2.0. 1 note that for rc4 ...
...And 13 more matches

The HTML DOM API - Web APIs
with the contents of 2d images and the context of an html <canvas>, for example to draw on top of them. management of media connected to the html media elements (<audio> and <video>). dragging and dropping of content on webpages. access to the browser navigation history supporting and connective interfaces for other apis such as web components, web storage, web workers, websocket, and server-sent events. html dom concepts and usage in this article, we'll focus on the parts of the html dom that involve engaging with html elements. discussion of other areas, such as drag and drop, websockets, web storage, etc. can be found in the documentation for those apis. structure of an html document the document object model (dom) is an architecture that describes the structure of a document; eac...
... concepts and usage in this article, we'll focus on the parts of the html dom that involve engaging with html elements. discussion of other areas, such as drag and drop, websockets, web storage, etc. can be found in the documentation for those apis. structure of an html document the document object model (dom) is an architecture that describes the structure of a document; each document is represented by an instance of the interface document. a document, in turn, consists of a hierarchical tree of nodes, in which a node is a fundamental record representing a single object within the document (such as an element or text node). nodes may be strictly organizational, providing a means for grouping other nodes together or for providing a point at which a hierarchy can be constructed; other nodes...
...nstance of the interface document. a document, in turn, consists of a hierarchical tree of nodes, in which a node is a fundamental record representing a single object within the document (such as an element or text node). nodes may be strictly organizational, providing a means for grouping other nodes together or for providing a point at which a hierarchy can be constructed; other nodes may represent visible components of a document. each node is based on the node interface, which provides properties for getting information about the node as well as methods for creating, deleting, and organizing nodes within the dom. ...
...And 13 more matches

Index - HTTP
clears browsing data (cookies, storage, cache) associated with the requesting website. it allows web developers to have more control over the data stored locally by a browser for their origins. 21 connection http, headers, reference, web the connection general header controls whether or not the network connection stays open after the current transaction finishes. if the value sent is keep-alive, the connection is persistent and not closed, allowing for subsequent requests to the same server to be done. 22 content-disposition http, reference, header in a multipart/form-data body, the http content-disposition general header is a header that can be used on the subpart of a multipart body to give information about the field it applies to. the subpart is de...
...er is a header that can be used on the subpart of a multipart body to give information about the field it applies to. the subpart is delimited by the boundary defined in the content-type header. used on the body itself, content-disposition has no effect. 23 content-encoding http, headers, reference the content-encoding entity header is used to compress the media-type. when present, its value indicates which encodings were applied to the entity-body. it lets the client know how to decode in order to obtain the media-type referenced by the content-type header. 24 content-language http, headers, reference the content-language entity header is used to describe the language(s) intended for the audience, so that it allows a user to differentiate according to...
... 24 content-language http, headers, reference the content-language entity header is used to describe the language(s) intended for the audience, so that it allows a user to differentiate according to the users' own preferred language. 25 content-length http, headers, reference the content-length entity header indicates the size of the entity-body, in bytes, sent to the recipient. 26 content-location http, reference, header the content-location header indicates an alternate location for the returned data. the principal use is to indicate the url of a resource transmitted as the result of content negotiation. 27 content-range http, http header, reference, response header, header the content-range response http head...
...And 13 more matches

Digital audio concepts - Web media technologies
sampling audio audio is an inherently analog feature of the natural world. as an object vibrates, it causes the molecules surrounding it to vibrate as well. these molecules affect the ones adjacent to them, and so forth, propagating the vibration in the form of a wave outward from the source until the amplitude of the wave (its volume) fades away with distance. ...
... of the wave, and the louder the sound is. the faster the molecules vibrate, the higher the frequency of the wave. the higher the amplitude (height) of the wave, the louder the sound is at that instant. the shorter the wavelength (the closer together the crests of the wave are), the higher the frequency (or pitch) of the sound that's produced. computers, however, are digital. in order to represent a sound wave in a way computers can manipulate and work with (let alone transmit over a network), the sound has to be converted into a digital form. this process is called analog to digital conversion (a/d for short). the first factor affecting the fidelity of the captured audio is the audio bandwidth; that is, the range of audio frequencies the a/d converter is capable of capturing and converti...
...ed audio is the audio bandwidth; that is, the range of audio frequencies the a/d converter is capable of capturing and converting into digital form. the audio bandwidth is also affected by the codec, if it chooses to discard any frequency bands while encoding the sound. ...
...And 13 more matches

Starting WebLock
xample, an object may be created and have its observe method called at startup, or it may register to be notified prior to xpcom shutdown. the method at the core of this interface is observe: void observe(in nsisupports asubject, in string atopic, in wstring adata); there aren't really any restrictions on what the three parameters (asubject, atopic and adata) may represent. these parameters are defined according to the event being observed. for example, in the case of the xpcom shutdown observation, asubject and adata are not defined, and atopic is defined as the string "xpcom-shutdown". if your object would like to register for this or other events, it first must implement the nsiobserver interface. once you do this, the observer service implementing nsiobserverse...
...is where a new service that manages sets of related data comes in handy. this service, the nsicategoryservice, is what xpcom and gecko embedding applications use to persist lists of nsiobserver components that want to have startup notification. the nsicategoryservice maintains sets of name-value pairs like the one below. the category manager every category is identified by a string that represents the name of the category. each category contains a set of name-value pairs. for example, you might have a category named "important people" in which the name-value pairs would be names and phone numbers. the format of the name-value pair is left up to you. this data structure is more than enough to support the persisting of components that want to be started up. the category name also maps nice...
...ication to browse any website regardless of the white list. addsite - add the current url to the white list. removesite - remove the current url from the white list. enumeratesites - allows the enumeration of all sites in the white list. enumeratesites might be used in the user interface to provide something like an editable listbox of all sites in the white list. even this simple outline presents some ambiguity, however. it's certainly not enough to spell out the interface for the weblock component in this way. for example, addsite is supposed to add the current url to the white list, but is the url an input parameter to the method, is it the topmost web page in the gecko application, or is it something more random-a url picked from global history or that's been given context in some oth...
...And 12 more matches

Element - Web APIs
it only has methods and properties common to all kinds of elements. more specific classes inherit from element. for example, the htmlelement interface is the base interface for html elements, while the svgelement interface is the basis for all svg elements. most functionality is specified further down the class hierarchy. languages outside the realm of the web platform, like xul through the xulelement interface, also implement element. ...
... interface's parent, eventtarget. it implements the properties of parentnode, childnode, nondocumenttypechildnode, and animatable. element.attributes read only returns a namednodemap object containing the assigned attributes of the corresponding html element. element.classlist read only returns a domtokenlist containing the list of class attributes. ...
...ondocumenttypechildnode, and animatable. element.attributes read only returns a namednodemap object containing the assigned attributes of the corresponding html element. element.classlist read only returns a domtokenlist containing the list of class attributes. element.classname is a domstring representing the class of the element. element.clientheight read only returns a number representing the inner height of the element. element.clientleft read only returns a number representing the width of the left border of the element. element.clienttop read only returns a number representing the width of the top border of the element. element.clientwidth read only returns a number representing the inner width of the element. element.computedname read only returns a domstring co...
...And 12 more matches

RTCIceCandidatePairStats - Web APIs
ction while connected and configured as described by the specified pair of ice candidates. if a rtcstats-based object's type is candidate-pair, it's an rtcicecandidatepairstats object. properties rtcicecandidatepairstats is based upon rtcstats and inherits its properties. ...
...this does not take into account the size of the ip overhead, nor any other transport layers such as tcp or udp. ...
... per second available for all of the candidate pair's outoing rtp streams. this does not take into account the size of the ip overhead, nor any other transport layers such as tcp or udp. bytesreceieved optional the total number of payload bytes received (that is, the total number of bytes received minus any headers, padding, or other administrative overhead) on this candidate pair so far. bytessent optional the total number of payload bytes sent (that is, the total number of bytes sent minus any headers, padding, or other administrative overhead) so far on this candidate pair. circuitbreakertriggercount optional an integer value indicating the number of times the circuit-breaker has been triggered for this particular 5-tuple (the set of five values comprising a tcp connection: source ip ...
...And 12 more matches

Applying color to HTML elements using CSS - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
lines to produce an image. svg commands are formatted as xml, and can be embedded directly into a web page or can be placed in he page using the <img> element, just like any other type of image. webgl the web graphics library is an opengl es-based api for drawing high-performance 2d and 3d graphics on the web. see our webgl tutorial to find out more. how to describe a color in order to represent a color in css, you have to find a way to translate the analog concept of "color" into a digital form that a computer can use. this is typically done by breaking down the color into components, such as how much of each of a set of primary colors to mix together, or how bright to make the color. as such, there are several ways you can describe color in css. for more detailed discussion of each of...
...components, such as how much of each of a set of primary colors to mix together, or how bright to make the color. as such, there are several ways you can describe color in css. for more detailed discussion of each of the color value types, see the reference for the css <color> unit. keywords a set of standard color names have been defined, letting you use these keywords instead of numeric representations of colors if you choose to do so and there's a keyword representing the exact color you want to use. color keywords include the standard primary and secondary colors (such as red, blue, or orange), shades of gray (from black to white, including colors like darkgray and lightgrey), and a variety of other blended colors including lightseagreen, cornflowerblue, and rebeccapurple. see color ke...
...se. color keywords include the standard primary and secondary colors (such as red, blue, or orange), shades of gray (from black to white, including colors like darkgray and lightgrey), and a variety of other blended colors including lightseagreen, cornflowerblue, and rebeccapurple. see color keywords in <color> for a list of all available color keywords. ...
...And 12 more matches

Establishing a connection: The WebRTC perfect negotiation pattern - Web APIs
ame code is used for both the caller and the callee, so there's no repetition or otherwise added levels of negotiation code to write. perfect negotiation works by assigning each of the two peers a role to play in the negotiation process that's entirely separate from the webrtc connection state: a polite peer, which uses ice rollback to prevent collisions with incoming offers. a polite peer, essentially, is one which may send out offers, but then responds if an offer arrives from the other peer with "okay, never mind, drop my offer and i'll consider yours instead." an impolite peer, which always ignores incoming offers that collide with its own offers. it never apologizes or gives up anything to the polite peer. any time a collision occurs, the impolite peer wins. this way, both peers kn...
...the other peer with "okay, never mind, drop my offer and i'll consider yours instead." an impolite peer, which always ignores incoming offers that collide with its own offers. it never apologizes or gives up anything to the polite peer. any time a collision occurs, the impolite peer wins. this way, both peers know exactly what should happen if there are collisions between offers that have been sent. responses to error conditions become far more predictable. how you determine which peer is polite and which is impolite is generally up to you. it could be as simple as assigning the polite role to the first peer to connect to the signaling server, or you could do something more elaborate like having the peers exchange random numbers and assigning the polite role to the winner. however you make...
...> { track.onunmute = () => { if (remotevideo.srcobject) { return; } remotevideo.srcobject = streams[0]; }; }; when the track event occurs, this handler executes. using destructuring, the rtctrackevent's track and streams properties are extracted. the former is either the video track or the audio track being received. the latter is an array of mediastream objects, each representing a stream containing this track (a track may in rare cases belong to multiple streams at once). in our case, this will always contain one stream, at index 0, because we passed one stream into addtrack() earlier. we add an unmute event handler to the track, because the track will become unmuted once it starts receiving packets. we put the remainder of our reception code in there. if we already...
...And 11 more matches

Signaling and video calling - Web APIs
(sendtoclients) { var msgstring = json.stringify(msg); var i; if (msg.target && msg.target !== undefined && msg.target.length !== 0) { sendtooneuser(msg.target, msgstring); } else { for (i=0; i<connectionarray.length; i++) { connectionarray[i].send(msgstring); } } } this code now looks at the pending message to see if it has a target property. if that property is present, it specifies the username of the client to which the message is to be sent, and we call sendtooneuser() to send the message to them. otherwise, the message is broadcast to all users by iterating over the connection list, sending the message to each user. as the existing code allows the sending of arbitrary message types, no additional changes are required. our clients can now send messages of u...
...anging ice candidates two peers need to exchange ice candidates to negotiate the actual connection between them. every ice candidate describes a method that the sending peer is able to use to communicate. each peer sends candidates in the order they're discovered, and keeps sending candidates until it runs out of suggestions, even if media has already started streaming. an icecandidate event is sent to the rtcpeerconnection to complete the process of adding a local description using pc.setlocaldescription(offer). once the two peers agree upon a mutually-compatible candidate, that candidate's sdp is used by each peer to construct and open a connection, through which media then begins to flow. if they later agree on a better (usually higher-performance) candidate, the stream may change format...
...by each peer to construct and open a connection, through which media then begins to flow. if they later agree on a better (usually higher-performance) candidate, the stream may change formats as needed. though not currently supported, a candidate received after media is already flowing could theoretically also be used to downgrade to a lower-bandwidth connection if needed. each ice candidate is sent to the other peer by sending a json message of type "new-ice-candidate" over the signaling server to the remote peer. each candidate message include these fields: type the message type: "new-ice-candidate". target the username of the person with whom negotiation is underway; the server will direct the message to this user only. candidate the sdp candidate string, describing the proposed c...
...And 11 more matches

WebRTC API - Web APIs
including support for audio and video conferencing, file exchange, screen sharing, identity management, and interfacing with legacy telephone systems including support for sending dtmf (touch-tone dialing) signals. connections between peers can be made without requiring any special drivers or plug-ins, and can often be made without any intermediary servers. ...
...ten be made without any intermediary servers. connections between two peers are represented by the rtcpeerconnection interface. once a connection has been established and opened using rtcpeerconnection, media streams (mediastreams) and/or data channels (rtcdatachannels) can be added to the connection. media streams can consist of any number of tracks of media information; tracks, which are represented by objects based on the mediastreamtrack interface, may contain one of a number of types of media data, including audio, video, and text (such as subtitles or even chapter names). most streams consist of at least one audio track and likely also a video track, and can be used to send and receive both live media or stored media information (such as a streamed movie). you can also use the connect...
...elevant guides and tutorials needed webrtc reference because webrtc provides interfaces that work together to accomplish a variety of tasks, we have divided up the reference by category. please see the sidebar for an alphabetical list. connection setup and management these interfaces, dictionaries, and types are used to set up, open, and manage webrtc connections. included are interfaces representing peer media connections, data channels, and interfaces used when exchanging information on the capabilities of each peer in order to select the best possible configuration for a two-way media connection. interfaces rtcpeerconnection represents a webrtc connection between the local computer and a remote peer. it is used to handle efficient streaming of data between the two peers. rtcdatach...
...And 11 more matches

Movement, orientation, and motion: A WebXR example - Web APIs
utorial series; namely, the penultimate article in the series, covering lighting in webgl. while reading this article and the accompanying source code, it's helpful to keep in mind that the display for a 3d headset is a single screen, divided in half. the left half of the screen is seen only by the left eye, while the right half is only seen by the right eye. rendering the scene for immersive presentation requires multiple renders of the scene—once from the perspective of each eye. when rendering the left eye, the xrwebgllayer has its viewport configured to restrict drawing to the left half of the drawing surface. contrarily, when rendering the right eye, the viewport is set to restrict drawing to the right half of the surface. this example demonstrates this by showing the canvas on the s...
...ple renders of the scene—once from the perspective of each eye. when rendering the left eye, the xrwebgllayer has its viewport configured to restrict drawing to the left half of the drawing surface. contrarily, when rendering the right eye, the viewport is set to restrict drawing to the right half of the surface. this example demonstrates this by showing the canvas on the screen, even when presenting a scene as an immersive display using an xr device. dependencies while we will not rely upon any 3d graphics frameworks such as three.js or the like for this example, we do use the glmatrix library for matrix math, which we've used in other examples in the past. this example also imports the webxr polyfill maintained by the immersive web working group, which is the team responsible for the w...
...ow keys move up and down. if false, only xr device changes to the view are permitted. enableforcepolyfill if this boolean is true, the example will attempt to use the webxr polyfill even if the browser actually has support for webxr. if false, the polyfill is only used if the browser doesn't implement navigator.xr. session_type the type of xr session to create: inline for an inline session presented in the context of the document and immersive-vr to present the scene to an immersive vr headset. mouse_speed a multiplier used to scale the inputs from the mouse used for pitch and yaw control. move_distance the distance to move in response to any of the keys used to move the viewer through the scene. note: this example always displays what it renders on the screen, even if using immersi...
...And 11 more matches

Rendering and the WebXR frame animation callback - Web APIs
before you can render the virtual environment, you need to establish a webxr session by creating an xrsession using the navigator.xr.requestsession() method; you also need to associate the session with a framebuffer and perform other setup tasks. ...
... before you can render the virtual environment, you need to establish a webxr session by creating an xrsession using the navigator.xr.requestsession() method; you also need to associate the session with a framebuffer and perform other setup tasks. ...
... then the first animation frame is scheduled by calling the xrsession method requestanimationframe(), providing a callback function, mydrawframe(), whose job is to render the frame. note that this code doesn'...
...And 11 more matches

Window - Web APIs
the window interface represents a window containing a dom document; the document property points to the dom document loaded in that window. a window for a given document can be obtained using the document.defaultview property. a global variable, window, representing the window in which the script is running, is exposed to javascript code. the window interface is home to a variety of functions, namespaces, objects, and constructors which are not necessarily directly associated with the concept of a user interface window. however, the window interface is a suitable place to include these items that need to be globally available. many of these are documented in the javascript reference and the dom reference. ...
...terface is home to a variety of functions, namespaces, objects, and constructors which are not necessarily directly associated with the concept of a user interface window. however, the window interface is a suitable place to include these items that need to be globally available. many of these are documented in the javascript reference and the dom reference. in a tabbed browser, each tab is represented by its own window object; the global window seen by javascript code running within a given tab always represents the tab in which the code is running. that said, even in a tabbed browser, some properties and methods still apply to the overall window that contains the tab, such as resizeto() and innerheight. generally, anything that can't reasonably pertain to a tab pertains to the window instea...
...registered custom elements. window.crypto read only returns the browser crypto object. window.devicepixelratio read only returns the ratio between physical pixels and device independent pixels in the current display. window.document read only returns a reference to the document that the window contains. window.dommatrix read only returns a reference to a dommatrix object, which represents 4x4 matrices, suitable for 2d and 3d operations. window.dommatrixreadonly read only returns a reference to a dommatrixreadonly object, which represents 4x4 matrices, suitable for 2d and 3d operations. window.dompoint read only returns a reference to a dompoint object, which represents a 2d or 3d point in a coordinate system. window.dompointreadonly read only returns a reference to...
...And 11 more matches

ARIA Test Cases - Accessibility
ue" or "false" notes: need testcase where aria-checked attribute is removed instead of set to false results: at firefox ie opera safari jaws 9 - - n/a n/a jaws 10 pass fail (changes not spoken) fail fail voiceover (leopard) n/a n/a - fail window-eyes pass pass fail (unchecked presented as checked, ie exposing incorrect state for no aria-checked attribute) fail fail nvda fail on #2 -- repetitive text spoken, first checkbox toggle speaks incorrect state n/a fail fail zoom (leopard) pass n/a pass pass zoomtext pass - fail fail orca pass n/a - - tristate checkbox testcases: ...
... notes: results: at firefox ie opera safari jaws 9 - - n/a n/a jaws 10 partial pass. the state of tristate checkboxes is not announced when initially focusing. it is announced when toggling. ...
... markup used: notes: results: at firefox ie opera safari jaws 9 - - n/a n/a jaws 10 pass fail - - voiceover (leopard) n/a n/a - fail window-eyes - - - - nvda - n/a - - zoom (leopard...
...And 11 more matches

Web video codec guide - Web media technologies
ther times, the loss of quality is unacceptable and it's necessary to accept a codec configuration that results in a correspondingly larger file. effect of source video format on encoded output the degree to which the format of the source video will affect the output varies depending on the codec and how it works. if the codec converts the media into an internal pixel format, or otherwise represents the image using a means other than simple pixels, the format of the original image doesn't make any difference. however, things such as frame rate and, obviously, resolution will always have an impact on the output size of the media. additionally, all codecs have their strengths and weaknesses. some have trouble with specific kinds of shapes and patterns, or aren't good at replicating sharp edg...
...effect on size color depth (bit depth) the higher the color bit depth, the higher the quality of color fidelity is achieved in the video. additionally, in saturated portions of the image (that is, where colors are pure and intense, such as a bright, pure red [rgba(255, 0, 0, 1)]), color depths below 10 bits per component (10-bit color) allow banding, where gradients cannot be represented without visible stepping of the colors. depending on the codec, higher color depths may result in larger compressed file sizes. the determining factor is what internal storage format is used for the compressed data. frame rate primarily affects the perceived smoothness of the motion in the image. to a point, the higher the frame rate, the smoother and more realistic the motion wi...
...e variability—such as noise—there is in the image, the more complex the compression process and the less success the algorithm is likely to have compressing the image to the same degree. unless you configure the encoder in a way that ignores some or all of the variations caused by noise, the compressed video will be larger. resolution (width and height) higher resolution video, presented in the same screen size, will typically be able to more accurately portray the original scene, barring effects introduced during compression. the higher the resolution of a video, the larger it gets. this plays a key role in the final size of the video. the degree to which these affect the resulting encoded video will vary depending on the precise details of the situation, including w...
...And 11 more matches

CSS - Archive of obsolete content
he stack so the child remains visible.-moz-text-blinkthe -moz-text-blink non-standard mozilla css extension specifies the blink mode.-moz-window-shadowthe -moz-window-shadow css property specifies whether a window will have a shadow. ...
...however, those elements' ancestors have this pseudo-class applied to them.:-moz-system-metric()this page was auto-generated because a user created a sub-page to this page.::-ms-browsethe ::-ms-browse css pseudo-element is a microsoft extension that rep...
...all ancestors of the full-screen element, except containing frames in parent documents, which are the full-screen element in their own documents. however, those elements' ancestors have this pseudo-class applied to them.:-moz-system-metric()this page was auto-generated because a user created a sub-page to this page.::-ms-browsethe ::-ms-browse css pseudo-element is a microsoft extension that represents the button that opens the file picker of <input type="file">.::-ms-checkthe ::-ms-check css pseudo-element is a microsoft extension that represents checkboxes and radio button groups created by <input type="checkbox"> and <input type="radio">.::-ms-clearthe ::-ms-clear css pseudo-element creates a clear button at the edge of an <input type="text"> text control that clears the current value. thi...
...And 10 more matches

source-editor.jsm
edit web site code. the editor provided is eclipse orion. to use it, you first need to import the code module into your javascript scope: components.utils.import("resource:///modules/source-editor.jsm"); warning: much of the functionality of the source editor is implemented by a secondary code module (by default, source-editor-orion.jsm). you must not directly import that code module; it is essentially an implementation detail. its functionality is all exposed through source-editor.jsm. method overview initialization and destruction void destroy(); void init(element aelement, object aconfig, function acallback); search operations number find(string astring, [optional] object options); number findnext(boolean awrap); number findprevi...
...mber alineindex); properties attribute type description dirty boolean set this value to false whenever you save the text; the editor will update it to true when the content is changed. you can then use this value to detect when the contents of the text are different from your most recent save. in addition, when this value changes, the "dirtychanged" event is sent. editorelement element the element containing the editor. when using the default orion editor, this is a xul <xul:iframe> element. read only. lastfind object an object describing the result of the last find operation performed using the find(), findnext(), or findprevious() method. read only. this object has the following properties: ...
... "xml" xml document. theme constants these constants are used to identify the available themes that can be used by the syntax highlighter. only one is provided by default at this time. constant value description sourceeditor.themes.mozilla "mozilla" the default mozilla syntax highlighter theme. configuration defaults constants these constants represent the default values for each of the available configuration options. see the editor configuration object for details on configuring the editor. constant value sourceeditor.defaults.contextmenu "sourceeditorcontextmenu" sourceeditor.defaults.expandtab true sourceeditor.defaults.highlightcurrentline true sourceeditor.defaults.initialtext ...
...And 10 more matches

Timing element visibility with the Intersection Observer API - Web APIs
of the column and at most all remaining available space. the first row will be used specially for the site header. the rows are sized the same way as the columns: the first one is automatically sized and the one uses the remaining space, but at least enough space to provide room for all elements within it. the wrapper's width is fixed at 700px so that it will fit in the available space when presented inline on mdn below. the header the header is fairly simple, since for this example all it contains is some text. its style looks like this: header { grid-column: 1 / -1; grid-row: 1; background-color: aliceblue; } grid-row is set to 1, since we want the header to be placed in the top row of the site's grid. more interesting is our use of grid-column here; here we specify that we want...
...w is set to 1, since we want the header to be placed in the top row of the site's grid. more interesting is our use of grid-column here; here we specify that we want the column to start in the first column and ends in the first column past the last grid line—in other words, the header spans across all of the columns within the grid. perfect for our needs. ...
...se of grid-column here; here we specify that we want the column to start in the first column and ends in the first column past the last grid line—in other words, the header spans across all of the columns within the grid. perfect for our needs. the sidebar our sidebar is used to present links to other pages on the site. none of them work in our example here, but they exist to help with the presentation of a blog-like experience. ...
...And 10 more matches

Spaces and reference spaces: Spatial tracking in WebXR - Web APIs
of objects in the virtual world, but the user's location, orientation, and movement as well. but webxr goes beyond that by adding the ability to track the location, orientation, and motion of the input devices which generate data used to determine the position and movement of individual parts of the viewer's body (with appropriate equipment). the location and movement of the user's headset represent their head's position and orientation in the virtual environment. hand controllers represent their hands in the same manner. other hardware elements can be used similarly to represent other parts of the body, providing additional data to use when simulating the user's actions in their environment. in this guide, we'll explore how webxr uses spaces and, more specifically, reference spaces, to tra...
...ects and of the user's body in the virtual world. note: this article presumes that you are familiar with the concepts introduced in geometry and reference spaces in webxr: that is, the basics of 3d coordinate systems, as well as webxr spaces, reference spaces, and how reference spaces are used to create local coordinate systems for individual objects or movable components within a scene. representing a position using a reference space as covered in defining spatial relationships with reference spaces in geometry and reference spaces in webxr, reference spaces establish a local coordinate system which is offset from another coordinate system that is itself defined by some other space. thus, a reference space can be used to define the position and orientation of a point and by extension the...
...ful for a few specific objects to have their own coordinate system in this manner. the world space; the origin of this space is the origin of the webgl coordinate system underlying the entire 3d canvas. the player, avatar, or camera; the origin of this space is used as the camera position for rendering the scene to be displayed to the user. ...
...And 10 more matches

Content negotiation - HTTP
in http, content negotiation is the mechanism that is used for serving different representations of a resource at the same uri, so that the user agent can specify which is best suited for the user (for example, which language of a document, which image format, or which content encoding). note: some disadvantages of http content negotiation are explained in a wiki page from whatwg. html5 provides alternatives to content negotiation via, for example, the <source> element. principles of content negotiation a specific document is called a resource. when a client wants to obtain a resource, the client requests it using its url. ...
...ion are explained in a wiki page from whatwg. html5 provides alternatives to content negotiation via, for example, the <source> element. principles of content negotiation a specific document is called a resource. when a client wants to obtain a resource, the client requests it using its url. ...
...wg. html5 provides alternatives to content negotiation via, for example, the <source> element. principles of content negotiation a specific document is called a resource. when a client wants to obtain a resource, the client requests it using its url. the server uses this url to choose one of the variants it provides – each variant being called a representation – and returns a specific representation to the client. ...
...And 10 more matches

Using HTTP cookies - HTTP
nt logins, shopping carts, game scores, or anything else the server should remember personalization user preferences, themes, and other settings tracking recording and analyzing user behavior cookies were once used for general client-side storage. while this was legitimate when they were the only way to store data on the client, it is now recommended to use modern storage apis. cookies are sent with every request, so they can worsen performance (especially for mobile data connections). modern apis for client storage are the web storage api (localstorage and sessionstorage) and indexeddb. to see stored cookies (and other storage that a web page can use), you can enable the storage inspector in developer tools and select cookies from the storage tree. creating cookies after receiving...
...lstorage and sessionstorage) and indexeddb. to see stored cookies (and other storage that a web page can use), you can enable the storage inspector in developer tools and select cookies from the storage tree. creating cookies after receiving an http request, a server can send one or more set-cookie headers with the response. the cookie is usually stored by the browser, and then the cookie is sent with requests made to the same server inside a cookie http header. an expiration date or duration can be specified, after which the cookie is no longer sent. additional restrictions to a specific domain and path can be set, limiting where the cookie is sent. for details about the header attributes mentioned below, refer to the set-cookie reference article. the set-cookie and cookie headers the ...
...elative to the client the cookie is being set on, not the server. if your site authenticates users, it should regenerate and resend session cookies, even ones that already exist, whenever the user authenticates. this technique helps prevent session fixation attacks, where a third party can reuse a user's session. restrict access to cookies there are a couple of ways to ensure that cookies are sent securely and are not accessed by unintended parties or scripts: the secure attribute and the httponly attribute. a cookie with the secure attribute is sent to the server only with an encrypted request over the https protocol, never with unsecured http, and therefore can't easily be accessed by a man-in-the-middle attacker. insecure sites (with http: in the url) can't set cookies with the secure ...
...And 10 more matches

JavaScript data types and data structures - JavaScript
"object". the indeed proper way to check what sort of object we are using is instanceof keyword. but even in that case there might be misconceptions. primitive values all types except objects define immutable values (that is, values which can't be changed). for example (and unlike in c), strings are immutable. we refer to values of these types as "primitive values". boolean type boolean represents a logical entity and can have two values: true and false. see boolean and boolean for more details. null type the null type has exactly one value: null. see null and null for more details. undefined type a variable that has not been assigned a value has the value undefined. see undefined and undefined for more details. number type ecmascript has two built-in numeric types: number and bigin...
... see null and null for more details. undefined type a variable that has not been assigned a value has the value undefined. see undefined and undefined for more details. number type ecmascript has two built-in numeric types: number and bigint (see below). the number type is a double-precision 64-bit binary format ieee 754 value (numbers between -(253 − 1) and 253 − 1). in addition to representing floating-point numbers, the number type has three symbolic values: +infinity, -infinity, and nan ("not a number"). to check for the largest available value or smallest available value within ±infinity, you can use the constants number.max_value or number.min_value. starting with ecmascript 2015, you are also able to check if a number is in the double-precision floating-point number range u...
...with ecmascript 2015, you are also able to check if a number is in the double-precision floating-point number range using number.issafeinteger() as well as number.max_safe_integer and number.min_safe_integer. beyond this range, integers in javascript are not safe anymore and will be a double-precision floating point approximation of the value. the number type has only one integer with two representations: 0 is represented as both -0 and +0. (0 is an alias for +0.) in the praxis, this has almost no impact. for example, +0 === -0 is true. however, you are able to notice this when you divide by zero: > 42 / +0 infinity > 42 / -0 -infinity although a number often represents only its value, javascript provides binary (bitwise) operators. caution: although bitwise operators can be used to ...
...And 10 more matches

Content type - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
es are specified in one of two ways. when used in the value of a property in a stylesheet, an <angle> is defined as follows: angle ::= number (~"deg" | ~"grad" | ~"rad")? where deg indicates degrees, grad indicates grads and rad indicates radians. for properties defined in css2, an angle unit identifier must be provided. for angle values in svg-specific properties and their corresponding presentation attributes, the angle unit identifier is optional. if not provided, the angle value is assumed to be in degrees. in presentation attributes for all properties, whether defined in svg1.1 or in css2, the angle identifier, if specified, must be in lower case. when angles are used in an svg attribute, <angle> is instead defined as follows: angle ::= number ("deg" | "grad" | "rad")? the uni...
... anything <anything> the basic type <anything> is a sequence of zero or more characters. specifically: anything ::= char* where char is the production for a character, as defined in xml 1.0 , section 2.2. clock-value <clock-value> clock values have the same syntax as in smil animation specification. ...
...fa-f] where color-keyword matches (case insensitively) one of the color keywords listed in css color module level 3, or one of the system color keywords listed in user preferences for colors (css2, section 18.2). the corresponding svg dom interface definitions for <color> are defined the one defined by css. ...
...And 10 more matches

Sending form data - Learn web development
a convenient user-friendly way to configure an http request to send data to a server. this enables the user to provide information to be delivered in the http request. note: to get a better idea of how client-server architectures work, read our server-side website programming first steps module. on the client side: defining how to send the data the <form> element defines how the data will be sent. ...
...rver. this enables the user to provide information to be delivered in the http request. note: to get a better idea of how client-server architectures work, read our server-side website programming first steps module. on the client side: defining how to send the data the <form> element defines how the data will be sent. all of its attributes are designed to let you configure the request to be sent when a user hits a submit button. ...
...erver-side website programming first steps module. on the client side: defining how to send the data the <form> element defines how the data will be sent. all of its attributes are designed to let you configure the request to be sent when a user hits a submit button. the two most important attributes are action and method. the action attribute the action attribute defines where the data gets sent. its value must be a valid relative or absolute url. if this attribute isn't provided, the data will be sent to the url of the page containing the form — the current page. ...
...And 9 more matches

Index - Learn web development
javascript, learn, multimedia, video, captions, subtitles, text tracks this chapter has provided a summary of accessibility concerns for multimedia content, along with some practical solutions. 4 assessment: accessibility troubleshooting accessibility, assessment, beginner, css, codingscripting, html, javascript, learn, wai-aria in the assessment for this module, we present to you a simple site with a number of accessibility issues that you need to diagnose and fix. 5 css and javascript accessibility best practices accessibility, article, css, codingscripting, guide, javascript, learn, color, contrast, hiding, unobtrusive we hope this article has given you a good amount of detail and understanding about the accessibility issues surrounding css a...
...ontent to make it appear a certain way, or act a certain way. the enclosing tags can make a word or image hyperlink to somewhere else, can italicize words, can make the font bigger or smaller, and so on. for example, take the following line of content: 40 how the web works beginner, client, dns, http, ip, infrastructure, learn, server, tcp, l10n:priority this theory is not essential to writing web code in the short term, but before long you'll really start to benefit from understanding what's happening in the background. 41 installing basic software beginner, browser, learn, setup, tools, webmechanics, l10n:priority, text editor that looks like a scary list, but fortunately, you can get started in web development without knowing anything about most of...
...monly-encountered types of code blocks such as conditional statements, loops, functions, and events. you've seen this stuff already in the course, but only in passing — here we'll discuss it all explicitly. 90 build your own function article, beginner, codingscripting, functions, guide, javascript, learn, tutorial, build, invoke, l10n:priority, parameters with most of the essential theory dealt with in the previous article, this article provides practical experience. here you will get some practice building your own, custom function. along the way, we'll also explain some useful details of dealing with functions. 91 function return values article, beginner, codingscripting, functions, guide, javascript, learn, return, return values, l10n:priority the...
...And 9 more matches

IPDL Tutorial
ipdl, short for "inter-process-communication protocol definition language", is a mozilla-specific language allowing c++ code to pass messages between processes or threads in an organized and secure way. all messages for multi-process plugins and tabs in firefox are declared in the ipdl language. to experiment with adding a new ipdl protocol, see creating a new protocol. all ipdl messages are sent between parent and a child end points, called actors. an ipdl protocol declares how actors communicate: it declares the possible messages that may be sent between actors, as well as a state machine describing when messages are allowed to be sent. the parent actor is typically the more permanent side of the conversation: parent/child actors parent child ipc tabs ...
...s), constructing and sending messages, ensuring that all actors adhere to their specifications, and handling many error conditions. the following ipdl code defines a very basic interaction of browser and plugin actors: async protocol pplugin { child: async init(nscstring pluginpath); async shutdown(); parent: async ready(); }; this code declares the pplugin protocol. two messages can be sent from the parent to the child, init() and shutdown(). one message can be sent from the child to the parent, ready(). ipdl protocols start with the letter p. the file in which the protocol is declared must have a matching name, pplugin.ipdl. generated c++ code when pplugin.ipdl is compiled, the headers ppluginparent.h, and ppluginchild.h will be generated in the ipc/ipdl/_ipdlheaders/ directory ...
... mpluginlibrary = pr_loadlibrary(pluginpath.get()); sendready(); } void recvshutdown() { pr_unloadlibrary(mpluginlibrary); } private: prlibrary* mpluginlibrary; }; launching the subprocess and hooking these protocol actors into our ipc "transport layer" is beyond the scope of this document. see ipdl processes and threads for more details. because protocol messages are represented as c++ methods, it's easy to forget that they are in fact asynchronous messages: by default the c++ method will return immediately, before the message has been delivered. the parameters of the recv* methods (const nscstring& pluginpath in the example) are references to temporary objects, so copy them if you need to keep their data around. direction each message type includes a "direction." ...
...And 9 more matches

OS.File for the main thread
/ under linux, this is generally "$home/.firefox/profiles/$profilename/sessionstore.js" // under macos, this is generally "$home/library/application support/firefox/$profilename/sessionstore.js" // under windows, this is generally "%appdata%\local\temp\%profilename%"\sessionstore.js // etc. ...
...x/$profilename/sessionstore.js" // under windows, this is generally "%appdata%\local\temp\%profilename%"\sessionstore.js // etc. example: determine if a file is a directory the following snippet determines if some path represents a file or a directory: let promise = os.file.stat(somepath); promise = promise.then( function onsuccess(stat) { if (stat.isdir) { // the path represents a directory } else { // the path represents a file, not a directory } }, function onfailure(reason) { if (reason instanceof os.file.error && reason.becausenosuchfile) { // the file does not exist } else { // some other error throw reason; } } ); example: copy a file by chunks the following snippet writes a (presumably large) buffer by chunks. ...
...loop. }); }; let promise = loop(0); // enter the loop. promise = promise.then(function onsuccess() { // once loop is complete, finalize. ...
...And 9 more matches

Drawing and Event Handling - Plugins
termines plug-in display mode, see using html to display plug-ins. note: windowless plug-ins were not supported on the x window system platform prior to gecko 1.9 alpha 7 (bug 137189). the npwindow structure when a plug-in is loaded, it is drawn into a target area. this target is either the windowed plug-in's native window, or the drawable of a windowless plug-in. the npwindow structure represents either the native window or a drawable. this structure contains information about coordinate position, size, the state of the plug-in (windowed or windowless), and some platform-specific information. note: when a plug-in is drawn to a window, the plug-in is responsible for preserving state information and ensuring that the original state is restored. for windowless plug-ins, the browser call...
...s information about coordinate position, size, the state of the plug-in (windowed or windowless), and some platform-specific information. note: when a plug-in is drawn to a window, the plug-in is responsible for preserving state information and ensuring that the original state is restored. for windowless plug-ins, the browser calls the npp_setwindow method with an npwindow structure that represents a drawable. for windowed plug-ins, the browser calls the npp_setwindow method with an npwindow structure that represents a window. //the npwindow structure typedef enum { npwindowtypewindow = 1, npwindowtypedrawable } npwindowtype; typedef struct _npwindow { void* window; /* platform-specific handle */ uint32 x; /* position of top-left corner */ uint32 y; /* ...
...less plug-in. npn_invalidaterect: invalidate an area in a windowless plug-in before repainting or refreshing. npn_invalidateregion: invalidate a region in a windowless plug-in before repainting or refreshing. printing the plug-in the browser calls the npp_print method to ask the plug-in instance to print itself. void npp_print(npp instance, npprint *printinfo); the instance parameter represents the current plug-in. the printinfo parameter determines the print mode. it is set to either np_full to indicate full-page plug-in printing, or np_embed if this is an embedded plug-in printed as part of the window in which it is embedded. an embedded plug-in shares printing with the browser. the plug-in prints the part of the page it occupies, and the browser handles the rest of the printing ...
...And 9 more matches

Setting up adaptive streaming media sources - Developer guides
ams are broken into segments and placed in appropriate server folders — we have to provide our media players with a link to lookup files or playlists specifying the name and location of these stream folders. mpeg-dash encoding mpeg-dash is an adaptive bitrate streaming technique that enables streaming of media content over the internet delivered from conventional http web servers. a media presentation description (mpd) file is used to hold the information on the various streams and the bandwidths they are associated with. in your video source (src) attribute you point to the mpd instead of to the media file as you would with non-adaptive media. the mpd file tells the browser where the various pieces of media are located, it also includes meta data such as mimetype and codecs and there ar...
...iciently the sidx* is large and having to load it first slows down startup a little you want to use the original files for both dash and other forms of delivery (such as microsoft smooth streaming) as a transition strategy you can use the same media files for both live transmission and vod at a later stage *sidx or segmentindexbox is a structure describing a segment by giving its earliest presentation time and other meta-data and can often make up a large portion of the mpd file. ondemand profile this profile will allow switching between streams 'on demand' - that is to say that you only need provide a set of contiguous files and specify the bandwidth for each one and the appropriate file will be chosen automatically. here's a simple example that provides an audio track representation ...
...a and can often make up a large portion of the mpd file. ondemand profile this profile will allow switching between streams 'on demand' - that is to say that you only need provide a set of contiguous files and specify the bandwidth for each one and the appropriate file will be chosen automatically. here's a simple example that provides an audio track representation and four separate video representations. ...
...And 9 more matches

An overview of HTTP - HTTP
hange on the web and it is a client-server protocol, which means requests are initiated by the recipient, usually the web browser. a complete document is reconstructed from the different sub-documents fetched, for instance text, layout description, images, videos, scripts, and more. clients and servers communicate by exchanging individual messages (as opposed to a stream of data). the messages sent by the client, usually a web browser, are called requests and the messages sent by the server as an answer are called responses. designed in the early 1990s, http is an extensible protocol which has evolved over time. it is an application layer protocol that is sent over tcp, or over a tls-encrypted tcp connection, though any reliable transport protocol could theoretically be used. due to its ex...
...tion, though any reliable transport protocol could theoretically be used. due to its extensibility, it is used to not only fetch hypertext documents, but also images and videos or to post content to servers, like with html form results. http can also be used to fetch parts of documents to update web pages on demand. components of http-based systems http is a client-server protocol: requests are sent by one entity, the user-agent (or a proxy on behalf of it). most of the time the user-agent is a web browser, but it can be anything, for example a robot that crawls the web to populate and maintain a search engine index. each individual request is sent to a server, which handles it and provides an answer, called the response. between the client and the server there are numerous entities, collec...
... the user-agent is any tool that acts on the behalf of the user. this role is primarily performed by the web browser; other possibilities are programs used by engineers and web developers to debug their applications. the browser is always the entity initiating the request. it is never the server (though some mechanisms have been added over the years to simulate server-initiated messages). ...
...And 9 more matches

Digital video concepts - Web media technologies
in this article, we explore important concepts that are useful to understand in order to fully grasp how to work with video on the web. encoding color representing the colors in an image or video requires several values for each pixel. what those values are depends on how you "split up" the color when converting it to numeric form. there are several color models, and video codec makes use of one or more of these to represent their pixels during the encoding process as well as after decoding the video frames. rgb most computer graphics models use the rgb color system, wherein some number of bits of data are used to represent each of the red, green, and blue components of the color of an individual pixel, and an image is comprised of a two-dimensional array of these pixels. there ...
... their pixels during the encoding process as well as after decoding the video frames. rgb most computer graphics models use the rgb color system, wherein some number of bits of data are used to represent each of the red, green, and blue components of the color of an individual pixel, and an image is comprised of a two-dimensional array of these pixels. there are two primary methods used to represent rgb samples: using integer components and using floating-point components. ...
... the name "yuv" is generally used today to describe this color system, even though the term was originally used specifically for analog coding of color, while ycbcr was used for digital color. however, today both terms are used for digital color. the prime symbol, ', indicates that gamma compression is being used. ...
...And 9 more matches

HTML text fundamentals - Learn web development
e textbook, a magazine, etc. structured content makes the reading experience easier and more enjoyable. in html, each paragraph has to be wrapped in a <p> element, like so: <p>i am a paragraph, oh yes i am.</p> each heading has to be wrapped in a heading element: <h1>i am the title of the story.</h1> there are six heading elements: <h1>, <h2>, <h3>, <h4>, <h5>, and <h6>. ...
...eading experience easier and more enjoyable. in html, each paragraph has to be wrapped in a <p> element, like so: <p>i am a paragraph, oh yes i am.</p> each heading has to be wrapped in a heading element: <h1>i am the title of the story.</h1> there are six heading elements: <h1>, <h2>, <h3>, <h4>, <h5>, and <h6>. ...
...enjoyable. in html, each paragraph has to be wrapped in a <p> element, like so: <p>i am a paragraph, oh yes i am.</p> each heading has to be wrapped in a heading element: <h1>i am the title of the story.</h1> there are six heading elements: <h1>, <h2>, <h3>, <h4>, <h5>, and <h6>. each element represents a different level of content in the document; <h1> represents the main heading, <h2> represents subheadings, <h3> represents sub-subheadings, and so on. ...
...And 8 more matches

sslfnc.html
ing all the reading and the other doing all the writing. the ssl_enable_fdx option tells the ssl library whether the application will have two threads, one reading and one writing, or just one thread doing reads and writes alternately. ssl_v2_compatible_hello tells the ssl library whether or not to send ssl3 client hello messages in ssl2-compatible format. ...
... ssl3 client hello messages in ssl2-compatible format. if an ssl3 client hello message is sent to a server that only understands ssl2 and not ssl3, then the server will interpret the ssl3 client hello as a very large message, and the connection will usually seem to "hang" while the ssl2 server expects more data that will never arrive. for this reason, the ssl3 spec allows ssl3 client hellos to be sent in ssl2 format, and it recommends that ssl3 servers all accept ssl3 client hellos in ssl2 format. when an ssl2-only server receives an ssl3 client hello in ssl2 format, it can (and probably will) negotiate the protocol version correctly, not causing a "hang". some applications may wish to force ssl3 client hellos to be sent in ssl3 format, not in ssl2-compatible format. they might wish to do t...
...uites for an individual socket, use ssl_cipherprefset. the set of available ssl cipher suites may grow from release to release of nss. applications will find it desirable to determine, at run time, what ssl2 cipher kinds and ssl3 cipher suites are actually implememted in a particular release. applications may disable any cipher suites that they don't know about (for example, that they cannot present to the user via a gui). to that end, nss provides a table that can be examined at run time. all aspects of this table are declared in ssl.h. ssl_implementedciphers[] is an external array of unsigned 16-bit integers whose values are either ssl2 cipher kinds or ssl3 cipher suites. the values are the same as the values used to enable or disable a cipher suite via calls to ssl_cipherprefsetdefault,...
...And 8 more matches

Debugger - Firefox Developer Tools
r instance’s handlers, breakpoints, and the like are currently enabled. it is an accessor property with a getter and setter: assigning to it enables or disables this debugger instance; reading it produces true if the instance is enabled, or false otherwise. this property is initially true in a freshly created debugger instance. this property gives debugger code a single point of control for disentangling itself from the debuggee, regardless of what sort of events or handlers or “points” we add to the interface. allowunobservedasmjs a boolean value indicating whether asm.js code running inside this debugger instance’s debuggee globals is invisible to debugger api handlers and breakpoints. setting this to false inhibits the ahead-of-time asm.js compiler and forces asm.js code to ...
...ction. in some cases, the code coverage might expose information which pre-date the modification of this flag. code coverage reports are monotone, thus one can take a snapshot when the debugger is enabled, and output the difference. setting this to false prevents this debugger instance from requiring any code coverage instrumentation, but it does not guarantee that the instrumentation is not present. uncaughtexceptionhook either null or a function that spidermonkey calls when a call to a debug event handler, breakpoint handler, or similar function throws some exception, which we refer to asdebugger-exception here. exceptions thrown in the debugger are not propagated to debuggee code; instead, spidermonkey calls this function, passingdebugger-exception as its sole argument and the debug...
... or null to this property throws a typeerror exception. (this is not an ideal way to handle debugger bugs, but the hope here is that some sort of backstop, even if imperfect, will make life easier for debugger developers. for example, an uncaught exception hook may have access to browser-level features like the alert function, which this api’s implementation does not, making it possible to present debugger errors to the developer in a way suited to the context.) debugger handler functions each debugger instance inherits accessor properties with which you can store handler functions for spidermonkey to call when given events occur in debuggee code. when one of the events described below occurs in debuggee code, the engine pauses the debuggee and calls the corresponding debugging handl...
...And 8 more matches

Index - Firefox Developer Tools
eb development, web development:tools, l10n:priority firefox developer tools is a set of web developer tools built into firefox. you can use them to examine, edit, and debug html, css, and javascript. 2 3d view html, tools, web development, web development:tools when you click on the 3d view button, the page goes into 3d view mode; in this mode, you can see your page presented in a 3d view in which nested blocks of html are increasingly "tall," projecting outward from the bottom of the page. this view makes it easy to visualize the nesting of your content. 3 accessibility inspector accessibility, accessibility inspector, devtools, guide, tools the accessibility inspector provides a means to access important information exposed to assistive techno...
...debugger to implement their javascript debuggers. however, debugger is quite general, and can be used to implement other kinds of tools like tracers, coverage analysis, patch-and-continue, and so on. 18 debugger when called as a constructor, the debugger object creates a new debugger instance. 19 debugger.environment a debugger.environment instance represents a lexical environment, associating names with variables. each debugger.frame instance representing a debuggee frame has an associated environment object describing the variables in scope in that frame; and each debugger.object instance representing a debuggee function has an environment object representing the environment the function has closed over. 20 debugger.frame a de...
...given a debugger.frame instance, you can find the script the frame is executing, walk the stack to older frames, find the lexical environment in which the execution is taking place, and so on. ...
...And 8 more matches

Introduction to the DOM - Web APIs
that way, programming languages can connect to the page. a web page is a document. ...
...that way, programming languages can connect to the page. a web page is a document. ...
... the data representation of the objects that comprise the structure and content of a document on the web. in this guide, we'll briefly introduce the dom. we'll look at how the dom represents an html or xml document in memory and how you use apis to create web content and applications. what is the dom? ...
...And 8 more matches

RTCDataChannel - Web APIs
every data channel is associated with an rtcpeerconnection, and each peer connection can have up to a theoretical maximum of 65,534 data channels (the actual limit may vary from browser to browser). to create a data channel and ask a remote peer to join you, call the rtcpeerconnection's createdatachannel() method. the peer being invited to exchange data receives a datachannel event (which has type rtcdatachannelevent) to let it know the data channel has been added to the connection. ...
...hannel() method. the peer being invited to exchange data receives a datachannel event (which has type rtcdatachannelevent) to let it know the data channel has been added to the connection. ...
...ld be used to represent binary data received on the rtcdatachannel. values allowed by the websocket.binarytype property are also permitted here: "blob" if blob objects are being used or "arraybuffer" if arraybuffer objects are being used. ...
...And 8 more matches

WebGL model view projection - Web APIs
ect as they recede into the distance. the value of w is used as a divisor for the other components of the coordinate, so that the true values of x, y, and z are computed as x/w, y/w, and z/w (and w is then also w/w, becoming 1). a three dimensional point is defined in a typical cartesian coordinate system. the added fourth dimension changes this point into a homogeneous coordinate. it still represents a point in 3d space and it can easily be demonstrated how to construct this type of coordinate through a pair of simple functions. function cartesiantohomogeneous(point) let x = point[0]; let y = point[1]; let z = point[2]; return [x, y, z, 1]; } function homogeneoustocartesian(point) { let x = point[0]; let y = point[1]; let z = point[2]; let w = point[3]; return [x/w, y/w...
...divides the x, y, and z components. when the w component is a non-zero real number then homogeneous coordinate easily translates back into a normal point in cartesian space. now what happens if the w component is zero? in javascript the value returned would be as follows. homogeneoustocartesian([10, 4, 5, 0]); this evaluates to: [infinity, infinity, infinity]. this homogeneous coordinate represents some point at infinity. this is a handy way to represent a ray shooting off from the origin in a specific direction. in addition to a ray, it could also be thought of as a representation of a directional vector. if this homogeneous coordinate is multiplied against a matrix with a translation then the translation is effectively stripped out. when numbers are extremely large (or extremely small) ...
...the more operations that are done on larger numbers, the more and more errors accumulate into the result. when dividing by w, this can effectively increase the precision of very large numbers by operating on two potentially smaller, less error-prone numbers. ...
...And 8 more matches

Geometry and reference spaces in WebXR - Web APIs
in this article, we introduce the ways in which webxr expands upon the geometry of webgl, and how the positions and orientations of objects—both physical and virtual—are described in relation to one another using spaces and, in particular, reference spaces. ...
...round, so that the scene can be properly rendered and composited. fundamentals of 3d geometry while we'll examine here the required math operations used to compute the positions, orientations, and movement of objects in virtual space—plus the need to integrate the human viewer of the scene into the mix—a thorough introduction to geometry and the use of matrices and vectors to manage 3d representations of a scene is well beyond the scope of what can be accomplished in this article. you can learn more about the individual operations in matrix math for the web. units before discussing the details of the geometry of the 3d space used by webxr, it's first useful to understand the units of measure that are applied to the 3d world. lengths and distances webgl measures all distances and leng...
...ion can be along any of the object's axes, or any combination of them. rotation is the application of a matrix that rotates a point around the origin of the object's coordinate system. scaling is the use of a matrix to alter the size of an object. note that when we say that a transform applies to a point, it also, by extension, can be applied to a collection of points. since an object is represented by some number of polygons made up of a number of points in space, applying the same transform to every point that makes up the object will apply that same transform to the entire object overall. transforms can also be applied to vectors, since vectors are described using a coordinate value to define the direction and magnitude of the vector. on the origins of spaces a complete xr-enhanced sc...
...And 8 more matches

Using Web Workers - Web APIs
i a worker is an object created using a constructor (e.g. worker()) that runs a named javascript file — this file contains the code that will run in the worker thread; workers run in another global context that is different from the current window. thus, using the window shortcut to get the current global scope (instead of self) within a worker will return an error. the worker context is represented by a dedicatedworkerglobalscope object in the case of dedicated workers (standard workers that are utilized by a single script; shared workers use sharedworkerglobalscope). a dedicated worker is only accessible from the script that first spawned it, whereas shared workers can be accessed from multiple scripts. note: see the web workers api landing page for reference documentation on workers a...
... you like inside the worker thread, with some exceptions. for example, you can't directly manipulate the dom from inside a worker, or use some default methods and properties of the window object. but you can use a large number of items available under window, including websockets, and data storage mechanisms like indexeddb. see functions and classes available to workers for more details. data is sent between workers and the main thread via a system of messages — both sides send their messages using the postmessage() method, and respond to messages via the onmessage event handler (the message is contained within the message event's data attribute.) the data is copied rather than shared. workers may, in turn, spawn new workers, as long as those workers are hosted within the same origin as th...
...th the exception that the responsexml and channel attributes on xmlhttprequest always return null. dedicated workers as mentioned above, a dedicated worker is only accessible by the script that called it. in this section we'll discuss the javascript found in our basic dedicated worker example (run dedicated worker): this allows you to enter two numbers to be multiplied together. the numbers are sent to a dedicated worker, multiplied together, and the result is returned to the page and displayed. this example is rather trivial, but we decided to keep it simple while introducing you to basic worker concepts. more advanced details are covered later on in the article. worker feature detection for slightly more controlled error handling and backwards compatibility, it is a good idea to wrap yo...
...And 8 more matches

XRSession - Web APIs
xrsession supports both inline and immersive virtual and augmented reality modes. properties in addition to the properties listed below, xrsession inherits properties from its parent interface, eventtarget. ...
...xrsession supports both inline and immersive virtual and augmented reality modes. properties in addition to the properties listed below, xrsession inherits properties from its parent interface, eventtarget. ...
...dmode read only returns this session's blend mode which denotes how much of the real-world environment is visible through the xr device and how the device will blend the device imagery with it. note: environmentblendmode() is part of the webxr augmented reality module, which has not been completed. inputsources read only returns a list of this session's xrinputsources, each representing an input device used to control the camera and/or scene. renderstate read only an xrrenderstate object which contains options affecting how the imagery is rendered. this includes things such as the near and far clipping planes (distances defining how close and how far away objects can be and still get rendered), as well as field of view information. visibilitystate read only a domstrin...
...And 8 more matches

Cognitive accessibility - Accessibility
wcag guidelines wcag, web content accessibility guidelines, includes several guidelines to improve cognitive accessibility. these guidelines are published by the web accessibility in...
...ed by four principles: websites must be perceivable, operable, understandable, and robust. to this end, they define 17 specific guidelines, of which six are especially relevant for cognitive accessibility. all of the following guidelines help more than just people with cognitive disabilities. for example, being able to extend the expiration time on an application requiring an authentication code sent to a mobile device via text message helps with the following scenarios: people with attention or anxiety disorders. people who have a poor short-term memory, or who are multitasking. people who are less technologically literate. people who have poor wireless reception. people who have motor control issues. adaptability guideline 1.3 states "content should be adaptable." create content t...
...evice via text message helps with the following scenarios: people with attention or anxiety disorders. people who have a poor short-term memory, or who are multitasking. people who are less technologically literate. people who have poor wireless reception. people who have motor control issues. adaptability guideline 1.3 states "content should be adaptable." create content that can be presented in different ways without losing information or structure. for example, provide responsive layouts, with a single column mobile design. all information, including structure and relationships conveyed through the presentation, should be available in a form that can be perceived by all users to achieve this goal. for example, the information could be spoken aloud via a narration tool. making you...
...And 8 more matches

CSS values and units - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
allowed for float. left | right | none | inline-start | inline-end such values are used without quotes: .box { float: left; } css-wide values in addition to the pre-defined keywords that are part of the specification for a property, all css properties accept the css-wide property values initial, inherit, and unset, which explicitly specify defaulting behaviors. the initial keyword represents the value specified as the property’s initial value. the inherit keyword represents the computed value of the property on the element’s parent, provided it is inherited. the unset keyword acts as either inherit or initial, depending on whether the property is inherited or not. a fourth value of revert was added in the cascade level 4 specification, but it does not currently have good brows...
...rl-token>, which has extra requirements including the escaping of certain characters. see <url> for more information. numeric data types <integer> <number> <dimension> <percentage> integers an integer is one or more decimal digits, 0 through 9, such as 1024 or -55. an integer may be preceded by a + or - symbol, with no space between the symbol and the integer. numbers a <number> represents a real number, which may or may not have a decimal point with a fractional component, for example 0.255, 128 or -1.2. numbers may also be preceded by a + or - symbol. dimensions a <dimension> is a <number> with a unit attached to it, for example 45deg, 100ms, or 10px. the attached unit identifier is case insensitive. there is never a space or any other characters between a the number and the u...
... font size on the element and vh is relative to the viewport height. relative length units unit relative to em font size of the element. ex x-height of the element's font. cap cap height (the nominal height of capital letters) of the element's font. ch average character advance of a narrow glyph in the element’s font, as represented by the “0” (zero, u+0030) glyph. ic average character advance of a full width glyph in the element’s font, as represented by the “水” (cjk water ideograph, u+6c34) glyph. rem font size of the root element. lh line height of the element. rlh line height of the root element. vw 1% of viewport's width. vh 1% of view...
...And 8 more matches

<img>: The Image Embed element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
s also used when copying and pasting the image to text, or saving a linked image to a bookmark. crossorigin indicates if the fetching of the image must be done using a cors request. image data from a cors-enabled image returned from a cors request can be reused in the <canvas> element without being marked "tainted". ...
...om a cors request can be reused in the <canvas> element without being marked "tainted". if the crossorigin attribute is not specified, then a non-cors request is sent (without the origin request header), and the browser marks the image as tainted and restricts access to its image data, preventing its usage in <canvas> elements. ...
...n access to the image data by the origin site (by not sending any access-control-allow-origin response header, or by not including the site's origin in any access-control-allow-origin response header it does send), then the browser marks the image as tainted and restricts access to its image data, preventing its usage in <canvas> elements. allowed values: anonymous a cors request is sent with credentials omitted (that is, no cookies, x.509 certificates, or authorization request header). use-credentials the cors request is sent with any credentials included (that is, cookies, x.509 certificates, and the authorization request header). if the server does not opt into sharing credentials with the origin site (by sending back the access-control-allow-credentials: true response hea...
...And 8 more matches

<input type="tel"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
hub repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
... of these is that mobile browsers — especially on mobile phones — may opt to present a custom keypad optimized for entering phone numbers. using a specific input type for telephone numbers also makes adding custom validation and handling of phone numbers more convenient. note: browsers that don't support type tel fall back to being a standard text input. ...
... additional attributes in addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their type, telephone number inputs support the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains the optional pre-defined autocomplete options maxlength the m...
...And 8 more matches

HTTP response status codes - HTTP
ecification in rfc 7231. if you receive a response that is not in this list, it is a non-standard response, possibly custom to the server's software. information responses 100 continue this interim response indicates that everything so far is ok and that the client should continue the request, or ignore the response if the request is already finished. 101 switching protocol this code is sent in response to an upgrade request header from the client, and indicates the protocol the server is switching to. 102 processing (webdav) this code indicates that the server has received and is processing the request, but no response is available yet. 103 early hints this status code is primarily intended to be used with the link header, letting the user agent start preloading resources while ...
...ed and is transmitted in the message body. head: the entity headers are in the message body. put or post: the resource describing the result of the action is transmitted in the message body. trace: the message body contains the request message as received by the server 201 created the request has succeeded and a new resource has been created as a result. this is typically the response sent after post requests, or some put requests. 202 accepted the request has been received but not yet acted upon. it is noncommittal, since there is no way in http to later send an asynchronous response indicating the outcome of the request. it is intended for cases where another process or server handles the request, or for batch processing. 203 non-authoritative information this response code m...
...ty copy. this is mostly used for mirrors or backups of another resource. except for that specific case, the "200 ok" response is preferred to this status. 204 no content there is no content to send for this request, but the headers may be useful. the user-agent may update its cached headers for this resource with the new ones. 205 reset content tells the user-agent to reset the document which sent this request. 206 partial content this response code is used when the range header is sent from the client to request only part of a resource. 207 multi-status (webdav) conveys information about multiple resources, for situations where multiple status codes might be appropriate. 208 already reported (webdav) used inside a <dav:propstat> response element to avoid repeatedly enumerating the i...
...And 8 more matches

StringView - Archive of obsolete content
attribute type description encoding read only domstring a string expressing the encoding type. for actually supported values see here. buffer read only arraybuffer the buffer to be shared between stringview.rawdata and stringview.bufferview view references. rawdata read only arraybufferview an arraybufferview containing the representation of the string as array of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit integers (depending on the chosen encoding). bufferview read only arraybufferview an arraybufferview containing the representation of the whole buffer as array of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit integers (depending on the chosen encoding). constructor syntax new stringview(input[, encoding[, startoffset[, length]]]) de...
...) // "hello world!" this function is useful in order to pass binary data containing strings. see also this example. stringview instances' properties encoding a string expressing the encoding type. for possible values see here. buffer the buffer to be shared between stringview.rawdata and stringview.bufferview view references. rawdata an arraybufferview containing the representation of the string as an array of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit integers (depending on the chosen encoding). bufferview an arraybufferview containing the representation of the whole buffer as an array of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit integers (depending on the chosen encoding). stringview instances' methods makeindex() syntax stringview.makeindex([characterslength[, startfrom]]) ...
... syntax stringview.foreachchar(callback[, thisobject[, characteroffset[, characterslength]]]) description repeatedly invokes a function for each character of the stringview. arguments callback (required) a function to be invoked for each character. it will be called with four arguments, expressing respectively: charcode a number expressing the unicode representation of the actual character (codepoint). characteroffset a number expressing the position, in codepoints, of the passed character. rawoffset a number expressing the position, in codepoints parts, of the passed character. rawdataarray the array containing the raw data of the stringview. it will look something like this: callback.call(thisobject, charcode, charactero...
...And 7 more matches

Chapter 5: Let's build a Firefox extension - Archive of obsolete content
nfigure its home-path. change your preferences for more efficient development before you get to work developing your extension, you’ll want to change some of your firefox preferences. this isn’t a requirement for extension development, but i recommend it as a way to work more efficiently. preference description value nglayout.debug.disable_xul_cache (not present in firefox 3.5+) ordinarily, firefox will cache xul documents after they have been read in once, to speed subsequent displays. disabling this cache forces xul documents to be reloaded any every time they are displayed. true browser.dom.window.dump.enabled (not present in firefox 3.5+) enables use of the dump method for debugging. refer to the “javascript debugging...
... have been read in once, to speed subsequent displays. disabling this cache forces xul documents to be reloaded any every time they are displayed. true browser.dom.window.dump.enabled (not present in firefox 3.5+) enables use of the dump method for debugging. refer to the “javascript debugging methods” sidebar. true javascript.options.showinconsole (present in firefox 3.5+) outputs javascript errors to the error console. ...
......
...And 7 more matches

JXON - Archive of obsolete content
in this article we will show how to convert a parsed xml document (i.e. an instance of document) to a javascript object tree (i.e. a tree of nested instances of object) and viceversa, with some different algorithms. ...
... in this article we will show how to convert a parsed xml document (i.e. an instance of document) to a javascript object tree (i.e. a tree of nested instances of object) and viceversa, with some different algorithms. it could be useful to read the xml introduction article first. ...
...nt). this is a good and standardized compromise for a javascript usage, since all of the information of an xml document is contained in these node types. all other information (like processing instructions, schemas, comments, etc.) will be lost. this type of algorithm is still considered lossless, since what is lost is meta-information and not information. in order to avoid conflicts, the representation of nodes and attributes names is case insensitive (always rendered in lower case), so objects' local property names set using javascript must always have some kind of capitalization (that is, at least one capital letter somewhere in their names), as you can see below. the following algorithms are somewhat based on the parker convention, version 0.4, which prescribes the transformation of ta...
...And 7 more matches

Notes on HTML Reflow - Archive of obsolete content
html formatting objects are called frames : a frame corresponds to the geometric information for (roughly) a single element in the content model; the frames are arranged into a hierarchy that parallels the containment hierarchy in the content model. a frame is rectangular, with width, height, and an offset from the parent frame that contains it. more than one frame may be needed to represent a single element from the content model; for example, text that wraps is broken into several frames, one per wrapped line. in this case, the primary frame is the frame containing the first line of text, with continuing frames (or continuations ) created for subsequent lines. html uses a flow based layout model, meaning that most of the time it is possible to co...
...archy, computing geometric information for each frame object that requires it. reflow may have the side-effect of creating new continuation frames, for example, for a text frame when the text must be wrapped. some reflows are immediate in response to user or script actions; for example, resizing the window or changing the document's default font. these are dispatched directly from the presentation shell (e.g., nsipresshell::stylechangereflow), and affect the entire frame tree. other reflows are incremental and are dealt with asynchronously; for example, when content streams in from the network. incremental reflows are queued by the presentation shell for batched dispatch. reflow state the reflow state object, nshtmlreflowstate, is used to pass constraining informatio...
...ect, nshtmlreflowstate, is used to pass constraining information "down" from parent frames to child frames. for example, a <div> with a constrained width (e.g., set via the css width property) would note this in the reflow state object before flowing its children. when reflow begins, the root reflow state is initialized with information about the top-level container for the document's presentation; e.g., the width and height of the application window. this is passed as an argument to the reflow method of the root frame in the frame hierarchy. each container frame constructs a new reflow state object (based on its container's reflow state object) in which the container will reflow its children. most of the constraints in the new reflow state are computed when the stat...
...And 7 more matches

Document and website structure - Learn web development
previous overview: introduction to html next in addition to defining individual parts of your page (such as "a paragraph" or "an image"), html also boasts a number of block level elements used to define areas of your website (such as "the header", "the navigation menu", "the main content column"). this article looks into how to plan a basic website structure, and write the html to represent this structure. prerequisites: basic html familiarity, as covered in getting started with html. html text formatting, as covered in html text fundamentals. how hyperlinks work, as covered in creating hyperlinks. objective: learn how to structure your document using semantic tags, and how to work out the structure of a simple website. basic sections of a document we...
... but they all tend to share similar standard components, unless the page is displaying a fullscreen video or game, is part of some kind of art project, or is just badly structured: header: usually a big strip across the top with a big heading, logo, and perhaps a tagline. this usually stays the same from one webpage to another. navigation bar: links to the site's main sections; usually represented by menu buttons, links, or tabs. like the header, this content usually remains consistent from one webpage to another — having inconsistent navigation on your website will just lead to confused, frustrated users. many web designers consider the navigation bar to be part of the header rather than an individual component, but that's not a requirement; in fact, some also argue that having the tw...
...cs and use the right element for the right job. this is because visuals don't tell the whole story. we use color and font size to draw sighted users' attention to the most useful parts of the content, like the navigation menu and related links, but what about visually impaired people for example, who might not find concepts like "pink" and "large font" very useful? note: colorblind people represent around 4% of the world population or, to put it another way, approximately 1 in every 12 men and 1 in every 200 women are colorblind. blind and visually impaired people represent roughly 4-5% of the world population (in 2012 there were 285 million such people in the world, while the total population was around 7 billion). in your html code, you can mark up sections of content based on their fun...
...And 7 more matches

Accessibility API cross-reference
alert, in msaa if no other role applies. aria live region. alert alert alert alert, alertdialog content changes over time, such as animated gif animation n/a no spec n/a a section that forms an independent part of a document, page, or site. article <article> <part> or <art> object representing entire app. aria role denotes interactive (not browsable) content operable in ways that differ from any of the other interactive aria roles, and may be only a part of the main document. application frame n/a application see <div> and <nonstruct> a region that contains mostly site-oriented content, rather than page-specific content. banner ...
...in tagged pdf n/a n/a expressed with aria-labelledby if visible on screen or aria-label otherwise <caption> (for tables), <figcaption> (for figures), and <label> with a for attribute (for input elements) a <toc> or <l> may contain a <caption> as i...
... checkbutton check_box check_box checkbox or switch <input type=checkbox> ...
...And 7 more matches

Browser API
iframeelement.zoom() changes the zoom factor of the browser <iframe>'s content. this is particularly useful for zooming in/out on non-touch-enabled devices. events in order to allow an application to manage the browser <iframe>, the application can listen for new events about what's happening within the browser <iframe>. the following new events can be listened for: mozbrowseractivitydone sent when something inside the browser <iframe> triggers a web activity, and that web activity's message is consumed by the receiving app. mozbrowserasyncscroll sent when the browser <iframe> content scrolls (the apcz version.) see also mozbrowserscroll. note that this is obsolete. mozbrowseraudioplaybackchange sent when audio starts or stops playing within the browser <iframe> content. mozbrowse...
...de the browser <iframe> triggers a web activity, and that web activity's message is consumed by the receiving app. mozbrowserasyncscroll sent when the browser <iframe> content scrolls (the apcz version.) see also mozbrowserscroll. note that this is obsolete. mozbrowseraudioplaybackchange sent when audio starts or stops playing within the browser <iframe> content. mozbrowsercaretstatechanged sent when the text selected inside the browser <iframe> content changes. mozbrowserclose sent when window.close() is called within a browser <iframe>. mozbrowsercontextmenu sent when a browser <iframe> tries to open a context menu. ...
...tent. mozbrowsercaretstatechanged sent when the text selected inside the browser <iframe> content changes. mozbrowserclose sent when window.close() is called within a browser <iframe>. mozbrowsercontextmenu sent when a browser <iframe> tries to open a context menu. this allows handling of the <menuitem> element available within the browser <iframe>'s content. mozbrowserdocumentfirstpaint sent when a new paint occurs on any document in the browser <iframe>. mozbrowsererror sent when an error occurs while trying to load content within a browser <iframe>. ...
...And 7 more matches

Debugger.Object - Firefox Developer Tools
debugger.object a debugger.object instance represents an object in the debuggee, providing reflection-oriented methods to inspect and modify its referent. the referent’s properties do not appear directly as properties of the debugger.object instance; the debugger can access them only through methods like debugger.object.prototype.getownpropertydescriptor and debugger.object.prototype.defineproperty, ensuring that the debugger will not inadvertently invoke the referent’s getters and setters. ...
...appear directly as properties of the debugger.object instance; the debugger can access them only through methods like debugger.object.prototype.getownpropertydescriptor and debugger.object.prototype.defineproperty, ensuring that the debugger will not inadvertently invoke the referent’s getters and setters. spidermonkey creates exactly one debugger.object instance for each debuggee object it presents to a given debugger instance: if the debugger encounters the same object through two different routes (perhaps two functions are called on the same object), spidermonkey presents the same debugger.object instance to the debugger each time. this means that the debugger can use the == operator to recognize when two debugger.object instances refer to the same debuggee object, and place its own prop...
...iews of the same object. for example, in firefox, code in privileged compartments sees content dom element objects without redefinitions or extensions made to that object’s properties by content code. (in firefox terminology, privileged code sees the element through an “xray wrapper”.) to ensure that debugger code sees each object just as the debuggee would, each debugger.object instance presents its referent as it would be seen from a particular compartment. this “viewing compartment” is chosen to match the way the debugger came across the referent. as a consequence, a single debugger instance may actually have several debugger.object instances: one for each compartment from which the referent is viewed. if more than one debugger instance is debugging the same code, each debugger g...
...And 7 more matches

Debugger.Object - Firefox Developer Tools
debugger.object a debugger.object instance represents an object in the debuggee, providing reflection-oriented methods to inspect and modify its referent. the referent's properties do not appear directly as properties of the debugger.object instance; the debugger can access them only through methods like debugger.object.prototype.getownpropertydescriptor and debugger.object.prototype.defineproperty, ensuring that the debugger will not inadvertently invoke the referent's getters and setters. ...
...t appear directly as properties of the debugger.object instance; the debugger can access them only through methods like debugger.object.prototype.getownpropertydescriptor and debugger.object.prototype.defineproperty, ensuring that the debugger will not inadvertently invoke the referent's getters and setters. spidermonkey creates exactly one debugger.object instance for each debuggee object it presents to a given debugger instance: if the debugger encounters the same object through two different routes (perhaps two functions are called on the same object), spidermonkey presents the same debugger.object instance to the debugger each time. this means that the debugger can use the == operator to recognize when two debugger.object instances refer to the same debuggee object, and place its own prop...
...rent views of the same object. for example, in firefox, code in privileged compartments sees content dom element objects without redefinitions or extensions made to that object's properties by content code. (in firefox terminology, privileged code sees the element through an "xray wrapper".) to ensure that debugger code sees each object just as the debuggee would, each debugger.object instance presents its referent as it would be seen from a particular compartment. this "viewing compartment" is chosen to match the way the debugger came across the referent. as a consequence, a single debugger instance may actually have several debugger.object instances: one for each compartment from which the referent is viewed. if more than one debugger instance is debugging the same code, each debugger gets ...
...And 7 more matches

Fundamentals of WebXR - Web APIs
wider with two eyes, but not double the single-eye fov? it's because the two eyes fovs overlap a lot. that overlap is what gives us depth perception; within the overlap area — which is around 115° across — we have depth perception. outside that overlap area, our vision is monocular and lacks good depth perception. the drawing shown here demonstrates the concept of fov. the blue wedge represents the field of view of the leflt eye; the red wedge is the fov of the right eye. the overlapping area, which is sort of a shade of purple, is the area in which the viewer has binocular vision and, as a result, depth perception. if you look carefully, you'll see that each eye sees the die slightly differently, and the combined view blends the two into a 3d shape. generally, only the horizontal fov...
...ch frame in order to avoid the potential of artifacts being left behind. some platforms may provide previously-cleared frames to you, while others may optimize performance by not erasing the framebuffers in order to avoid having to touch each pixel twice per frame. there are two vr session modes available in webxr: inline and immersive. the former, specified by the session mode string inline, presents the rendered scene within the context of a document in a web browser, and doesn't require special xr hardware to view. the immersive session mode is indicated using the session mode immersive-vr. this session mode requires an xr device such as a headset, and replaces the entire world with the rendered scene using the displays shown to each of the user's eyes. augmented reality in augmented rea...
...nt in a web browser, and doesn't require special xr hardware to view. the immersive session mode is indicated using the session mode immersive-vr. this session mode requires an xr device such as a headset, and replaces the entire world with the rendered scene using the displays shown to each of the user's eyes. augmented reality in augmented reality (ar), the user sees the imagery you render presented on top of the physical, real-world environment around them. because ar is always an immersive experience, in which the scene is the entire world around the user (rather than being enclosed in a box on a screen), the only ar session mode is immersive-ar. the webxr augmented reality module is still in a state of early development and is not yet stable enough for regular use. we do not yet inclu...
...And 7 more matches

Lighting a WebXR setting - Web APIs
mponent is in essence a type of light there are three kinds of light that can affect the color and brightness of objects and their pixels as displayed on the viewer's screen or headset. a sphere with only ambient lighting. note the total lack of any shading to indicate the depth of the sphere. ambient light ambient light is light that doesn't come from a defined source, but is just present throughout the scene. this light reaches every surface in the scene at the same intensity from every direction, and is then reflected equally in every direction. as a result, the effect applied by ambient light is universally equal all through the scene. the effect of ambient light is computed by simply multiplying the intensity of the light source by the reflectance of the surface at the pixel'...
...y ambient light is universally equal all through the scene. the effect of ambient light is computed by simply multiplying the intensity of the light source by the reflectance of the surface at the pixel's location. the color and intensity of every pixel in the scene is affected exactly the same way, regardless of where it is in the scene or the direction it's facing. ambient light is commonly present simply to prevent shadowed areas from becoming too dark, although it affects the entire scene; however, the amount of ambient light in a scene should be very low. because the bouncing and scattering of light can be expensive to compute in real time, especially if multiple light sources are involved, it's common to use ambient lighting to simulate the scattered light caused by all the other light...
...y emitted from or reflected off a surface. this is the majority of the light we usually see. diffuse light comes from a particular position or direction and casts shadows. due to its directionality, the faces of an object facing a diffuse light source will be brighter than the other faces. because the intensity of diffuse light depends on the angle of incidence (the angle between the vector representing the direction from which the light reaches the surface and the surface's normal vector or the vector perpendicular to the surface), the intensity or brightness of the light reflected by an object varies depending on the surface's orientation relative to the light source. a photo taken by nasa's cassini spacecraft showing specular reflection of light from a lake of liquid methane on the sur...
...And 7 more matches

window.location - Web APIs
example #6: using bookmarks without changing the hash property: <!doctype html> <html> <head> <meta charset="utf-8"/> <title>mdn example</title> <script> function shownode (onode) { document.documentelement.scrolltop = onode.offsettop; document.documentelement.scrollleft = ...
... nisi a eros rutrum nec blandit diam placerat. aenean tincidunt risus ut nisi consectetur cursus. ut vitae quam elit. donec dignissim est in quam tempor consequat. aliquam aliquam diam non felis convallis suscipit. nulla facilisi. donec lacus risus, dignissim et fringilla et, egestas vel eros. duis malesuada accumsan dui, at fringilla mauris bibendum quis. cras adipiscing ultricies fermentum. praesent bibendum condimentum feugiat.</p> <p id="mybookmark1">[&nbsp;<span class="intlink" onclick="showbookmark('#mybookmark2');">go to bookmark #2</span>&nbsp;]</p> <p>vivamus blandit massa ut metus mattis in fringilla lectus imperdiet. proin ac ante a felis ornare vehicula. fusce pellentesque lacus vitae eros convallis ut mollis magna pellentesque. pellentesque placerat enim at lacus ultricies vitae f...
...malesuada fames ac turpis egestas.</p> <p>suspendisse turpis nisl, consectetur in lacinia ut, ornare vel mi. lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. proin non lectus eu turpis vulputate cursus. mauris interdum tincidunt erat id pharetra. nullam in libero elit, sed consequat lectus. morbi odio nisi, porta vitae molestie ut, gravida ut nunc. ut non est dui, id ullamcorper orci. praesent vel elementum felis. maecenas ornare, dui quis auctor hendrerit, turpis sem ullamcorper odio, in auctor magna metus quis leo. morbi at odio ante.</p> <p>curabitur est ipsum, porta ac viverra faucibus, eleifend sed eros. in sit amet vehicula tortor. vestibulum viverra pellentesque erat a elementum. integer commodo ultricies lorem, eget tincidunt risus viverra et. in enim turpis, porttitor ac ornar...
...And 7 more matches

Perceivable - Accessibility
ccess criteria outlined in the perceivable principle of the web content accessibility guidelines (wcag) 2.0 and 2.1. perceivable states that users must be able to perceive it in some way, using one or more of their senses. note: to read the w3c definitions for perceivable and its guidelines and success criteria, see principle 1: perceivable - information and user interface components must be presentable to users in ways they can perceive. guideline 1.1 — providing text alternatives for non-text content the key here is that text can be converted to other forms that people with disabilities can use. for example, it can be spoken by a screenreader, converted to large print, or represented on a braille display. non-text content refers to multimedia such as images, audio, and video. ...
...-only content (a) a transcript should be provided for prerecorded audio-only media, and a transcript or audio description should be provided for prerecorded video-only media (i.e., silent video). see audio transcripts for transcript information. no audio description tutorial is available yet. 1.2.2 provide captions for web-based video (a) you should provide captions for video presented on the web (e.g., html5 video). this is for the benefit of people who can't hear the audio part of the video. see video text tracks for html5 video captions, and other multimedia content for other technologies. see also add your own subtitles & closed captions (youtube). 1.2.3 provide text transcript or audio description for web-based video (a) you should provide text transcripts...
...his is for the benefit of people who can't hear the audio part of the video. see video text tracks for html5 video captions, and other multimedia content for other technologies. see also add your own subtitles & closed captions (youtube). 1.2.3 provide text transcript or audio description for web-based video (a) you should provide text transcripts or audio descriptions for video presented on the web (e.g., html5 video. this is for the benefit of people who can't see the visual part of the video, and don't get the full content from the audio alone. see audio transcripts for transcript information. no audio description tutorial is available yet. 1.2.4 provide captions for live audio (aa) you should provide synchronized captions for all live multimedia that contains ...
...And 7 more matches

<length> - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the <length> css data type represents a distance value. lengths can be used in numerous css properties, such as width, height, margin, padding, border-width, font-size, and text-shadow. note: although <percentage> values are also css dimensions, and are usable in some of the same properties that accept <length> values, they are not themselves <length> values. see <length-percentage>. syntax the <length> data type consists of a <number> followed by one of the units listed below. as with all css dimensions, there is no space between the unit literal and the number. the length unit is optional after the number 0. note: some properties allow negative <length>s, while others do not. units relative length units relative lengths represent a measurement in terms of some other distance. dep...
...viewport. font-relative lengths font-relative lengths define the <length> value in terms of the size of a particular character or font attribute in the font currently in effect in an element or its parent. note: these units, especially em and rem, are often used to create scalable layouts, which maintain the vertical rhythm of the page even when the user changes the font size. ...
...the size of a particular character or font attribute in the font currently in effect in an element or its parent. note: these units, especially em and rem, are often used to create scalable layouts, which maintain the vertical rhythm of the page even when the user changes the font size. cap represents the "cap height" (nominal height of capital letters) of the element’s font. ...
...And 7 more matches

Media events - Developer guides
various events are sent when handling media that are embedded in html documents using the <audio> and <video> elements; this section lists them and provides some helpful information about using them. event name description abort sent when playback is aborted; for example, if the media is playing and is restarted from the beginning, this event is sent. canplay sent when enough data is available that the media can be played, at least for a couple of frames. this corresponds to the have_future_data readystate. canplaythrough sent when the readystate changes to have_enough_data, indicating that the entire media can be played without interruption, assuming the download rate remains at least at the current level. it will also be fired when pl...
...on, assuming the download rate remains at least at the current level. it will also be fired when playback is toggled between paused and playing. note: manually setting the currenttime will eventually fire a canplaythrough event in firefox. other browsers might not fire this event. durationchange the metadata has loaded or changed, indicating a change in duration of the media. ...
...ally setting the currenttime will eventually fire a canplaythrough event in firefox. other browsers might not fire this event. durationchange the metadata has loaded or changed, indicating a change in duration of the media. this is sent, for example, when the media has loaded enough that the duration is known. emptied the media has become empty; for example, this event is sent if the media has already been loaded (or partially loaded), and the load() method is called to reload it. encrypted the user agent has encountered initialization data in the media data. ended sent when playback completes. error sent when an error occurs. the element's error attribute contains more information. see htmlmediaelement.error for details. ...
...And 7 more matches

MIME types (IANA media types) - HTTP
onfigured, browsers are likely to misinterpret the contents of files and sites will not work correctly, and downloaded files may be mishandled. structure of a mime type the simplest mime type consists of a type and a subtype; these are each strings which, when concatenated with a slash (/) between them, comprise a mime type. no whitespace is allowed in a mime type: type/subtype the type represents the general category into which the data type falls, such as video or text. the subtype identifies the exact kind of data of the specified type the mime type represents. for example, for the mime type text, the subtype might be plain (plain text), html (html source code), or calendar (for icalendar/.ics) files. each type has its own set of possible subtypes, and a mime type always has both a ty...
...s-ascii) unless overridden by the user agent's settings. to specify a utf-8 text file, the mime type text/plain;charset=utf-8 is used. mime types are case-insensitive but are traditionally written in lowercase, with the exception of parameter values, whose case may or may not have specific meaning. types there are two classes of type: discrete and multipart. discrete types are types which represent a single file or medium, such as a single text or music file, or a single video. a multipart type is one which represents a document that's comprised of multiple component parts, each of which may have its own individual mime type; or, a multipart type may encapsulate multiple files being sent together in one transaction. for example, multipart mime types are used when attaching multiple files to...
...as mp4 movies (video/mp4). for text documents without a specific subtype, text/plain should be used. similarly, for binary documents without a specific or known subtype, application/octet-stream should be used. multipart types multipart types indicate a category of document broken into pieces, often with different mime types; they can also be used — especially in email scenarios — to represent multiple, separate files which are all part of the same transaction. they represent a composite document. with the exception of multipart/form-data, used in the post method of html forms, and multipart/byteranges, used with 206 partial content to send part of a document, http doesn't handle multipart documents in a special way: the message is transmitted to the browser (which will likely show a ...
...And 7 more matches

Number - JavaScript
a number only keeps about 17 decimal places of precision; arithmetic is subject to rounding. the largest value a number can hold is about 1.8×10308. numbers beyond that are replaced with the special number constant infinity. ...
...a number only keeps about 17 decimal places of precision; arithmetic is subject to rounding. the largest value a number can hold is about 1.8×10308. numbers beyond that are replaced with the special number constant infinity. ...
...n't be converted, it returns nan. literal syntax 123 // one-hundred twenty-three 123.0 // same 123 === 123.0 // true function syntax number('123') // returns the number 123 number('123') === 123 // true number("unicorn") // nan number(undefined) // nan constructor number() creates a new number value. static properties number.epsilon the smallest interval between two representable numbers. number.max_safe_integer the maximum safe integer in javascript (253 - 1). number.max_value the largest positive representable number. number.min_safe_integer the minimum safe integer in javascript (-(253 - 1)). number.min_value the smallest positive representable number—that is, the positive number closest to zero (without actually being zero). number.nan special "not a n...
...And 7 more matches

MathML documentation index - MathML
ample, guide, html5 math, math education, mathml, needsbeginnerupdate we will now prove the pythagorean theorem: 6 mathml attribute reference mathml, mathml reference this is an alphabetical list of mathml attributes. more details for each attribute are available on particular element pages. 7 values guide, mathml, mathml reference several mathml presentation elements have attributes that accept length values used for size or spacing. mathml accepts different units and constants for specifying lengths. 8 mathml documentation index index, mathml found 40 pages: 9 mathml element reference mathml, mathml reference this is an alphabetical list of mathml presentation elements. 10 <maction> mathm...
...erence, mathml:element, mathml:token elements the mathml <mi> element indicates that the content should be rendered as an identifier such as function names, variables or symbolic constants. you can also have arbitrary text in it to mark up terms. 18 <mlabeledtr> mathml, mathml reference, mathml:element, mathml:tabular math the mathml <mlabeledtr> element is used to represent a label in a row either on the left or on the right side (determined using the side attribute on the <mtable> element). child elements of <mlabeledtr> must be <mtd> elements. the first child is the label whereas all other children are representing row contents and are treated identically to children of <mtr> elements. 19 <mmultiscripts> mathml, mathml reference, mathml:element, mat...
... identically to children of <mtr> elements. 19 <mmultiscripts> mathml, mathml reference, mathml:element, mathml:script and limit schemata the mathml <mmultiscripts> element allows you to create tensor-like objects. in a descriptive way tensors are multidimensional matrices (mathematical imprecise but exemplified). the degree of a tensor depends on the dimensionality of a representative array. for example, a number is a 0-dimensional array, or a 0th-order tensor. a 1-dimensional array (e.g. vectors) is a 1st-order tensor and so 2nd-order tensors are needed to represent square matrices. to learn more about the mathematical background of tensors refer to the entry on wikipedia. 20 <mn> mathml, mathml reference, mathml:element, mathml:token elements the ma...
...And 7 more matches

The "codecs" parameter in common media types - Web media technologies
er rfc 2231, section 4: mime parameter value and encoded word extensions. you can use the javascript encodeuri() function to encode the parameter list; similarly, you can use decodeuri() to decode a previously encoded parameter list. when the codecs parameter is used, the specified list of codecs must include every codec used for the contents of the file. the list may also contain codecs not present in the file.= codec options by container the containers below support extended codec options in their codecs parameters: 3gp av1 iso bmff mpeg-4 quicktime webm several of the links above go to the same section; that's because those media types are all based on iso base media file format (iso bmff), so they share the same syntax. av1 the syntax of the codecs parameter for av1 is d...
...nd chroma signals. for example, the standard coefficients used for bt.709 are indicated using the value 01. the default value is 01 (itu-r bt.709). f a one-digit flag indicating whether the color should be allowed to use the full range of possible values (1), or should be constrained to those values considered legal for the specified color configuration (that is, the studio swing representation). the default is 0 (use the studio swing representation). all fields from m (monochrome flag) onward are optional; you may stop including fields at any point (but can't arbitrarily leave out fields). the default values are included in the table above. some example av1 codec strings: av01.2.15m.10.0.100.09.16.09.0 av1 professional profile, level 5.3, main tier, 10 bits per color co...
...cluding fields at any point (but can't arbitrarily leave out fields). the default values are included in the table above. some example av1 codec strings: av01.2.15m.10.0.100.09.16.09.0 av1 professional profile, level 5.3, main tier, 10 bits per color component, 4:2:2 chroma subsampling using itu-r bt.2100 color primaries, transfer characteristics, and ycbcr color matrix. the studio swing representation is indicated. av01.0.15m.10 av1 main profile, level 5.3, main tier, 10 bits per color component. the remaining properties are taken from the defaults: 4:2:0 chroma subsampling, bt.709 color primaries, transfer characteristics, and matrix coefficients. studio swing representation. iso base media file format: mp4, quicktime, and 3gp all media types based upon the iso base media file forma...
...And 7 more matches

fill - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
for animation five elements are using this attribute: <animate>, <animatecolor>, <animatemotion>, <animatetransform>, and <set>. ...
... for animation five elements are using this attribute: <animate>, <animatecolor>, <animatemotion>, <animatetransform>, and <set>. ...
...<!-- keeping the final state of an animated circle which is a circle with a radius of 40. --> <circle cx="250" cy="50" r="20"> <animate attributetype="xml" attributename="r" from="0" to="40" dur="5s" fill="freeze" /> </circle> </svg> altglyph warning: as of svg2 <altglyph> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <altglyph>, fill is a presentation attribute that defines the color of the glyph. value <paint> default value black animatable yes note: as a presentation attribute fill can be used as a css property. animate for <animate>, fill defines the final state of the animation. value freeze (keep the state of the last animation frame) | remove (keep the state of the first ani...
...And 7 more matches

Elements - Archive of obsolete content
of mozilla products (e.g. firefox 2) it is impossible to attach bindings to table sub-elements (rows, cells etc.) you can attach binding only to the table element itself. this has been fixed for future versions of mozilla products. see bug 83830 for more information and for workarounds. default encoding in xml documents (including xbl files) is utf-8. an explicit encoding declarations may be present to override the default, for example <?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?> uri in namespace declarations is an opaque string used to uniquely identify the namespace. it doesn't have to (and often it doesn't) point to some actual schema or a namespace-related resource. namespaces in xml besides the default namespace, you can declare any amount of additional namespaces to handle your conten...
...hed to the bound element. once the binding is attached, these methods and properties can be invoked directly from the bound element. id - the id attribute is a document-unique identifier. name - the name attribute can be used to provide a specific name for an implementation. this name can then be used to reference the implementation. for example, in javascript the value of this attribute represents the name of the corresponding class that is constructed for the implementation. if no name attribute is specified then the binding's document uri and id are used to uniquely reference the binding's implementation. implements - the implements attribute can be used to describe the set of interfaces that are implemented by the binding. its value is a comma-separated list of named interfaces. if su...
...d directly from the bound element using this value. example <method name="scrollto"> <parameter name="index"/> <body> this.setattribute("scrollpos", index); </body> </method> parameter <!element parameter empty> <!attlist parameter id id #implied name cdata #required > the parameter element is used inside a method element. it represents a single parameter of a method. id - the id attribute is a document-unique identifier. name - the value of the name attribute is used by script within a method's body element to reference this parameter. body <!element body cdata> <!attlist body id id #implied > the body element represents the implementation of its corresponding method. its contents are the sc...
...And 6 more matches

XUL element attributes - Archive of obsolete content
alue of this attribute. dont-test-empty: for template generated content, the builder will not check that a container is empty. dont-build-content: this flag may be used on a tree to indicate that content elements should not be generated. this results in a performance enhancement, but you will not be able to use the dom functions to retrieve the tree rows. flex type: string (representing an integer) indicates the flexibility of the element, which indicates how an element's container distributes remaining empty space among its children. flexible elements grow and shrink to fit their given space. elements with larger flex values will be made larger than elements with lower flex values, at the ratio determined by the two elements. the actual value is not relevant unless there ar...
...lements. the actual value is not relevant unless there are other flexible elements within the same container. once the default sizes of elements in a box are calculated, the remaining space in the box is divided among the flexible elements, according to their flex ratios. specifying a flex value of 0 has the same effect as leaving the flex attribute out entirely. height type: string (representing an integer) the preferred height of the element in pixels. the actual displayed height may be different if the element or its contents have a minimum or maximum height. the css height property may also be used. hidden type: boolean if set to true, the element is not displayed. this is similar to setting the css display property to 'none'. id type: unique id a unique identi...
...f ids, which are scanned and the first one found in the window is used. insertbefore type: id when an element is in an overlay, the insertbefore attribute specifies the id of the element in the base window that the element should appear before. this value may be a comma-separated list of ids, which are scanned and the first one found in the window is used. left type: string (representing an integer) for elements placed directly within a stack, specifies the pixel position of the left edge of the element relative to the left edge of the stack. maxheight type: string (representing an integer) the maximum height of the element. this corresponds to the max-height css property. maxwidth type: string (representing an integer) the maximum width of the element. this...
...And 6 more matches

NPEvent - Archive of obsolete content
« gecko plugin api reference « plug-in side plug-in api summary represents an event passed by npp_handleevent() to a windowless plug-in. syntax microsoft windows typedef struct _npevent { uint16 event; uint32 wparam; uint32 lparam; } npevent; mac os typedef eventrecord npevent; type eventrecord = record { what: integer; message: longint; when: longint; where: point; modifiers: integer; end; xwindows typedef xevent npevent; fields npevent on microsoft windows the data structure has the following fields: event one of the following event types: wm_paint wm_lbuttondown wm_lbuttonup wm_lbuttondblclk wm_rbuttondown wm_rbuttonup wm_rbuttondblclk wm_mbuttondown wm_mbuttonup wm_mbuttondblclk wm_mousemove ...
...tion about these events, see the microsoft windows developer documentation. wparam 32 bit field for the windows event parameter; parameter value depends upon event type. lparam 32 bit field for the windows event parameter; parameter value depends upon event type. eventrecord npevent on mac os npevent is defined as an eventrecord data structure, which has the following fields: what integer representing an event type. both windowed and windowless plug-ins receive the same events. values: 0 nullevent 1 mousedown 2 mouseup 3 keydown 4 keyup 5 autokey 6 updateevt 7 diskevt 8 activateevt 15 osevt 23 khighlevelevent getfocusevent 0, 1 (true, false) losefocusevent adjustcursorevent 0, 1 (true, false) for information about these events, see the mac os developer documentation. message longint. ad...
... information about the event. type of information depends on the event type. undefined for null, mouseup, and mousedown events. when longint. ticks since start-up. where point. cursor location. modifiers integer. flags. xevent npevent on unix/x11 npevent is defined as an xevent data structure, which is a union of a number of different x11 event structures. type the type member is an int representing an event type, and indicating which structure is relevant. the event type may be any of the ollowing: graphicsexpose focusin focusout enternotify leavenotify motionnotify buttonpress buttonrelease keypress keyrelease description microsoft windows description the type npevent represents an event passed by npp_handleevent() to a windowless plug-in. for information about these events,...
...And 6 more matches

XForms Input Element - Archive of obsolete content
introduction this element is an important and oft-used xforms element to show and change the instance data to which this xforms control is bound (see the spec). attributes ui common appearance - the value of this attribute gives a hint to the xforms processor as to which type of widget(s) to use to represent this control accesskey - used to specify the keyboard shortcut for focusing this control single-node binding special inputmode - not supported for this control incremental - supported. the default value is 'false'. mozilla extensions labelposition - only for boolean types: show the label before or after the checkbox (see below) type restrictions the input element can be bound to a node containing simple content of any data type except xsd:base64binary, xsd:hexbinray or any data...
...putmode - not supported for this control incremental - supported. the default value is 'false'. mozilla extensions labelposition - only for boolean types: show the label before or after the checkbox (see below) type restrictions the input element can be bound to a node containing simple content of any data type except xsd:base64binary, xsd:hexbinray or any data type derived from these. ...
...ntal - supported. the default value is 'false'. mozilla extensions labelposition - only for boolean types: show the label before or after the checkbox (see below) type restrictions the input element can be bound to a node containing simple content of any data type except xsd:base64binary, xsd:hexbinray or any data type derived from these. ...
...And 6 more matches

Shell global objects
ng line number for error messages and debug info columnnumber starting column number for error messages and debug info global global in which to execute the code newcontext if true, create and use a new cx (default: false) catchtermination if true, catch termination (failure without an exception value, as for slow scripts or out-of-memory) and return 'terminated' element if present with value v, convert v to an object o and mark the source as being attached to the dom element o. if the property is omitted or v is null, don't attribute the source to any dom element. elementattributename if present and not undefined, the name of property of element that holds this code. this is what debugger.source.prototype.elementattributename returns. sourcemapurl if present with v...
...ot undefined, the name of property of element that holds this code. this is what debugger.source.prototype.elementattributename returns. sourcemapurl if present with value v, convert v to a string, and provide that as the code's source map url. if omitted, attach no source map url to the code (although the code may provide one itself, via a //#sourcemappingurl comment). sourceislazy if present and true, indicates that, after compilation, script source should not be cached by the js engine and should be lazily loaded from the embedding as-needed. loadbytecode if true, and if the source is a cacheentryobject, the bytecode would be loaded and decoded from the cache entry instead of being parsed, then it would be executed as usual. savebytecode if true, and if the source is a cache...
.... getmoduleloadpath() return any --module-load-path argument passed to the shell. used by the module loader. parse(code) parses a string, potentially throwing. syntaxparse(code) check the syntax of a string, returning success value offthreadcompilescript(code[, options]) compile code on a helper thread. to wait for the compilation to finish and run the code, call runoffthreadscript. ...
...And 6 more matches

nsISmsRequestManager
constant value description success_no_error 0 no_signal_error 1 not_found_error 2 unknown_error 3 internal_error 4 methods addrequest() track an already existing request object. long addrequest( in nsidommozsmsrequest arequest ); parameters...
...reaterequest() create a new request object. long createrequest( in nsidommozsmsmanager amanager, out nsidommozsmsrequest arequest ); parameters amanager an smsmanager. arequest an smsrequest. return value the request id. notifycreatemessagelist() void notifycreatemessagelist( in long arequestid, in long alistid, in nsidommozsmsmessage amessage ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. alistid a number representing the id of the list. amessage an smsmessage. notifygetsmsfailed() void notifygetsmsfailed( in long arequestid, in long aerror ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. aerror a number with an error code. see constants. notifygotnextmessage() void notifygotnextmessage( in long arequestid, in nsidommozsms...
...he id of the list. amessage an smsmessage. notifygetsmsfailed() void notifygetsmsfailed( in long arequestid, in long aerror ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. aerror a number with an error code. see constants. notifygotnextmessage() void notifygotnextmessage( in long arequestid, in nsidommozsmsmessage amessage ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. amessage an smsmessage. notifygotsms() void notifygotsms( in long arequestid, in nsidommozsmsmessage amessage ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. amessage an smsmessage. notifymarkedmessageread() requires gecko 15.0(firefox 15.0 / thunderbird 15.0 / seamonkey 2.12) void notifymarkedmessageread( in long arequestid in...
...And 6 more matches

XPIDL
g idl, with extended syntax to handle iids and additional types. some examples are in the xpcom/base and xpcom/ds directories of the mozilla tree. xpidl:syntax (now up to date again) xpidl syntax (out of date) xpidl author's guide (not as out of date) explanation of idl semantics a full guide to the syntax can be found at xpidl:syntax, which is written in an abnf form. an xpidl file is essentially just a series of declarations. at the top level, we can define typedefs, native types, or interfaces. interfaces may furthermore contain typedefs, natives, methods, constants, or attributes. most declarations can have properties applied to them. types there are three ways to make types: a typedef, a native, or an interface. in addition, there are a few built-in native types. the built-in n...
... promise typedefs in idl are basically as they are in c or c++: you define first the type that you want to refer to and then the name of the type. types can of course be one of the fundamental types, or any other type declared via a typedef, interface, or a native type. native types are types which correspond to a given c++ type. most native types are not scriptable: if it is not present in the list above, then it is certainly not scriptable (some of the above, particularly jsid, are not scriptable). the contents of the parentheses of a native type declaration (although native declarations without parentheses are parsable, i do not trust that they are properly handled by the xpidl handlers) is a string equivalent to the c++ type. xpidl itself does not interpret this string, it j...
...can be declared readonly, in which case setting causes an error to be thrown in script contexts and native contexts lack the set method, by using the "readonly" keyword. to native code, on attribute declared 'attribute type foo;' is syntactic sugar for the declaration of two methods 'type getfoo();' and 'void setfoo(in type foo);'. if foo were declared readonly, the latter method would not be present. attributes support all of the properties of methods with the exception of optional_argc, as this does not make sense for attributes. there are some special rules for attribute naming. as a result of vtable munging by the msvc++ compiler, an attribute with the name `iid' is forbidden. in addition, any attribute whose name matches the regex /^[a-z]{2,3}i[a-z][a-z]/ is emitted with a warning, as i...
...And 6 more matches

Xray vision
bjects, it can be tricked into doing things it shouldn't. for example: window.confirm() is a dom api that's supposed to ask the user to confirm an action, and return a boolean depending on whether they clicked "ok" or "cancel". a web page could redefine it to return true: window.confirm = function() { return true; } any privileged code calling this function and expecting its result to represent user confirmation would be deceived. this would be very naive, of course, but there are more subtle ways in which accessing content objects from chrome can cause security problems. this is the problem that xray vision is designed to solve. when a script accesses an object using xray vision it sees only the native version of the object. any expandos are invisible, and if any properties of the obj...
...le, window.wrappedjsobject.document gets you the waived version of document. ...
...ocument. to undo the waiver again, call components.utils.unwaivexrays(waivedobject): var unwaived = components.utils.unwaivexrays(waivedwindow); unwaived.confirm("transfer all my money?"); // calls the native implementation xrays for dom objects the primary use of xray vision is for dom objects: that is, the objects that represent parts of the web page. ...
...And 6 more matches

Add to iPhoto
time for this simple example. some of this may change as i refine the example in the future; i'll update the article if and when that happens. some global types there are a few global data types used by all of our frameworks. these are declared near the top of the code: const osstatus = ctypes.int32_t; const cfindex = ctypes.long; const optionbits = ctypes.uint32_t; osstatus used to represent the status code resulting from an operation. cfindex a core foundation long integer type used to represent indexes into lists. i debated including this in the corefoundation object, and probably would have if i were being more formal, but opted against it for clarity's sake. optionbits a 32-bit bit field data type. core foundation the majority of the system routines we'll be using come fro...
...nd a number of items. in c, the declaration looks like this: typedef struct { cfindex location; cfindex length; } cfrange; to declare this for use with js-ctypes, we use the following code: this.cfrange = new ctypes.structtype("cfrange", [ {'location': ctypes.int32_t}, {'length': ctypes.int32_t}]); this defines corefoundation.cfrange to represent this data type, comprised of two 32-bit integer fields called location and length. generic cftype routines all core foundation data types are based upon a core cftype data type. basic cftype routines handle memory management, dumping cftype objects to the console, comparing cftype values, and so forth. we'll be using a number of these methods, but for brevity's sake, since these are generally s...
...ng the content, and includes methods for converting between urls and file system routine data formats such as fsref and unix pathnames. we use a few of these routines because the launch services routine we'll be using to launch iphoto and pass it the image to import uses cfurl for the file references. ...
...And 6 more matches

Streams - Plugins
« previousnext » this chapter describes using plug-in api functions to receive and send streams. streams are objects that represent urls and the data they contain, or data sent by a plug-in without an associated url. although a single stream is associated with one specific instance of a plug-in, a plug-in can have more than one stream object per instance. streams can be produced by the browser and consumed by a plug-in instance, or produced by an instance and consumed by the browser. each stream has an associated mime type identifying the format of the data in the stream. streams produced by the browser can be automatically sent to or requested by the plug-in instance. the browser calls the plug-in methods npp_newstream, npp_writeready, npp_write, and npp_destroystream to, ...
...fore use unless the stream comes from a local file or an http server that supports the byte-range extension to http. file mode: the browser saves the entire stream to a local file and passes the file path to the plug-in instance through the npp_streamasfile method. use this feature only as a last resort; plug-ins should implement an incremental stream-based interface wherever possible. streams sent by the plug-in to the browser are like normal-mode streams produced by the browser, but in reverse. in normal-mode streams, the browser calls the plug-in to tell it when a stream is created and to push more data. in contrast, for streams produced by the plug-in, the plug-in calls the plug-in api methods npp_newstream, npp_write, and npp_destroystream to create a stream, push data into it, and del...
... the stream parameter is a pointer to the new stream, which is valid until the stream is destroyed. the seekable parameter specifies whether the stream is seekable (true) or not (false). seekable streams support random access (for example, local files or http servers that support byte-range requests). the plug-in can set the output parameter type to one of these transmi...
...And 6 more matches

AudioListener - Web APIs
the audiolistener interface represents the position and orientation of the unique person listening to the audio scene, and is used in audio spatialization. all pannernodes spatialize in relation to the audiolistener stored in the baseaudiocontext.listener attribute. it is important to note that there is only one listener per context and that it isn't an audionode. properties the position, forward, and up value are set and retrieved using different syntaxes. retrieval is done by accessing, for example, audiolistener.positionx, while setting the same property is done with audiolistener.positionx.value. this is why these values are not marked read only, which is how they appear in the specification's idl. ...
...t an audionode. properties the position, forward, and up value are set and retrieved using different syntaxes. retrieval is done by accessing, for example, audiolistener.positionx, while setting the same property is done with audiolistener.positionx.value. this is why these values are not marked read only, which is how they appear in the specification's idl. audiolistener.positionx represents the horizontal position of the listener in a right-hand cartesian coordinate sytem. the default is 0. audiolistener.positiony represents the vertical position of the listener in a right-hand cartesian coordinate sytem. the default is 0. audiolistener.positionz represents the longitudinal (back and forth) position of the listener in a right-hand cartesian coordinate sytem. the default is 0. ...
...the listener in a right-hand cartesian coordinate sytem. the default is 0. audiolistener.positiony represents the vertical position of the listener in a right-hand cartesian coordinate sytem. the default is 0. audiolistener.positionz represents the longitudinal (back and forth) position of the listener in a right-hand cartesian coordinate sytem. the default is 0. audiolistener.forwardx represents the horizontal position of the listener's forward direction in the same cartesian coordinate sytem as the position (positionx, positiony, and positionz) values. the forward and up values are linearly independent of each other. the default is 0. ...
...And 6 more matches

Detecting device orientation - Web APIs
increasingly, web-enabled devices are capable of determining their orientation; that is, they can report data indicating changes to their orientation with relation to the pull of gravity. in particular, hand-held devices such as mobile phones can use this information to automatically rotate the display to remain upright, presenting a wide-screen view of the web content when the device is rotated so that its width is greater than its height. there are two javascript events that handle orientation information. the first one is the deviceorientationevent, which is sent when the accelerometer detects a change to the orientation of the device. by receiving and processing the data reported by these orientation events, it's possible to interactively respond to rotation and elevation chang...
...it is different from the deviceorientationevent because it is listening for changes in acceleration as opposed to orientation. sensors that are commonly capable of detecting devicemotionevent include sensors in laptops to protect moving storage devices. ...
... gamma = event.gamma; // do stuff with the new orientation data } orientation values explained the value reported for each axis indicates the amount of rotation around a given axis in reference to a standard coordinate frame. these are described in greater detail in the orientation and motion data explained article which is summarized below. ...
...And 6 more matches

HTMLBodyElement - Web APIs
<text x="416" y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmlbodyelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement and from windoweventhandlers. htmlbodyelement.alink is a domstring that represents the color of active hyperlinks. htmlbodyelement.background is a domstring that represents the description of the location of the background image resource. note that this is not an uri, though some older version of some browsers do expect it. htmlbodyelement.bgcolor is a domstring that represents the background color for the document. htmlbodyelement.link is a domstring that represen...
... methods no specific methods; inherits methods from its parent, htmlelement, and from windoweventhandlers. event handlers no specific event handlers; inherits event handlers from its parent, htmlelement and from windoweventhandlers. ...
...t this is not an uri, though some older version of some browsers do expect it. htmlbodyelement.bgcolor is a domstring that represents the background color for the document. htmlbodyelement.link is a domstring that represents the color of unvisited links. htmlbodyelement.text is a domstring that represents the foreground color of text. htmlbodyelement.vlink is a domstring that represents the color of visited links. methods no specific methods; inherits methods from its parent, htmlelement, and from windoweventhandlers. event handlers no specific event handlers; inherits event handlers from its parent, htmlelement and from windoweventhandlers. windoweventhandlers.onafterprint is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the afterprint event is raised. wind...
...And 6 more matches

KeyboardEvent - Web APIs
s enter key, and the decimal point on the keypad. properties this interface also inherits properties of its parents, uievent and event. keyboardevent.altkey read only returns a boolean that is true if the alt ( option or ⌥ on os x) key was active when the key event was generated. keyboardevent.code read only returns a domstring with the code value of the physical key represented by the event. warning: this ignores the user's keyboard layout, so that if the user presses the key at the "y" position in a qwerty keyboard layout (near the middle of the row above the home row), this will always return "keyy", even if the user has a qwertz keyboard (which would mean the user expects a "z" and all the other properties would indicate a "z") or a dvorak keyboard layout (where t...
...r a dvorak keyboard layout (where the user would expect an "f"). keyboardevent.ctrlkey read only returns a boolean that is true if the ctrl key was active when the key event was generated. keyboardevent.iscomposing read only returns a boolean that is true if the event is fired between after compositionstart and before compositionend. keyboardevent.key read only returns a domstring representing the key value of the key represented by the event. keyboardevent.locale read only returns a domstring representing a locale string indicating the locale the keyboard is configured for. this may be the empty string if the browser or device doesn't know the keyboard's locale. note: this does not describe the locale of the data being entered. a user may be using one keyboard layout while typi...
...a list of the constants identifying the locations is shown above in keyboard locations. keyboardevent.metakey read only returns a boolean that is true if the meta key (on mac keyboards, the ⌘ command key; on windows keyboards, the windows key (⊞)) was active when the key event was generated. ...
...And 6 more matches

Node - Web APIs
tract base class upon which many other dom api objects are based, thus letting those object types to be used similarly and often interchangeably. as an abstract class, there is no such thing as a plain node object. all objects that implement node functionality are based on one of its subclasses. most notable are document, element, and documentfragment. in addition, every kind of dom node is represented by an interface based on node. these include attr, characterdata (which text, comment, and cdatasection are all based on), processinginstruction, documenttype, notation, entity, and entityreference. in some cases, a particular feature of the base node interface may not apply to one of its child interfaces; in that case, the inheriting node may return null or throw an exception, depending on ci...
...xt x="188.5" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">node</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties in addition to the properties below, node inherits properties from its parent, eventtarget. node.baseuriread only returns a domstring representing the base url of the document containing the node. node.baseuriobject read only (not available to web content.) the nsiuri object representing the base uri for the element. node.childnodesread only returns a live nodelist containing all the children of this node. nodelist being live means that if the children of the node change, the nodelist object is automatically updated. node.firstc...
...taining the node. node.baseuriobject read only (not available to web content.) the nsiuri object representing the base uri for the element. node.childnodesread only returns a live nodelist containing all the children of this node. nodelist being live means that if the children of the node change, the nodelist object is automatically updated. node.firstchildread only returns a node representing the first direct child node of the node, or null if the node has no child. node.isconnectedread only a boolean indicating whether or not the node is connected (directly or indirectly) to the context object, e.g. ...
...And 6 more matches

Service Worker API - Web APIs
they are intended, among other things, to enable the creation of effective offline experiences, intercept network requests and take appropriate action based on whether the network is available, and update assets residing on the server. they will also allow access to push notifications and background sync apis. service worker concepts and usage a service worker is an event-driven worker registered against an origin and a path. ...
...will start to make use of the service worker context, for example: background synchronization: start up a service worker even when no users are at the site, so caches can be updated, etc. reacting to push messages: start up a service worker to send users a message to tell them new content is available. reacting to a particular time & date. entering a geo-fence. interfaces cache represents the storage for request / response object pairs that are cached as part of the serviceworker life cycle. cachestorage represents the storage for cache objects. it provides a master directory of all the named caches that a serviceworker can access, and maintains a mapping of string names to corresponding cache objects. client represents the scope of a service worker client. a service work...
... extendableevent extends the lifetime of the install and activate events dispatched on the serviceworkerglobalscope, as part of the service worker lifecycle. ...
...And 6 more matches

Using DTMF with WebRTC - Web APIs
supports sending dtmf to the remote peer on an rtcpeerconnection. this article offers a brief high-level overview of how dtmf works over webrtc, then provides a guide for everyday developers about how to send dtmf over an rtcpeerconnection. the dtmf system is often referred to as "touch tone," after an old trade name for the system. webrtc doesn't send dtmf codes as audio data. instead, they're sent out-of-band, as rtp payloads. note, however, that although it's possible to send dtmf using webrtc, there is currently no way to detect or receive incoming dtmf. webrtc currently ignores these payloads; this is because webrtc's dtmf support is primarily intended for use with legacy telephone services that rely on dtmf tones to perform tasks such as: teleconferencing systems menu systems voic...
...rrently no way to detect or receive incoming dtmf. webrtc currently ignores these payloads; this is because webrtc's dtmf support is primarily intended for use with legacy telephone services that rely on dtmf tones to perform tasks such as: teleconferencing systems menu systems voicemail systems entry of credit card or other payment information passcode entry note: while the dtmf is not sent to the remote peer as audio, browsers may choose to play the corresponding tone to the local user as part of their user experience, since users are typically used to hearing their phone play the tones audibly. sending dtmf on an rtcpeerconnection a given rtcpeerconnection can have multiple media tracks sent or received on it. when you wish to transmit dtmf signals, you first need to decide whi...
...ay choose to play the corresponding tone to the local user as part of their user experience, since users are typically used to hearing their phone play the tones audibly. sending dtmf on an rtcpeerconnection a given rtcpeerconnection can have multiple media tracks sent or received on it. when you wish to transmit dtmf signals, you first need to decide which track to send them on, since dtmf is sent as a series of out-of-band payloads on the rtcrtpsender responsible for transmitting that track's data to the other peer. once the track is selected, you can obtain from its rtcrtpsender the rtcdtmfsender object you'll use for sending dtmf. from there, you can simply call rtcdtmfsender.insertdtmf() to enqueue dtmf signals to be sent on the track to the other peer. the rtcrtpsender will then send...
...And 6 more matches

Web Authentication API - Web APIs
ns dictionary. likewise, the full set of response fields can be found in the publickeycredential interface (where publickeycredential.response is the authenticatorattestationresponse interface). note most javascript programmers that are creating an application will only really care about steps 1 and 5 where the create() function is called and subsequently returns; however, steps 2, 3, and 4 are essential to understanding the processing that takes place in the browser and authenticator and what the resulting data means. figure 1 - a diagram showing the sequence of actions for a web authentication registration and the essential data associated with each action. the registration steps are: application requests registration - the application makes the initial registration request. the proto...
...wser will validate the parameters and fill in any defaults, which become the authenticatorresponse.clientdatajson. one of the most important parameters is the origin, which is recorded as part of the clientdata so that the origin can be verified by the server later. the parameters to the create() call are passed to the authenticator, along with a sha-256 hash of the clientdatajson (only a hash is sent because the link to the authenticator may be a low-bandwidth nfc or bluetooth link and the authenticator is just going to sign over the hash to ensure that it isn't tampered with). authenticator creates new key pair and attestation - before doing anything, the authenticator will typically ask for some form of user verification. this could be entering a pin, using a fingerprint, doing an iris sca...
...r may be a low-bandwidth nfc or bluetooth link and the authenticator is just going to sign over the hash to ensure that it isn't tampered with). authenticator creates new key pair and attestation - before doing anything, the authenticator will typically ask for some form of user verification. this could be entering a pin, using a fingerprint, doing an iris scan, etc. to prove that the user is present and consenting to the registration. after the user verification, the authenticator will create a new asymmetric key pair and safely store the private key for future reference. the public key will become part of the attestation, which the authenticator will sign over with a private key that was burned into the authenticator during its manufacturing process and that has a certificate chain that can...
...And 6 more matches

<input type="email"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
tted e-mail address (or list of addresses) before the form can be submitted. the :valid and :invalid css pseudo-classes are automatically applied as appropriate to visually denote whether the current value of the field is a valid e-mail address or not. on browsers that don't support inputs of type email, a email input falls back to being a standard text input. ...
...o the value specified by maxlength. if no minlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the email input has no minimum length. the input will fail constraint validation if the length of the text entered into the field is fewer than minlength utf-16 code units long. constraint validation is only applied when the value is changed by the user. multiple a boolean attribute which, if present, indicates that the user can enter a list of multiple e-mail addresses, separated by commas and, optionally, whitespace characters. see allowing multiple e-mail addresses for an example, or html attribute: multiple for more details. note: normally, if you specify the required attribute, the user must enter a valid e-mail address for the field to be considered valid. however, if you add the mul...
...placeholder the placeholder attribute is a string that provides a brief hint to the user as to what kind of information is expected in the field. it should be a word or short phrase that demonstrates the expected type of data, rather than an explanatory message. the text must not include carriage returns or line feeds. if the control's content has one directionality (ltr or rtl) but needs to present the placeholder in the opposite directionality, you can use unicode bidirectional algorithm formatting characters to override directionality within the placeholder; see overriding bidi using unicode control characters in the unicode bidirectional text algorithm for those characters. note: avoid using the placeholder attribute if you can. it is not as semantically useful as other ways to explain...
...And 6 more matches

<input type="file"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
torage. once chosen, the files can be uploaded to a server using form submission, or manipulated using javascript code and the file api. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. value a domstring representing the path to the selected file. events change and input supported common attributes required additional attributes accept, capture, files, multiple idl attributes files and value dom interface htmlinputelement properties properties that apply only to elements of type file methods select() ...
...javascript can access the other files through the input's files property. if no ...
...apture, files, multiple idl attributes files and value dom interface htmlinputelement properties properties that apply only to elements of type file methods select() value a file input's value attribute contains a domstring that represents the path to the selected file(s). if the user selected multiple files, the value represents the first file in the list of files they selected. the other files can be identified using the input's htmlinputelement.files property. note: if multiple files are selected, the string represents the first selected file. javascript can access the other files through the input's files property. if no file is yet selected, the string is "" (empty). the string is prefixed with c:\fakepath\, t...
...And 6 more matches

Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) - HTTP
articular, http methods other than get, or post with certain mime types), the specification mandates that browsers "preflight" the request, soliciting supported methods from the server with the http options request method, and then, upon "approval" from the server, sending the actual request. servers can also inform clients whether "credentials" (such as cookies and http authentication) should be sent with requests. cors failures result in errors, but for security reasons, specifics about the error are not available to javascript. all the code knows is that an error occurred. the only way to determine what specifically went wrong is to look at the browser's console for details. subsequent sections discuss scenarios, as well as provide a breakdown of the http headers used. examples of access...
...ures result in errors, but for security reasons, specifics about the error are not available to javascript. all the code knows is that an error occurred. the only way to determine what specifically went wrong is to look at the browser's console for details. subsequent sections discuss scenarios, as well as provide a breakdown of the http headers used. examples of access control scenarios we present three scenarios that demonstrate how cross-origin resource sharing works. all these examples use xmlhttprequest, which can make cross-site requests in any supporting browser. a discussion of cross-origin resource sharing from a server perspective (including php code snippets) can be found in the server-side access control (cors) article. simple requests some requests don’t trigger a cors pre...
...in. if the resource owners at https://bar.other wished to restrict access to the resource to requests only from https://foo.example, they would send: access-control-allow-origin: https://foo.example now no domain other than https://foo.example can access the resource in a cross-site manner. to allow access to the resource, the access-control-allow-origin header should contain the value that was sent in the request's origin header. preflighted requests unlike “simple requests” (discussed above), "preflighted" requests first send an http request by the options method to the resource on the other domain, to determine if the actual request is safe to send. cross-site requests are preflighted like this since they may have implications to user data. the following is an example of a request ...
...And 6 more matches

Dehydra Object Reference - Archive of obsolete content
the objects are designed to distill that type system to the minimum such that it can be easy to match on. often, the best way to become familiar with the dehydra objects is to print out the objects: dehydra example code an online tool for pretty-printing dehydra data understanding properties dehydra only sets properties that are applicable. for example, class types and typedefs are declared and will have a .loc property. intrinsic types such as "int" are not declared and will not have a .loc. dehydra only sets boolean flags when they are true. for example, a pointer type will have .ispointer == true, but a class type will not have an .ispointer property. ...
... source location of a type or declaration. .attributes array of objects attributes of the type or declaration. each member of the array has the following properties: { name: string, value: string or number, if applicable } see an example on enforcing final classes. code can be annotated with arbitrary user attributes: __attribute__((user("customstring"))). variable objects dehydra presents ast nodes as variables. these types are used to represent variables, functions, assignments, etc. the following properties are usually available: property type description .name string the function or variable name. .type type object the type of this function or variable. .isstatic boolean flag .isreturn boolean flag the variable is being returned. .isdecl boolean flag the v...
...ct "const int" and "int" are separate types in gcc; the const version is considered a variant of the normal version. the variantof property allows access to the original type object. .hasdefault boolean flag applicable to function parameters only. indicates whether the parameter has a default value, e.g. void foo(int i = 42). aggregate types (class/struct/union/enum) this type object represents aggregate types in gcc. property type description .kind string one of "class", "struct", "union", or "enum". .isincomplete boolean flag the type was forward-declared and the full declaration has not been processed. .bases array of objects inheritance information about the class. each member of the array has the following properties: { access: 'public' | 'protected' | 'private', ...
...And 5 more matches

Space Manager Detailed Design - Archive of obsolete content
nsiframe* getframe() const { return mframe; } /** * translate the current origin by the specified (dx, dy). this * creates a new local coordinate space relative to the current * coordinate space. */ void translate(nscoord adx, nscoord ady) { mx += adx; my += ady; } /** * returns the current translation from local coordinate space to * world coordinate space. this represents the accumulated calls to * translate(). */ void gettranslation(nscoord& ax, nscoord& ay) const { ax = mx; ay = my; } /** * returns the y-most of the bottommost band or 0 if there are no bands. * * @return pr_true if there are bands and pr_false if there are no bands */ prbool ymost(nscoord& aymost) const; /** * returns a band starting at the specified y-offset. th...
...ul, ns_error_invalid_arg if there is no region * tagged with aframe */ nsresult offsetregion(nsiframe* aframe, nscoord dx, nscoord dy); /** * remove the region associated with afrane. * * returns ns_ok if successful and ns_error_invalid_arg if there is no region * tagged with aframe */ nsresult removeregion(nsiframe* aframe); /** * clears the list of regions representing the unavailable space. */ void clearregions(); /** * methods for dealing with the propagation of float damage during * reflow. */ prbool hasfloatdamage() { return !mfloatdamage.isempty(); } void includeindamage(nscoord aintervalbegin, nscoord aintervalend) { mfloatdamage.includeinterval(aintervalbegin + my, aintervalend + my); } prbool intersectsdamage(...
...ect* aband, nscoord ay, const nssize& amaxsize, nsbanddata& aavailablespace) const; nsiframe* const mframe; // frame associated with the space manager nscoord mx, my; // translation from local to global coordinate space bandlist mbandlist; // header/sentinel for circular linked list of band rects frameinfo* mframeinfomap; nsintervalset mfloatdamage; static print32 scachedspacemanagercount; static void* scachedspacemanagers[ns_space_manager_cache_size]; nsspacemanager(const nsspacemanager&); // no implementation void operator=(const nsspacemanager&); // no implementation }; public api life cycle the constructor requires...
...And 5 more matches

Mozilla XForms User Interface - Archive of obsolete content
currently xforms can be hosted by xhtml and xul in seamonkey and firefox. later we have plans to support xforms hosted by svg. the xforms specs define two kinds of xforms ui elements, called 'form controls' and 'xforms user interface'. elements from the "form controls" group allows users to interact with instance data. ...
...only or xul only, then it means the control is available only in that host language. attribute sets this section describes attributes that are often used on xforms elements. these attributes are combined into following logical groups. ui common the ui common attribute set (see the spec) contains the attributes that are available for the xforms elements that are used to build the user interface presentation in a form. appearance - the value provided by the form author gives a hint to the processor as to which widget to use to represent the xforms control. three possible values are available to the author: minimal, compact and full. generally speaking, the main purpose for these values is to reflect how much space (screen real estate) the displayed widget will take. tabindex - defines the k...
...t will take. tabindex - defines the keyboard navigation sequence between controls. accesskey - keyboard shortcut for moving focus to an xforms element. binding attributes single-node (see the spec) and node-set (see the spec) attributes are used to bind xforms elements to instance nodes. these attributes are: ref, nodeset, model and bind. xforms elements almost every xforms element can be presented as one of serveral different kinds of widgets. this section contains a short description of each xforms element and its representation. the xforms specification offers suggestions for some of the representations, but some of the widgets we use are only available in the mozilla xforms processor. the choice of widget that we use is often determined by the data type of the instance node that the x...
...And 5 more matches

Advanced text formatting - Learn web development
k up basic lists in html, but we didn't mention the third type of list you'll occasionally come across — description lists. the purpose of these lists is to mark up a set of items and their associated descriptions, such as terms and definitions, or questions and answers. let's look at an example of a set of terms and definitions: soliloquy in drama, where a character speaks to themselves, representing their inner thoughts or feelings and in the process relaying them to the audience (but not to other characters.) monologue in drama, where a character speaks their thoughts out loud to share them with the audience and any other characters present. aside in drama, where a character shares a comment only with the audience for humorous or dramatic effect. this is usually a feeling, thought or pie...
...t or piece of additional background information description lists use a different wrapper than the other list types — <dl>; in addition each term is wrapped in a <dt> (description term) element, and each description is wrapped in a <dd> (description definition) element. ...
.... let's finish marking up our example: <dl> <dt>soliloquy</dt> <dd>in drama, where a character speaks to themselves, representing their inner thoughts or feelings and in the process relaying them to the audience (but not to other characters.)</dd> <dt>monologue</dt> <dd>in drama, where a character speaks their thoughts out loud to share them with the audience and any other characters present.</dd> <dt>aside</dt> <dd>in drama, where a character shares a comment only with the audience for humorous or dramatic effect. this is usually a feeling, thought, or piece of additional background information.</dd> </dl> the browser default styles will display description lists with the descriptions indented somewhat from the terms. note that it is permitted to have a single term with mul...
...And 5 more matches

Client-side storage - Learn web development
now ready to start adding code to it. database initial set up now let's look at what we have to do in the first place, to actually set up a database. below the constant declarations, add the following lines: // create an instance of a db object for us to store the open database in let db; here we are declaring a variable called db — this will later be used to store an object representing our database. we will use this in a few places, so we've declared it globally here to make things easier. next, add the following to the bottom of your code: window.onload = function() { }; we will write all of our subsequent code inside this window.onload event handler function, called when the window's load event fires, to make sure we don't try to use indexeddb functionality be...
...); }; the request.onerror handler will run if the system comes back saying that the request failed. this allows you to respond to this problem. in our simple example, we just print a message to the javascript console. the request.onsuccess handler on the other hand will run if the request returns successfully, meaning the database was successfully opened. if this is the case, an object representing the opened database becomes available in the request.result property, allowing us to manipulate the database. we store this in the db variable we created earlier for later use. we also run a custom function called displaydata(), which displays the data in the database inside the <ul>. we run it now so that the notes already in the database are displayed as soon as the page loads. you'll see th...
... be used to uniquely identify records, such as when deleting or displaying a record. we also create two other indexes (fields) using the idbobjectstore.createindex() method: title (which will contain a title for each note), and body (which will contain the body text of the note). so with this simple database schema set up, when we start adding records to the database; each one will be represented as an object along these lines: { title: "buy milk", body: "need both cows milk and soy.", id: 8 } adding data to the database now let's look at how we can add records to the database. this will be done using the form on our page. below your previous event handler (but still inside the window.onload handler), add the following line, which sets up an onsubmit handler that runs a functi...
...And 5 more matches

Localization content best practices
has been reported as an attack page and has been blocked based on your security preferences. u+2026 (\u2026) is the horizontal ellipsis character. this character should be used in place of three consecutive periods. create localizable strings don't assume grammar structures you need to consider the need for different grammar structures in different locales, and add switching mechanisms to present them appropriately. you shouldn't make assumptions as to what those structures will be: instead, let locales/localizers decide. when in doubt, ask the localizers. date and time formats for example, you shouldn't hard code date formats into applications: %a, %b %e // resulting in wednesday, may 20 this is fine in english, but in italian results in "mercoledì, mag 20", which sounds unnatural. ...
...ian results in "mercoledì, mag 20", which sounds unnatural. every time you use this kind of structure, you should have a localizable string behind it, and let localizers decide the best order for their language. units another example is localizing percentages or units. some locales use a space between the number and the % symbol, some don't, some use a non-breaking space. splitting splitting sentences into several keys often inadvertently presumes a grammar, a sentence structure, and such composite strings are often very difficult to translate. when a composite string is needed, try to give the translators "room to move". word order if a string will contain a placeholder, always add the placeholder to the string to allow the localizer to change the word order if necessary. for example, ...
...vertently presumes a grammar, a sentence structure, and such composite strings are often very difficult to translate. when a composite string is needed, try to give the translators "room to move". word order if a string will contain a placeholder, always add the placeholder to the string to allow the localizer to change the word order if necessary. for example, it might seem ok in english to present the strings [username] says: to localizers simply as says: but this will cause serious issues in many other languages as the agent of an action often will not come in front of the verb, but some other position. for example in irish/gaelic the correct order is be [username] at saying:. if a placeholder is present, this can be correctly localized as tá %s ag rádh: but not without. similarly, if ...
...And 5 more matches

about:memory
how to generate memory reports let's assume that you want to measure firefox's memory usage. ...
...t to investigate it yourself, or perhaps someone has asked you to use about:memory to generate "memory reports" so they can investigate a problem you are having. follow these steps. at the moment of interest (e.g. once firefox's memory usage has gotten high) open a new tab and type "about:memory" into the address bar and hit "enter". if you are using a communication channel where files can be sent, such as bugzilla or email, click on the "measure and save..." button. this will open a file dialog that lets you save the memory reports to a file of your choosing. (the filename will have a .json.gz suffix.) you can then attach or upload the file appropriately. the recipients will be able to view the contents of this file within about:memory in their own firefox instance. if you are using a co...
...measure and save..." button. this will open a file dialog that lets you save the memory reports to a file of your choosing. (the filename will have a .json.gz suffix.) you can then attach or upload the file appropriately. the recipients will be able to view the contents of this file within about:memory in their own firefox instance. if you are using a communication channel where only text can be sent, such as a comment thread on a website, click on the "measure..." button. this will cause a tree-like structure to be generated text within about:memory. this structure is just text, so you can copy and paste some or all of this text into any kind of text buffer. (you don't need to take a screenshot.) this text contains fewer measurements than a memory reports file, but is often good enough to di...
...And 5 more matches

An overview of NSS Internals
ns that are contained in the certificate. many (if not most) of the operations performed by nss involve the use of x.509 certificates (often abbreviated as “cert”, unfortunately making it easy to confuse with the term “computer emergency response team“). when checking whether a certificate is trusted or not, it's necessary to find a relevant trust anchor (root certificate) that represents the signing capability of a trusted third party, usually called a certificate authority (ca). a trust anchor is just another x.509 certificate that is already known and has been deliberately marked as trusted by a software vendor, administrators inside an organizational infrastructure, or the software user. nss ships a predefined set of ca certificates. this set, including their trust assignment...
...rtificates and keys are supposed to be stored in the nss database. therefore, after initial import or creation, the programmer usually doesn't deal with their raw bytes. instead, the programmer will use lookup functions, and nss will provide an access handle that will be subsequently used by the application's code. those handles are reference counted. nss will usually create an in-memory (ram) presentation of certificates, once a certificate has been received from the network, read from disk, or looked up from the database, and prepare in-memory data structures that contain the certificate's properties, as well as providing a handle for the programmer to use. once the application is done with a handle, it should be released, allowing nss to free the associated resources. when working with hand...
... libraries. the crmf library, which is used to produce certain kinds of certificate requests, is available as a library for static linking only. ...
...And 5 more matches

mozIColorAnalyzer
preference is given to colors that are more interesting. it avoids the background color if it can be discerned and ignores sufficiently transparent colors. this is intended to be used on favicon images. larger images take longer to process, especially...
...preference is given to colors that are more interesting. it avoids the background color if it can be discerned and ignores sufficiently transparent colors. this is intended to be used on favicon images. larger images take longer to process, especially...
...preference is given to colors that are more interesting. it avoids the background color if it can be discerned and ignores sufficiently transparent colors. this is intended to be used on favicon images. larger images take longer to process, especially those with a larger number ...
...And 5 more matches

nsIDOMWindowUtils
all lowercase. return value the value of the metadata, or the empty string if it's not set. getouterwindowwithid() returns the nsidomwindow matching the specified outer window's id. nsidomwindow getouterwindowwithid( in unsigned long long aouterwindowid ); parameters aouterwindowid the id of the outer window for which to return the window. return value an nsidomwindow object representing the outer window with the specified id; if no matching window is found, returns null. getpccountscriptcount() returns the number of scripts which profile information was constructed for. this should be used after a call to stoppccountprofiling(). long getpccountscriptcount(); parameters none. getpccountscriptsummary() returns a summary of the profile information for a script. th...
... should be used after a call to stoppccountprofiling(). astring getpccountscriptcontents(in long script); parameters ascript index of the profiled script to get the profile contents for. should be less than getpccountscriptcount(). return value a json string with all profile information accumulated for the script. this includes the text of the script and details about its internal representation in spidermonkey, and counts for how often and in what ways each operation in the script executed. the structure of the json is unspecified and may vary between versions of firefox. getscrollxy() returns the scroll position of the window's currently loaded document. void getscrollxy( in boolean aflushlayout, out long ascrollx, out long ascrolly ); parameters aflushlayout flush...
...rtyname) except that, when the link whose presence in history is allowed to influence aelement's style is visited, get the value the property would have if allowed all properties to change as a result of :visited selectors (except for cases where getcomputedstyle uses data from the frame). this is easier to implement than adding our property restrictions to this api, and is sufficient for the present testing requirements (which are essentially testing 'color'). astring getvisiteddependentcomputedstyle( in nsidomelement aelement, in astring apseudoelement, in astring apropertyname ); parameters aelement apseudoelement apropertyname return value isinmodalstate() is the window is in a modal state? [see entermodalstate()] boolean isinmodalstate(); parameters none.
...And 5 more matches

Working with data
these are javascript constructors; as such, they're callable functions that you can use to create new cdata objects of that type. there are several ways you can go about creating new cdata objects. creating uninitialized cdata objects there are three forms of the syntax for creating cdata objects without immediately assigning them a value: var mycdataobj = new type; var mycdataobj = new type(); var mycdataobj = type(); these all do the same thing: they return a new cdata object of the specified type, whose data buffer has been populated entirely with zeroes. ...
...cdata object, the original object is simply duplicated directly into the new one. if type is an array type of unspecified length, the following steps are taken: if the value is a size value, a new array of that length is created, with its cells ready to accept values of the same type as those in the specified array. this is the same as new arraytype(type.elementtype, value). if the type represents a javascript string (that is, an array of jschar characters followed by a null terminator), a copy of that string is created and returned. if the type is an array of 8-bit characters and value is a utf-16 string, the new cdata object is the result of converting the utf-16 string to utf-8, with a null terminator. if the value is a javascript array object and it has a non-negative length, a new ...
...you can always get a pointer to the c value using the cdata object's address() method. objects can share memory it's important to keep in mind that two (or more) cdata objects can share the same memory block for their contents. this will happen, for example, when type casting. this is called aliasing. the shared memory can be whole or in part. for example: const point = ...
...And 5 more matches

Debugger.Script - Firefox Developer Tools
debugger.script a debugger.script instance may refer to a sequence of bytecode in the debuggee or to a block of webassembly code. for the former, it is the debugger api’s presentation of a jsapi jsscript object. the two cases are distinguished by their format property being "js" or "wasm". debugger.script for jsscripts for debugger.script instances referring to a jsscript, they are distinguished by their format property being "js". each of the following is represented by a single jsscript object: the body of a function—that is, all the code in the function that is not contained within some nested function. the code passed to a single call to eval, excluding the bodies of any functions that code defines. the contents of a <script> element. a dom event han...
... place whatever properties it likes on its debugger.script instances, without worrying about interfering with other debuggers.) a debugger.script instance is a strong reference to a jsscript object; it protects the script it refers to from being garbage collected. note that spidermonkey may use the same debugger.script instances for equivalent functions or evaluated code—that is, scripts representing the same source code, at the same position in the same source file, evaluated in the same lexical environment. debugger.script for webassembly for debugger.script instances referring to a block of webassembly code, they are distinguished by their format property being "wasm". currently only entire modules evaluated via new webassembly.module are represented. debugger.script objects for web...
...throw a typeerror. startline if the instance refers to a jsscript, the number of the line at which this script’s code starts, within the file or document named by url. linecount if the instance refers to a jsscript, the number of lines this script’s code occupies, within the file or document named by url. source if the instance refers to a jsscript, the debugger.source instance representing the source code from which this script was produced. this is null if the source code was not retained. if the instance refers to webassembly code, the debugger.source instance representing the serialized text format of the webassembly code. sourcestart if the instance refers to a jsscript, the character within the debugger.source instance given by source at which this script’s code s...
...And 5 more matches

Debugger.Source - Firefox Developer Tools
debugger.source a debugger.source instance represents either a piece of javascript source code or the serialized text of a block of webassembly code. the two cases are distinguished by the latter having its introductiontype property always being "wasm" and the former having its introductiontype property never being "wasm". each debugger instance has a separate collection of debugger.source instances representing the source code that has been presented to the system. a debugger may place its own properties on debugger.source instances, to store metadata about particular pieces of source code. ...
...each debugger.script instance refers to the debugger.source instance holding the source code from which it was produced. ...
...ource instance holding the source code from which it was produced. if a single piece of source code contains both top-level code and function definitions, perhaps with nested functions, then the debugger.script instances for those all refer to the same debugger.source instance. each script indicates the substring of the overall source to which it corresponds. a debugger.source instance may represent only a portion of a larger source document. for example, an html document can contain javascript in multiple <script> elements and event handler content attributes. in this case, there may be either a single debugger.source instance for the entire html document, with each debugger.script referring to its substring of the document; or there may be a separate debugger.source instance for each <scri...
...And 5 more matches

Web Console remoting - Firefox Developer Tools
tab actor for the given tab. the tabnavigated notification comes from tab actors. prior to firefox 20 the web console actor provided a locationchange listener, with an associated locationchanged notification. this is no longer the case: we have made changes to allow the web console client to reuse the tabnavigated notification (bug 792062). ...
...on starts the following packet is sent from the tab actor: { "from": tabactor, "type": "tabnavigated", "state": "start", "url": newurl, "nativeconsoleapi": true } the nativeconsoleapi property tells if the window.console object is native or not for the top level window object for the given tab - this is always true when navigation starts. ...
...he browser console can be used while the user has private windows open. each page error, console api message and network request is annotated with a private flag. private messages are cleared whenever the last private window is closed. the console actor provides the lastprivatecontextexited notification: { "from": "conn0.console19", "type": "lastprivatecontextexited" } this notification is sent only when your client is attached to the global console actor, it does not make sense for tab console actors. this notification has been introduced in firefox 24. send http requests starting with firefox 25 you can send an http request using the console actor: { "to": "conn0.console9", "type": "sendhttprequest", "request": { "url": "http://localhost", "method": "get", "hea...
...And 5 more matches

AddressErrors - Web APIs
the addresserrors dictionary is used by the payment request api to to report validation errors in a physical address (typically a billing address or a shipping address). any members which is present indicates that a validation error occurred for the member of the same name in an address described using paymentaddress. addresserrors is the type of the object returned by shippingaddresserrors in the paymentdetailsupdate passed into paymentrequestupdateevent.updatewith() by the shippingaddresschange event handler if a change to the address resulted in a validation error occurring. see the examples below to see how this works. properties addressline a domstring which, if present, indicates that the addressline property of the paymentaddress could not be validated. the contents of the strin...
...ted in a validation error occurring. see the examples below to see how this works. properties addressline a domstring which, if present, indicates that the addressline property of the paymentaddress could not be validated. the contents of the string provide a human-readable explanation of the validation failure, and ideally suggestions to correct the problem. city a domstring which, if present, indicates that the city property of the paymentaddress could not be validated. the contents of the string provide a human-readable explanation of the validation failure, and ideally suggestions to correct the problem. country a domstring which, if present, indicates that the country property of the paymentaddress could not be validated. the contents of the string provide a human-readable expla...
...dable explanation of the validation failure, and ideally suggestions to correct the problem. country a domstring which, if present, indicates that the country property of the paymentaddress could not be validated. the contents of the string provide a human-readable explanation of the validation failure, and ideally suggestions to correct the problem. dependentlocality a domstring which, if present, indicates that the dependentlocality property of the paymentaddress could not be validated. the contents of the string provide a human-readable explanation of the validation failure, and ideally suggestions to correct the problem. organization a domstring which, if present, indicates that the organization property of the paymentaddress could not be validated. the contents of the string provide...
...And 5 more matches

FileSystemDirectoryReader.readEntries() - Web APIs
the filesystemdirectoryreader interface's readentries() method retrieves the directory entries within the directory being read and delivers them in an array to a provided callback function. the objects in the array are all based upon filesystementry. generally, they are either filesystemfileentry objects, which represent standard files, or filesystemdirectoryentry objects, which represent directories. ...
...if there are no files left, or you've already called readentries() on this filesystemdirectoryreader, the array is empty. errorcallback optional a callback function which is called if an error occurs while reading from the directory. ...
...successcallback[, errorcallback]); parameters successcallback a function which is called when the directory's contents have been retrieved. the function receives a single input parameter: an array of file system entry objects, each based on filesystementry. generally, they are either filesystemfileentry objects, which represent standard files, or filesystemdirectoryentry objects, which represent directories. if there are no files left, or you've already called readentries() on this filesystemdirectoryreader, the array is empty. errorcallback optional a callback function which is called if an error occurs while reading from the directory. it receives one input parameter: a fileerror object describing the error which occurred. return value undefined. example in this example, a drop ...
...And 5 more matches

HTMLAnchorElement - Web APIs
the htmlanchorelement interface represents hyperlink elements and provides special properties and methods (beyond those of the regular htmlelement object interface that they inherit from) for manipulating the layout and presentation of such elements. ...
... the htmlanchorelement interface represents hyperlink elements and provides special properties and methods (beyond those of the regular htmlelement object interface that they inherit from) for manipulating the layout and presentation of such elements. ...
...y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmlanchorelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement, and implements those from htmlhyperlinkelementutils. element.accesskey is a domstring representing a single character that switches input focus to the hyperlink. htmlanchorelement.download is a domstring indicating that the linked resource is intended to be downloaded rather than displayed in the browser. the value represent the proposed name of the file. if the name is not a valid filename of the underlying os, browser will adapt it. htmlhyperlinkelementutils.hash is a usvstring repr...
...And 5 more matches

HTMLElement - Web APIs
some elements directly implement this interface, while others implement it via an interface that inherits it. ...
..." text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmlelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties inherits properties from its parent, element, and implements those from documentandelementeventhandlers, elementcssinlinestyle, globaleventhandlers, htmlorforeignelement and toucheventhandlers. htmlelement.accesskey is a domstring representing the access key assigned to the element. htmlelement.accesskeylabel read only returns a domstring containing the element's assigned access key. htmlelement.contenteditable is a domstring, where a value of true means the element is editable and a value of false means it isn't. htmlelement.iscontenteditable read only returns a boolean that indicates whether or not the content of the eleme...
...read only returns a domstring containing the element's assigned access key. htmlelement.contenteditable is a domstring, where a value of true means the element is editable and a value of false means it isn't. htmlelement.iscontenteditable read only returns a boolean that indicates whether or not the content of the element can be edited. htmlelement.contextmenu is a htmlmenuelement representing the contextual menu associated with the element. it may be null. htmlorforeignelement.dataset read only returns a domstringmap with which script can read and write the element's custom data attributes (data-*) . htmlelement.dir is a domstring, reflecting the dir global attribute, representing the directionality of the element. possible values are "ltr", "rtl", and "auto". htmlelement.dra...
...And 5 more matches

HTMLObjectElement - Web APIs
the htmlobjectelement interface provides special properties and methods (beyond those on the htmlelement interface it also has available to it by inheritance) for manipulating the layout and presentation of <object> element, representing external resources. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 20%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 600 120" preserveaspectratio="xminymin meet"><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/eventtarget" target="_top"><rect x="1" y="1" width="110" height="50" fill="#fff" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="56" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill...
...#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="406" y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmlobjectelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement. htmlobjectelement.align is a domstring representing an enumerated property indicating alignment of the element's contents with respect to the surrounding context. the possible values are "left", "right", "justify", and "center". htmlobjectelement.archive is a domstring that reflects the archive html attribute, containing a list of archives for resources for this object. htmlobjectelement.border is a domstring that reflects the border ht...
.... the possible values are "left", "right", "justify", and "center". htmlobjectelement.archive is a domstring that reflects the archive html attribute, containing a list of archives for resources for this object. htmlobjectelement.border is a domstring that reflects the border html attribute, specifying the width of a border around the object. htmlobjectelement.code is a domstring representing the name of an applet class file, containing either the applet's subclass, or the path to get to the class, including the class file itself. htmlobjectelement.codebase is a domstring that reflects the codebase html attribute, specifying the base path to use to resolve relative uris. htmlobjectelement.codetype is a domstring that reflects the codetype html attribute, specifying the cont...
...And 5 more matches

Key Values - Web APIs
h entry modes. vk_hangul (0x15) [1] gdk_key_hangul (0xff31) qt::key_hangul (0x01001131) "hanjamode" selects the hanja mode, for converting hangul characters to the more specific hanja characters. vk_hanja (0x19) [1] gdk_key_hangul_hanja (0xff34) qt::key_hangul_hanja (0x01001134) "junjamode" selects the junja mode, in which korean is represented using single-byte latin characters. vk_junja (0x17) gdk_key_hangul_jeonja (0xff38) qt::key_hangul_jeonja (0x01001138) [1] vk_hangul and vk_kana share the same numeric key value on windows, as do vk_hanja and vk_kanji. japanese keyboards only these keys are only available on japanese keyboards. keyboardevent.key value description virtual keycode ...
...ntext1 (0x01100000) "soft2" the second general-purpose virtual function key. qt::key_context2 (0x01100001) "soft3" the third general-purpose virtual function key. qt::key_context3 (0x01100002) "soft4" the fourth general-purpose virtual function key. qt::key_context4 (0x01100003) phone keys these keys represent buttons which commonly exist on modern smartphones. keyboardevent.key value description virtual keycode windows mac linux android "appswitch" presents a list of recently-used applications which lets the user change apps quickly. keycode_app_switch (181) "call" the call key. dials the number which has been entered. ...
... the microphone's input volume. appcommand_microphone_volume_up qt::key_micvolumeup (0x0100011d) [1] internet explorer, edge, and firefox (48 and earlier) use "volumeup", "volumedown", and "volumemute" instead of "audiovolumeup", "audiovolumedown", and "audiovolumemute". in firefox 49 they were updated to match the latest specification. tv control keys these key values represent buttons or keys present on television devices, or computers or phones which have tv support. keyboardevent.key value description virtual keycode windows mac linux android "tv" [1] switches into tv viewing mode. keycode_tv (170) "tv3dmode" toggles 3d tv mode on and off. keycode_3d_mode (206) "tvantenna...
...And 5 more matches

PerformanceNavigationTiming - Web APIs
starttime properties. this interface also extends following performanceresourcetiming properties for navigation performance entry types by qualifying and constraining them as follows: performanceresourcetiming.initiatortyperead only returns "navigation". the interface also supports the following properties: performancenavigationtiming.domcomplete read only a domhighrestimestamp representing a time value equal to the time immediately before the browser sets the current document readiness of the current document to complete. performancenavigationtiming.domcontentloadedeventend read only a domhighrestimestamp representing the time value equal to the time immediately after the current document's domcontentloaded event completes. performancenavigationtiming.domcontentloadedeventst...
...ely before the browser sets the current document readiness of the current document to complete. performancenavigationtiming.domcontentloadedeventend read only a domhighrestimestamp representing the time value equal to the time immediately after the current document's domcontentloaded event completes. performancenavigationtiming.domcontentloadedeventstart read only a domhighrestimestamp representing the time value equal to the time immediately before the user agent fires the domcontentloaded event at the current document. performancenavigationtiming.dominteractive read only a domhighrestimestamp representing a timestamp representing the time value equal to the time immediately before the user agent sets the current document readiness of the current document to interactive. performance...
...t fires the domcontentloaded event at the current document. performancenavigationtiming.dominteractive read only a domhighrestimestamp representing a timestamp representing the time value equal to the time immediately before the user agent sets the current document readiness of the current document to interactive. performancenavigationtiming.loadeventend read only a domhighrestimestamp representing the time when the load event of the current document is completed. ...
...And 5 more matches

Using bounded reference spaces - Web APIs
among the various reference spaces available in the webxr set of apis, the bounded-floor reference space is somehwat unique. not only is it represented by a unique subclass, xrboundedreferencespace, but it's the only one which restricts movement based not upon virtual restrictions but upon limitations imposed by the real world. this article examines bounded reference spaces as represented by xrboundedreferencespace, describing what they are and how they're used. there are many uses for bounded reference spaces, including projects such as virtual paint studios or 3d construction, modeling, or sculpting systems; training simulations or lesson scenarios; dance or other performance-based games; or the preview of 3d objects in the real world using augmented reality. introduction a bounded ref...
...hat they are and how they're used. there are many uses for bounded reference spaces, including projects such as virtual paint studios or 3d construction, modeling, or sculpting systems; training simulations or lesson scenarios; dance or other performance-based games; or the preview of 3d objects in the real world using augmented reality. ...
... or the preview of 3d objects in the real world using augmented reality. introduction a bounded reference space is one which represents an xr environment in which the user is able to move around physically in the real world while being tracked by the xr hardware, with their movements being then transposed into the simulation. the boundaries established by the bounded reference space, then, represent the edges of the safely passable, tracked space in the user's real world environment that are available for their movement while in the simulation. requirements because a bounded reference space establishes a limited area in which the user can move, it naturally imposes a limit on how large the simulated environment can be. it's difficult (and would probably be fairly confusing) to create a vir...
...And 5 more matches

Example and tutorial: Simple synth keyboard - Web APIs
the keyboard allows you to switch among the standard waveforms as well as one custom waveform, and you can control the master gain using a volume slider beneath the keyboard. this example makes use of the following web api interfaces: audiocontext, oscillatornode, periodicwave, and gainnode. because oscillatornode is based on audioscheduledsourcenode, this is to some extent an example for that as well. the video keyboard html there are three primary components to the display for our virtual keyboard. the first is the musical keyboard itself. ...
...of class "keyboard". the settings bar beneath the keyboard, we'll put some controls for configuring the layer. for now, we will have two controls: one to set the master volume and another to select what periodic waveform to use when generating notes. the volume control first we create the <div> to contain the settings bar, so it can be styled as needed. then we establish a box that will be presented on the left side of the bar and place a label and an <input> element of type "range". the range element will typically be presented as a slider control; we configure it to allow any value between 0.0 and 1.0, stepping by 0.01 each position. <div class="settingsbar"> <div class="left"> <span>volume: </span> <input type="range" min="0.0" max="1.0" step="0.01" value="0.5" list="...
...lect> element used to choose the waveform to use for the notes. volumecontrol is the <input> element (of type "range") used to control the master audio volume. let notefreq = null; let customwaveform = null; let sineterms = null; let cosineterms = null; finally, global variables that will be used when constructing waveforms are created: notefreq will be an array of arrays; each array represents one octave, each of which contains one entry for each note in that octave. the value for each is the frequency, in hertz, of the note's tone. customwaveform will be set up as a periodicwave describing the waveform to use when the user selects "custom" from the waveform picker. sineterms and cosineterms will be used to store the data for generating the waveform; each will contain an array that'...
...And 5 more matches

Web Workers API - Web APIs
rate thread, allowing the main (usually the ui) thread to run without being blocked/slowed down. web workers concepts and usage a worker is an object created using a constructor (e.g. worker()) that runs a named javascript file — this file contains the code that will run in the worker thread; workers run in another global context that is different from the current window. this context is represented by either a dedicatedworkerglobalscope object (in the case of dedicated workers - workers that are utilized by a single script), or a sharedworkerglobalscope (in the case of shared workers - workers that are shared between multiple scripts). you can run whatever code you like inside the worker thread, with some exceptions. for example, you can't directly manipulate the dom from inside a worker...
...you like inside the worker thread, with some exceptions. for example, you can't directly manipulate the dom from inside a worker, or use some default methods and properties of the window object. but you can use a large number of items available under window, including websockets, and data storage mechanisms like indexeddb. see functions and classes available to workers for more details. data is sent between workers and the main thread via a system of messages — both sides send their messages using the postmessage() method, and respond to messages via the onmessage event handler (the message is contained within the message event's data property). the data is copied rather than shared. workers may in turn spawn new workers, as long as those workers are hosted within the same origin as the p...
...null. in addition to dedicated workers, there are other types of worker: shared workers are workers that can be utilized by multiple scripts running in different windows, iframes, etc., as long as they are in the same domain as the worker. they are a little more complex than dedicated workers — scripts must communicate via an active port. see sharedworker for more details. serviceworkers essentially act as proxy servers that sit between web applications, the browser, and the network (when available). they are intended, among other things, to enable the creation of effective offline experiences, intercept network requests and take appropriate action based on whether the network is available, and update assets residing on the server. they will also allow access to push notifications and b...
...And 5 more matches

Window.open() - Web APIs
nding values in the form "name=value". these features include options such as the window's default size and position, whether or not to include toolbar, and so forth. there must be no whitespace in the string. see window features below for documentation of each of the features that can be specified. return value a windowproxy object, which is basically a thin wrapper for the window object representing the newly created window, and has all its features available. if the window couldn't be opened, the returned value is instead null. the returned reference can be used to access properties and methods of the new window as long as it complies with same-origin policy security requirements. description the open() method creates a new secondary browser window, similar to choosing new window from ...
...sed window was maximized, then there is no offset: the new window will be maximized as well. size if only one of them is specified, the behavior is implementation-dependent, and web author should not rely on it. width or innerwidth specifies the width of the content area, viewing area of the new secondary window in pixels. the width value includes the width of the vertical scrollbar if present. the width value does not include the sidebar if it is expanded. the minimum required value is 100. height or innerheight specifies the height of the content area, viewing area of the new secondary window in pixels. the height value includes the height of the horizontal scrollbar if present. the height value does not include other ui parts such as location bar, title bar, tab bar, etc. the mini...
...parameter is non-empty and no size features are defined, then the new window dimensions will be the same as the dimensions of the most recently rendered window. browser-dependent size features do not use them. outerwidth (only on firefox, obsolete from firefox 80) specifies the width of the whole browser window in pixels. this outerwidth value includes the window vertical scrollbar (if present) and left and right window resizing borders. outerheight (only on firefox, obsolete from firefox 80) specifies the height of the whole browser window in pixels. this outerheight value includes any/all present toolbar, window horizontal scrollbar (if present) and top and bottom window resizing borders. minimal required value is 100. toolbar and ui parts features in modern browsers (firefox 7...
...And 5 more matches

XMLHttpRequest - Web APIs
as,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">xmlhttprequest</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} despite its name, xmlhttprequest can be used to retrieve any type of data, not just xml. if your communication needs to involve receiving event data or message data from a server, consider using server-sent events through the eventsource interface. for full-duplex communication, websockets may be a better choice. constructor xmlhttprequest() the constructor initializes an xmlhttprequest. it must be called before any other method calls. properties this interface also inherits properties of xmlhttprequesteventtarget and of eventtarget. xmlhttprequest.onreadystatechange an eventhandler that...
...tate of the request. xmlhttprequest.response read only returns an arraybuffer, blob, document, javascript object, or a domstring, depending on the value of xmlhttprequest.responsetype, that contains the response entity body. xmlhttprequest.responsetext read only returns a domstring that contains the response to the request as text, or null if the request was unsuccessful or has not yet been sent. ...
...not available in workers. xmlhttprequest.status read only returns an unsigned short with the status of the response of the request. xmlhttprequest.statustext read only returns a domstring containing the response string returned by the http server. ...
...And 5 more matches

XRView - Web APIs
ific eye or camera and how it views the world. a 3d frame will involve two views, one for each eye, separated by an appropriate distance which approximates the distance between the viewer's eyes. this allows the two views, when projected in isolation into the appropriate eyes, to simulate a 3d world. properties eye read only which of the two eyes (left) or (right) for which this xrview represents the perspective. this value is used to ensure that any content which is pre-rendered for presenting to a specific eye is distributed or positioned correctly. the value can also be none if the xrview is presenting monoscopic data (such as a 2d image, a full-screen view of text. or a close-up view of something that doesn't need to appear in 3d). projectionmatrix read only the projection matrix ...
... transform read only an xrrigidtransform which describes the current position and orientation of the viewpoint in relation to the xrreferencespace specified when getviewerpose() was called on the xrframe being rendered. ...
...on of the viewpoint in relation to the xrreferencespace specified when getviewerpose() was called on the xrframe being rendered. ...
...And 5 more matches

:nth-last-child() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the :nth-last-child() css pseudo-class matches elements based on their position among a group of siblings, counting from the end. /* selects every fourth element among any group of siblings, counting backwards from the last one */ :nth-last-child(4n) { color: lime; } note: this pseudo-class is essentially the same as :nth-child, except it counts items backwards from the end, not forwards from the beginning. ...
...ing from the end. /* selects every fourth element among any group of siblings, counting backwards from the last one */ :nth-last-child(4n) { color: lime; } note: this pseudo-class is essentially the same as :nth-child, except it counts items backwards from the end, not forwards from the beginning. syntax the nth-last-child pseudo-class is specified with a single argument, which represents the pattern for matching elements, counting from the end. keyword values odd represents elements whose numeric position in a series of siblings is odd: 1, 3, 5, etc., counting from the end. ...
...e as :nth-child, except it counts items backwards from the end, not forwards from the beginning. syntax the nth-last-child pseudo-class is specified with a single argument, which represents the pattern for matching elements, counting from the end. keyword values odd represents elements whose numeric position in a series of siblings is odd: 1, 3, 5, etc., counting from the end. even represents elements whose numeric position in a series of siblings is even: 2, 4, 6, etc., counting from the end. functional notation <an+b> represents elements whose numeric position in a series of siblings matches the pattern an+b, for every positive integer or zero value of n. the index of the first element, counting from the end, is 1. the values a and b must both be <integer>s. formal syntax ...
...And 5 more matches

<color> - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
a <color> may also include an alpha-channel transparency value, indicating how the color should composite with its background. a <color> can be defined in any of the following ways: using a keyword (such as blue or transparent) using the rgb cubic-coordinate system (via the #-hexadecimal or the rgb() and rgba() functional notations) using the hsl cylindrical-coordinate system (via the hsl() and hsla() functional notations) note: this article describes the <color> data type in detail. to learn more about using color in html, see applying color to html elements using css. syntax the <color> data type is specified using one of the options listed below. ...
...he <color> data type is specified using one of the options listed below. note: although <color> values are precisely defined, their actual appearance may vary (sometimes significantly) from device to device. this is because most devices are not calibrated, and some browsers do not support output devices' color profiles. color keywords color keywords are case-insensitive identifiers that represent a specific color, such as red, blue, black, or lightseagreen. although the names more or less describes their respective colors, they are essentially artificial, without a strict rationale behind the names used. there are a few caveats to consider when using color keywords: html only recognizes the 16 basic color keywords found in css1, using a specific algorithm to convert unrecognized value...
...ehind the names used. there are a few caveats to consider when using color keywords: html only recognizes the 16 basic color keywords found in css1, using a specific algorithm to convert unrecognized values (often to completely different colors). the other color keywords should only be used in css and svg. unlike html, css will completely ignore unknown keywords. the color keywords all represent plain, solid colors, without transparency. several keywords are aliases for each other: aqua / cyan fuchsia / magenta darkgray / darkgrey darkslategray / darkslategrey dimgray / dimgrey lightgray / lightgrey lightslategray / lightslategrey gray / grey slategray / slategrey though many keywords have been adapted from x11, their rgb values may differ from the co...
...And 5 more matches

<easing-function> - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
values change during animations. this lets you vary the animation's speed over the course of its duration. the easing functions in the cubic-bezier subset of easing functions are often called "smooth" easing functions, because they can be used to smooth down the start and end of the animation. they correlate a time ratio to an output ratio, both expressed as <number>s. for these values, 0.0 represents the initial state, and 1.0 represents the final state. depending on the specific function used, the calculated output can sometimes grow to be greater than 1.0 or smaller than 0.0 during the course of an animation. this causes the animation to go farther than the final state, and then return. for some properties, such as left or right, this creates a kind of "bouncing" effect. however, certa...
...ose three types. easing functions css supports three kinds of easing functions: linear, the subset of the cubic bézier curves that are functions, and staircase functions. the most useful of these functions are given a keyword that allows them to be easily referenced. the linear class of easing functions linear the animation moves from beginning to end at a constant rate. this keyword represents the easing function cubic-bezier(0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 1.0). the cubic-bezier() class of easing functions the cubic-bezier() functional notation defines a cubic bézier curve. as these curves are continuous, they are often used to smooth down the start and end of the animation and are therefore sometimes called easing functions. a cubic bézier curve is defined by four points p0, p1, p2, and p3. p...
...re often used to smooth down the start and end of the animation and are therefore sometimes called easing functions. a cubic bézier curve is defined by four points p0, p1, p2, and p3. p0 and p3 are the start and the end of the curve and, in css these points are fixed as the coordinates are ratios (the abscissa the ratio of time, the ordinate the ratio of the output range). p0 is (0, 0) and represents the initial time and the initial state, p3 is (1, 1) and represents the final time and the final state. not all cubic bézier curves are suitable as easing functions as not all are mathematical functions; i.e., curves that for a given abscissa have zero or one value. with p0 and p3 fixed as defined by css, a cubic bézier curve is a function, and is therefore valid, if and only if the abscissas...
...And 5 more matches

<audio>: The Embed Audio element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
it can also be the destination for streamed media, using a mediastream. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. the above example shows simple usage of the <audio> element. ...
... users, so should be avoided when possible. if you must offer autoplay functionality, you should make it opt-in (requiring a user to specifically enable it). however, this can be useful when creating media elements whose source will be set at a later time, under user control. see our autoplay guide for additional information about how to properly use autoplay. controls if this attribute is present, the browser will offer controls to allow the user to control audio playback, including volume, seeking, and pause/resume playback. crossorigin this enumerated attribute indicates whether to use cors to fetch the related audio file. cors-enabled resources can be reused in the <canvas> element without being tainted. the allowed values are: anonymous sends a cross-origin request without a c...
...d, and its usage restricted. use-credentials sends a cross-origin request with a credential. in other words, it sends the origin: http header with a cookie, a certificate, or performing http basic authentication. if the server does not give credentials to the origin site (through access-control-allow-credentials: http header), the image will be tainted and its usage restricted. when not present, the resource is fetched without a cors request (i.e. without sending the origin: http header), preventing its non-tainted used in <canvas> elements. if invalid, it is handled as if the enumerated keyword anonymous was used. see cors settings attributes for additional information. currenttime reading currenttime returns a double-precision floating-point value indicating the current playback p...
...And 5 more matches

<input type="search"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
he user to enter search queries into. these are functionally identical to text inputs, but may be styled differently by the user agent. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...you can retrieve this using the htmlinputelement.value property in javascript. searchterms = mysearch.value; if no validation constraints are in place for the input (see validation for more details), the value can be any text string or an empty string (""). ...
...placeholder the placeholder attribute is a string that provides a brief hint to the user as to what kind of information is expected in the field. it should be a word or short phrase that demonstrates the expected type of data, rather than an explanatory message. the text must not include carriage returns or line feeds. if the control's content has one directionality (ltr or rtl) but needs to present the placeholder in the opposite directionality, you can use unicode bidirectional algorithm formatting characters to override directionality within the placeholder; see overriding bidi using unicode control characters in the unicode bidirectional text algorithm for those characters. note: avoid using the placeholder attribute if you can. it is not as semantically useful as other ways to explain...
...And 5 more matches

<input type="url"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ensure that it's either empty or a properly-formatted url before the form can be submitted. the :valid and :invalid css pseudo-classes are automatically applied as appropriate to visually denote whether the current value of the field is a valid url or not. on browsers that don't support inputs of type url, a url input falls back to being a standard text input. value a domstring representing a url, or empty events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required and size idl attributes list, value, selectionend, selectiondirection methods select(), setrangetext() and setselectionrange(). value the <input> element's value attribute contains a domstr...
...placeholder the placeholder attribute is a string that provides a brief hint to the user as to what kind of information is expected in the field. it should be a word or short phrase that demonstrates the expected type of data, rather than an explanatory message. the text must not include carriage returns or line feeds. if the control's content has one directionality (ltr or rtl) but needs to present the placeholder in the opposite directionality, you can use unicode bidirectional algorithm formatting characters to override directionality within the placeholder; see overriding bidi using unicode control characters in the unicode bidirectional text algorithm for those characters. note: avoid using the placeholder attribute if you can. it is not as semantically useful as other ways to explain...
...racters in the unicode bidirectional text algorithm for those characters. note: avoid using the placeholder attribute if you can. it is not as semantically useful as other ways to explain your form, and can cause unexpected technical issues with your content. see labels and placeholders in <input>: the input (form input) element for more information. readonly a boolean attribute which, if present, means this field cannot be edited by the user. its value can, however, still be changed by javascript code directly setting the htmlinputelement.value property. note: because a read-only field cannot have a value, required does not have any effect on inputs with the readonly attribute also specified. size the size attribute is a numeric value indicating how many characters wide the input fi...
...And 5 more matches

<kbd>: The Keyboard Input element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the html keyboard input element (<kbd>) represents a span of inline text denoting textual user input from a keyboard, voice input, or any other text entry device. by convention, the user agent defaults to rendering the contents of a <kbd> element using its default monospace font, although this is not mandated by the html standard. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. <kbd> may be nested in various combinations with the <samp> (sample output) element to represent various forms of input or output based on visual cues. content categories flow content, phrasing content, palpable content. ...
...on none, both the starting and ending tag are mandatory. permitted parents any element that accepts phrasing content. implicit aria role no corresponding role permitted aria roles any dom interface htmlelement attributes this element only includes the global attributes. usage notes other elements can be used in tandem with <kbd> to represent more specific scenarios: nesting a <kbd> element within another <kbd> element represents an actual key or other unit of input as a portion of a larger input. see representing keystrokes within an input below. nesting a <kbd> element inside a <samp> element represents input that has been echoed back to the user by the system. see echoed input, below, for an example. nesting a <samp> element i...
...ement within another <kbd> element represents an actual key or other unit of input as a portion of a larger input. see representing keystrokes within an input below. nesting a <kbd> element inside a <samp> element represents input that has been echoed back to the user by the system. see echoed input, below, for an example. nesting a <samp> element inside a <kbd> element, on the other hand, represents input which is based on text presented by the system, such as the names of menus and menu items, or the names of buttons displayed on the screen. see the example under representing onscreen input options below. you can define a custom style to override the browser's default font selection for the <kbd> element, although the user's preferences may potentially override your css. examples bas...
...And 5 more matches

<script>: The Script element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
. permitted parents any element that accepts metadata content, or any element that accepts phrasing content. implicit aria role no corresponding role permitted aria roles no role permitted dom interface htmlscriptelement attributes this element includes the global attributes. asynchtml5 for classic scripts, if the async attribute is present, then the classic script will be fetched in parallel to parsing and evaluated as soon as it is available. for module scripts, if the async attribute is present then the scripts and all their dependencies will be executed in the defer queue, therefore they will get fetched in parallel to parsing and evaluated as soon as they are available. this attribute allows the elimination of parser-blocki...
...the defer queue, therefore they will get fetched in parallel to parsing and evaluated as soon as they are available. this attribute allows the elimination of parser-blocking javascript where the browser would have to load and evaluate scripts before continuing to parse. defer has a similar effect in this case. this is a boolean attribute: the presence of a boolean attribute on an element represents the true value, and the absence of the attribute represents the false value. see browser compatibility for notes on browser support. see also async scripts for asm.js. crossorigin normal script elements pass minimal information to the window.onerror for scripts which do not pass the standard cors checks. to allow error logging for sites which use a separate domain for static media, use thi...
...its valid arguments. defer this boolean attribute is set to indicate to a browser that the script is meant to be executed after the document has been parsed, but before firing domcontentloaded. scripts with the defer attribute will prevent the domcontentloaded event from firing until the script has loaded and finished evaluating. this attribute must not be used if the src attribute is absent (i.e. for inline scripts), in this case it would have no effect. the defer attribute has no effect on module scripts — they defer by default. scripts with the defer attribute will execute in the order in which they appear in the document. this attribute allows the elimination of parser-blocking javascript where the browser would have to load and evaluate scripts before continuing to par...
...And 5 more matches

Set-Cookie - HTTP
browsers block frontend javascript code from accessing the set cookie header, as required by the fetch spec, which defines set-cookie as a forbidden response-header name that must be filtered out from any response exposed to frontend code. for more information, see the guide on http cookies. ...
...ments about which characters are allowed for <cookie-value> though. __secure- prefix: cookies names starting with __secure- (dash is part of the prefix) must be set with the secure flag from a secure page (https). __host- prefix: cookies with names starting with __host- must be set with the secure flag, must be from a secure page (https), must not have a domain specified (and therefore aren't sent to subdomains) and the path must be /. expires=<date> optional the maximum lifetime of the cookie as an http-date timestamp. see date for the required formatting. if unspecified, the cookie becomes a session cookie. a session finishes when the client shuts down, and session cookies will be removed. warning: many web browsers have a session restore feature that will save all tabs and...
...er was never closed. when an expires date is set, the deadline is relative to the client the cookie is being set on, not the server. max-age=<number> optional number of seconds until the cookie expires. a zero or negative number will expire the cookie immediately. if both expires and max-age are set, max-age has precedence. domain=<domain-value> optional host to which the cookie will be sent. if omitted, defaults to the host of the current document url, not including subdomains. contrary to earlier specifications, leading dots in domain names (.example.com) are ignored. multiple host/domain values are not allowed, but if a domain is specified, then subdomains are always included. path=<path-value> optional a path that must exist in the requested url, or the browser won'...
...And 5 more matches

HTTP headers - HTTP
ponses. clear-site-data clears browsing data (e.g. cookies, storage, cache) associated with the requesting website. expires the date/time after which the response is considered stale. pragma implementation-specific header that may have various effects anywhere along the request-response chain. used for backwards compatibility with http/1.0 caches where the cache-control header is not yet present. warning general warning information about possible problems. client hints http client hints are a work in progress. actual documentation can be found on the website of the http working group. accept-ch servers can advertise support for client hints using the accept-ch header field or an equivalent html <meta> element with http-equiv attribute ([html5]). accept-ch-lifetime servers ...
...r that indicates the ratio between physical pixels over css pixels of the selected image response. dpr a number that indicates the client’s current device pixel ratio (dpr), which is the ratio of physical pixels over css pixels (section 5.2 of [cssval]) of the layout viewport (section 9.1.1 of [css2]) on the device. device-memory technically a part of device memory api, this header represents an approximate amount of ram client has. save-data a boolean that indicates the user agent's preference for reduced data usage. viewport-width a number that indicates the layout viewport width in css pixels. the provided pixel value is a number rounded to the smallest following integer (i.e. ceiling value). if viewport-width occurs in a message more than once, the last value ov...
...s to decide whether a cached response can be used rather than requesting a fresh one from the origin server. connection management connection controls whether the network connection stays open after the current transaction finishes. keep-alive controls how long a persistent connection should stay open. content negotiation accept informs the server about the types of data that can be sent back. accept-charset which character encodings the client understands. accept-encoding the encoding algorithm, usually a compression algorithm, that can be used on the resource sent back. accept-language informs the server about the human language the server is expected to send back. this is a hint and is not necessarily under the full control of the user: the server should always pay atten...
...And 5 more matches

Numbers and dates - JavaScript
binary, and hexadecimal, as well as the use of the global math object to perform a wide variety of mathematical operations on numbers. numbers in javascript, numbers are implemented in double-precision 64-bit binary format ieee 754 (i.e., a number between ±2−1022 and ±2+1023, or about ±10−308 to ±10+308, with a numeric precision of 53 bits). integer values up to ±253 − 1 can be represented exactly. in addition to being able to represent floating-point numbers, the number type has three symbolic values: +infinity, -infinity, and nan (not-a-number). a more recent addition to javascript is bigint which lets you represent integers that may be very large. there are caveats to using bigint, however; for example, you can't mix and match bigint and number values in the same operation, ...
...ive_infinity; var neginfinitenum = number.negative_infinity; var notanum = number.nan; you always refer to a property of the predefined number object as shown above, and not as a property of a number object you create yourself. the following table summarizes the number object's properties. ...
...u always refer to a property of the predefined number object as shown above, and not as a property of a number object you create yourself. the following table summarizes the number object's properties. ...
...And 5 more matches

String.prototype.normalize() - JavaScript
containing the unicode normalization form of the given string. errors thrown rangeerror a rangeerror is thrown if form isn't one of the values specified above. description unicode assigns a unique numerical value, called a code point, to each character. for example, the code point for "a" is given as u+0041. however, sometimes more than one code point, or sequence of code points, can represent the same abstract character — the character "ñ" for example can be represented by either of: the single code point u+00f1. the code point for "n" (u+006e) followed by the code point for the combining tilde (u+0303). let string1 = '\u00f1'; let string2 = '\u006e\u0303'; console.log(string1); // ñ console.log(string2); // ñ however, since the code points are different, string comp...
... is different, they even have different lengths. ...
...e normalize() method helps solve this problem by converting a string into a normalized form common for all sequences of code points that represent the same characters. there are two main normalization forms, one based on canonical equivalence and the other based on compatibility. canonical equivalence normalization in unicode, two sequences of code points have canonical equivalence if they represent the same abstract characters, and should always have the same visual appearance and behavior (for example, they should always be sorted in the same way). ...
...And 5 more matches

package.json - Archive of obsolete content
the package.json file contains manifest data for your add-on, providing not only descriptive information about the add-on for presentation in the add-ons manager, but other metadata required of add-ons. some of its entries, such as icon, name, and description, have direct analogues in the install manifest format, and entries from package.json are written into the install manifest when the add-on is built using jpm xpi. others, such as lib, permissions, and preferences, represent instructions to the jpm tool itself to generate and include particular code and data structures in your add-on. creating a manifest the package.json file is initially generated in your add-on's root directory the first time you run jpm init. it looks like this (assuming the add-on's directory is "my-addon"): { ...
... desktop fennec: firefox for android thunderbird: thunderbird seamonkey: seamonkey any application uuid example: "engines": { "firefox": ">= 38.0a1", "fennec": ">= 38.0a1" } fullname note: this is deprecated along with cfx; it's not available when using jpm. the full name of the package. it can contain spaces. if this key is present, its value will be used as the add-on's em:name element in its install.rdf. harnessclassid note: this is deprecated along with cfx; it's not available when using jpm. string in the guid format. this is used as a classid of the "harness service" xpcom component. defaults to a random guid generated by cfx. hasembeddedwebextension new in jpm 1...
... icon as specified by icon will be used. this value will be used as the add-on's em:icon64url element in its install.rdf. the icon may be up to 64x64 pixels in size. id a globally unique identifier for the add-on. this value will be used as the add-on's em:id element in its install.rdf. see the program id documentation. lib string representing the top-level module directory provided in this add-on. defaults to "lib". note: this is deprecated along with cfx and is not available when using jpm. license the name of the license under which the add-on is distributed, with an optional url in parentheses. defaults to "mpl-2.0". note: it is recommended that you use an spdx license id. ...
...And 4 more matches

Style System Overview - Archive of obsolete content
the declarations (properties & values) are stored in data structs (nscss*). the data format of the structs and selectors is mostly clear from the code and not worth going ...
... the declarations (properties & values) are stored in data structs (nscss*). the data format of the structs and selectors is mostly clear from the code and not worth going into (although the implementation of :not() ...
...eruleimpl contains each selector associated with that declaration, and the declaration, and is the most important implementation of nsistylerule. the declarations (properties & values) are stored in data structs (nscss*). the data format of the structs and selectors is mostly clear from the code and not worth going into (although the implementation of :not() is confusing). ...
...And 4 more matches

The Joy of XUL - Archive of obsolete content
ompelling features of xul as a technology for building applications. since xul provides an abstraction of user interface components, it delivers on the promise of write-once, run-anywhere. the user interface for all of mozilla's core applications (browser, messenger, address book, etc.) is written in xul with one single code base supporting all mozilla platforms. separation of presentation from application logic one of the major downfalls of most web applications is the tight coupling of user interface elements with client application logic. this poses a significant problem in team environments because the skills required to develop these two parts are often satisfied by different people. xul provides a clear separation among the client application definition and progra...
...eb applications is the tight coupling of user interface elements with client application logic. this poses a significant problem in team environments because the skills required to develop these two parts are often satisfied by different people. xul provides a clear separation among the client application definition and programmatic logic ("content" consisting of xul, xbl, and javascript), presentation ("skin" consisting of css and images), and language-specific text labels ("locale" consisting of dtds and string bundles in .properties files). the layout and appearance of xul applications can be altered independently of the application definition and logic. further, the application can be localized for different languages and regions independently of its logic or presentation. this de...
...eadily customized by designers and language translators. the work flow of these interdependent activities is more easily coordinated than with html-based web applications, with less impact on the overall stability and quality of the system. easy customization, localization, or branding another highly practical benefit of the separation that xul provides among application logic, presentation, and language text is the ease of customizing for different customers or groups of users. a developer can maintain one primary code base for their application and customize the logo and branding for each of their customers by supplying different skins. an application that is written and deployed with an english language user interface can be translated to french for the same customer. wh...
...And 4 more matches

XUL accessibility guidelines - Archive of obsolete content
a. if the user were to tab to the "exceptions..." button they would hear "cookies {pause} exceptions {pause} button." the next tab would read "cookies {pause} keep until {pause} they expire {pause} one of three {pause} combobox." if the screen reader only read the label, then the user would have to guess what the "exceptions" button or the "keep until" combobox was referring to. groupboxes are essential for radiogroups or groups of checkboxes with a similar theme (e.g. check all that apply). if you find nested groupboxes visually unappealing, use css to hide the border of the inner groupbox so that it can remain in the code to benefit users of assistive technologies. complex forms sometimes require a more advanced labeling system than is possible with the standard xul attributes. for example...
...r visited pages for the last x days.") includes three different pieces, the second of which is the current value entered into the textbox. the correct label for textbox is actually the same, but we don't want assistive technologies to read or show it twice. we need a way of specifying in the source that the checkbox, editbox, and nearby text labels are all part of a single entity, and that they essentially label each other. to solve this problem, we use the aria-labelledby attribute on both controls (note the double l—aria uses uk-style spelling) to specify that the checkbox and the textbox are both labeled by the the entire group of components. put into xul, this looking something like the following. <checkbox id="rememberhistorydays" aria-labelledby="historydaysprelabel historybox hist...
...e technology configurations. if you don't have access to screen reader software (and don't know anyone who does), your best option is to throughly check the source code to make sure that all of the above guidelines have been met, and then ensure that end users have a way to provide you with feedback on the accessibility (and other aspects) of your application. display it is often said that "presentation is everything." while it is true that presentation is essential, documents should also be structured so that the user can invoke display preferences that may be necessary for accessibility. presentation should also be flexible to window and font resizing. cooperative applications adapt well to the user's environment. system defaults maintain system defaults. many users set their computers ...
...And 4 more matches

The Business Benefits of Web Standards - Archive of obsolete content
site. caught between a rock and a hard place, web designers face a formidable challenge. yet they are finding an unsuspected ally in the battle: web standards. this article discusses how adhering to web standards, and leaving behind proprietary markup and technologies, can contribute to a company's business goals. ...
...ace a formidable challenge. yet they are finding an unsuspected ally in the battle: web standards. this article discusses how adhering to web standards, and leaving behind proprietary markup and technologies, can contribute to a company's business goals. site wide consistent look and feel by separating structure (or content) from presentation, web designers have a lot to gain. specifically, presentation is defined using layout-oriented css language. ...
...markup and technologies, can contribute to a company's business goals. site wide consistent look and feel by separating structure (or content) from presentation, web designers have a lot to gain. specifically, presentation is defined using layout-oriented css language. storing css in a separate document (aka style sheet) and applying it to a set of html documents permits a complete change of presentation for all these documents in a snap. strict html (as opposed to the often-used transitional html markup), forces the designer not to use presentation tags in the html documents, naturally enforcing the separation of content from presentation. by locating all the style and design issues in one document - the style sheet - whole sites can be rethemed in one go. the blogging community are partic...
...And 4 more matches

CSS values and units - Learn web development
may frequently encounter, with examples so that you can try out different possible values. numbers, lengths, and percentages there are various numeric data types that you might find yourself using in css. the following are all classed as numeric: data type description <integer> an <integer> is a whole number such as 1024 or -55. ...
...percentage values are always relative to another quantity, for example an element's length is relative to its parent element's length. lengths the numeric type you will come across most frequently is <length>, for example 10px (pixels) or 30em. there are two types of lengths used in css — relative and absolute. ...
... the page for the <color> value. try playing with different color values in the live examples below, to get more of an idea how they work. hexadecimal rgb values the next type of color value you are likely to encounter is hexadecimal codes. each hex value consists of a hash/pound symbol (#) followed by six hexadecimal numbers, each of which can take one of 16 values between 0 and f (which represents 15) — so 0123456789abcdef. each pair of values represents one of the channels — red, green and blue — and allows us to specify any of the 256 available values for each (16 x 16 = 256.) these values are a bit more complex and less easy to understand, but they are a lot more versatile than keywords — you can use hex values to represent any color you want to use in your color scheme. a...
...And 4 more matches

Basic native form controls - Learn web development
mples. note: html form text fields are simple plain text input controls. this means that you cannot use them to perform rich editing (bold, italic, etc.). all rich text editors you'll encounter are custom widgets created with html, css, and javascript. all basic text controls share some common behaviors: they can be marked as readonly (the user cannot modify the input value but it is still sent with the rest of the form data) or disabled (the input value can't be modified and is never sent with the rest of the form data). they can have a placeholder; this is text that appears inside the text input box that should be used to briefly describe the purpose of the box. they can be constrained in size (the physical size of the box) and maxlength (the maximum number of characters that can be...
...riginal input types was the password text field type: <input type="password" id="pwd" name="pwd"> the password value doesn't add any special constraints to the entered text, but it does obscure the value entered into the field (e.g. with dots or asterisks) so it can't be easily read by others. keep in mind this is just a user interface feature; unless you submit your form securely, it will get sent in plain text, which is bad for security — a malicious party could intercept your data and steal passwords, credit card details, or whatever else you've submitted. the best way to protect users from this is to host any pages involving forms over a secure connection (i.e. at an https:// ... address), so the data is encrypted before it is sent. browsers recognize the security implications of sen...
...because it is hidden, the user can not see nor intentionally edit the value, it will never receive focus, and a screen reader will not notice it either. ...
...And 4 more matches

Sending forms through JavaScript - Learn web development
always a form with progressive web apps, single page apps, and framework based apps, it's common to use html forms to send data without loading a new document when response data is received. let's first talk about why this requires a different approach. gaining control of the global interface standard html form submission, as described in the previous article, loads the url where the data was sent, which means the browser window navigates with a full page load. avoiding a full page load can provide a smoother experience by avoiding network lag, and possible visual issues like flickering. many modern uis only use html forms to collect input from the user, and not for data submission. when the user tries to send the data, the application takes control and transmits the data asynchronously i...
...encodeuricomponent( data[name] ) ); } // combine the pairs into a single string and replace all %-encoded spaces to // the '+' character; matches the behaviour of browser form submissions. ...
...l need cors and http access control. using xmlhttprequest and the formdata object building an http request by hand can be overwhelming. fortunately, the xmlhttprequest specification provides a newer, simpler way to handle form data requests with the formdata object. the formdata object can be used to build form data for transmission, or to get the data within a form element to manage how it's sent. note that formdata objects are "write only", which means you can change them, but not retrieve their contents. using this object is detailed in using formdata objects, but here are two examples: using a standalone formdata object <button>click me!</button> you should be familiar with that html sample. now for the javascript: const btn = document.queryselector('button'); function senddata( ...
...And 4 more matches

Your first form - Learn web development
we'll expand on each of these subtopics in more detail later on in the module. ...
..., and a basic understanding of html. objective: to gain familiarity with what web forms are, what they are used for, how to think about designing them, and the basic html elements you'll need for simple cases. what are web forms? web forms are one of the main points of interaction between a user and a web site or application. forms allow users to enter data, which is generally sent to a web server for processing and storage (see sending form data later in the module), or used on the client-side to immediately update the interface in some way (for example, add another item to a list, or show or hide a ui feature). a web form's html is made up of one or more form controls (sometimes called widgets), plus some additional elements to help structure the overall form — they ar...
...rm. it's a container element like a <section> or <footer> element, but specifically for containing forms; it also supports some specific attributes to configure the way the form behaves. all of its attributes are optional, but it's standard practice to always set at least the action and method attributes: the action attribute defines the location (url) where the form's collected data should be sent when it is submitted. the method attribute defines which http method to send the data with (usually get or post). note: we'll look at how those attributes work in our sending form data article later on. for now, add the above <form> element into your html <body>. the <label>, <input>, and <textarea> elements our contact form is not complex: the data entry portion contains three text field...
...And 4 more matches

Graceful asynchronous programming with Promises - Learn web development
ises work, how you'll see them in use with web apis, and how to write your own. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a reasonable understanding of javascript fundamentals. objective: to understand promises and how to use them. what are promises? we looked at promises briefly in the first article of the course, but here we'll look at them in a lot more depth. essentially, a promise is an object that represents an intermediate state of an operation — in effect, a promise that a result of some kind will be returned at some point in the future. there is no guarantee of exactly when the operation will complete and the result will be returned, but there is a guarantee that when the result is available, or the promise fails, the code you provide will be executed...
...ge() to update a status display with the message "calling...", indicating that a call is being attempted. it then calls getusermedia(), asking for a stream that has both video and audio tracks, then once that's been obtained, sets up a video element to show the stream coming from the camera as a "self view," then takes each of the stream's tracks and adds them to the webrtc rtcpeerconnection representing a connection to another user. after that, the status display is updated to say "connected". if getusermedia() fails, the catch block runs. this uses setstatusmessage() to update the status box to indicate that an error occurred. the important thing here is that the getusermedia() call returns almost immediately, even if the camera stream hasn't been obtained yet. even if the handlecallbutton...
...ive, and may fail if you just can't make up your mind, or decide to get a curry instead. you then place your order. this can take a while to return a pizza and may fail if the restaurant does not have the required ingredients to cook it. you then collect your pizza and eat. ...
...And 4 more matches

Manipulating documents - Learn web development
imagine if a web site could get access to your stored passwords or other sensitive information, and log into websites as if it were you? despite the limitations, web apis still give us access to a lot of functionality that enable us to do a great many things with web pages. there are a few really obvious bits you'll reference regularly in your code — consider the following diagram, which represents the main parts of a browser directly involved in viewing web pages: the window is the browser tab that a web page is loaded into; this is represented in javascript by the window object. using methods available on this object you can do things like return the window's size (see window.innerwidth and window.innerheight), manipulate the document loaded into that window, store data specific to ...
...he window object. using methods available on this object you can do things like return the window's size (see window.innerwidth and window.innerheight), manipulate the document loaded into that window, store data specific to that document on the client-side (for example using a local database or other storage mechanism), attach an event handler to the current window, and more. ...
...nerwidth and window.innerheight), manipulate the document loaded into that window, store data specific to that document on the client-side (for example using a local database or other storage mechanism), attach an event handler to the current window, and more. the navigator represents the state and identity of the browser (i.e. the user-agent) as it exists on the web. in javascript, this is represented by the navigator object. you can use this object to retrieve things like the user's preferred language, a media stream from the user's webcam, etc. the document (represented by the dom in browsers) is the actual page loaded into the window, and is represented in javascript by the document object. you can use this object to return and manipulate information on the html and css that comprises th...
...And 4 more matches

Introduction to client-side frameworks - Learn web development
the web became not just a place to read things, but to do things. javascript’s popularity steadily increased. developers who worked with javascript wrote tools to solve the problems they faced, and packaged them into reusable packages called libraries, so they could share their solutions with others. this shared ecosystem of libraries helped shape the growth of the web. now, javascript is an essential part of the web, used on 95% of all websites, and the web is an essential part of modern life. users write papers, manage their budgets, stream music, watch movies, and communicate with others over great distances instantaneously, with text, audio or video chat. the web allows us to do things that used to be possible only in native applications installed on our computers. these modern, complex...
... the advent of modern javascript frameworks has made it much easier to build highly dynamic, interactive applications. a framework is a library that offers opinions about how software gets built. these opinions allow for predictability and homogeneity in an application; predictability allows software to scale to an enormous size and still be maintainable; predictability and maintainability are essential for the health and longevity of software. javascript frameworks power much of the impressive software on the modern web – including many of the websites you likely use every day. mdn web docs, which you are currently reading this on, uses the react/reactdom framework to power its front end. what frameworks are out there? there are many frameworks out there, but currently the "big four" ar...
...o list app: rendering a list of tasks. the verbosity of dom changes building html elements and rendering them in the browser at the appropriate time takes a surprising amount of code. let's say that our state is an array of objects structured like this: const state = [ { id: 'todo-0', name: 'learn some frameworks!' } ] how do we show one of those tasks to our user? we want to represent each task as a list item – an html <li> element inside of an unordered list element (a <ul>). how do we make it? that could look something like this: function buildtodoitemel(id, name) { const item = document.createelement('li'); const span = document.createelement('span'); const textcontent = document.createtextnode(name); span.appendchild(textcontent) item.id = id; item.appendc...
...And 4 more matches

Creating localizable web applications
uld be followed in order to make your content easily localizable. note: most of the code snippets used in the examples below come from an early version of the getpersonas.com website. in some cases, the code snippets were slightly changed to better illustrate the recommendations or for clarity. cheatsheet don't hardcode english text, formats (numbers, dates, addresses, etc.), word order or sentence structure. don't put text or numbers in images. don't forget about right-to-left locales. take advantage of printf() (or equivalents) and use variables in the english strings. write semantic code (e.g. don't use text and <img/> for decorations; instead, use css). document your code so that localizers know what they're translating (e.g. in gettext use comments and contexts). app logic ...
...r using gettext. gettext extracts localizable content form the source files, thus making it impossible for localizers to accidentally change them. you can learn more about the choice of the format for your project at file formats. text messages don't hardcode english content allow localizers to localize english content, such as: text messages, number formats, date formats, word order and sentence structure. note that some strings might be hidden in libraries' code (e.g. error messages), or in javascript libraries and scripts. if you are using pure html instead of gettext to localize your webapp, consider using an additional gettext-like format such as .lang to streamline localizers' work with repeating content. this is useful for strings occurring in the webapp multiple times, like...
..., $locale_conf->url('/'));?> </h1> snippet 10. better: <h1> <a href="<?= $locale_conf->url('/') ?>"> <img src="/static/img/logo.png" alt="<?= /* l10n: link title attribute */ _("mozilla labs personas"); ?> " /> </a> </h1> ...but don't sacrifice flexibility don't sacrifice flexibility trying to satisfy the rule above. make sure the content supports changing the order of the sentence, which may be required by some grammars. snippet 1. bad: <p class="added"><?= _("<strong>added:</strong>") . $persona['date']; ?></p> snippet 2. bad: <p class="added"><strong><?= _("added:") ?></strong><?= $persona['date']; ?></p> snippet 3. good: <p class="added"><? printf( /* l10n: %s is a date */ _("<strong>added:</strong> %s"), $persona['date']);?></p> the first bad snippet puts th...
...And 4 more matches

Python binding for NSS
ng the python programmer from having to specify all parameters yet allowing them to be overriden when necessary. error codes are never returned from methods/functions. python-nss follows the existing python exception mechanism. any error reported by nss/nspr is converted into a python exception and raised. the exact error code, error description, and often contextual error information will be present in the exception object. enumerated constants used in the nss/nspr api's are available in the python module under the exact same name as they appear in the c header files of nss/nspr. convenience functions are provided to translate between the numeric value of an enumerated constant and it's string representation and visa versa. python-nss internally supports utf-8. strings may be python str o...
...for simplicity you can receive a block of formatted text but if you need more control, such as when building gui elments you can access a list of "lines", each line is paired with an indentation level value. ...
...zilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/python-nss/releases/pynss_release_0_14_1/src/ change log release 0.14.1 contains only modifications to tests and examples, otherwise functionally it is the same as release 0.14.0 fix bug in ssl_example.py and test_client_server.py where complete data was not read from socket. the beast cve fix in nss causes only one octet to be sent in the first socket packet and then the remaining data is sent normally, this is known as 1/n-1 record splitting. the example and test ssl code sent short messages and then did a sock.recv(1024). we had always received the entire message in one sock.recv() call because it was so short. but sock.recv() does not guarantee how much data will be received, thus this was a coding mistake. the solution ...
...And 4 more matches

Mozilla internal string guide
< end) memmove(cur, cur + 1, (end - cur) * sizeof(char16_t)); } else { cur += 1; } } data.setlength(len); } note that using beginwriting() to make a string longer is not ok. beginwriting() must not be used to write past the logical length of the string indicated by endwriting() or length(). calling setcapacity() before beginwriting() does not affect what the previous sentence says. to make the string longer, call setlength() before beginwriting() or use the bulkwrite() api described below. bulk write bulkwrite() allows capacity-aware cache-friendly low-level writes to the string's buffer. capacity-aware means that the caller is made aware of how the caller-requested buffer capacity was rounded up to mozjemalloc buckets. this is useful when initially requesting ...
... mozilla::bulkwritehandle<t> autoconverts to a writable mozilla::span<t> and also provides explicit access to itself as span (asspan()) or via component accessors named consistently with those on span: elements() and length() the latter is not the logical length of the string but the writable length of the buffer. the buffer exp...
...ragments) it is very simple to refer to a substring of an existing string without actually allocating new space and copying the characters into that substring. substring() is the preferred method to create a reference to such a string. void processstring(const nsastring& str) { const nsastring& firstfive = substring(str, 0, 5); // from index 0, length 5 // firstfive is now a string representing the first 5 characters } unicode conversion ns*cstring vs. ns*string strings can be stored in two basic formats: 8-bit code unit (byte/char) strings, or 16-bit code unit (char16_t) strings. any string class with a capital "c" in the classname contains 8-bit bytes. these classes include nscstring, nsdependentcstring, and so forth. any string class without the "c" contains 16-bit code units. ...
...And 4 more matches

IAccessibleText
other-licenses/ia2/accessibletext.idlnot scriptable a structure containing a substring and the start and end offsets in the enclosing string. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.9 inherits from: iunknown last changed in gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) this enum defines values which specify a text() boundary type. ia2_text_boundary_sentence is optional. when a method doesn't implement this method it must return s_false. typically this feature would not be implemented by an application. however, if the application developer was not satisfied with how screen readers have handled the reading of sentences this boundary type could be implemented and screen readers could use the application's version of a sentence rather than the screen reader's. the rest of the boundary types must be s...
...e2 web site. return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed, [out] values are 0s and null respectively. s_false if there is nothing to return, [out] values are 0s and null respectively. s_ok. caretoffset() returns the position of the caret. returns the 0-based offset of the caret within the text(). if the text() is implemented as a tree of text() objects with embed characters in higher levels representing substrings of child text() objects and the caret is in one of the child text() objects, then the offset in the higher level text() object would be at the embed character representing child text() object that contains the caret. for example, if the string "one two three" is implemented as a two text() objects, with a top level text() object containing an embed character "one ? three" and a chil...
...etoffset for the "one ? three" object would be 4, matching the embed character</li> the caretoffset for "two" would be 2, matching the "o" the caret position/offset is that of the character logically following it, for example to the right of it in a left to right language. ...
...And 4 more matches

nsIDocShell
nge fires. read only. documentcharsetinfo nsidocumentcharsetinfo the document character set info. this is used by a load to determine priorities for charset detection and so on. obsolete since gecko 12.0 note: the properties of the old nsidocumentcharsetinfo interface were merged into nsidocshell in gecko 12.0. eldestpresshell nsipresshell presentation shell for the oldest document, if this docshell is currently transitioning between documents. read only. native code only! forcedcharset nsiatom a character set to override the page's default character set while processing; this is tried before using any other character set during page loads. note: prior to gecko 12.0, this attribute was part of a separate nsid...
...tants for defined values. note: prior to gecko 12.0, this attribute was part of a separate nsidoccharsetinfo interface. parenturicontentlistener nsiuricontentlistener uri content listener parent. this is not refcounted and is assumed to be nulled out by the parent when the parent is going away. obsolete since gecko 1.8 prescontext nsprescontext presentation context for the currently loaded document. this may be null. read only. native code only! presshell nsipresshell presentation shell for the currently loaded document. this may be null. read only. native code only! previoustransindex long keeps track of the previous shtransaction index and the current shtransaction index at the time that the doc shell begins to l...
...ndex at the time that the doc shell begins to load. used for contentviewer eviction. read only. printpreview nsiwebbrowserprint if the current content viewer is not initialized for print preview, it is replaced with one which is and to which an about:blank document is loaded. read only. restoringdocument boolean track whether we're currently restoring a document presentation. read only. securityui nsisecurebrowserui the securebrowserui object for this docshell. this is set by browser or nswebbrowser for their root docshell. shouldsavelayoutstate boolean indicates whether the current page can be cached. read only. useerrorpages boolean attribute to access whether error pages are enabled. zoom float se...
...And 4 more matches

nsIFile
xpcom/io/nsifile.idlscriptable an instance of this interface is a cross-platform representation of a location in the filesystem. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 30.0 (firefox 30.0 / thunderbird 30.0 / seamonkey 2.27) nsifile is the correct platform-agnostic way to specify a file; you should always use this instead of a string to ensure compatibility. with an nsifile you can navigate to ancestors or descendants without having to deal with the different path separators used on different platforms, query the state of any file or directory at the position represented by the nsifile and create, move or copy items in the filesystem. an nsifile can be retrieved by either instantiating an nsilocalfile using a platform specific path string or by using cross-platform locations...
...y. exceptions thrown ns_error_file_not_directory indicates that this nsifile does not reference a directory. diskspaceavailable print64 the number of bytes available to non-superuser on the disk volume containing the nsifile. read only. filesize print64 the value of this attribute is the number of bytes corresponding to the data represented by the file. on the mac, getting/setting the file size with nsifile only deals with the size of the data fork. if you need to know the size of the combined data and resource forks use nsilocalfilemac.getfilesizewithresfork(). changing the size of a nsifile operates on the underlying filesystem, possibly truncating the existing file to specified size. filesizeoflink print64 ...
...link print64 this attribute exposes the size of the symbolic link referenced by this nsifile. unlike filesize, this attribute corresponds to the size of the symbolic link referenced by this nsifile. if this nsifile does not reference a symbolic link, then the value of this attribute is undefined. the value of this attribute is the number of bytes corresponding to the data represented by the symbolic link. any meta data, such as a resource fork on the mac, is not included in the measurement of the file size. read only. followlinks prbool determines whether or not the nsifile will automatically resolve symbolic links. by default, this value is false on all non-unix systems. as of mozilla 1.7, this attribute is ignored on unix systems. lastmodi...
...And 4 more matches

nsISHEntry
docidentifier unsigned long long an integer that should be the same for two ent...
... docidentifier unsigned long long an integer that should be the same for two entries attached to the same docshell if and only if the two entries are entries for the same document. ...
...he appropriate reload flag. owner nsisupports get the owner, if any, that was associated with the channel that the document that was loaded to create this history entry came from. pageidentifier unsigned long an integer that should be the same for two entries attached to the same docshell only if the two entries are entries for the same page in the sense that one could go from the state represented by one to the state represented by the other simply by scrolling (so the entries are separated by an anchor traversal or a subframe navigation in some other frame). obsolete since gecko 6.0 parent nsishentry parent of this entry. postdata nsiinputstream post data for the document. referreruri nsiuri referrer uri. refreshurilist nsisupportsarray saved refresh uri list for the content vi...
...And 4 more matches

nsIScrollable
lbars never visible, even when scrolling is still possible. scrollbar_always 3 scrollbars always visible, even when scrolling is not possible. methods getcurscrollpos() obsolete since gecko 29.0 (firefox 29.0 / thunderbird 29.0 / seamonkey 2.26) long getcurscrollpos( in long scrollorientation ); parameters scrollorientation an integer representing the orientation of the scrollbar. return value getdefaultscrollbarpreferences() long getdefaultscrollbarpreferences( in long scrollorientation ); parameters scrollorientation an integer representing the orientation of the scrollbar. return value an integer representing the state of the scrollbar. getscrollbarvisibility() void getscrollbarvisibility( out boolean verticalvisible...
...ng the visibility of the vertical scrollbar. horizontalvisible boolean specifying the visibility of the horizontal scrollbar. ...
...resenting the orientation of the scrollbar. minpos minimal position of the scroll range. maxpos maximal position of the scroll range. setcurscrollpos() obsolete since gecko 29.0 (firefox 29.0 / thunderbird 29.0 / seamonkey 2.26) void setcurscrollpos( in long scrollorientation, in long curpos ); parameters scrollorientation an integer representing the orientation of the scrollbar. curpos an integer representing the position of the cursor. ...
...And 4 more matches

nsISessionStore
hich to delete the value. akey the key whose value is to be deleted. duplicatetab() duplicates a specified tab as thoroughly as possible. nsidomnode duplicatetab( in nsidomwindow awindow, in nsidomnode atab ); parameters awindow the window in which the duplicated tab will be created. atab the tab to duplicate (can come from a different window). return value an nsidomnode representing the new tab, the content of which is a duplicate of atab. forgetclosedtab() nsidomnode forgetclosedtab( in nsidomwindow awindow, in unsigned long aindex ); parameters awindow is the browser window associated with the closed tab. aindex is the index of the closed tab to be removed (fifo ordered). return value forgetclosedwindow() nsidomnode forgetclosedwindow( in unsigned ...
...indow( in unsigned long aindex ); parameters aindex is the index of the closed window to be removed (fifo ordered). return value exceptions thrown ns_error_invalid_arg when aindex does not map to a closed window. getbrowserstate() returns the current state of all of windows and all of their tabs. astring getbrowserstate(); parameters none. return value a json string representing the current state of all windows in the web browser. getclosedtabcount() returns the number of restorable tabs for a given window. unsigned long getclosedtabcount( in nsidomwindow awindow ); parameters awindow the window whose restorable tab count should be returned. return value the number of restorable tabs in the window. getclosedtabdata() returns a list of closed tabs for a...
... ); parameters awindow the window whose restorable tab count should be returned. return value the number of restorable tabs in the window. getclosedtabdata() returns a list of closed tabs for a specified window. astring getclosedtabdata( in nsidomwindow awindow ); parameters awindow the browser window whose closed tab list is to be retrieved. return value a json string representing the list of closed tabs for the window specified by awindow. the list is in last in/first out (lifo) order, so that the first item in the list is the last tab that was closed. getclosedwindowcount() returns the number of restorable windows. unsigned long getclosedwindowcount(); parameters none. return value the number of restorable windows. getclosedwindowdata() returns a list of clo...
...And 4 more matches

nsISmsDatabaseService
nderbird 15.0 / seamonkey 2.12) implemented by: @mozilla.org/sms/smsdatabaseservice;1. ...
...essageid, in boolean value, in long requestid, [optional] in unsigned long long processid) methods savereceivedmessage() void savereceivedmessage( in domstring asender, in domstring abody, in unsigned long long adate ); parameters asender a domstring with the sender of the text message. abody a domstring containing the body text of the message. adate the timestamp of the message. savesentmessage() void savesentmessage( in domstring a receiver, in domstring abody, in unsigned long long adate ); parameters areceiver a domstring with the receiver of the text message. abody a domstring containing the body text of the message. adate the timestamp of the message. getmessage() void getmessage( in long messageid, in long requestid, [optional] in unsigned long long processid...
...tring a receiver, in domstring abody, in unsigned long long adate ); parameters areceiver a domstring with the receiver of the text message. abody a domstring containing the body text of the message. adate the timestamp of the message. getmessage() void getmessage( in long messageid, in long requestid, [optional] in unsigned long long processid ); parameters messageid a number representing the id of the message. requestid a number representing the id of the request. processid optional a number representing the id of the process. deletemessage() void deletemessage( in long messageid, in long requestid, [optional] in unsigned long long processid ); parameters messageid a number representing the id of the message. requestid a number representing the id of the request. proc...
...And 4 more matches

Int64
because javascript doesn't currently include standard support for 64-bit integer values, js-ctypes offers the int64 and uint64 objects to let you work with c functions and data that need (or may need) values represented using a 64-bit data type. you use the int64 object to create and manipulate 64-bit signed integers. note: it's important to note that the 64-bit integer objects created by int64 are not int64 objects; rather, they're opaque objects whose values you manipulate through the other methods on the int64 object. see 64-bit integers for details. ...
...s created by int64 are not int64 objects; rather, they're opaque objects whose values you manipulate through the other methods on the int64 object. see 64-bit integers for details. syntax creates and returns a new 64-bit signed integer. int64 int64( value ); parameters value the value to assign the new 64-bit integer object. ...
... exceptions thrown typeerror the specified value cannot be converted into a 64-bit integer. ...
...And 4 more matches

UInt64
you use the uint64 object to create and manipulate 64-bit unsigned integers. note: it's important to note that the 64-bit integer objects created by uint64 are not uint64 objects; rather, they're opaque objects whose values you manipulate through the other methods on the uint64 object. see 64-bit integers for details. ...
...t64 are not uint64 objects; rather, they're opaque objects whose values you manipulate through the other methods on the uint64 object. see 64-bit integers for details. syntax creates and returns a new 64-bit unsigned integer. uint64 uint64( value ); parameters value the value to assign the new 64-bit unsigned integer object. ...
... exceptions thrown typeerror the specified value cannot be converted into a 64-bit integer. ...
...And 4 more matches

Debugger.Frame - Firefox Developer Tools
given a debugger.frame instance, you can find the script the frame is executing, walk the stack to older frames, find the lexical environment in which the execution is taking place, and so on. for a given debugger instance, spidermonkey creates only one debugger.frame instance for a given visible frame. every handler method called while the debuggee is running in a given frame is given the same frame object. similarly, walking the stack back to a previously accessed frame yields the same frame object as before. ...
...nactive: its live property becomes false, and accessing its other properties or calling its methods throws an exception. note that frames only become inactive at times that are predictable for the debugger: when the debuggee runs, or when the debugger removes frames from the stack itself. visible frames when inspecting the call stack, debugger does not reveal all the frames that are actually present on the stack: while it does reveal all frames running debuggee code, it omits frames running the debugger’s own code, and omits most frames running non-debuggee code. we call those stack frames a debugger does reveal visible frames. a frame is a visible frame if any of the following are true: it is running debuggee code; its immediate caller is a frame running debuggee code; or ...
...veal all frames running debuggee code, it omits frames running the debugger’s own code, and omits most frames running non-debuggee code. we call those stack frames a debugger does reveal visible frames. a frame is a visible frame if any of the following are true: it is running debuggee code; its immediate caller is a frame running debuggee code; or it is a "debugger" frame, representing the continuation of debuggee code invoked by the debugger. the “immediate caller” rule means that, when debuggee code calls a non-debuggee function, it looks like a call to a primitive: you see a frame for the non-debuggee function that was accessible to the debuggee, but any further calls that function makes are treated as internal details, and omitted from the stack trace. if the non...
...And 4 more matches

CSS Typed Object Model API - Web APIs
by exposing css values as typed javascript objects rather than strings. this not only simplifies css manipulation, but also lessens the negative impact on performance as compared to htmlelement.style. generally, css values can be read and written in javascript as strings, which can be slow and cumbersome. css typed object model api provides interfaces to interact with underlying values, by representing them with specialized js objects that can be manipulated and understood more easily and more reliably than string parsing and concatenation. this is easier for authors (for example, numeric values are reflected with actual js numbers, and have unit-aware mathematical operations defined for them). it is also generally faster, as values can be directly manipulated and then cheaply translated bac...
...nd returns the first value as a cssstylevalue object. cssstylevalue.parseall() the parseall() method of the cssstylevalue interface sets all occurences of a specific css property to the specified valueand returns an array of cssstylevalue objects, each containing one of the supplied values. stylepropertymap the stylepropertymap interface of the the css typed object model api provides a representation of a css declaration block that is an alternative to cssstyledeclaration. stylepropertymap.set() method of stylepropertymap interface that changes the css declaration with the given property to the value given. stylepropertymap.append() method that adds a new css declaration to the stylepropertymap with the given property and value. stylepropertymap.delete() method that removes the c...
...() method that adds a new css declaration to the stylepropertymap with the given property and value. stylepropertymap.delete() method that removes the css declaration with the given property from the stylepropertymap. stylepropertymap.clear() method that removes all declarations in the stylepropertymap. cssunparsedvalue the cssunparsedvalue interface of the css typed object model api represents property values that reference custom properties. it consists of a list of string fragments and variable references. cssunparsedvalue.cssunparsedvalue() constructor creates a new cssunparsedvalue object which represents property values that reference custom properties. cssunparsedvalue.entries() method returning an array of a given object's own enumerable property [key, value] pairs in the...
...And 4 more matches

Fullscreen API - Web APIs
see the article guide to the fullscreen api for details on how to use the api. note: support for this api varies somewhat across browsers, with many requiring vendor prefixes and/or not implementing the latest specification. see the browser compatibility section below for details on support for this api. ...
...ilable on the document and element interfaces. note: these event handler properties are not available as html content attributes. in other words, you cannot specify event handlers for fullscreenchange and fullscreenerror in the html content. they must be added by javascript code. ...
...dlers for fullscreenchange and fullscreenerror in the html content. they must be added by javascript code. event handlers on documents document.onfullscreenchange an event handler for the fullscreenchange event that's sent to a document when that document is placed into full-screen mode, or when that document exits full-screen mode. this handler is called only when the entire document is presented in full-screen mode. ...
...And 4 more matches

HTMLFrameSetElement - Web APIs
a domstring structured as a comma-seperated list specifing the height of each column inside a frameset. methods no specific method; inherits methods from its parent, htmlelement and from windoweventhandlers. event handlers no specific event handler; inherits event handlers from its parent, htmlelement and from windoweventhandlers. ...
... method; inherits methods from its parent, htmlelement and from windoweventhandlers. event handlers no specific event handler; inherits event handlers from its parent, htmlelement and from windoweventhandlers. windoweventhandlers.onafterprint is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the afterprint event is raised. windoweventhandlers.onbeforeprint is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the beforeprint event is raised. ...
...inherits event handlers from its parent, htmlelement and from windoweventhandlers. windoweventhandlers.onafterprint is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the afterprint event is raised. windoweventhandlers.onbeforeprint is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the beforeprint event is raised. windoweventhandlers.onbeforeunload is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the beforeunload event is raised. windoweventhandlers.onhashchange is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the hashchange event is raised. ...
...And 4 more matches

HTMLLinkElement - Web APIs
this object inherits all of the properties and methods of the htmlelement interface. ...
...this object inherits all of the properties and methods of the htmlelement interface. ...
... stroke-width="2px" /><text x="416" y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmllinkelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement, and linkstyle. ...
...And 4 more matches

HTMLTableElement - Web APIs
the htmltableelement interface provides special properties and methods (beyond the regular htmlelement object interface it also has available to it by inheritance) for manipulating the layout and presentation of tables in an html document. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 20%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 600 120" preserveaspectratio="xminymin meet"><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/eventtarget" target="_top"><rect x="1" y="1" width="110" height="50" fill="#fff" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="56" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middl...
...oke-width="2px" /><text x="411" y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmltableelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement. htmltableelement.caption is a htmltablecaptionelement representing the first <caption> that is a child of the element, or null if none is found. when set, if the object doesn't represent a <caption>, a domexception with the hierarchyrequesterror name is thrown. if a correct object is given, it is inserted in the tree as the first child of this element and the first <caption> that is a child of this element is removed from the tree, if any. htmltableelement.t...
...of the element, or null if none is found. when set, if the object doesn't represent a <caption>, a domexception with the hierarchyrequesterror name is thrown. if a correct object is given, it is inserted in the tree as the first child of this element and the first <caption> that is a child of this element is removed from the tree, if any. htmltableelement.thead is a htmltablesectionelement representing the first <thead> that is a child of the element, or null if none is found. when set, if the object doesn't represent a <thead>, a domexception with the hierarchyrequesterror name is thrown. if a correct object is given, it is inserted in the tree immediately before the first element that is neither a <caption>, nor a <colgroup>, or as the last child if there is no such element, and the first ...
...And 4 more matches

RTCRemoteOutboundRtpStreamStats.localId - Web APIs
y the rtcinboundrtpstreamstats object whose remoteid matches this value. together, these two objects provide statistics about the inbound and outbound sides of the same synchronization source (ssrc). syntax let localid = rtcremoteoutboundrtpstreamstats.localid; value a domstring which can be compared to the value of an rtcinboundrtpstreamstats object's remoteid property to see if the two represent statistics for each of the two sides of the same set of data received by the local peer. usage notes you can think of the local and remote views of the same rtp stream as pairs, each of which has a reference back to the other one. thus, if an rtcstatsreport includes an remote-outbound-rtp statistics object (of type rtcremoteoutboundrtpstreamstats), it should also have a corresponding inbound-rt...
...rt.get(endremoteoutbound.id); if (startremoteoutbound) { let startinboundstats = findreportentry(startreport, "remoteid", startremoteoutbound.id); let endinboundstats = findreportentry(endreport, "remoteid", endremoteoutbound.id); let elapsedtime = (endremoteoutbound.timestamp - startremoteoutbound.timestamp) / 1000; /* in seconds */ let packetssent = endremoteoutbound.packetssent - startremoteoutbound.packetssent; let bytessent = endremoteoutbound.bytessent - startremoteoutbound.bytessent; let framesdecoded = endinboundstats.framesdecoded - startinboundstats.framesdecoded; let framerate = framesdecoded / elapsedtime; let timestring = ""; if (!isnan(elapsedtime)) { timestring = `...
...remoteoutbound.packetssent - startremoteoutbound.packetssent; let bytessent = endremoteoutbound.bytessent - startremoteoutbound.bytessent; let framesdecoded = endinboundstats.framesdecoded - startinboundstats.framesdecoded; let framerate = framesdecoded / elapsedtime; let timestring = ""; if (!isnan(elapsedtime)) { timestring = ` representing ${elapsedtime}s`; } let framestring = ""; if (!isnan(framesdecoded)) { framestring = `decoded ${framesdecoded} frames for a frame rate of ${framerate.tofixed(2)} fps.<br>`; } let logentry = `<div class="stats-entry"><h2>report id: ${endremoteoutbound.id}</h2>` + `remote peer sent ${packetssent} packets ${t...
...And 4 more matches

Screen.lockOrientation() - Web APIs
tead. note: this method only works for installed web apps or for web pages in full-screen mode. syntax lockallowed = window.screen.lockorientation(orientation); parameters orientation the orientation into which to lock the screen. this is either a string or an array of strings. passing several strings lets the screen rotate only in the selected orientations. the following strings represent the possible orientation requirements you may specify: portrait-primary it represents the orientation of the screen when it is in its primary portrait mode. a screen is considered in its primary portrait mode if the device is held in its normal position and that position is in portrait, or if the normal position of the device is in landscape and the device held turned by 90° clockwise. the n...
...it-primary it represents the orientation of the screen when it is in its primary portrait mode. a screen is considered in its primary portrait mode if the device is held in its normal position and that position is in portrait, or if the normal position of the device is in landscape and the device held turned by 90° clockwise. the normal position is device dependant. portrait-secondary it represents the orientation of the screen when it is in its secondary portrait mode. a screen is considered in its secondary portrait mode if the device is held 180° from its normal position and that position is in portrait, or if the normal position of the device is in landscape and the device held is turned by 90° anticlockwise. the normal position is device dependant. ...
...resents the orientation of the screen when it is in its secondary portrait mode. a screen is considered in its secondary portrait mode if the device is held 180° from its normal position and that position is in portrait, or if the normal position of the device is in landscape and the device held is turned by 90° anticlockwise. the normal position is device dependant. landscape-primary it represents the orientation of the screen when it is in its primary landscape mode. a screen is considered in its primary landscape mode if the device is held in its normal position and that position is in landscape, or if the normal position of the device is in portrait and the device held is turned by 90° clockwise. the normal position is device dependant. ...
...And 4 more matches

TouchEvent - Web APIs
the touchevent interface represents an uievent which is sent when the state of contacts with a touch-sensitive surface changes. this surface can be a touch screen or trackpad, for example. the event can describe one or more points of contact with the screen and includes support for detecting movement, addition and removal of contact points, and so forth. touches are represented by the touch object; each touch is described by a position, size and shape, amount of pressure, and target element. lists of touches are represented by touchlist objects. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 11.666666666666666%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" vi...
...xt { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} constructor touchevent() creates a touchevent object. properties this interface inherits properties from its parent, uievent and event. touchevent.altkey read only a boolean value indicating whether or not the alt key was down when the touch event was fired. touchevent.changedtouches read only a touchlist of all the touch objects representing individual points of contact whose states changed between the previous touch event and this one. touchevent.ctrlkey read only a boolean value indicating whether or not the control key was down when the touch event was fired. touchevent.metakey read only a boolean value indicating whether or not the meta key was down when the touch event was fired. touchevent.shiftkey read only a boole...
....shiftkey read only a boolean value indicating whether or not the shift key was down when the touch event was fired. touchevent.targettouchesread only a touchlist of all the touch objects that are both currently in contact with the touch surface and were also started on the same element that is the target of the event. touchevent.touches read only a touchlist of all the touch objects representing all current points of contact with the surface, regardless of target or changed status. touchevent.rotation read only change in rotation (in degrees) since the event's beginning. positive values indicate clockwise rotation; negative values indicate anticlockwise rotation. initial value: 0.0 touchevent.scale read only distance between two digits since the event's beginning. expressed ...
...And 4 more matches

WebRTC connectivity - Web APIs
fer. they will then send this offer to peer b using the chosen signal channel. peer b will receive the offer from the signal channel and create an answer. they will then send this back to peer a along the signal channel. session descriptions the configuration of an endpoint on a webrtc connection is called a session description. the description includes information about the kind of media being sent, its format, the transfer protocol being used, the endpoint's ip address and port, and other information needed to describe a media transfer endpoint. this information is exchanged and stored using session description protocol (sdp); if you want details on the format of sdp data, you can find it in rfc 2327. when a user starts a webrtc call to another user, a special description is created calle...
...it proposes an incompatible format, it's necessary that each endpoint have the ability to propose a new format but not actually switch to it until it's accepted by the other peer. for that reason, webrtc uses pending and current descriptions. the current description (which is returned by the rtcpeerconnection.currentlocaldescription and rtcpeerconnection.currentremotedescription properties) represents the description currently in actual use by the connection. this is the most recent connection that both sides have fully agreed to use. the pending description (returned by rtcpeerconnection.pendinglocaldescription and rtcpeerconnection.pendingremotedescription) indicates a description which is currently under consideration following a call to setlocaldescription() or setremotedescription(), r...
... udp (since it's faster, and media streams are able to recover from interruptions relatively easily), but the ice standard does allow tcp candidates as well. generally, ice candidates using tcp are only going to be used when udp is not available or is restricted in ways that make it not suitable for media streaming. not all browsers support ice over tcp, however. ice allows candidates to represent connections over either tcp or udp, with udp generally being preferred (and being more widely supported). each protocol supports a few types of candidate, with the candidate types defining how the data makes its way from peer to peer. udp candidate types udp candidates (candidates with their protocol set to udp) can be one of these types: host a host candidate is one for which its ip addres...
...And 4 more matches

Starting up and shutting down a WebXR session - Web APIs
assuming you're already familiar with 3d graphics in general and webgl in particular, taking that next bold step into mixed reality—the idea of presenting artificial scenery or objects in addition to or in place of the real world—is not overly complicated. before you can begin to render your augmented or virtual reality scenario, you need to create and set up the webxr session, and you should know how to shut it down properly as well. you will learn how to do these things in this article. accessing the webxr api your app's access to the webxr api begins with the xrsystem object. this object represents the overall webxr device suite available to you through the hardware and drivers available on the user's equipment. there is a global xrsystem object available for use by your document t...
...ou must call requestsession() from a user event handler, such as the handler for the click event. for more specifics about securing webxr actitvities and usage, see the article permissions and security for webxr. confirming the session type you need is available before trying to create a new webxr session, it's often wise to first check to see if the user's hardware and software support the presentation mode you wish to use. this can also be used to determine whether to use an immersive or an inline presentation, for example. to find out if a given mode is supported, simply call the xrsystem method issessionsupported(). this returns a promise which resolves to true if the given type of session is available for use or false otherwise. const immersiveok = await navigator.xr.issessionsupport...
...s to true if the given type of session is available for use or false otherwise. const immersiveok = await navigator.xr.issessionsupported("immersive-vr"); if (immersiveok) { // create and use an immersive vr session } else { // create an inline session instead, or tell the user about the // incompatibility if inline is required } creating and starting the session a webxr session is represented by an xrsession object. to obtain an xrsession, you call your xrsystem's requestsession() method, which returns a promise that resolves with an xrsession if it's able to establish one successfully. fundamentally, that looks like this: xr.requestsession("immersive-vr").then((session) => { xrsession = session; /* continue to set up the session */ }); note the parameter passed into requests...
...And 4 more matches

Basic concepts behind Web Audio API - Web APIs
audio>, oscillator, or stream. create effects nodes, such as reverb, biquad filter, panner, or compressor. choose the final destination for the audio, such as the user's computer speakers. establish connections from the audio sources through zero or more effects, eventually ending at the chosen destination. channel notation the number of audio channels available on a signal is frequently presented in a numeric format, such as 2.0 or 5.1. this is called channel notation. the first number is the number of full frequency range audio channels that the signal includes. the number after the period indicates the number of those channels which are reserved for low-frequency effect (lfe) outputs; these are often referred to as subwoofers. each input or output is composed of one or more audio ...
...s 2.0 or 5.1. this is called channel notation. the first number is the number of full frequency range audio channels that the signal includes. the number after the period indicates the number of those channels which are reserved for low-frequency effect (lfe) outputs; these are often referred to as subwoofers. each input or output is composed of one or more audio channels, which together represent a specific audio layout. any discrete channel structure is supported, including mono, stereo, quad, 5.1, and so on. audio sources can be obtained in a number of ways: sound can be generated directly in javascript by an audio node (such as an oscillator). created from raw pcm data (the audio context has methods to decode supported audio formats). taken from html media elements (such as <vi...
...formation can be found on the wikipedia page sampling (signal processing). audio buffers: frames, samples and channels an audiobuffer takes as its parameters a number of channels (1 for mono, 2 for stereo, etc), a length, meaning the number of sample frames inside the buffer, and a sample rate, which is the number of sample frames played per second. a sample is a single float32 value that represents the value of the audio stream at each specific point in time, in a specific channel (left or right, if in the case of stereo). a frame, or sample frame, is the set of all values for all channels that will play at a specific point in time: all the samples of all the channels that play at the same time (two for a stereo sound, six for 5.1, etc.) the sample rate is the number of those samples (or ...
...And 4 more matches

window.postMessage() - Web APIs
ence include: window.open (to spawn a new window and then reference it), window.opener (to reference the window that spawned this one), htmliframeelement.contentwindow (to reference an embedded <iframe> from its parent window), window.parent (to reference the parent window from within an embedded <iframe>), or window.frames + an index value (named or numeric). message data to be sent to the other window. the data is serialized using the structured clone algorithm. this means you can pass a broad variety of data objects safely to the destination window without having to serialize them yourself. [1] targetorigin specifies what the origin of targetwindow must be for the event to be dispatched, either as the literal string "*" (indicating no preference) or as a uri. if at the t...
... event to be dispatched, either as the literal string "*" (indicating no preference) or as a uri. if at the time the event is scheduled to be dispatched the scheme, hostname, or port of targetwindow's document does not match that provided in targetorigin, the event will not be dispatched; only if all three match will the event be dispatched. this mechanism provides control over where messages are sent; for example, if postmessage() was used to transmit a password, it would be absolutely critical that this argument be a uri whose origin is the same as the intended receiver of the message containing the password, to prevent interception of the password by a malicious third party. always provide a specific targetorigin, not *, if you know where the other window's document should be located. faili...
...d event otherwindow can listen for dispatched messages by executing the following javascript: window.addeventlistener("message", receivemessage, false); function receivemessage(event) { if (event.origin !== "http://example.org:8080") return; // ... } the properties of the dispatched message are: data the object passed from the other window. origin the origin of the window that sent the message at the time postmessage was called. this string is the concatenation of the protocol and "://", the host name if one exists, and ":" followed by a port number if a port is present and differs from the default port for the given protocol. examples of typical origins are https://example.org (implying port 443), http://example.net (implying port 80), and http://example.com:8080. note tha...
...And 4 more matches

WindowEventHandlers - Web APIs
can implement additional specific event handlers. note: windoweventhandlers is a mixin and not an interface; you can't actually create an object of type windoweventhandlers. properties the events properties, of the form onxyz, are defined on the windoweventhandlers, and implemented by window, and workerglobalscope for web workers. ...
...lly create an object of type windoweventhandlers. properties the events properties, of the form onxyz, are defined on the windoweventhandlers, and implemented by window, and workerglobalscope for web workers. windoweventhandlers.onafterprint is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the afterprint event is raised. windoweventhandlers.onbeforeprint is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the beforeprint event is raised. ...
...oweventhandlers, and implemented by window, and workerglobalscope for web workers. windoweventhandlers.onafterprint is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the afterprint event is raised. windoweventhandlers.onbeforeprint is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the beforeprint event is raised. windoweventhandlers.onbeforeunload is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the beforeunload event is raised. windoweventhandlers.onhashchange is an eventhandler representing the code to be called when the hashchange event is raised. ...
...And 4 more matches

ARIA Screen Reader Implementors Guide - Accessibility
p live changes are hints: in general live region markup is provided by the author as hints, and the assistive technology may allow for global, site or even region-specific settings, as well as heuristics to help with live changes on pages that have no wai-aria hints. optionally, create a second, additional queue if the user configures a second hardware channel: if there are two channels for presentation (e.g. text to speech and a braille display), then two queues can be maintained to allow for parallel presentation. the channels could be user configured for presenting live regions based on role or politeness. busy regions: any changes in a region marked with aria-busy="true" should not be added to the queue until that attribute is cleared. politeness (aria-live or from role) takes first p...
... from the role (e.g. role="log" is polite by default). assertive items are first then politeness level. alternatively, implementations may choose to have a policy of clearing more polite items, e.g. assertive items clear any polite items from the queue. time takes second precedence: prioritize items with the same politeness level according to when the event occurs (earlier events come first). ...
... a policy of clearing more polite items, e.g. assertive items clear any polite items from the queue. time takes second precedence: prioritize items with the same politeness level according to when the event occurs (earlier events come first). present items of the same politeness level in the order of what occurred first. atomic (aria-atomic="true") regions with multiple changes should not be presented twice with the same content. as a new event for an atomic region is added to the queue remove an earlier event for the same region. ...
...And 4 more matches

@counter-style - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
@counter-style thumbs { system: cyclic; symbols: "\1f44d"; suffix: " "; } ul { list-style: thumbs; } the initial version of css defined a set of useful counter styles. however, although more styles were added to this set of predefined styles over the years, this system proved too restrictive to fulfill the needs of worldwide typography. ...
...phy. the @counter-style at-rule addresses this shortcoming in an open-ended manner, by allowing authors to define their own counter styles when the pre-defined styles aren't fitting their needs. syntax descriptors each @counter-style is identified by a name and has a set of descriptors. system specifies the algorithm to be used for converting the integer value of a counter to a string representation. negative lets the author specify symbols to be appended or prepended to the counter representation if the value is negative. prefix specifies a symbol that should be prepended to the marker representation. prefixes are added to the representation in the final stage, so in the final representation of the counter, it comes before the negative sign. suffix specifies, similar to ...
...or prepended to the counter representation if the value is negative. prefix specifies a symbol that should be prepended to the marker representation. prefixes are added to the representation in the final stage, so in the final representation of the counter, it comes before the negative sign. suffix specifies, similar to the prefix descriptor, a symbol that is appended to the marker representation. suffixes come after the marker representation. range defines the range of values over which the counter style is applicable. if a counter style is used to represent a counter value outside of its ranges, the counter style will drop back to its fallback style. pad is used when you need the marker representations to be of a minimum length. for example if you want the counters to sta...
...And 4 more matches

Value definition syntax - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ifferent, but have a common syntax. typically, the slash is used in shorthand properties; to separate component that are of the same type, but belong to different properties. both symbols appear literally in a value definition. data types basic data types some kind of data are used throughout css, and are defined once for all values in the specification. called basic data types, they are represented with their name surrounded by the symbol '<' and '>': <angle>, <string>, … non-terminal data types less common data types, called non-terminal data types, are also surrounded by '<' and '>'. non-terminal data types are of two kinds: data types sharing the same name of a property, put between quotes. in this case, the data type shares the same set of values as the property. they are oft...
...paces, is called juxtaposition. all juxtaposed components are mandatory and should appear in the exact order. bold <length> , thin this example matches the following values: bold 1em, thin bold 0, thin bold 2.5cm, thin bold 3vh, thin but not: thin 1em, bold, as the entities must be in the expressed order bold 1em thin, as the entities are mandatory; the comma, a literal, must be present bold 0.5ms, thin, as the ms values are not <length> double ampersand separating two or more components, by a double ampersand, &&, means that all these entities are mandatory but may appear in any order. bold && <length> this example matches the following values: bold 1em bold 0 2.5cm bold 3vh bold but not: bold, as both components must appear in the value. bold 1em bold, as bo...
...mponents must appear only one time. note: juxtaposition has precedence over the double ampersand, meaning that bold thin && <length> is equivalent to [ bold thin ] && <length>. it describes bold thin <length> or <length> bold thin but not bold <length> thin. double bar separating two or more components by a double bar, ||, means that all entities are options: at least one of them must be present, and they may appear in any order. typically this is used to define the different values of a shorthand property. <'border-width'> || <'border-style'> || <'border-color'> this example matches the following values: 1em solid blue blue 1em solid 1px yellow but not: blue yellow, as a component must appear at most one single time. bold, as it isn't a keyword allowed as value of any of t...
...And 4 more matches

<area> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
tegories flow content, phrasing content. permitted content none, it is an empty element. tag omission must have a start tag and must not have an end tag. permitted parents any element that accepts phrasing content. the <area> element must have an ancestor <map>, but it need not be a direct parent. ...
...this attribute is required only if the href attribute is used. coords a set of values specifying the coordinates of the hot-spot region. ...
...shape attribute. rect or rectangle: the value is two x,y pairs: left, top, right, bottom. circle: the value is x,y,r where x,y is a pair specifying the center of the circle and r is a value for the radius. poly or polygon: the value is a set of x,y pairs for each point in the polygon: x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3, and so on. the values are numbers of css pixels. download this attribute, if present, indicates that the author intends the hyperlink to be used for downloading a resource. see <a> for a full description of the download attribute. href the hyperlink target for the area. its value is a valid url. this attribute may be omitted; if so, the <area> element does not represent a hyperlink. hreflang indicates the language of the linked resource. allowed values are determined by bcp47...
...And 4 more matches

<input type="checkbox"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
similar to checkboxes, but with an important distinction — radio buttons are grouped into a set in which only one radio button can be selected at a time, whereas checkboxes allow you to turn single values on and off. where multiple controls exist, radio buttons allow one to be selected out of them all, whereas checkboxes allow multiple values to be selected. value a domstring representing the value of the checkbox. events change and input supported common attributes checked idl attributes checked, indeterminate and value methods select() value a domstring representing the value of the checkbox. this is never seen on the client-side, but on the server this is the value given to the data submitted with the checkbox's name. t...
...example, we've got a name of subscribe, and a value of newsletter. when the form is submitted, the data name/value pair will be subscribe=newsletter. if the value attribute was omitted, the default value for the checkbox is on, so the submitted data in that case would be subscribe=on. note: if a checkbox is unchecked when its form is submitted, there is no value submitted to the server to represent its unchecked state (e.g. value=unchecked); the value is not submitted to the server at all. if you wanted to submit a default value for the checkbox when it is unchecked, you could include an <input type="hidden"> inside the form with the same name and value, generated by javascript perhaps. additional attributes in addition to the common attributes shared by all <input> elements, "checkbox" ...
...it a default value for the checkbox when it is unchecked, you could include an <input type="hidden"> inside the form with the same name and value, generated by javascript perhaps. ...
...And 4 more matches

<input type="image"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the following attributes: attribute description alt alternate string to display when the image can't be shown formaction the url to which to submit the data formenctype the encoding method to use when submitting the form data formmethod the http method to use when submitting the form formnovalidate a boolean which, if present, indicates that the form shouldn't be validated before submission formtarget a string indicating a browsing context from where to load the results of submitting the form height the height, in css pixels, at which to draw the image src the url from which to load the image width the width, in css pixels, at which to draw the image alt the alt ...
...tp method to use when submitting the form's data; this value overrides any method attribute given on the owning form. permitted values are: get a url is constructed by starting with the url given by the formaction or action attribute, appending a question mark ("?") character, then appending the form's data, encoded as described by formenctype or the form's enctype attribute. this url is then sent to the server using an http get request. this method works well for simple forms that contain only ascii characters and have no side effects. this is the default value. post the form's data is included in the body of the request that is sent to the url given by the formaction or action attribute using an http post request. this method supports complex data and file attachments. dialog this me...
... or action attribute using an http post request. this method supports complex data and file attachments. dialog this method is used to indicate that the button simply closes the dialog with which the input is associated, and does not transmit the form data at all. this attribute is also available on <input type="submit"> and <button> elements. formnovalidate a boolean attribute which, if present, specifies that the form should not be validated before submission to the server. this overrides the value of the novalidate attribute on the element's owning form. this attribute is also available on <input type="submit"> and <button> elements. formtarget a string which specifies a name or keyword that indicates where to display the response received after submitting the form. the string must...
...And 4 more matches

<link>: The External Resource Link element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
video <video> elements worker worker, sharedworker crossorigin this enumerated attribute indicates whether cors must be used when fetching the resource. cors-enabled images can be reused in the <canvas> element without being tainted. the allowed values are: anonymous a cross-origin request (i.e. with an origin http header) is performed, but no credential is sent (i.e. no cookie, x.509 certificate, or http basic authentication). if the server does not give credentials to the origin site (by not setting the access-control-allow-origin http header) the resource will be tainted and its usage restricted. use-credentials a cross-origin request (i.e. with an origin http header) is performed along with a credential sent (i.e. a cookie, certificate, and/or ht...
...without sending the origin http header), preventing its non-tainted usage. if invalid, it is handled as if the enumerated keyword anonymous was used. see cors settings attributes for additional information. ...
...isabled property in the dom causes the stylesheet to be removed from the document's document.stylesheets list. href this attribute specifies the url of the linked resource. a url can be absolute or relative. hreflang this attribute indicates the language of the linked resource. it is purely advisory. allowed values are determined by bcp47. use this attribute only if the href attribute is present. importance indicates the relative importance of the resource. priority hints are delegated using the values: auto: indicates no preference. the browser may use its own heuristics to decide the priority of the resource. high: indicates to the browser that the resource is of high priority. low: indicates to the browser that the resource is of low priority. note: the importance attri...
...And 4 more matches

<video>: The Video Embed element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
, under user control. see our autoplay guide for additional information about how to properly use autoplay. to disable video autoplay, autoplay="false" will not work; the video will autoplay if the attribute is there in the <video> tag at all. to remove autoplay, the attribute needs to be removed altogether. in some browsers (e.g. chrome 70.0) autoplay doesn't work if no muted attribute is present. autopictureinpicture a boolean attribute which if true indicates that the element should automatically toggle picture-in-picture mode when the user switches back and forth between this document and another document or application. buffered an attribute you can read to determine the time ranges of the buffered media. this attribute contains a timeranges object. controls if this attribut...
...opictureinpicture a boolean attribute which if true indicates that the element should automatically toggle picture-in-picture mode when the user switches back and forth between this document and another document or application. buffered an attribute you can read to determine the time ranges of the buffered media. this attribute contains a timeranges object. controls if this attribute is present, the browser will offer controls to allow the user to control video playback, including volume, seeking, and pause/resume playback. controlslist the controlslist attribute, when specified, helps the browser select what controls to show on the media element whenever the browser shows its own set of controls (e.g. when the controls attribute is specified). the allowed values are nodownload, ...
...d, and its usage restricted. use-credentials sends a cross-origin request with a credential. in other words, it sends the origin: http header with a cookie, a certificate, or performing http basic authentication. if the server does not give credentials to the origin site (through access-control-allow-credentials: http header), the image will be tainted and its usage restricted. when not present, the resource is fetched without a cors request (i.e. without sending the origin: http header), preventing its non-tainted used in <canvas> elements. if invalid, it is handled as if the enumerated keyword anonymous was used. see cors settings attributes for additional information. currenttime reading currenttime returns a double-precision floating-point value indicating the current playback p...
...And 4 more matches

Link types - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ea>, <form>, or <link> element. list of the defined link types and their significance in html link type description allowed in these elements not allowed in these elements alternate if the element is <link> and the rel attribute also contains the stylesheet type, the link defines an alternative style sheet; in that case the title attribute must be present and not be the empty string. if the type is set to application/rss+xml or application/atom+xml, the link defines a syndication feed. the first one defined on the page is the default. otherwise, the link defines an alternative page, of one of these types: for another medium, like a handheld device (if the media attribute is set) in another language (if the hreflang a...
... page this way. note: although recognized, the singular archive is incorrect and must be avoided. <a>, <area>, <link> <form> author defines a hyperlink to a page describing the author or providing a way to contact the author. note: this may be a mailto: hyperlink, but this is not recommended on public pages as robot harvesters will quickly lead to a lot of spam sent to the address. in that case, it is better to lead to a page containing a contact form. although recognized, the rev attribute on <a>, <area> or<link> elements with a link type of made is incorrect and should be replaced by the rel attribute with this link type. <a>, <area>, <link> <form> bookmark indicates that the hyperlink is a permalink for the nearest ancestor <art...
...elp if the element is <a> or <area>, it indicates that the hyperlink leads to a resource giving further help about the parent of the element, and its descendants. if the element is <link> it indicates that the hyperlink leads to a resource giving further help about the page as a whole. <a>, <area>, <form>, <link> none. icon defines a resource for representing the page in the user interface, usually an icon (auditory or visual). in the browser, it is usually referred to as the favicon. if there are multiple <link rel="icon">s, the browser uses their media, type, and sizes attributes to select the most appropriate icon. if several icons are equally appropriate, the last one is used. if the most appropriate icon is later found to be inappropr...
...And 4 more matches

Evolution of HTTP - HTTP
ideos in high resolution and 3d. invention of the world wide web in 1989, while he was working at cern, tim berners-lee wrote a proposal to build a hypertext system over the internet. initially calling it the mesh, it was later renamed to world wide web during its implementation in 1990. built over the existing tcp and ip protocols, it consisted of 4 building blocks: a textual format to represent hypertext documents, the hypertext markup language (html). a simple protocol to exchange these documents, the hyperttext transfer protocol (http). a client to display (and accidentally edit) these documents, the first web browser called worldwideweb. a server to give access to the document, an early version of httpd. these four building blocks were completed by the end of 1990, and the first...
... files could be transmitted, but no other type of documents. there were no status or error codes: in case of a problem, a specific html file was send back with the description of the problem contained in it, for human consumption. ...
...odes: in case of a problem, a specific html file was send back with the description of the problem contained in it, for human consumption. ...
...And 4 more matches

Lexical grammar - JavaScript
cal grammar. the source text of ecmascript scripts gets scanned from left to right and is converted into a sequence of input elements which are tokens, control characters, line terminators, comments or white space. ecmascript also defines certain keywords and literals and has rules for automatic insertion of semicolons to end statements. control characters control characters have no visual representation but are used to control the interpretation of the text. unicode format-control characters code point name abbreviation description u+200c zero width non-joiner <zwnj> placed between characters to prevent being connected into ligatures in certain languages (wikipedia). u+200d zero width joiner <zwj> placed between characters that wou...
...cmascript 2015 break case catch class const continue debugger default delete do else export extends finally for function if import in instanceof new return super switch this throw try typeof var void while with yield future reserved keywords the following are reserved as future keywords by the ecmascript specification. they have no special functionality at present, but they might at some future time, so they cannot be used as identifiers. these are always reserved: enum the following are only reserved when they are found in strict mode code: implements interface let package private protected public static the following are only reserved when they are found in module code: await future reserved keywords in older standards the followi...
...se or uppercase latin letter "x" (0x or 0x). if the digits after 0x are outside the range (0123456789abcdef), the following syntaxerror is thrown: "identifier starts immediately after numeric literal". 0xfffffffffffffffff // 295147905179352830000 0x123456789abcdef // 81985529216486900 0xa // 10 bigint literal the bigint type is a numeric primitive in javascript that can represent integers with arbitrary precision. bigint literals are created by appending n to the end of an integer. 123456789123456789n // 123456789123456789 0o777777777777n // 68719476735 0x123456789abcdefn // 81985529216486895‬ 0b11101001010101010101n // 955733 note that legacy octal numbers with just a leading zero won't work for bigint: // 0755n // syntaxerror: invalid bigint synta...
...And 4 more matches

<semantics> - MathML
the <semantics> element acts as a container element associating annotations and must have child elements (it will raise an invalid markup error otherwise). ...
... the <semantics> element acts as a container element associating annotations and must have child elements (it will raise an invalid markup error otherwise). ...
...e <annotation> element is the container element containing semantic information in a non-xml format, whereas the <annotation-xml> element contains content in an xml format, e.g. content mathml or openmath. the rules of determining the visible child in a <semantics> element are the following: if no rule other rule applies: by default only the first child is rendered, which is supposed to be presentation markup. if the first child is a presentation mathml element other than <annotation> or <annotation-xml>, render the first child. if no presentation mathml is found, render the first <annotation> or <annotation-xml> child element of <semantics>. beware that <annotation-xml> elements are only recognized, if the encoding attribute is set to one of the following: "application/mathml-pr...
...And 4 more matches

Web audio codec guide - Web media technologies
ec's encoder: details about the source audio's format and contents, and the codec and its configuration during the encoding process. for each factor that affects the encoded audio, there is a simple rule that is nearly always true: because the fidelity of digital audio is determined by the granularity and precision of the samples taken to convert it into a data stream, the more data used to represent the digital version of the audio, the more closely the sampled sound will match the source material. the effect of source audio format on encoded audio output because encoded audio inherently uses fewer bits to represent each sample, the source audio format may actually have less impact on the encoded audio size than one might expect. however, a number of factors do still affect the encoded aud...
...omplexity, which generally reduces the amount of compression which is possible. sample rate the more samples available per second, the higher the resulting encoded audio fidelity is likely to be. increasing the sample rate increases the encoded audio file's size. sample size the larger the samples, the more detail each sample can contain, resulting in more accurate representation of each sample. depends on the codec; codecs typically have an internal sample format that may or may not be the same as the original sample size. but more source detail may make the encoded file larger; it will never make it smaller. of course, these effects can be altered by decisions made while encoding the audio. for example, if the encoder is configured to reduce the sample ra...
...el, while aac supports up to 16. in addition to providing audio for specific speakers in a sound system, some codecs may allow audio channels to be used to provide alternative audio, such as vocals in different languages or descriptive audio for visually impaired people. ...
...And 4 more matches

Handling media support issues in web content - Web media technologies
the availability of choices is good for the user, in that they can choose the format that suits their needs best. there is a drawback, however: because there are so many to choose from, with so many different kinds of licenses and design principles involved, each web browser developer is left to its own devices when deciding which media file types and codecs to support. ...
...ticular type of media. this guide covers techniques you can use to develop web content that meets your media needs while providing the most broadly compatible experience possible. topics we will examine fallbacks, baseline media formats, and error handling practices that will let your content work in as many situations as possible. ...
...ns as possible. using poster frames a poster frame is a still image that's representative of the content of a video. this may be simply the first frame of video; however, in many cases, the first frame is blank, or contains nothing but the logo of a business, or some other image that doesn't give the reader any context for the video's contents. a good poster frame is one which is either a representative of the video's contents, or is an image which isn't even from the video itself but contains imagery and/or text which gives the reader a useful idea of the video's contents. in the case of an action movie, for example, the poster frame might be an iconic exemplar image from one of the film's best-known scenes. ...
...And 4 more matches

Codecs used by WebRTC - Web media technologies
the webrtc api makes it possible to construct web sites and apps that let users communicate in real time, using audio and/or video as well as optional data and other information. to communicate, the two devices need to be able to agree upon a mutually-understood codec for each track so they can successfully communicate and present the shared media. this guide reviews the codecs that browsers are required to implement as well as other codecs that some or all browsers support for webrtc. containerless media webrtc uses bare mediastreamtrack objects for each track being shared from one peer to another, without a container or even a mediastream associated with the tracks. which codecs can be within those tracks is not mandated by the webrtc specification. however, rfc 7742 specifies that all we...
...rtc. while compression is always a necessity when dealing with media on the web, it's of additional importance when videoconferencing in order to ensure that the participants are able to communicate without lag or interruptions. of secondary importance is the need to keep the video and audio synchronized, so that the movements and any ancillary information (such as slides or a projection) are presented at the same time as the audio that corresponds. general codec requirements before looking at codec-specific capabilities and requirements, there are a few overall requirements that must be met by any codec configuration used with webrtc. unless the sdp specifically signals otherwise, the web browser receiving a webrtc video stream must be able to handle video at at least 20 fps at a minimum ...
...e are a few overall requirements that must be met by any codec configuration used with webrtc. unless the sdp specifically signals otherwise, the web browser receiving a webrtc video stream must be able to handle video at at least 20 fps at a minimum resolution of 320 pixels wide by 240 pixels tall. it's encouraged that video be encoded at a frame rate and size no lower than that, since that's essentially the lower bound of what webrtc generally is expected to handle. sdp supports a codec-independent way to specify preferred video resolutions (rfc 6236. this is done by sending an a=imageattr sdp attribute to indicate the maximum resolution that is acceptable. the sender is not required to support this mechanism, however, so you have to be prepared to receive media at a different resolution t...
...And 4 more matches

Session store API - Archive of obsolete content
restored, it needs to use the session store api's settabvalue() method to save any data it will need in order to restore its state, and then call gettabvalue() to retrieve the previous setting when the tab is restored. the session store api is implemented using the nsisessionstore interface. knowing when to restore each time firefox is about to restore a tab, an event of type sstabrestoring is sent. if your extension wants to be able to restore data when tabs are restored, you can install a listener like this: function myextensionhandlerestore(aevent) { var tab = event.originaltarget; /* the tab being restored */ var uri = tab.linkedbrowser.contentdocument.location; /* the tab's uri */ components.classes["@mozilla.org/consoleservice;1"] .getservice(components.int...
...omponents.interfaces.nsiconsoleservice) .logstringmessage("restoring tab: " + uri); }; document.addeventlistener("sstabrestoring", myextensionhandlerestore, false); simply replace the contents of the function myextensionhandlerestore() with whatever you need to do when the tab is restored. in this example, nsiconsoleservice is used to display a message to the console. this event is sent just before a tab is restored. an event of type sstabrestored fires each time a tab has finished restoring. it's worth noting that this event is sent even if tab loading at startup is deferred until the user selects the tab. firefox 3 note in firefox 3 and later, if you need to detect when a tab is about to be closed so that you can update data associated with the tab before it is closed, you ...
... restoring without restarting firefox 3.6 note this section applies to firefox 3.6 and later. firefox 3.6 knows how to save session store data when the last browser window closes, even if there are still other windows open. ...
...And 3 more matches

An Interview With Douglas Bowman of Wired News - Archive of obsolete content
han two years. i think that fact played a critical role in our team's willingness to try out something completely new. our engineering team actually needed the least convincing to convert over to a standards-based design, because they could also immediately envision the benefits to their workload and maintenance of the site. how is the site styled now that you've ripped out all the html-based presentation? technically, there are 13 total stylesheets used at any one time. the breakdown: 1 master screen media file which imports 4 files: a base file (bulk of formatting) a file for finance/table formatting color file (override colors and background images for specific color scheme) temp file (used for styles associated with temporary features and ad-related pages) 1 print...
...s for the wired news design eliminated the majority of our tables, but left one master table to control the primary columns of each page. that approach meant that the content of every column would have to be loaded and calculated before it would be rendered in the browser window. that wasn't good enough. around that time, i started discovering great sites like glish.com and bluerobot.com. both presented and documented viable means of producing multi-column layouts without a single table. despite some initial setbacks with those approaches due to our own unique scenarios, it wasn't long before i discovered a variation of one of their methods that worked for the wired news design. by eliminating tables that were strictly used for layout, we significantly cut back on the amount of markup and use...
...efore i discovered a variation of one of their methods that worked for the wired news design. by eliminating tables that were strictly used for layout, we significantly cut back on the amount of markup and useless tags in our html, and gained a structure that is much easier to maintain. now that the content is not locked into a specific table structure, we have much more flexibility in how we present that content. a few changes to the css can completely alter the presentation of thousands of pages. as a very welcome side benefit, we also believe the accessibility of wired news will dramatically improve without the clutter of nested layout tables. are you setting up your columns with floats or positioning? in trying to eliminate that last table i was using to set the column structure of our ...
...And 3 more matches

Inner-browsing extending the browser navigation paradigm - Archive of obsolete content
show its age and its limitations. for web developers, for example, it provides less fine-grained control over the experience, and it can strain bandwidth and other resources. and for users it usually doesn't begin to approach the seamlessness and usability of good application user interfaces. recently, however, modern browsers and enriched web standards have begun to make new navigational and presentational models possible. one such model is inner-browsing, which is our name for a model in which all navigation occurs within a single page, as in a typical application interface. the single-page context and abstraction of data from the presentation can give your web applications new continuity, precision and control. this model is also interesting because is optimized to access contextual data i...
...rames only for the communication channel and use the dom and javascript to bind the content with the document in the main working page. ...
... \_____ send content to proper layout components the method presented here separates data request from data binding. this approach allows us to untie from the traditional navigation model. a request to a web server no longer requires a new page to be loaded, in order to update information in a page seamlessly. as a general approach, the main steps to the iframe-based implementation can be represented as follows: create a hidden iframe in the page; when a new content is required, ask for the content to the iframe; the iframe will load the content and callback a function in the main page; update the main page. of course, specific implementations may have different requirements, like the use of multiple iframe elements to make multiple requests retrieving different contents at the sa...
...And 3 more matches

MCD, Mission Control Desktop, AKA AutoConfig - Archive of obsolete content
", "account2"); lockpref("mail.accountmanager.localfoldersserver", "server1"); lockpref("mail.identity.id1.directoryserver", "ldap_2.servers.ldapint"); lockpref("mail.identity.id1.draft_folder", "imap://" + env_user + "@imap-int.int-evry.fr/drafts"); lockpref("mail.identity.id1.drafts_folder_picker_mode", "0"); lockpref("mail.identity.id1.fcc_folder", "imap://" + env_user + "@imap-int.int-evry.fr/sent"); lockpref("mail.identity.id1.fcc_folder_picker_mode", "0"); lockpref("mail.identity.id1.organization", "int evry france"); lockpref("mail.identity.id1.overrideglobal_pref", true); lockpref("mail.identity.id1.reply_to", ""); //imap lockpref("mail.server.server2.hostname", "imap-int.int-evry.fr"); lockpref("mail.server.server2.issecure", true); lockpref("mail.server.server2.login_at_startup", tr...
...file:////usr/lib/thunderbird-3.0b2/defaults/autoconfig/prefcalls.js :: getldapattributes :: line 174" data: no] bug 295329 had been re-opened . autoconfig option and ldap support in thunderbird 1.5.x fortunately, autoconfig is now part of thunderbird default packages. moz_ldap_xpcom=1 and moz_extensions_default="wallet spellcheck xmlextras pref webservices universalcharset auth" are now present in the default configure script. see bug 295329 for details. add the autoconfig option for old thunderbird 1.0.x by default, autoconfig did not make part of the binaries distribution of thunderbird (1.0.x). it was apparently supposed to increase the load of the binary for a feature not used by lots of individuals. however for enterprise deployment, it is vital! so we needed to recompile thunder...
...rm.js /usr/lib/thunderbird-1.0.2/defaults/autoconfig/prefcalls.js bugs reports related for the record, for old 1.0.x releases... unwanted white space reappeared unfortunately the 'blank space bug' has reappeared in thunderbird 1.0.2. see bug 229271. although it was corrected in mozilla mainstream: mozilla/extensions/pref/autoconfig/src/nsldapsyncquery.cpp 1.7.2.1 by late 2004, it is still present in thunderbird 1.0.2 at least :-(, so i applied the workaround i proposed in that bug report (start_pos += 1;). thunderbird 2.x beta 2 recently (2007/03/21) i've tested with thunderbird 2 beta 2 (2007/01/16) to check if autoconfig + ldap is still supported . apprently it's ok . autonfig api is there, ldap call works fine, good !. my tests were on windows vista, and i noticed at least one diffe...
...And 3 more matches

Treehydra Manual - Archive of obsolete content
introduction treehydra is meant to be used for analyses that need more detail than dehydra's flattened asts. instead of representing code in "easy" form like dehydra, treehydra relies on gimple, the gcc internals "middle-end" intermediate representation. treehydra simply reflects the gcc internals structures into javascript. for now, the best way to learn gimple is to look at existing code as there is little newbie documentation to be had. callbacks and gcc intermediate representations like dehydra, treehydra sends program representations to the user javascript via callbacks. there are 3 treehydra callbacks. note that the callbacks interact with other treehydra options. to make things easier, we will first present recipes for accessing specific gcc intermediate representations. treehyd...
...example treehydra script: function process_cp_pre_genericize(fn) { // fn is a function_decl, decl_saved_tree(fn) is ast print(fn); } gimple asts gimple asts are provided via the process_tree callback. by default, this is called just after gcc converts the ast to gimple, before any further lowering or optimization. ...
...ple, before any further lowering or optimization. example: function process_tree(fn) { // fn is a function_decl, decl_saved_tree(fn) is ast print(fn); } gimple cfgs process_tree can also provide gimple cfgs. to get cfgs, you must instruct treehydra to call process_tree after cfg construction. in this case, gimple asts will not be available, as gcc does not save earlier intermediate representations--they are modified in place. thus, it is not currently possible to get both gimple asts and cfgs in the same run of treehydra. require({ after_gcc_pass: "cfg" }); include('gcc_util.js'); // for function_decl_cfg include('gcc_print.js'); function process_tree(fn) { print("function " + decl_name(fn)); // fn is a function_decl let cfg = function_decl_cfg(fn); for (le...
...And 3 more matches

URIs and URLs - Archive of obsolete content
ng is not changed in the process. identifier an identifier is an object that can act as a reference to something that has identity. in the case of uri, the object is a sequence of characters with a restricted syntax. a uri can be further classified as a locator, a name, or both. the term "uniform resource locator" (url) refers to the subset of uri that identify resources via a representation of their primary access mechanism (e.g., their network "location"), rather than identifying the resource by name or by some other attribute(s) of that resource. ... the uri scheme defines the namespace of the uri, and thus may further restrict the syntax and semantics of identifiers using that scheme. although many url schemes are named after protocols, this does not imply that the only way ...
...is via the named protocol. gateways, proxies, caches, and name resolution services might be used to access some resources, independent of the protocol of their origin, and the resolution of some url may require the use of more than one protocol (e.g., both dns and http are typically used to access an "http" url's resource when it can't be found in a local cache). in necko every uri scheme is represented by a protocol handler. sometimes a protocol handler represents more than one scheme. the protocol handler provides scheme specific information and methods to create new uris of the schemes it supports. one of the main necko goals is to provide a "plug able" protocol support. this means that it should be possible to add new protocols to necko just by implementing nsiprotocolhandler and nsichanne...
...ichannel. it also might be necessary to implement a new urlparser for a new protocol but that might not be necessary because necko already provides uri implementations that can deal with a number of schemes, by implementing the generic urlparser defined in rfc 2396. ...
...And 3 more matches

XML - Archive of obsolete content
guage. xul is based upon xml, so it inherits a lot of the rules and syntax described above from this "meta-language," as you will see. any familiarity you already have with xml will help you quickly get up to speed developing with xul. xml is a language for creating other languages. it is a language for describing the structure of data. it does not describe the way in which this data is to be presented, like its semantically-challenged cousin html does, and it doesn't have much to say about the data itself. when someone says they are using xml, what they probably mean is that they have used xml to define their own syntax for marking up some data they are interested in. lots of people have created new languages out of xml. mathml and the chemical markup language (cml) are two of the better-kn...
...they have used xml to define their own syntax for marking up some data they are interested in. lots of people have created new languages out of xml. mathml and the chemical markup language (cml) are two of the better-known and more widely-used languages, but there are hundreds. information developers create languages particular to their applications, any time they need a very specific way to represent the structure of some data. when we say language, we mean that developers create a set of terms, orlexicon, and a relationship between these terms, or what some people call agrammar. then they insist that their authors use the language to describe the thing it has been created for. those authors may be people or machines, but they must use the new language if the readers are to understand what s...
...e new language if the readers are to understand what sort of data it is they are reading. it's much simpler than it seems -- much simpler, in fact, than a lot of xml primers and references would have you believe. in fact, let's create a new xml-based language right now called "memoml". it will consist of a lexicon of four terms: memo, to, from, body -- all of which fit together into a syntax represented in most xml circles as: <!element memo (from, to, body)> for developers accustomed to reading and using xml, this definition indicates that the root element "memo" is constituted by a "from" element, then a "to" element, then a "body" element. that's it. in our new language, there are only four words, but they are adequate to describe thestructure of a real, very simple memo. note that our l...
...And 3 more matches

textbox - Archive of obsolete content
uttons next to it to allow the user to adjust the value. the value may still be adjusted with the keyboard. the default value is false. increment type: integer the amount by which the curpos (for scroll bars) or value (for number boxes and scale) attribute changes when the arrows are clicked(or scales are dragged). the default value is 1. label type: string if present and not empty, this will be exposed to screen readers through the label property. type: integer the maximum value that the scale or number box may be set to. the default value is 100 for scales and infinity for number boxes. maxlength type: integer the maximum number of characters that the textbox allows to be entered. min type: integer the mi...
... note: the behavior of this event has evolved over time. prior to gecko 1.9 (firefox 3), the script code would execute in the context of the anonymous html <input> element inside the textbox binding. from gecko 1.9 to gecko 12.0 (firefox 12.0 / thunderbird 12.0 / seamonkey 2.9), the script code would actually execute twice, once in the context of the anonymous...
...9), the script code would actually execute twice, once in the context of the anonymous html <input> element and once in the context of the <textbox> element itself. as of gecko 13.0 (firefox 13.0 / thunderbird 13.0 / seamonkey 2.10), the script code only runs in the context of the <textbox> element, matching the behavior of all other event handlers. onchange type: script code this event is sent when the value of the textbox is changed. the event is not sent until the focus is moved to another element. onfocus type: script code this event is sent when a textbox receives keyboard focus. note: the behavior of this event has evolved over time. prior to gecko 1.9 (firefox 3), the script code would execute in the context of the anonymous html <input> element inside the textbox binding.
...And 3 more matches

nsIContentPolicy - Archive of obsolete content
note: gecko uses type_internal_frame and type_internal_iframe in order to discern the difference internally. these types are mapped to type_subdocument before being passed into the implementation of the content policy and should not be used outside gecko code. type_refresh 8 indicates a timed refresh. shouldload() will never get this, because it does not represent content to be loaded (the actual load triggered by the refresh will go through shouldload() as expected). shouldprocess() will get this for, for example <meta> refresh elements and http refresh headers. type_xbl 9 indicates an xbl binding request, triggered either by -moz-binding css property or the document.addbinding() method. type_ping 10 indicates a ping trig...
... indicates a load initiated by the globalfetch.fetch() method, which is available as a global in both window and worker contexts. type_imageset 21 indicates a request to load an <img> (with the srcset attribute or <picture>. type_web_manifest 22 indicates a request to load a web manifest. type_internal_script 23 an internal constant used to represent scripts loaded using <script> elements. important: this type is mapped to type_script before being passed to content policy implementations, and should not be used outside gecko core code. type_internal_worker 24 an internal constant used to represent scripts loaded through a dedicated worker. important: this type is mapped to type_script before be...
... core code. type_internal_worker 24 an internal constant used to represent scripts loaded through a dedicated worker. important: this type is mapped to type_script before being passed to content policy implementations, and should not be used outside gecko core code. type_internal_shared_worker 25 an internal constant used to represent scripts loaded through a shared worker. important: this type is mapped to type_script before being passed to content policy implementations, and should not be used outside gecko core code. type_internal_embed 26 an internal constant used to represent content loaded from <embed> elements. important: this type is mapped to type_object before being pa...
...And 3 more matches

XForms Output Element - Archive of obsolete content
introduction serves to show the instance data that the element is bound to in a read-only manner (see the spec). to see how they work you can try an xhtml example or a xul example. ...
...a xul example. attributes ui common appearance - the value of this attribute gives a hint to the xforms processor as to which type of widget(s) to use to represent this control accesskey - used to specify the keyboard shortcut for focusing this control single-node binding special value - xpath expression whose evaluation result is used as the output's value. if binding attributes are present on the control then the value attribute is is ignored. type restrictions the output element can be bound to a node containing simple content of any data type. ...
...trol accesskey - used to specify the keyboard shortcut for focusing this control single-node binding special value - xpath expression whose evaluation result is used as the output's value. if binding attributes are present on the control then the value attribute is is ignored. type restrictions the output element can be bound to a node containing simple content of any data type. representations the xforms output element can be represented by the following widgets for the specified data types (or types derived from these data types): text - default representation for instance data of most types, especially static text (xhtml/xul). calendar - used to represent instance data of type date (xhtml/xul). image - if the instance node contains an image, then an output element can be u...
...And 3 more matches

HTML: A good basis for accessibility - Learn web development
ading is, what is a paragraph, etc. it stops after each element, letting you go at whatever pace is comfortable for you. you can jump to the next/previous heading in many screen readers. you can also bring up a list of all headings in many screen readers, allowing you to use them as a handy table of contents to find specific content. people sometimes write headings, paragraphs, etc. using presentational html and line breaks, something like the following: <font size="7">my heading</font> <br><br> this is the first section of my document. <br><br> i'll add another paragraph here too. <br><br> 1. here is <br><br> 2. a list for <br><br> 3. you to read <br><br> <font size="5">my subheading</font> <br><br> this is the first subsection of my document. i'd love people to be able to find this con...
...ipt to make the buttons alert a message), or start typing to enter text in a text input. other form elements have different controls, for example, the <select> element can have its options displayed and cycled between using the up and down arrow keys. note: different browsers may have different keyboard control options available. see using native keyboard accessibility for more details. you essentially get this behavior for free, just by using the appropriate elements, e.g. <h1>links</h1> <p>this is a link to <a href="https://www.mozilla.org">mozilla</a>.</p> <p>another link, to the <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org">mozilla developer network</a>.</p> <h2>buttons</h2> <p> <button data-message="this is from the first button">click me!</button> <button data-message="this is fro...
...ex: a two legged dinosaur standing upright like a human, with small arms, and a large head with lots of sharp teeth.". this highlights the importance of not only using meaningful file names in case so-called alt text is not available, but also making sure that alt text is provided in alt attributes wherever possible. note that the contents of the alt attribute should always provide a direct representation of the image and what it conveys visually. any personal knowledge or extra description shouldn't be included here, as it is not useful for people who have not come across the image before. one thing to consider is whether your images have meaning inside your content, or whether they are purely for visual decoration, and thus have no meaning. if they are decorational, it is better to write a...
...And 3 more matches

HTML: A good basis for accessibility - Learn web development
ading is, what is a paragraph, etc. it stops after each element, letting you go at whatever pace is comfortable for you. you can jump to the next/previous heading in many screen readers. you can also bring up a list of all headings in many screen readers, allowing you to use them as a handy table of contents to find specific content. people sometimes write headings, paragraphs, etc. using presentational html and line breaks, something like the following: <font size="7">my heading</font> <br><br> this is the first section of my document. <br><br> i'll add another paragraph here too. <br><br> 1. here is <br><br> 2. a list for <br><br> 3. you to read <br><br> <font size="5">my subheading</font> <br><br> this is the first subsection of my document. i'd love people to be able to find this con...
...ipt to make the buttons alert a message), or start typing to enter text in a text input. other form elements have different controls, for example, the <select> element can have its options displayed and cycled between using the up and down arrow keys. note: different browsers may have different keyboard control options available. see using native keyboard accessibility for more details. you essentially get this behavior for free, just by using the appropriate elements, e.g. <h1>links</h1> <p>this is a link to <a href="https://www.mozilla.org">mozilla</a>.</p> <p>another link, to the <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org">mozilla developer network</a>.</p> <h2>buttons</h2> <p> <button data-message="this is from the first button">click me!</button> <button data-message="this is fro...
...ex: a two legged dinosaur standing upright like a human, with small arms, and a large head with lots of sharp teeth.". this highlights the importance of not only using meaningful file names in case so-called alt text is not available, but also making sure that alt text is provided in alt attributes wherever possible. note that the contents of the alt attribute should always provide a direct representation of the image and what it conveys visually. any personal knowledge or extra description shouldn't be included here, as it is not useful for people who have not come across the image before. one thing to consider is whether your images have meaning inside your content, or whether they are purely for visual decoration, and thus have no meaning. if they are decorational, it is better to write a...
...And 3 more matches

What is a URL? - Learn web development
web. url stands for uniform resource locator. a url is nothing more than the address of a given unique resource on the web. in theory, each valid url points to a unique resource. such resources can be an html page, a css document, an image, etc. in practice, there are some exceptions, the most common being a url pointing to a resource that no longer exists or that has moved. as the resource represented by the url and the url itself are handled by the web server, it is up to the owner of the web server to carefully manage that resource and its associated url. active learning there is no active learning available yet. deeper dive basics: anatomy of a url here are some examples of urls: https://developer.mozilla.org https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/learn/ https://developer.mozilla.org/se...
...:80 is the port. it indicates the technical "gate" used to access the resources on the web server. it is usually omitted if the web server uses the standard ports of the http protocol (80 for http and 443 for https) to grant access to its resources. otherwise it is mandatory. /path/to/myfile.html is the path to the resource on the web server. in the early days of the web, a path like this represented a physical file location on the web server. nowadays, it is mostly an abstraction handled by web servers without any physical reality. ?key1=value1&key2=value2 are extra parameters provided to the web server. those parameters are a list of key/value pairs separated with the & symbol. the web server can use those parameters to do extra stuff before returning the resource. each web server has ...
...y/value pairs separated with the & symbol. the web server can use those parameters to do extra stuff before returning the resource. each web server has its own rules regarding parameters, and the only reliable way to know if a specific web server is handling parameters is by asking the web server owner. #somewhereinthedocument is an anchor to another part of the resource itself. an anchor represents a sort of "bookmark" inside the resource, giving the browser the directions to show the content located at that "bookmarked" spot. on an html document, for example, the browser will scroll to the point where the anchor is defined; on a video or audio document, the browser will try to go to the time the anchor represents. it is worth noting that the part after the #, also known as the fragment id...
...And 3 more matches

How to build custom form controls - Learn web development
r will be used to display the current value of the control --> <span class="value">cherry</span> <!-- this container will contain all the options available for our control. because it's a list, it makes sense to use the ul element. --> <ul class="optlist"> <!-- each option only contains the value to be displayed, we'll see later how to handle the real value that will be sent with the form data --> <li class="option">cherry</li> <li class="option">lemon</li> <li class="option">banana</li> <li class="option">strawberry</li> <li class="option">apple</li> </ul> </div> note the use of class names; these identify each relevant part regardless of the actual underlying html elements used. this is important to make sure that we don't bind our css and j...
... making the job easier in the code we are about to build, we will use the standard javascript and dom apis to do all the work we need. the features we plan to use are the following: classlist addeventlistener() foreach queryselector() and queryselectorall() beyond the availability of those specific features, there is still ...
...source code handling the control's value now that our control is working, we have to add code to update its value according to user input and make it possible to send the value along with form data. the easiest way to do this is to use a native control under the hood. such a control will keep track of the value with all the built-in controls provided by the browser, and the value will be sent as usual when a form is submitted. there's no point in reinventing the wheel when we can have all this done for us. as seen previously, we already use a native select control as a fallback for accessibility reasons; we can simply synchronize its value with that of our custom control: // this function updates the displayed value and synchronizes it with the native control. // it takes two parame...
...And 3 more matches

Introduction to the server side - Learn web development
prerequisites: basic computer literacy. a basic understanding of what a web server is. objective: to gain familiarity with what server-side programming is, what it can do, and how it differs from client-side programming. most large-scale websites use server-side code to dynamically display different data when needed, generally pulled out of a database stored on a server and sent to the client to be displayed via some code (e.g. html and javascript). perhaps the most significant benefit of server-side code is that it allows you to tailor website content for individual users. dynamic sites can highlight content that is more relevant based on user preferences and habits. it can also make sites easier to use by storing personal preferences and information — for example r...
...channels. all of these capabilities enable much deeper engagement with users. in the modern world of web development, learning about server-side development is highly recommended. what is server-side website programming? web browsers communicate with web servers using the hypertext transfer protocol (http). when you click a link on a web page, submit a form, or run a search, an http request is sent from your browser to the target server. the request includes a url identifying the affected resource, a method that defines the required action (for example to get, delete, or post the resource), and may include additional information encoded in url parameters (the field-value pairs sent via a query string), as post data (data sent by the http post method), or in associated cookies. web servers...
...works. web frameworks are collections of functions, objects, rules and other code constructs designed to solve common problems, speed up development, and simplify the different types of tasks faced in a particular domain. again, while both client and server-side code use frameworks, the domains are very different, and hence so are the frameworks. client-side web frameworks simplify layout and presentation tasks while server-side web frameworks provide a lot of “common” web server functionality that you might otherwise have to implement yourself (e.g. support for sessions, support for users and authentication, easy database access, templating libraries, etc.). note: client-side frameworks are often used to help speed up development of client-side code, but you can also choose to write al...
...And 3 more matches

Experimental features in Firefox
refer to bug 1506364 for more details. release channel version added enabled by default? nightly 80 no developer edition 80 no beta 80 no release 80 no preference name layout.css.prefers-contrast.enabled apis graphics: canvas, webgl, and webgpu interface: offscreencanvas the ...
...tion is still a work-in-progress. see bug 1602129 for our progress on this api. release channel version added enabled by default? nightly 73 no developer edition 73 no beta 73 no release 73 no preference name dom.webgpu.enabled html dom api global event: beforeinput the global beforeinput event is sent to an <input> element—or any element whose contenteditable attribute is enabled—immediately before the element's value changes. release channel version added enabled by default? nightly 74 no developer edition 74 no beta 74 no release 74 no preference name dom.input_events.beforeinput.enabled ht...
...ose found in the webrtc api, the web audio api, the media session api, the media source extensions api, the encrypted media extensions api, and the media capture and streams api. media session api the entire firefox implementation of the media session api is currently experimental. this api is used to customize the handling of media-related notifications, to manage events and data useful for presenting a user interface for managing media playback, and to obtain media file metadata. see bug 1112032 for more details. release channel version added enabled by default? nightly 71 yes developer edition 71 no beta 71 no release 71 no preference name dom.media.mediasession.enabled asynchronous sourcebu...
...And 3 more matches

Message manager overview
s to communicate with chrome-privileged javascript code in a different process. this article describes the different types of message manager, how to access them, and at a high level, what sorts of things you can use them for. at the top level, there are two different sorts of message managers: frame message managers: these enable chrome process code to load a script into a browser frame (essentially, a single browser tab) in the content process. these scripts are called frame scripts, and as the name suggests, they are scoped to a specific browser frame. if chrome code wants to run code in the content process so it can access web content, this is usually the sort of message manager to use. process message managers: these correspond to process boundaries, and enable code running in the ...
...nager api to communicate with the frame script some older articles on multiprocess firefox and the message manager might refer to "content scripts" instead of "frame scripts". this usage is deprecated because the add-on sdk uses "content script" to refer to a similar but different kind of script. so fundamentally, frame message managers enable chrome code to: load a script into a frame (essentially, a single browser tab) in the content process. these scripts are called "frame scripts". communicate with frame scripts using message-passing apis there are various types of frame message managers, as depicted in this diagram: this diagram shows the setup when there are 2 browser windows open, one with 2 tabs open and one with 1 tab open. chrome process in the chrome process, there's...
... window message manager description there's a window message manager for every browser window: two, in the diagram above. it operates on all content tabs in a given window. if you load a frame script using the window message manager it gets loaded separately into each tab open in that particular window. if you send a message using the window message manager, it gets sent to all content tabs in that window. its most important functions and attributes are: childcount : contains the number of children (typically, browser tabs) getchildat() : get the child at the given index loadframescript() : load a frame script into every tab in this window broadcastasyncmessage() : send a message to all frame scripts in this window addmessagelistener...
...And 3 more matches

Overview of Mozilla embedding APIs
infrastructure necessary to support dynamic registration, instantiation and manipulation of xpcom components. at the heart of xpcom's implementation is the service manager and the component manager. together, these two services provide a centralized point for gaining access to all of the public mozilla interfaces. the service manager exposes all of the available xpcom services - each service represents a global object which provides some piece of functionality. the component manager allows new instances of registered xpcom components to be instantiated. the embedding layer consists of several components built on top of xpcom and its services. much of the gecko functionality is exposed through a component called the nswebbrowser. embedding applications can leverage this component to easily acc...
.... the component manager allows new instances of registered xpcom components to be instantiated. the embedding layer consists of several components built on top of xpcom and its services. much of the gecko functionality is exposed through a component called the nswebbrowser. embedding applications can leverage this component to easily access many of gecko's features. each webbrowser instance represents the "client-area" of a typical browser window. the webbrowser exposes a set of interfaces which allow the embedding application to control activity and respond to changes within this client area. using these interfaces an embedding application can build up its own user interface around a webbrowser instance. public classes the following utility classes are available from the xpcom dll. they pro...
... interface's nsiid. typically the ns_get_iid(...) macro is used instead of using the nscomtypeinfo template directly. ns_getweakreference this function creates a weak reference to a component which implements the nsiweakreference interface. global services nsservicemanager the service manager is the central repository for accessing instances of the various xpcom services. each service is represented by a singleton object which is instantiated the first time it is requested and remains alive until the service manager is shut down, or the service is explicitly unloaded. through the service manager, individual services can be loaded, unloaded and accessed. implemented interfaces: nsiservicemanager related interfaces: nsishutdownlistener nsmemory the nsmemory service provides the globa...
...And 3 more matches

InstallListener
void oninstallfailed(in addoninstall install) void onexternalinstall(in addon install, in addon existingaddon, in boolean needsrestart) methods onnewinstall() called when a new instance of addoninstall is created, primarily so ui can display some kind of progress for all installs. void onnewinstall( in addoninstall install ) parameters install the addoninstall representing the install ondownloadstarted() called when downloading begins for an add-on install. only called for add-ons that need to be downloaded. a listener may return false to cancel the download. void ondownloadstarted( in addoninstall install ) parameters install the addoninstall representing the install ondownloadprogress() called as data is received during a download. check the prog...
...ers install the addoninstall representing the install ondownloadprogress() called as data is received during a download. check the progress property for the amount of data downloaded and the maxprogress property for the total data expected. a listener may return false to cancel the download. void ondownloadprogress( in addoninstall install ) parameters install the addoninstall representing the install ondownloadended() called when downloading completes successfully for an add-on install. only called for add-ons that need to be downloaded. void ondownloadended( in addoninstall install ) parameters install the addoninstall representing the install ondownloadcancelled() called when downloading is cancelled. only called for add-ons that need to be downloaded. void ond...
...dd-on install. only called for add-ons that need to be downloaded. void ondownloadended( in addoninstall install ) parameters install the addoninstall representing the install ondownloadcancelled() called when downloading is cancelled. only called for add-ons that need to be downloaded. void ondownloadcancelled( in addoninstall install ) parameters install the addoninstall representing the install ondownloadfailed() called if there is some error downloading the add-on. only called for add-ons that need to be downloaded. void ondownloadfailed( in addoninstall install ) parameters install the addoninstall representing the install oninstallstarted() called when installation of an add-on begins. a listener may return false to cancel the install. void oninstallstar...
...And 3 more matches

Mozilla Web Developer FAQ
uirks mode for html is to omit the doctype declaration. however, authoring new documents that rely on quirks is discouraged. the almost standards mode was introduced in mozilla 1.1 beta and mozilla 1.0.1. in earlier versions the doctype declarations that now activate the almost standards mode activated the standards mode. doctype sniffing only applies to documents served as text/html. documents sent as xml always activate the standards layout mode. this includes documents sent as application/xhtml+xml. the consequence is that xhtml 1.0 transitional documents are rendered in the almost standards mode when served as text/html under pretext of the appendix c but in the standards mode when served as application/xhtml+xml. since also other contemporary browsers have a standards mode, activating ...
...s an at-rule. if @import is used, it should be the first thing in a css file. css parsing errors are reported to the javascript console. is the server sending the proper content-type header for css style sheets? the correct type is text/css. in the standards mode and the almost standards mode only style sheets with the correct type are applied. you can see the http headers sent by the server by using the livehttpheaders extension or by using the web sniffer. class names and ids are case-sensitive. the element selectors are case-sensitive with xml. style sheet processing instructions are only allowed in the prolog of xml documents. also, they only work in xml documents—not in documents served as text/html. width and height do not apply to non-replaced inline e...
...n encoded using a legacy encoding for transfer)—not font glyph indexes. <font face="symbol">a</font> means the character latin small letter a (u+0061) preferably displayed using the symbol font. since the symbol font does not have glyph for that character, another font is used. if you mean α, you should use greek small letter alpha (u+03b1). if you are using a legacy encoding that cannot represent that character, you can use a numeric character reference: &#945;. likewise, to use a dingbat, you should use the appropriate unicode character instead of trying to apply a dingbat font to an ascii character. for example, to represent ☺, you should use white smiling face (u+263a). why isn’t mozilla rendering my page as i intended? so my page isn’t standards-compliant, but good browsers sh...
...And 3 more matches

PKCS11 FAQ
s have a cka_id generated from some part of the public key. this value is set when the key is generated, so that nss will be able to find the key when the certificate for that key is loaded. this case is interesting only for read/write tokens. what labels does nss use to identify certificates? nss can use the cka_label attribute to identify user certificates (see previous question) and presents this label to the user. therefore, each user certificate must have some label associated with it. the label for a token certificate is presented to the user as follows:token label :certificate label . this implies that eachtoken label should be unique and meaningful to the user, and that eachcertificate label should be unique to the token. nss gets the value of the cka_label attribute from the ...
...eys and loads them into the token. how is private key handled when an external pkcs #11 module is loaded? is it picked up from the token when securing, or does nss expect it to be added in its private key database to use it? while certificates may be read into the temporary database, private keys are never extracted from the pkcs #11 module unless the user is trying to back up the key. nss represents each private key and a pointer to its pkcs #11 slot as a ck_object_handle. when nss needs to do anything with a private key, it calls the pcks #11 module that holds the key. if a pkcs #11 library reports that, for example, it does not support rsa signing operations, does nss expect to be able to pull an rsa private key off the token using the c_getattributevalue call and then do the operation i...
... rsa private key will contain all the attributes specified by pkcs #11 version 2.0. this is also true for ckm_dsa and ckm_dsa_gen_keypair. what is the c_generatekeypair process? for example, what happens when an application in the a server asks an nss based client to do a keypair generation while a smartcard is attached? how is the private key stored to the smartcard, and how is the public key sent to the server (with wrapping?). the private key is created using c_generatekeypair or stored using c_createobject (depending on who generates the key). nss does not keep a copy of the generated key if it generates the key itself. key generation in mozilla clients is triggered either by the standard <keygen> tag, or by the keygen functions off the window.crypto object. this is the same method use...
...And 3 more matches

sslerr.html
the local system and the remote system are in different fortezza domains. they must be in the same domain to communicate. ssl_error_unknown_cipher_suite -12266 "an unknown ssl cipher suite has been requested." the application has attempted to configure ssl to use an unknown cipher suite. ssl_error_no_ciphers_supported -12265 "no cipher suites are present and enabled in this program." possible causes: (a) all cipher suites have been configured to be disabled, (b) the only cipher suites that are configured to be enabled are those that are disallowed by cipher export policy, (c) the socket is configured to handshake as a server, but the certificate associated with that socket is inappropriate for the key exchange algorithm selected. ...
...end the connection. the receipt of this alert is an error only if it occurs while a handshake is in progress. ssl_error_pub_key_size_limit_exceeded -12210 "ssl server attempted to use domestic-grade public key with export cipher suite." on a client socket, this error reports that the remote server has failed to perform an "ssl step down" for an export cipher. it has sent a certificate bearing a domestic-grade public key, but has not sent a serverkeyexchange message containing an export-grade public key for the key exchange algorithm. such a connection cannot be permitted without violating u.s. export policies. on a server socket, this indicates a failure of the local library. ssl_error_no_server_key_for_alg -12206 "server has no key for the att...
...for example, a server received a message from another server. this probably indicates a flaw in the remote peer's implementation. ssl_error_rx_unexpected_hello_request -12247 "ssl received an unexpected hello request handshake message." ssl_error_rx_unexpected_client_hello -12246 "ssl received an unexpected client hello handshake message." ...
...And 3 more matches

Parser API
whether in spidermonkey shell or firefox (after importing), the global singleton object reflect currently contains just the parse method. properties of the reflect object the reflect object currently consists of a single method. reflect.parse(src[, options]) coerces src to a string and parses the result as a javascript program. by default, the parsing returns a program object (see below) representing the parsed abstract syntax tree (ast). additional options may be provided via the options object, which can include any of the following properties: loc boolean default: true when loc is true, the parser includes source location information in the returned ast nodes. source string default: null a description of the input source; typically a fil...
...of the syntax error object indicate the source location of the syntax error. node objects by default, reflect.parse() produces node objects, which are plain javascript objects (i.e., their prototype derives from the standard object prototype). all node types implement the following interface: interface node { type: string; loc: sourcelocation | null; } the type field is a string representing the ast variant type. each subtype of node is documented below with the specific string of its type field. you can use this field to determine which interface a node implements. the loc field represents the source location information of the node. if the parser produced no information about the node's source location, the field is null; otherwise it is an object consisting of a start position...
...ons are spidermonkey-specific. interface comprehensionexpression <: expression { type: "comprehensionexpression"; body: expression; blocks: [ comprehensionblock | comprehensionif ]; filter: expression | null; } an array comprehension. the blocks array corresponds to the sequence of for and for each blocks. the optional filter expression corresponds to the final if clause, if present. note: array comprehensions are spidermonkey-specific. interface generatorexpression <: expression { type: "generatorexpression"; body: expression; blocks: [ comprehensionblock | comprehensionif ]; filter: expression | null; } a generator expression. as with array comprehensions, the blocks array corresponds to the sequence of for and for each blocks, and the optional filter e...
...And 3 more matches

Building the WebLock UI
ation, you'll have to devise a different means of access (e.g., native widgetry that instantiates and controls the weblock component). client code overview before we get started on the actual user interface, we should establish how the client code is to access the weblock component and use its interfaces to control the web locking of the browser. ...
...all, it's important to be able to represent the basic state of the lock as soon as it's loaded. like the secure page icon, the weblock icon that appears in the lower right corner of the browser should indicate whether the browser is currently locked or unlocked. since the weblock component is always initialized as unlocked, we can have the client code - the javascript code in the interface - represent this state and track it as the user manipulates the iweblock interface. a boolean wlocked variable can do this: // initialize the wlocked variable as unlocked var wlocked = 0; then the functions that get called from the interface and call through to the lock and unlock methods of the weblock component must also adjust this variable accordingly: function wlock() { // check to see if locking ...
... xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul" title="web lock manager" persist="screenx screeny" screenx="24" screeny="24"> </dialog> note that this part of the xul file also contains a stylesheet declaration, which imports css rules and applies them to particular parts of the interface. in gecko, css is used to do virtually all of the presentation of the xul interface - its color, position, style, and to some extent its behavior as well. the web lock manager dialog does not deviate from the look of a standard dialog, so it can use a single declaration to import the "global" skin from the browser and make it available to the widgets you define in weblock.xul. you can save this first, outermost part of the web lock dialog in a file cal...
...And 3 more matches

nsIMsgMessageService
message. (?) displaymessage() when you want a message displayed.... void displaymessage(in string amessageuri, in nsisupports adisplayconsumer, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow, in nsiurllistener aurllistener, in string acharsetoverride, out nsiuri aurl); parameters amessageuri a uri representing the message to display. adisplayconsumer is (for now) an nsidocshell which the message is loaded into. amsgwindow nsimsgwindow for progress and status feedback aurllistener an nsiurllistener acharsetoverride (optional) character set over ride to force the message to use. return values aurl the new nsiuri of the message. openattachment() downloads and opens an attachment. voi...
... in string afilename, in string aurl, in string amessageuri, in nsisupports adisplayconsumer, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow, in nsiurllistener aurllistener); parameters acontenttype the content type of the attachment afilename the name of the attachment. aurl a string representation of the original url associated with the msg. amessageuri rdf resource that describes the message adisplayconsumer msgwindow nsimsgwindow for progress and status feedback aurllistener an nsiurllistener. savemessagetodisk() when you want to spool a message out to a file on disk. this is an async operation of course.note: you must pass in a url listener in order to figure out when ...
...e. void savemessagetodisk(in string amessageuri, in nsifilespec afile, in boolean ageneratedummyenvelope, in nsiurllistener aurllistener, out nsiuri aurl, in boolean canonicallineending, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow); parameters amessageuri url representing the message to spool out to disk. afile the file you want the message saved to. ageneratedummyenvelope usually false. set to true if you want the message appended at the end of the file. aurllistener a nsiurllistener for being notified when the copy is finished. canonicallineending amsgwindow nsimsgwindow for progress and status feedback return values aurl the new nsiuri of the ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIParserUtils
tring sanitize(in astring src, in unsigned long flags); constants constant value description sanitizerallowcomments (1 << 0) flag for sanitizer: allow comment nodes. sanitizerallowstyle (1 << 1) flag for sanitizer: allow <style> elements and style attributes (with contents sanitized in case of -moz-binding). ...
... sanitizerallowstyle (1 << 1) flag for sanitizer: allow <style> elements and style attributes (with contents sanitized in case of -moz-binding). note: if -moz-binding is absent, properties that might be xss risks in other web engines are preserved! ...
...e of -moz-binding). note: if -moz-binding is absent, properties that might be xss risks in other web engines are preserved! sanitizercidembedsonly (1 << 2) flag for sanitizer: only allow cid: urls for embedded content. at present, sanitizing css backgrounds, and so on., is not supported, so setting this together with sanitizerallowstyle doesn't make sense. at present, sanitizing css syntax in svg presentational attributes is not supported, so this option flattens out svg. sanitizerdropnoncsspresentation (1 << 3) flag for sanitizer: drops non-css presentational html elements and attributes, such as <font>, <center>, and the bgcolor attribute. sanitizerdropforms (1 << 4) flag for sanitizer: drops forms and form controls (excludin...
...And 3 more matches

nsIPermissionManager
ve ascii string identifying the consumer. consumers should choose this string to be unique, with respect to other consumers. permission an integer specifying the permission. see nsipermissionmanager.permission_type_constants. expiretype expiration type of the permission. see nsipermissionmanager.permission_expiration_constants. expiretime time (in milliseconds since jan 1 1970 0:00:00) representing expiration of this permission. addfromprincipal() add permission information and permission type for a given principal. if the permission already exists for a given type, it will be modified. it is internally calling add() method using the nsiuri from the principal. void addfromprincipal( in nsiprincipal principal, in string type, in pruint32 permission, [optional] in pruint32 expi...
...ve ascii string identifying the consumer. consumers should choose this string to be unique, with respect to other consumers. permission an integer specifying the permission. see nsipermissionmanager.permission_type_constants. expiretype expiration type of the permission. see nsipermissionmanager.permission_expiration_constants. expiretime time (in milliseconds since jan 1 1970 0:00:00) representing expiration of this permission. remove() remove permission information for a given host string and permission type. void remove( in nsiuri uri, in string type ); parameters nsiuri the uri whose permission will be removed. type a case-sensitive ascii string, identifying the type of the permission to be removed. this must have been previously registered using the add() method. r...
...r all uris. void removeall(); parameters none. testexactpermission() checks if a uri is permitted to perform an action. this requires an exact hostname match, subdomains are not a match. pruint32 testexactpermission( in nsiuri uri, in string type ); parameters uri the uri to be tested. type a case-sensitive ascii string, identifying the consumer. return value a pruint32 representing the permission, or unknown_action if no permission exists. testexactpermissionfromprincipal() checks if a principal is permitted to perform an action. see testexactpermission(). pruint32 testexactpermissionfromprincipal( in nsiprincipal principal, in string type ); parameters principal the principal to be tested. type a case-sensitive ascii string, identifying the consumer. re...
...And 3 more matches

nsIURI
s may be escaped. scheme acstring (us-ascii) the scheme is the protocol to which this uri refers. the scheme is restricted to the us-ascii charset per rfc3986. warning: setting this is highly discouraged outside of a protocol handler implementation, since doing so will generally lead to unpredictable results. spec autf8string returns a string representation of the uri. setting the spec causes the new spec to be parsed using the rules for the scheme the uri currently has. if the string cannot be parsed as a uri, ns_error_malformed_uri thrown. warning: because parsing the string is done using the current uri's scheme, setting the spec to a uri with a different scheme will produce incorrect results. therefore, only protocol handler implementa...
... therefore, only protocol handler implementations should do this. if the uri stores information from the nsiioservice interface's nsiioservice.newuri() call that created it, other than just the parsed string, the behavior of this information when setting the spec attribute is undefined. note: some characters may be escaped. specignoringref autf8string returns a string representation of the uri without the ref (part after the #) portion. note: some characters may be escaped. username autf8string the optional username, assuming the prehost consists of "username:password". exceptions thrown ns_error_failure if username is not applicable to the uri scheme (e.g. about:blank) note: some characters may be escaped. ...
... note: some characters may be escaped. methods clone() clones the uri, returning a new nsiuri object. note: for some protocols, this is more than just an optimization. for example, under mac os x, the spec of a file uri doesn't necessarily uniquely identify a file, since two volumes can have the same name. nsiuri clone(); parameters none. return value an nsiuri object that represents the same uri as the current nsiuri. cloneignoringref() clones the current uri, clearing the 'ref' attribute in the clone. nsiuri cloneignoringref(); parameters none. return value an nsiuri object that represents the same uri as the current nsiuri without the 'ref' attribute. equals() compares the current uri with another uri. note: this is more than a string comparison, as two differe...
...And 3 more matches

Work with animations - Firefox Developer Tools
aggable widget you can use to move to any point in the timeline and see the page at that point. it displays animations created using css transitions, css @keyframes rules, or the web animations api. starting in firefox 48, it will show animations applied to the ::before and ::after pseudo-elements. to see how it works, we'll walk through an example. the box below contains a grayscale icon, representing firefox developer edition. if you click the icon, it enlarges and changes to color, and the name of the browser appears. click the icon again to reverse the effect. these animations are made using the web animations api. let's use the animation inspector to see what's going on in this example. right-click in the box and select "inspect element" make sure the selected element is the <di...
... property orange if a @keyframes animation was used green if the web animations api was used the bar contains a lightning bolt icon if the property was animated using the compositor thread (see more about the cost of animating different css properties). the bar is shaped to reflect the easing effect used for the animation. in the example above you can see that the first bar is concave, representing ease-in, and the second is convex, representing ease-out. if the animation used css transitions, there is one bar for each property transitioned, and it is labeled with the name of the property being transitioned. if the animation used css @keyframes, there is one bar for each animation, labeled with its name. if the animation or transition had a delay, this is shown as a cross-hatched porti...
...ing ease-out. if the animation used css transitions, there is one bar for each property transitioned, and it is labeled with the name of the property being transitioned. if the animation used css @keyframes, there is one bar for each animation, labeled with its name. if the animation or transition had a delay, this is shown as a cross-hatched portion of the bar. delay and enddelay are both represented. if you hover over the bar, a tooltip appears, giving you more detailed information about the animation or transition, including: the type of animation: css transition, css animation, or web animations api the duration of the animation the animation's start and end delay the animation's easing (or timing function). the animation's fill the playback rate of the animation information...
...And 3 more matches

Pixel manipulation with canvas - Web APIs
« previousnext » until now we haven't looked at the actual pixels of our canvas. with the imagedata object you can directly read and write a data array to manipulate pixel data. we will also look into how image smoothing (anti-aliasing) can be controlled and how to save images from your canvas. the imagedata object the imagedata object represents the underlying pixel data of an area of a canvas object. it contains the following read-only attributes: width the width of the image in pixels. height the height of the image in pixels. data a uint8clampedarray representing a one-dimensional array containing the data in the rgba order, with integer values between 0 and 255 (included). the data property returns a uint8clampedarray which can be accessed to look at the r...
...ns the following read-only attributes: width the width of the image in pixels. height the height of the image in pixels. data a uint8clampedarray representing a one-dimensional array containing the data in the rgba order, with integer values between 0 and 255 (included). the data property returns a uint8clampedarray which can be accessed to look at the raw pixel data; each pixel is represented by four one-byte values (red, green, blue, and alpha, in that order; that is, "rgba" format). each color component is represented by an integer between 0 and 255. each component is assigned a consecutive index within the array, with the top left pixel's red component being at index 0 within the array. pixels then proceed from left to right, then downward, throughout the array. the uint8clamped...
...ll preset to transparent black. this does not copy the image data! var myimagedata = ctx.createimagedata(anotherimagedata); getting the pixel data for a context to obtain an imagedata object containing a copy of the pixel data for a canvas context, you can use the getimagedata() method: var myimagedata = ctx.getimagedata(left, top, width, height); this method returns an imagedata object representing the pixel data for the area of the canvas whose corners are represented by the points (left,top), (left+width, top), (left, top+height), and (left+width, top+height). the coordinates are specified in canvas coordinate space units. note: any pixels outside the canvas are returned as transparent black in the resulting imagedata object. this method is also demonstrated in the article manipula...
...And 3 more matches

GeolocationCoordinates - Web APIs
this value can be null if the implementation cannot provide the data. ...
...this value can be null if the implementation cannot provide the data. ...
...titude of the device on earth, as well as the accuracy with which these properties are calculated. properties the geolocationcoordinates interface doesn't inherit any properties. geolocationcoordinates.latitude read only secure context returns a double representing the position's latitude in decimal degrees. geolocationcoordinates.longitude read only secure context returns a double representing the position's longitude in decimal degrees. ...
...And 3 more matches

MessageEvent - Web APIs
web sockets (see the onmessage property of the websocket interface). cross-document messaging (see window.postmessage() and window.onmessage). channel messaging (see messageport.postmessage() and messageport.onmessage). cross-worker/document messaging (see the above two entries, but also worker.postmessage(), worker.onmessage, serviceworkerglobalscope.onmessage, etc.) broadcast channels (see broadcastchannel.postmessage()) and broadcastchannel.onmessage). webrtc data channels (see rtcdatachannel.onmessage). ...
..."12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">messageevent</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} constructor messageevent() creates a new messageevent. properties this interface also inherits properties from its parent, event. messageevent.data read only the data sent by the message emitter. messageevent.origin read only a usvstring representing the origin of the message emitter. messageevent.lasteventid read only a domstring representing a unique id for the event. messageevent.source read only a messageeventsource (which can be a windowproxy, messageport, or serviceworker object) representing the message emitter. messageevent.ports read only an ar...
...in channel messaging or when sending a message to a shared worker). methods this interface also inherits methods from its parent, event. initmessageevent() initializes a message event. ...
...And 3 more matches

Microdata DOM API - Web APIs
tion only. microdata becomes even more useful when scripts can use it to expose information to the user, for example offering it in a form that can be used by other applications. the document.getitems(typenames) method provides access to the top-level microdata items. it returns a nodelist containing the items with the specified types, or all types if no argument is specified. each item is represented in the dom by the element on which the relevant itemscope attribute is found. these elements have their element.itemscope idl attribute set to true. the type(s) of items can be obtained using the element.itemtype idl attribute on the element with the itemscope attribute. methods document . getitems( [ types ] ) returns a nodelist of the elements in the document that create items, that are no...
...s ] ) returns a nodelist of the elements in the document that create items, that are not part of other items, and that are of the types given in the argument, if any are listed. the types argument is interpreted as a space-separated list of types. the document.getitems(typenames) method takes a string that contains an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens that are case-sensitive, representing types. when called, the method must return a live nodelist object containing all the elements in the document, in tree order, that are each top-level microdata items whose types include all the types specified in the method's argument, having obtained the types by splitting the string on spaces. if there are no tokens specified in the argument, then the method must return a nodelist containing...
...mscope attribute, returns an htmlpropertiescollection object with all the element's properties. otherwise, an empty htmlpropertiescollection object. code example this sample shows how the getitems() method can be used to obtain a list of all the top-level microdata items of a particular type given in the document: var cats = document.getitems("http://example.com/feline"); once an element representing an item has been obtained, its properties can be extracted using the properties idl attribute. this attribute returns an htmlpropertiescollection, which can be enumerated to go through each element that adds one or more properties to the item. it can also be indexed by name, which will return an object with a list of the elements that add properties with that name. each element that adds a pr...
...And 3 more matches

Navigator - Web APIs
it allows scripts to query it and to register themselves to carry on some activities. a navigator object can be retrieved using the read-only window.navigator property. properties doesn't inherit any properties, but implements those defined in navigatorid, navigatorlanguage, navigatoronline, navigatorcontentutils, navigatorstorage, navigatorstorageutils, navigatorconcurrenthardware, navigatorplugins, and navigatorusermedia. standard navigatorid.appcodename read only returns the internal "code" name of the current browser. do not rely on this property to return the correct value. navigatorid.appname read only returns a domstring with the official name of the browser. ...
...res available. navigatorplugins.javaenabled read only returns a boolean flag indicating whether the host browser is java-enabled or not. navigator.keyboard read only returns a keyboard object which provides access to functions that retrieve keyboard layout maps and toggle capturing of key presses from the physical keyboard. navigatorlanguage.language read only returns a domstring representing the preferred language of the user, usually the language of the browser ui. the null value is returned when this is unknown. navigatorlanguage.languages read only returns an array of domstring representing the languages known to the user, by order of preference. navigator.locks read only returns a lockmanager object which provides methods for requesting a new lock object and querying fo...
...ad only returns an mimetypearray listing the mime types supported by the browser. navigator.online read only returns a boolean indicating whether the browser is working online. navigator.permissions read only returns a permissions object that can be used to query and update permission status of apis covered by the permissions api. navigatorid.platform read only returns a string representing the platform of the browser. do not rely on this function to return a significant value. navigatorplugins.plugins read only returns a pluginarray listing the plugins installed in the browser. navigatorid.product read only always returns 'gecko', on any browser. this property is kept only for compatibility purpose. navigator.serviceworker read only returns a serviceworkercontainer o...
...And 3 more matches

PannerNode - Web APIs
it is an audionode audio-processing module describing its position with right-hand cartesian coordinates, its movement using a velocity vector and its directionality using a directionality cone. a pannernode always has exactly one input and one output: the input can be mono or stereo but the output is always stereo (2 channels); you can't have panning effects without at least two audio channels! number of inputs 1 number of outputs 1 channel count mode "clamped-max" channel count 2 channel interpretation "speakers" constructor pannernode.pannernode creates a new pannernode object instance. ...
...one defined by the coneouterangle attribute. its default value is 0, meaning that no sound can be heard. pannernode.distancemodel an enumerated value determining which algorithm to use to reduce the volume of the audio source as it moves away from the listener. possible values are "linear", "inverse" and "exponential". the default value is "inverse". pannernode.maxdistance a double value representing the maximum distance between the audio source and the listener, after which the volume is not reduced any further. pannernode.orientationx represents the horizontal position of the audio source's vector in a right-hand cartesian coordinate system. while this audioparam cannot be directly changed, its value can be altered using its value property. the default is value is 1. pannernode.orient...
...um distance between the audio source and the listener, after which the volume is not reduced any further. pannernode.orientationx represents the horizontal position of the audio source's vector in a right-hand cartesian coordinate system. while this audioparam cannot be directly changed, its value can be altered using its value property. the default is value is 1. pannernode.orientationy represents the vertical position of the audio source's vector in a right-hand cartesian coordinate system. the default is 0. while this audioparam cannot be directly changed, its value can be altered using its value property. the default is value is 0. pannernode.orientationz represents the longitudinal (back and forth) position of the audio source's vector in a right-hand cartesian coordinate system. th...
...And 3 more matches

PerformanceTiming - Web APIs
ng the window.performance.timing property. properties the performancetiming interface doesn't inherit any properties. these properties each describe the time at which a particular point in the page loading process was reached. some correspond to dom events; others describe the time at which internal browser operations of interest took place. each time is provided as an unsigned long long representing the moment, in milliseconds since the unix epoch these properties are listed in the order in which they occur during the navigation process. performancetiming.navigationstart read only when the prompt for unload terminates on the previous document in the same browsing context. if there is no previous document, this value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. performancet...
...esource, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. performancetiming.domainlookupend read only when the domain lookup is finished. if a persistent connection is used, or the information is stored in a cache or a local resource, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. performancetiming.connectstart read only when the request to open a connection is sent to the network. if the transport layer reports an error and the connection establishment is started again, the last connection establishment start time is given. if a persistent connection is used, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. performancetiming.connectend read only when the connection is opened network. if the transport layer reports an error and the connectio...
... is used, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. a connection is considered as opened when all secure connection handshake, or socks authentication, is terminated. performancetiming.secureconnectionstart read only when the secure connection handshake starts. if no such connection is requested, it returns 0. performancetiming.requeststart read only when the browser sent the request to obtain the actual document, from the server or from a cache. if the transport layer fails after the start of the request and the connection is reopened, this property will be set to the time corresponding to the new request. performancetiming.responsestart read only when the browser received the first byte of the response, from the server from a cache, or from a local resourc...
...And 3 more matches

RTCIceCandidate - Web APIs
an ice candidate describes the protocols and routing needed for webrtc to be able to communicate with a remote device. when starting a webrtc peer connection, typically a number of candidates are proposed by each end of the connection, until they mutually agree upon one which describes the connection they decide will be best. webrtc then uses that candidate's details to initiate the connection. for details on how the ice process works, see lifetime of a webrtc session. the article webrtc connectivity provides additional useful details. ...
...the connection, until they mutually agree upon one which describes the connection they decide will be best. webrtc then uses that candidate's details to initiate the connection. for details on how the ice process works, see lifetime of a webrtc session. the article webrtc connectivity provides additional useful details. constructor rtcicecandidate() creates an rtcicecandidate object to represent a single ice candidate, optionally configured based on an object based on the rtcicecandidateinit dictionary. note: for backward compatibility, the constructor also accepts as input a string containing the value of the candidate property instead of a rtcicecandidateinit object, since the candidate includes all of the information that rtcicecandidateinit does and more. properties candidate...
...nally configured based on an object based on the rtcicecandidateinit dictionary. note: for backward compatibility, the constructor also accepts as input a string containing the value of the candidate property instead of a rtcicecandidateinit object, since the candidate includes all of the information that rtcicecandidateinit does and more. properties candidate read only a domstring representing the transport address for the candidate that can be used for connectivity checks. the format of this address is a candidate-attribute as defined in rfc 5245. this string is empty ("") if the rtcicecandidate is an "end of candidates" indicator. component read only a domstring which indicates whether the candidate is an rtp or an rtcp candidate; its value is either "rtp" or "rtcp", and is der...
...And 3 more matches

RTCOutboundRtpStreamStats - Web APIs
the rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats dictionary is the rtcstats-based object which provides metrics and statistics related to an outbound rtp stream being sent by an rtcrtpsender. properties the rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats dictionary includes the following properties in addition to those it inherits from rtcsentrtpstreamstats, rtcrtpstreamstats, and rtcstats. averagertcpinterval a floating-point value indicating the average rtcp interval between two consecutive compound rtcp packets. fircount an integer value which indicates the total number of full intra request (fir) packets which this rtcrtpsender has sent to the remote rtcrtpreceiver. this is an indicator of how often the stream has lagged, requiring frames to be skipped in order to catch up. valid only for video streams. framesencoded t...
...the timestamp property, on the other hand, indicates the time at which the rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats object was generated. ...
...mote rtcrtpreceiver. this is an indicator of how often the stream has lagged, requiring frames to be skipped in order to catch up. valid only for video streams. framesencoded the number of frames that have been successfully encoded so far for sending on this rtp stream. only valid for video streams. lastpacketsenttimestamp a domhighrestimestamp indicating the time at which the last packet was sent for this ssrc. ...
...And 3 more matches

RTCRtpStreamStats - Web APIs
rtcrtpstreamstats is the base class for all rtp-related statistics reports. it's based on rtcstats and adds the following additional fields. ...
...is value will match that of the media type indicated by rtccodecstats.codec, as well as the track's kind property. previously called mediatype. ssrc the 32-bit integer which identifies the source of the rtp packets this rtcrtpstreamstats object covers. this value is generated per the rfc 3550 specification. trackid a domstring which uniquely identifies the rtcmediastreamtrackstats object representing the associated mediastreamtrack. this is not the same as the value of mediastreamtrack.id. transportid a domstring uniquely identifying the object which was inspected to produce the rtctransportstats object associated with this rtp stream. obsolete fields mediatype renamed to kind in the specification in february 2018. see browser compatibility in rtcrtpstreamstats.kind to determine w...
...ry purpose is to examine the error resiliency of the connection, as they provide information about lost packets, lost frames, and how heavily compressed the data is. fircount a count of the total number of full intra request (fir) packets received by the sender. this statistic is only available to the device which is receiving the stream and is only available for video tracks. ...
...And 3 more matches

SVGSVGElement - Web APIs
the given <svg> element. svgsvgelement.contentstyletype an svganimatedlength corresponding to the contentstyletype attribute of the given <svg> element. svgsvgelement.viewport an svgrect containing the position and size of the viewport (implicit or explicit) that corresponds to the given <svg> element. ...
...t containing the position and size of the viewport (implicit or explicit) that corresponds to the given <svg> element. when the browser is actually rendering the content, then the position and size values represent the actual values when rendering. the position and size values are unitless values in the coordinate system of the parent element. ...
...n the coordinate system of the parent element. if no parent element exists (i.e., <svg> element represents the root of the document tree), if this svg document is embedded as part of another document (e.g., via the html <object> element), then the position and size are unitless values in the coordinate system of the parent document. (if the parent uses css or xsl layout, then unitless values represent pixel units for the current css or xsl viewport.) svgsvgelement.pixelunittomillimeterx a float representing the size of the pixel unit (as defined by css2) along the x-axis of the viewport, which represents a unit somewhere in the range of 70dpi to 120dpi, and, on systems that support this, might actually match the characteristics of the target medium. on systems where it is impossible to kno...
...And 3 more matches

Selection - Web APIs
to obtain a selection object for examination or manipulation, call window.getselection(). a user may make a selection from left to right (in document order) or right to left (reverse of document order). the anchor is where the user began the selection and the focus is where the user ends the selection. if you make a selection with a desktop mouse, the anchor is placed where you pressed the mouse button, and the focus is placed where you released the mouse button. anchor and focus should not be confused with the start and end positions of a selection. ...
...and end positions of a selection. the anchor can be placed before the focus or vice-versa, depending on the direction you made your selection. properties selection.anchornoderead only returns the node in which the selection begins. can return null if selection never existed in the document (e.g., an iframe that was never clicked on). selection.anchoroffsetread only returns a number representing the offset of the selection's anchor within the anchornode. if anchornode is a text node, this is the number of characters within anchornode preceding the anchor. if anchornode is an element, this is the number of child nodes of the anchornode preceding the anchor. selection.focusnoderead only returns the node in which the selection ends. can return null if selection never existed in the do...
...aracters within anchornode preceding the anchor. if anchornode is an element, this is the number of child nodes of the anchornode preceding the anchor. selection.focusnoderead only returns the node in which the selection ends. can return null if selection never existed in the document (for example, in an iframe that was never clicked on). selection.focusoffsetread only returns a number representing the offset of the selection's anchor within the focusnode. if focusnode is a text node, this is the number of characters within focusnode preceding the focus. if focusnode is an element, this is the number of child nodes of the focusnode preceding the focus. selection.iscollapsedread only returns a boolean indicating whether the selection's start and end points are at the same position. se...
...And 3 more matches

Streams API - Web APIs
own stream using the readablestream() constructor, for example to process data inside a service worker. you can also write data to streams using writablestream. note: you can find a lot more details about the theory and practice of streams in our articles — streams api concepts, using readable streams, and using writable streams. ...
...about the theory and practice of streams in our articles — streams api concepts, using readable streams, and using writable streams. stream interfaces readable streams readablestream represents a readable stream of data. it can be used to handle response streams of the fetch api, or developer-defined streams (e.g. a custom readablestream() constructor). readablestreamdefaultreader represents a default reader that can be used to read stream data supplied from a network (e.g. a fetch request). readablestreamdefaultcontroller represents a controller allowing control of a readablestream's state and internal queue. default controllers are for streams that are not byte streams. writable streams writablestream provides a standard abstraction for writing streaming data to a destinat...
...when constructing a writablestream, the underlying sink is given a corresponding writablestreamdefaultcontroller instance to manipulate. ...
...And 3 more matches

Writing WebSocket servers - Web APIs
such as c(++), python, php, or server-side javascript. this is not a tutorial in any specific language, but serves as a guide to facilitate writing your own server. this article assumes you're already familiar with how http works, and that you have a moderate level of programming experience. depending on language support, knowledge of tcp sockets may be required. the scope of this guide is to present the minimum knowledge you need to write a websocket server. note: read the latest official websockets specification, rfc 6455. sections 1 and 4-7 are especially interesting to server implementors. section 10 discusses security and you should definitely peruse it before exposing your server. a websocket server is explained on a very low level here. websocket servers are often separate and spec...
...ast one to indicate the end of the header): http/1.1 101 switching protocols upgrade: websocket connection: upgrade sec-websocket-accept: s3pplmbitxaq9kygzzhzrbk+xoo= additionally, the server can decide on extension/subprotocol requests here; see miscellaneous for details. the sec-websocket-accept header is important in that the server must derive it from the sec-websocket-key that the client sent to it. to get it, concatenate the client's sec-websocket-key and the string "258eafa5-e914-47da-95ca-c5ab0dc85b11" together (it's a "magic string"), take the sha-1 hash of the result, and return the base64 encoding of that hash. note: this seemingly overcomplicated process exists so that it's obvious to the client whether the server supports websockets. this is important because security issues...
...ll that the opcode tells what a frame is meant to do. if it's 0x1, the payload is text. if it's 0x2, the payload is binary data. however, if it's 0x0, the frame is a continuation frame; this means the server should concatenate the frame's payload to the last frame it received from that client. here is a rough sketch, in which a server reacts to a client sending text messages. the first message is sent in a single frame, while the second message is sent across three frames. fin and opcode details are shown only for the client: client: fin=1, opcode=0x1, msg="hello" server: (process complete message immediately) hi. client: fin=0, opcode=0x1, msg="and a" server: (listening, new message containing text started) client: fin=0, opcode=0x0, msg="happy new" server: (listening, payload concatenated t...
...And 3 more matches

Using the Web Animations API - Web APIs
plementations of both css animations and css transitions, and leaves the door open to future animation effects. it is one of the most performant ways to animate on the web, letting the browser make its own internal optimizations without hacks, coercion, or window.requestanimationframe(). with the web animations api, we can move interactive animations from stylesheets to javascript, separating presentation from behavior. we no longer need to rely on dom-heavy techniques such as writing css properties and scoping classes onto elements to control playback direction. and unlike pure, declarative css, javascript also lets us dynamically set values from properties to durations. for building custom animation libraries and creating interactive animations, the web animations api might be the perfect t...
......
...he animation unless told otherwise. when we want to explicitly set a key’s offset from the other keys, we can specify an offset directly in the object, separated from the declaration with a comma. in the above example, to make sure that alice’s color changes at 30% (not 50%) for the color change, we are giving it offset: 0.3. ...
...And 3 more matches

Web Speech API - Web APIs
ch provides the ability to recognize voice context from an audio input (normally via the device's default speech recognition service) and respond appropriately. generally you'll use the interface's constructor to create a new speechrecognition object, which has a number of event handlers available for detecting when speech is input through the device's microphone. ...
...you can get these spoken by passing them to the speechsynthesis.speak() method. for more details on using these features, see using the web speech api. ...
...cognise. grammar is defined using jspeech grammar format (jsgf.) speech synthesis is accessed via the speechsynthesis interface, a text-to-speech component that allows programs to read out their text content (normally via the device's default speech synthesiser.) different voice types are represented by speechsynthesisvoice objects, and different parts of text that you want to be spoken are represented by speechsynthesisutterance objects. you can get these spoken by passing them to the speechsynthesis.speak() method. for more details on using these features, see using the web speech api. web speech api interfaces speech recognition speechrecognition the controller interface for the recognition service; this also handles the speechrecognitionevent sent from the recognition service. sp...
...And 3 more matches

Architecture - Accessibility
ross process, and that improves performance. node types text content (role_text) objects are implemented by nstextaccessible. their text is actually exposed in their parent nshypertextaccessible via nsiaccessibletext. when the hierarchy is finally exposed to atk they are stripped out. they are in the nsiaccessible hierarchy to make it easy for nshypertextaccessible to piece its final text representation together. they are kept in iaccessible2 for backward compatibility with msaa clients that expect text in leaf nodes. html (role_whitespace) objects are implemented by nshtmlbraccessible. they end up getting exposed as '\n' in their parent nshypertextaccessible. when the hierarchy is finally exposed to atk they are stripped out as leaf nodes, but the \n remains in the containing text. t...
...ext in leaf nodes. html (role_whitespace) objects are implemented by nshtmlbraccessible. they end up getting exposed as '\n' in their parent nshypertextaccessible. when the hierarchy is finally exposed to atk they are stripped out as leaf nodes, but the \n remains in the containing text. they are in the nsiaccessible hierarchy to make it easy for nshypertextaccessible to piece its text representation together. everything else uses whatever nsaccessible-derived implementation that's appropriate. if it has text siblings, then it gets exposed as the unicode char for an embedded object, which is '\xfffc' within the parent nshypertextaccessible. in addition, nsiaccessiblehyperlink is implemented on any non-text child inside a container that also has text. this allows at's to find its positi...
...bject, which is '\xfffc' within the parent nshypertextaccessible. in addition, nsiaccessiblehyperlink is implemented on any non-text child inside a container that also has text. this allows at's to find its position within that text, because the hyperlink interface exposes a start and end index. in fact, the end index will always be 1 larger than the start index, because the object is always represented by a single '\xfffc' character. if you want to know that something is really a link, check to see if it is role_link. html containers are implemented by nshypertextaccessible. they support the nsiaccessiblehypertext is implemented on any container element that has both text and embedded objects for accessible children. why hyperlink is often not a link as explained above, anything that is em...
...And 3 more matches

:nth-child() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
lings. /* selects the second <li> element in a list */ li:nth-child(2) { color: lime; } /* selects every fourth element among any group of siblings */ :nth-child(4n) { color: lime; } syntax the nth-child pseudo-class is specified with a single argument that describes a pattern for matching element indices in a list of siblings. element indices are 1-based. ...
...elects every fourth element among any group of siblings */ :nth-child(4n) { color: lime; } syntax the nth-child pseudo-class is specified with a single argument that describes a pattern for matching element indices in a list of siblings. element indices are 1-based. keyword values odd represents elements whose numeric position in a series of siblings is odd: 1, 3, 5, etc. even represents elements whose numeric position in a series of siblings is even: 2, 4, 6, etc. functional notation <an+b> represents elements in a list whose indices match those found in a custom pattern of numbers, defined by an+b, where: a is an integer step size, b is an integer offset, n is all positive integers, starting from 0. it can be read as the an+bth element of a list. formal syntax :nt...
...the first one to be returned as a result of the formula is 0 [=5x0], resulting in a no-match, since the elements are indexed from ...
...And 3 more matches

system - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the system descriptor specifies the algorithm to be used for converting the integer value of a counter to a string representation. it is used in a @counter-style to define the behavior of the defined style. if the algorithm specified in the system descriptor is unable to construct the representation for a particular counter value, then that value's representation will be constructed using the fallback system provided. syntax /* keyword values */ system: cyclic; system: numeric; system: alphabetic; system: symbolic; system: additive; system: fixed; /* combined values */ system: fixed 3; system: extends decimal; this may take one of three forms: one of the keyword values cyclic, numeric, alphabetic, symbolic, additive, or fixed. the keyword value fixed along with an integer. the ke...
...st one symbol must be specified in the symbols descriptor or the counter style is not valid. also an optional <integer> can be specified after the the system, as the value of the first symbol. if this integer is omitted, value of the first integer is taken as 1. symbolic cycles through the provided list of symbols. on each successive pass through the cycle, the symbols used for the counter representation are doubled, tripled, and so on. for example, if the original symbols provided were "◽" and "◾", on each successive pass, they will become "◽◽" and "◾◾", "◽◽◽" and "◾◾◾" and so on. at least one symbol must be specified in the symbols descriptor or the counter style is not valid. this counter system works for positive counter values only. alphabetic interprets the sp...
...◾" and so on. at least one symbol must be specified in the symbols descriptor or the counter style is not valid. this counter system works for positive counter values only. alphabetic interprets the specified symbols as digits, to an alphabetic numbering system. if the characters "a" to "z" are specified as symbols in a counter style, with the alphabetic system, then the first 26 counter representations will be "a", "b" upto "z". until this point, the behavior is the same as that of the symbolic system, described above. however, after "z", it will continue as "aa", "ab", "ac"… the symbols descriptor must contain at least two symbols or the counter style is not valid. the first counter symbol provided in the symbols descriptor is interpreted as 1, the next as 2, and so on. this system ...
...And 3 more matches

<basic-shape> - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax the <basic-shape> data type is defined with one of the basic shape functions listed below. when creating a shape, the reference box is defined by each property that uses <basic-shape> values. the coordinate system for the shape has its origin at the top-left corner of the reference box, with the x-axis running to the right and the y-axis running downwards. ...
...xpressed in percentages are resolved from the used dimensions of the reference box. shape functions the following shapes are supported. all <basic-shape> values use functional notation and are defined here using the value definition syntax. inset() inset( <shape-arg>{1,4} [round <border-radius>]? ) defines an inset rectangle. when all of the first four arguments are supplied they represent the top, right, bottom and left offsets from the reference box inward that define the positions of the edges of the inset rectangle. these arguments follow the syntax of the margin shorthand, that let you set all four insets with one, two or four values. the optional <border-radius> argument(s) define rounded corners for the inset rectangle using the border-radius shorthand syntax. a pair of ...
...ounded corners for the inset rectangle using the border-radius shorthand syntax. a pair of insets in either dimension that add up to more than the used dimension (such as left and right insets of 75% apiece) define a shape enclosing no area. for this specification, this results in an empty float area. ...
...And 3 more matches

Mouse gesture events - Developer guides
ibilities between implementations and the behavior may change in the future. gecko 1.9.1 added support for several mozilla-specific dom events used to handle mouse gestures. these are special movements that can be made with a mouse or trackpad and can be interpreted to perform specific tasks. ...
...ser chrome code, but are never sent to regular web page content. note: some operating systems, including mac os x and windows 7, provide default actions when gesture events occur. if you handle a gesture event and wish to prevent the default action from taking place as well, be sure to call the event's preventdefault() method. types of gesture events mozswipegesture the mozswipegesture event is sent when the user uses three fingers to "swipe" the trackpad. mozmagnifygesturestart the mozmagnifygesturestart event is sent when the user begins performing a "pinch" gesture, by using two fingers as the corners of a rectangle and moving them either closer together or farther apart. this is typically used to zoom in and out on content (this is the default behavior in firefox, for example). mozmagnif...
...ckpad. mozmagnifygesturestart the mozmagnifygesturestart event is sent when the user begins performing a "pinch" gesture, by using two fingers as the corners of a rectangle and moving them either closer together or farther apart. this is typically used to zoom in and out on content (this is the default behavior in firefox, for example). mozmagnifygestureupdate the mozmagnifygestureupdate event is sent periodically while processing a magnify gesture, to provide updated status information. the event's delta value represents the amount by which the gesture has moved since the mozmagnifygesturestart or mozmagnifygestureupdate event. note: this event is sent whenever the movement of the user's fingers exceeds the number of pixels indicated by the browser.gesture.pinch.threshold preference. mozmag...
...And 3 more matches

HTML attribute: rel - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the rel attribute defines the relationship between a linked resource and the current document. valid on <link>, <a>, <area>, and <form>, the supported values depend on the element on which the attribute is found. the type of relationships is given by the value of the rel attribute, which, if present, must have a value that is an unordered set of unique space-separated keywords, which are listed in the following table. every keyword within a space seperated value should be unique within that value. values for the rel attribute, and the elements for which each is relevant rel value description <link> <a> and <area> <form> alternate alternate representations of the current document. link link not allowed author author of the current ...
... dns-prefetch tells the browser to preemptively perform dns resolution for the target resource's origin external resource not allowed not allowed external referenced document is not part of the same site as the current document. not allowed annotation annotation help link to context-sensitive help. link link link icon icon representing the current document. external resource not allowed not allowed license indicates that the main content of the current document is covered by the copyright license described by the referenced document. link link link manifest web app manifest link not allowed not allowed modulepreload tells to browser to preemptively fetch the scri...
...ments. like all html keyword attribute values, these values are case-insenstive. the rel attribute has no default value. if the attribute is omitted or if none of the values in the attribute are supported, then the document has no particular relationship with the destination resource other than there being a hyperlink between the two. in this case, on <link> and <form>, if the rel attribute is absent, has no keywords, or if not one or more of the space-separated keywords above, then the element does not create any links. <a> and <area> will still created links, but without a defined relationship. like all html keyword attribute values, these values are case-insenstive. values if there are multiple <link rel="icon">s, the browser uses their media attribute, type, and sizes attributes to sel...
...And 3 more matches

<input type="month"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
alidation of the entered text to ensure it's formatted as expected. for those of you using a browser that doesn't support month, the screenshot below shows what it looks like in chrome and opera. clicking the down arrow on the right hand side brings up a date picker that lets you select the month and year. ...
...that lets you select the month and year. the microsoft edge month control looks like this: value a domstring representing a month and year, or empty. events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, readonly, and step. idl attributes value methods select(), stepdown(), stepup(). value a domstring representing the value of the month and year entered into the input, in the form yyyy-mm (four or more digit year, then a hyphen ("-"), followed by the two-digit month). the format of the month string used by this input type is described in format of a valid local month string in date and time formats used in html. you can set a default value for the input control by including a month and year inside the ...
...the <datalist> provides a list of predefined values to suggest to the user for this input. any values in the list that are not comp...
...And 3 more matches

<input type="password"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
this character will vary depending on the user agent and os. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
... meant to press; this is helpful given the small size of keys and the ease with which the wrong one can be pressed, especially on virtual keyboards. note: any forms involving sensitive information like passwords (e.g. login forms) should be served over https; many browsers now implement mechanisms to warn against insecure login forms; see insecure passwords. ...
...this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the password field has no maximum length.
...And 3 more matches

HTTP caching - HTTP
by making use of http caching, web sites become more responsive. different kinds of caches caching is a technique that stores a copy of a given resource and serves it back when requested. when a web cache has a requested resource in its store, it intercepts the request and returns its copy instead of re-downloading from the originating server. ...
... vary header below. controlling caching the cache-control header the cache-control http/1.1 general-header field is used to specify directives for caching mechanisms in both requests and responses. use this header to define your caching policies with the variety of directives it provides. no caching the cache should not store anything about the client request or server response. a request is sent to the server and a full response is downloaded each and every time. cache-control: no-store cache but revalidate a cache will send the request to the origin server for validation before releasing a cached copy. cache-control: no-cache private and public caches the "public" directive indicates that the response may be cached by any cache. this can be useful if pages with http authenticatio...
...in fact still fresh. if so, the server returns a 304 (not modified) header without sending the body of the requested resource, saving some bandwidth. here is an example of this process with a shared cache proxy: the freshness lifetime is calculated based on several headers. if a "cache-control: max-age=n" header is specified, then the freshness lifetime is equal to n. ...
...And 3 more matches

HTTP Messages - HTTP
in http/2, the once human-readable message is now divided up into http frames, providing optimization and performance improvements. ...
...in http/2, the once human-readable message is now divided up into http frames, providing optimization and performance improvements. ...
...ttp requests, and responses, share similar structure and are composed of: a start-line describing the requests to be implemented, or its status of whether successful or a failure. this start-line is always a single line. an optional set of http headers specifying the request, or describing the body included in the message. a blank line indicating all meta-information for the request has been sent. an optional body containing data associated with the request (like content of an html form), or the document associated with a response. the presence of the body and its size is specified by the start-line and http headers. the start-line and http headers of the http message are collectively known as the head of the requests, whereas its payload is known as the body. http requests start l...
...And 3 more matches

Expressions and operators - JavaScript
returns 3. +true returns 1. exponentiation operator (**) calculates the base to the exponent power, that is, baseexponent 2 ** 3 returns 8. 10 ** -1 returns 0.1. bitwise operators a bitwise operator treats their operands as a set of 32 bits (zeros and ones), rather than as decimal, hexadecimal, or octal numbers. for example, the decimal number nine has a binary representation of 1001. bitwise operators perform their operations on such binary representations, but they return standard javascript numerical values. the following table summarizes javascript's bitwise operators. bitwise operators operator usage description bitwise and a & b returns a one in each bit position for which the corresponding bits of both operands are ones...
...bit position for which the corresponding bits of both operands are zeros. bitwise xor a ^ b returns a zero in each bit position for which the corresponding bits are the same. [returns a one in each bit position for which the corresponding bits are different.] bitwise not ~ a inverts the bits of its operand. left shift a << b shifts a in binary representation b bits to the left, shifting in zeros from the right. sign-propagating right shift a >> b shifts a in binary representation b bits to the right, discarding bits shifted off. zero-fill right shift a >>> b shifts a in binary representation b bits to the right, discarding bits shifted off, and shifting in zeros from the left. bitwise logical operators conce...
......
...And 3 more matches

Functions - JavaScript
// 5 with default parameters (post-ecmascript 2015) with default parameters, a manual check in the function body is no longer necessary. you can simply put 1 as the default value for b in the function head: function multiply(a, b = 1) { return a * b; } multiply(5); // 5 for more details, see default parameters in the reference. rest parameters the rest parameter syntax allows us to represent an indefinite number of arguments as an array. in the following example, the function multiply uses rest parameters to collect arguments from the second one to the end. the function then multiplies these by the first argument . function multiply(multiplier, ...theargs) { return theargs.map(x => multiplier * x); } var arr = multiply(2, 1, 2, 3); console.log(arr); // [2, 4, 6] arrow function...
... isfinite() the global isfinite() function determines whether the passed value is a finite number. if needed, the parameter is first converted to a number. isnan() the isnan() function determines whether a value is nan or not. note: coercion inside the isnan function has i...
...the enclosing function: function person() { this.age = 0; setinterval(() => { this.age++; // |this| properly refers to the person object }, 1000); } var p = new person(); predefined functions javascript has several top-level, built-in functions: eval() the eval() method evaluates javascript code represented as a string. uneval() the uneval() method creates a string representation of the source code of an object. isfinite() the global isfinite() function determines whether the passed value is a finite number. if needed, the parameter is first converted to a number. isnan() the isnan() function determines whether a value is nan or not. note: coercion inside the isnan function has interesting rules; you may alternatively want to use number.isnan(), as define...
...And 3 more matches

Using Promises - JavaScript
imagine a function, createaudiofileasync(), which asynchronously generates a sound file given a configuration record and two callback functions, one called if the audio file is successfully created, and the other called if an error occurs. ...
... imagine a function, createaudiofileasync(), which asynchronously generates a sound file given a configuration record and two callback functions, one called if the audio file is successfully created, and the other called if an error occurs. ...
...ucceeds, with the result from the previous step. we accomplish this by creating a promise chain. ...
...And 3 more matches

Date - JavaScript
tc39 is working on temporal, a new date/time api. read more about it on the igalia blog and fill out the survey. it needs real-world feedback from web developers, but is not yet ready for production use! description the ecmascript epoch and timestamps a javascript date is fundamentally specified as the number of milliseconds that have elapsed since midnight on january 1, 1970, utc. this date and time is the same as the unix epoch, which is the predominant base value for computer-recorded date and time values. ...
...rk in the local (i.e. host system) time zone and offset. it should be noted that the maximum date is not of the same value as the maximum safe integer (number.max_safe_integer is 9,007,199,254,740,991). instead, it is defined in ecma-262 that a maximum of ±100,000,000 (one hundred million) days relative to january 1, 1970 utc (that is, april 20, 271821 bce ~ september 13, 275760 ce) can be represented by the standard date object (equivalent to ±8,640,000,000,000,000 milliseconds). date format and time zone conversions there are a number of methods available to obtain a date in various formats, as well as to perform time zone conversions. particularly useful are the functions that output the date and time in coordinated universal time (utc), the global standard time defined by the world ti...
...rsions of the same methods that read and manipulate the date and time using utc (such as getutcday() and setutchours()). constructor date() creates a new date object. static methods date.now() returns the numeric value corresponding to the current time—the number of milliseconds elapsed since january 1, 1970 00:00:00 utc, with leap seconds ignored. date.parse() parses a string representation of a date and returns the number of milliseconds since 1 january, 1970, 00:00:00 utc, with leap seconds ignored. note: parsing of strings with date.parse is strongly discouraged due to browser differences and inconsistencies. date.utc() accepts the same parameters as the longest form of the constructor (i.e. 2 to 7) and returns the number of milliseconds since january 1, 1970, 00:00...
...And 3 more matches

Intl.DateTimeFormat() constructor - JavaScript
me's default time zone. implementations may also recognize the time zone names of the iana time zone database, such as "asia/shanghai", "asia/kolkata", "america/new_york". hour12 whether to use 12-hour time (as opposed to 24-hour time). possible values are true and false; the default is locale dependent. this option overrides the hc language tag and/or the hourcycle option in case both are present. hourcycle the hour cycle to use. possible values are "h11", "h12", "h23", or "h24". this option overrides the hc language tag, if both are present, and the hour12 option takes precedence in case both options have been specified. formatmatcher the format matching algorithm to use. possible values are "basic" and "best fit"; the default is "best fit". see the following paragraphs for infor...
... and the hour12 option takes precedence in case both options have been specified. formatmatcher the format matching algorithm to use. possible values are "basic" and "best fit"; the default is "best fit". see the following paragraphs for information about the use of this property. ...
...matted output, and their desired representations. implementations are required to support at least the following subsets: weekday, year, month, day, hour, minute, second weekday, year, month, day year, month, day year, month month, day hour, minute, second hour, minute implementations may support other subsets, and requests will be negotiated against all available subset-representation combinations to find the best match. two algorithms are available for this negotiation and selected by the formatmatcher property: a fully specified "basic" algorithm and an implementation-dependent "best fit" algorithm. weekday the representation of the weekday. possible values are: "long" (e.g., thursday) "short" (e.g., thu) "narrow" (e.g., t). two weekdays may have the ...
...And 3 more matches

Using the WebAssembly JavaScript API - WebAssembly
repo. preparing the example first we need a wasm module! grab our simple.wasm file and save a copy in a new directory on your local machine. next, let’s create a simple html file called index.html in the same directory as your wasm file (can use our simple template if you haven’t got one easily available). now, to help us understand what is going on here, let’s look at the text representation of our wasm module (which we also meet in converting webassembly format to wasm): (module (func $i (import "imports" "imported_func") (param i32)) (func (export "exported_func") i32.const 42 call $i)) in the second line, you will see that the import has a two-level namespace — the internal function $i is imported from imports.imported_func. we need to reflect this two-leve...
...ling/instantiating the wasm module. the equivalent code would look like this: fetch('simple.wasm').then(response => response.arraybuffer() ).then(bytes => webassembly.instantiate(bytes, importobject) ).then(results => { results.instance.exports.exported_func(); }); viewing wasm in developer tools in firefox 54+, the developer tool debugger panel has functionality to expose the text representation of any wasm code included in a web page. to view it, you can go to the debugger panel and click on the “wasm://” entry. starting soon in firefox, in addition to viewing webassembly as text, developers will be able to debug (place breakpoints, inspect the callstack, single-step, etc.) webassembly using the text format. see webassembly debugging with firefox devtools for a video preview...
... the debugger panel and click on the “wasm://” entry. starting soon in firefox, in addition to viewing webassembly as text, developers will be able to debug (place breakpoints, inspect the callstack, single-step, etc.) webassembly using the text format. see webassembly debugging with firefox devtools for a video preview. memory in the low-level memory model of webassembly, memory is represented as a contiguous range of untyped bytes called linear memory that are read and written by load and store instructions inside the module. in this memory model, any load or store can access any byte in the entire linear memory, which is necessary to faithfully represent c/c++ concepts like pointers. unlike a native c/c++ program, however, where the available memory range spans the entire process...
...And 3 more matches

Communicating using "port" - Archive of obsolete content
this page is now obsolete, and its content has been incorporated into the main page on content scripts. to enable add-on scripts and content scripts to communicate with each other, each end of the conversation has access to a port object. to send messages from one side to the other, use port.emit() to receive messages sent from the other side, use port.on() messages are asynchronous: that is, the sender does not wait for a reply from the recipient but just emits the message and continues processing. here's a simple add-on that sends a message to a content script using port: var tabs = require("sdk/tabs"); var alertcontentscript = "self.port.on('alert', function(message) {" + " window.alert(message);" + "})"; tabs.on("ready", fu...
...yaddonmessagepayload) { // handle the message }); compare this to the technique used to receive built-in messages in the content script. for example, to receive the context message in a content script associated with a context menu object, you would call the on function attached to the global self object: self.on("context", function() { // handle the message }); so the port property is essentially used here as a namespace for user-defined messages. accessing port in the add-on script in the add-on code, the channel of communication between the add-on and a particular content script context is encapsulated by the worker object. thus the port object for communicating with a content script is a property of the corresponding worker object. however, the worker is not exposed to add-on c...
... it may be called with any number of parameters, but is most likely to be called with a name for the message and an optional payload.
...And 2 more matches

panel - Archive of obsolete content
orts a single constructor function panel() which constructs a new panel. a panel is a dialog. its content is specified as html and you can execute scripts in it, so the appearance and behavior of the panel is limited only by what you can do using html, css, and javascript. the screenshot below shows a panel whose content is built from the list of currently open tabs: panels are useful for presenting temporary interfaces to users in a way that is easier for users to ignore and dismiss than a modal dialog, since panels are hidden the moment users interact with parts of the application interface outside them. a panel's content is loaded as soon as it is created, before the panel is shown, and the content remains loaded when a panel is hidden, so it is possible to keep a panel around in the ...
...ng contentscriptfile. this makes your code easier to maintain, secure, debug and review. getting user input note: this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. the following add-on adds a button which displays a panel when clicked. the panel just contains a <textarea> element: when the user presses the return key, the contents of the <textarea> is sent to the main add-on code. the add-on consists of six files: main.js: the main add-on code, that creates the button and panel get-text.js: the content script that interacts with the panel content text-entry.html: the panel content itself, specified as html icon-16.png, icon-32.png, and icon-64.png: icons for the button in three different sizes "main.js" is saved in your add-on's lib dire...
...// the message payload is the contents of the edit box. var textarea = document.getelementbyid("edit-box"); textarea.addeventlistener('keyup', function onkeyup(event) { if (event.keycode == 13) { // remove the newline. text = textarea.value.replace(/(\r\n|\n|\r)/gm,""); self.port.emit("text-entered", text); textarea.value = ''; } }, false); // listen for the "show" event being sent from the // main add-on code. it means that the panel's about // to be shown. // // set the focus to the text area so the user can // just start typing. self.port.on("show", function onshow() { textarea.focus(); }); finally, the "text-entry.html" file defines the <textarea> element: <html> <head> <style type="text/css" media="all"> textarea { margin: 10px; } bod...
...And 2 more matches

request - Archive of obsolete content
this is the url to which the request will be made. can either be a string or an instance of the sdk's url. oncomplete function this function will be called when the request has received a response (or in terms of xhr, when readystate == 4). the function is passed a response object. headers object an unordered collection of name/value pairs representing headers to send with the request. content string,object the content to send to the server. if content is a string, it should be url-encoded (use encodeuricomponent). if content is an object, it should be a collection of name/value pairs. nested objects & arrays should encode safely. for get and head requests, the query string (content) will be appended to the url. ...
... content string,object the content to send to the server. if content is a string, it should be url-encoded (use encodeuricomponent). if content is an object, it should be a collection of name/value pairs. nested objects & arrays should encode safely. for get and head requests, the query string (content) will be appended to the url. for post and put requests, it will be sent as the body of the request. contenttype string the type of content to send to the server. this explicitly sets the content-type header. the default value is application/x-www-form-urlencoded. overridemimetype string use this string to override the mime type returned by the server in the response's content-type header. you can use this to treat the c...
...optionally the user may specify a collection of headers and content to send alongside the request ...
...And 2 more matches

url - Archive of obsolete content
experimental construct, validate, and parse urls. globals constructors url(source, base) the url constructor creates an object that represents a url, verifying that the provided string is a valid url in the process. any api in the sdk which has a url parameter will accept url objects, not raw strings, unless otherwise noted. parameters source : string a string to be converted into a url. if source is not a valid uri, this constructor will throw an exception. base : string an optional string used to resolve relative source urls into absolute ones. dataurl(uri) the dataurl constructor creates an object that represents a data: url, verifying that the provided string is a valid data: url in the process. parameters uri : string a string to be parsed as data url. if is not a valid ...
...ich individual domains may be registered. uses getpublicsuffix() internally. var urls = require("sdk/url"); console.log(urls.gettld("http://www.bbc.co.uk/")); // "co.uk" console.log(urls.gettld("https://developer.mozilla.org/")); // "org" parameters url : string the url, as a string. returns string : the top-level domain for the url. url methods tostring() returns a string representation of the url. returns string : the url as a string. tojson() returns a string representation of the url. returns string : the url as a string. properties scheme the name of the protocol in the url, without the trailing ':'. compare with protocol. for example: var url = require("sdk/url").url("https://developer.mozilla.org/add-ons?example=true&visible=yes#top"); console.log(url.scheme...
...for example: var url = require("sdk/url").url("https://developer.mozilla.org/add-ons?example=true&visible=yes#top"); console.log(url.host); // developer.mozilla.org port the port number of the url, null if none was specified. path the path component of the url. contains everything after the host of the url. compare with pathname. ...
...And 2 more matches

Chapter 4: Using XPCOM—Implementing advanced processes - Archive of obsolete content
g null as the parameter for the getenumerator() method enables you to get all windows in firefox, including dialogs, etc. manipulating files using xpcom xpcom provides a number of interfaces allowing you to perform file manipulations without concern for whether you are running on windows, mac os x, or linux. in order to work with local files, first you need to create a nsilocalfile object representing the local file, as shown in listing 6. when you initialize this by passing the full path to the file with the nsilocalfile.initwithpath() method, it becomes available to all functions. it doesn't matter whether a file at the specified path already exists. note: use the path format suited to your platform: the windows “\” path delimiter is interpreted as an escape code, so should always be...
...le.initwithpath() method, it becomes available to all functions. it doesn't matter whether a file at the specified path already exists. note: use the path format suited to your platform: the windows “\” path delimiter is interpreted as an escape code, so should always be written “\\”; characters like “./” on linux require no special handling. listing 6: creating an xpcom object representing a file var file = components.classes['@mozilla.org/file/local;1'] .createinstance(components.interfaces.nsilocalfile); file.initwithpath('c:\\temp\\temp.txt'); creating and deleting files listing 7 shows how to delete a file if it exists, and create a new file with the same name. passing true as a parameter for the nsilocalfile.remove() method will recursively delete folders an...
...racters, as is used in japanese, you'll need to convert the character codes. text file input listing 15 shows an example of opening a text file encoded as shift-jis (a double-byte character encoding for japanese). copy some japanese text into a text file, save it as shift-jis, and put in the path to that file. the text will be displayed as-is. the text that you've read in is actually being represented internally as unicode (utf-16). listing 15: reading a shift-jis text file file.initwithpath('c:\\temp\\temp.txt'); var charset = 'shift_jis'; var filestream = components.classes['@mozilla.org/network/file-input-stream;1'] .createinstance(components.interfaces.nsifileinputstream); filestream.init(file, 1, 0, false); var converterstream = components.classes['@mozilla.org/intl/c...
...And 2 more matches

Installing plugins to Gecko embedding browsers on Windows - Archive of obsolete content
since the prospect of embedded gecko browsers raises the scenario of more than one gecko-based browser that a netscape-style plugin can work with, it becomes important to let plugin developers know how to discover these browsers on a windows machine. this information applies to mozilla based browsers that pull the mozilla codebase after the mozilla 0.9.1 milestone release. none of the registry keys mentioned here are written by browsers before the mozilla 0.9.1 timeframe. ...
....9.1 timeframe. for example, netscape 6.0 and 6.01 do not write any of these keys into the registry, and thus these keys are not available for plugin vendors to parse for these two browsers. netscape 6.1 and onwards, however, will write these keys, and so creating a plugin installer that puts the shared object (dll) in the right place becomes much easier, since the relevant meta-information is present in the win32 system registry. these keys are written by the installer of mozilla browsers -- the netscape 6.2 installer, for example, writes these keys to the registry, and so does the mozilla installer (for versions after mozilla 0.9.1). other major commercial browsers based on gecko have committed to providing these keys as well. some gecko-based browsers provide additional information via the ...
...the discussions in bug 109402. to find the plugins directory applicable to netscape 6.1, 6.2.x, netscape 7.0 (and up), mozilla 1.0, and compuserve 7.0 this section details the suggested mechanism to find out where to install the plugin dll so that it is picked up by mozilla based browsers on the desktop. go to hkey_local_machine\software\mozilla caveat emptor: if the mozilla subkey is not present under hkey_local_machine, look under hkey_current_user\software\mozilla\. on windows xp and windows 2000, in order to write to the registry, sometimes the software may need administrator privileges. thus, some mozilla based browsers, such as the netscape 6 installer, write to the hkey_current_user key in addition; this doesn't require administrator privileges. traditionally, hkey_current_user is ...
...And 2 more matches

Dehydra Function Reference - Archive of obsolete content
ollowing functions may be provided by the analysis script and will be called by dehydra while compiling. see the dehydra object reference for details on the available object properties. process_type(type) dehydra calls this for each class, struct, enum, union, and typedef declaration. process_type is called after process_function is called for all the member functions. ...
...type is called after process_function is called for all the member functions. type is a type object representing the type that was declared. process_function(decl, body) dehydra calls this for each function definition (declarations without bodies are not included), including both top-level functions, class member functions, and inline class member functions. decl is a variable type object representing the function being processed body is an array of {loc:, statements:array of variable types} representing an outline of the function stripped down to variables, function calls and assignments. process_decl(decl) process_decl is called for every global variable, function, or template declaration. decl is a variable type input_end() called once at the end of the c++ source file before the comp...
...led by the user: print(msg) print a string to stdout (or stderr if the compiler is piping output). if the current callback is associated with a particular location, the location will be printed first. msg is a string to output to customize the location info printed set this._loc before calling print() include(file [, namespace]) include a javascript file into a namespace. file is a string representing the file to include optional: namespace is an object to include the file into. the default namespace is this the directories in sys.include_path are searched for the file, and the current working directory is searched last. includes are guarded so a file is only included once and subsequent include calls are ignored. this is accomplished by recording every included file into the _includedarra...
...And 2 more matches

A XUL Bestiary - Archive of obsolete content
the purpose of this article is not to describe these items in any great detail but to define what they are in simple terms. i selected items for this group because they seemed to be either shrouded in mystery, misused as concepts or terms, or underestimated according to their role in xul and cross-platform development. in contrast to the mozilla jargon file, this article describes items of specific interest to the web or content developer looking to establish a context for understanding mozilla's new technologies -- and in particular mozilla's xml-based user interface language, xul. ...
... mynewskin/ newskin.css newgifs.gif ... locale/ us-en/ navigator.dtd to load chrome information stored in a new package directory like this, you can use the following chrome url, chrome://navigator/skin/mynewskin/newskin.css which in turn loads the graphics in that subdirectory as needed. skin the skin is the css and graphics that makes up the look or presentation of xul. xul itself contains very little provision for how widgets are to be presented in the interface. even prior to the skinning that takes place with the global skin, which is loaded in almost every xul file you see in mozilla (and whose absence from your own xul files can make your work look strange, senseless, or invisible altogether), a xul.css file is loaded which provides some very b...
...so css is a lot of what makes xul xul, especially with the advent of css2 and its new positioning capabilities. skinning is most often brought up in the context of dynamic changes to the overall look of an application. ...
...And 2 more matches

application/http-index-format specification - Archive of obsolete content
ine feed. number codes 100 a human readable comment line. machine parsers should ignore this data. this data is not intended for display to the end user and is only meant as a comment to make the file format clear to a human interpreter. 101 pre formatted human readable information line. this data is intended for the end user of the file format data if there is one. this data should be presented to the user when they are viewing data drawn from the file. 102 a human readable information line in html format. this data is intended for the end user of the file format data if there is one. this data should be presented to the user when they are viewing data drawn from the file. this data should be parsed as html. 200 defines the field names for the 201 file index code. a valid 200 li...
...separated tokens that describe the name or purpose of the associated column of data. tokens may not contain spaces. any illegal characters must be escaped via the url escaping syntax defined by rfc 1738. note that multiple 200 lines override previous 200 lines. 201 data whose definition stems from a prior 200 line. a valid 201 line consists of one or more white space separated tokens that represent data described by a previous 200 line. tokens may be quoted or unquoted. unquoted tokens may not contain white space. quoted tokens are terminated by the next quote but may not contain carrage returns or new lines. any illegal characters must be escaped via the url escaping syntax defined by rfc 1738. note that a 201 line encountered before a 200 line should be ignored. 300 a url pointing to t...
... a previous 200 line. tokens may be quoted or unquoted. unquoted tokens may not contain white space. quoted tokens are terminated by the next quote but may not contain carrage returns or new lines. any illegal characters must be escaped via the url escaping syntax defined by rfc 1738. note that a 201 line encountered before a 200 line should be ignored. 300 a url pointing to the directory represented by the index if there is one. a valid path token must be url escaped. valid 200 tokens note that all tokens are case insensitive. filename the name of file that can be used to retrieve the file when combined with the full path provided by the 300 line. white space and 8 bit characters must be url encoded. content-length base 10 digits representing the size of the file in bytes. only di...
...And 2 more matches

NPAPI plugin reference - Archive of obsolete content
panycallbackstruct contains information required during embedded mode printing. npapi plug-in side api this chapter describes methods in the plug-in api that are available from the plug-in object; these allow plug-ins to interact with the browser. the names of all of these methods begin with npp_ to indicate that they are implemented by the plug-in and called by the browser. npbyterange represents a particular range of bytes from a stream. npclass npclass is a structure that holds a set of pointers to functions that make up the behavior of an instance of an npclass (i.e. an npobject). npembedprint substructure of npprint that contains platform-specific information used during embedded mode printing. npevent represents an event passed by npp_handleevent() to a windowless plug-in. np...
...sion information, both of the plug-in api and of the browser itself. npn_write pushes data into a stream produced by the plug-in and consumed by the browser. npnvariable see npn_getvalue. npobject npobject is a structure that holds a pointer to an npclass and an integer reference count, and possibly also implementation specific (i.e. plugin specific, or browser specific) members. npp represents a single instance of a plug-in. you specify one of these to any npapi function that needs to know which plug-in to work with. npp_destroy deletes a specific instance of a plug-in. npp_destroystream tells the plug-in that a stream is about to be closed or destroyed. npp_getvalue allows the browser to query the plug-in for information. npp_handleevent delivers a platform-specific window ev...
...f:"data_arrived") npp_writeready determines maximum number of bytes that the plug-in can consume. npprint contains information the plug-in needs to print itself in full-page or embedded mode. npprintcallbackstruct contains information required by the platformprint field of the npembedprint structure during embedded mode printing on unix systems. nppvariable see npn_setvalue. ...
...And 2 more matches

XForms Custom Controls - Archive of obsolete content
s we continue to work on it. work has just started in the w3c xforms working group to investigate the custom control issue, so eventually (hopefully?) there will be an "official" and common way to customize your form's user interface across all xforms processors. why do you need this you will probably find that your need for customization will fall into one of the following categories: custom presentation - xforms controls as rendered by the mozilla xforms processor do not provide the right look and feel for you. custom data types - existing xforms controls are not able to work properly with your data type advanced xforms controls - you need your controls to be able to do more things than traditional xforms controls can do new host language - you'd like to support xforms in host languages oth...
...red by the mozilla xforms processor do not provide the right look and feel for you. custom data types - existing xforms controls are not able to work properly with your data type advanced xforms controls - you need your controls to be able to do more things than traditional xforms controls can do new host language - you'd like to support xforms in host languages other than xhtml or xul custom presentation the mozilla xforms extension cannot anticipate all of the possible use cases that will evolve in web applications and web pages as xforms matures and the user base grows. and with these new uses, more and more flexibility will be desired from the controls. introducing custom controls into your environment may be just the solution you are looking for. for example, you might want to render ima...
...ility will be desired from the controls. introducing custom controls into your environment may be just the solution you are looking for. for example, you might want to render images that are held inside an instance document or you would like to show a disabled trigger when its bound node becomes irrelevant rather than having it not display (the current default behavior). every xforms control's presentation has its own xbl binding. in many cases different values provided for the appearance or mediatype attributes will determine which xbl binding will be used for a particular xforms control on the form. as mentioned in the spec, the appearance attribute can be used to influence the look and feel of a control even when all other conditions remain constant. for example, in the mozilla xforms exten...
...And 2 more matches

XForms Select1 Element - Archive of obsolete content
introduction allows the user to choose a single value from a list of pre-defined values (see the spec). the list of pre-defined items can be specified by either item (see the spec) or itemset (see the spec) elements. you can visually group these pre-defined items by using the choices (see the spec) element to contain them. note, some representations of the select1 element do not support visual grouping. attributes ui common appearance - the value of this attribute gives a hint to the xforms processor as to which type of widget(s) to use to represent this control. accesskey - used to specify the keyboard shortcut for focusing this control. single-node binding special selection - this attribute, when set to 'open', allows the user to provide free entry to the list. possible values a...
...value of this attribute gives a hint to the xforms processor as to which type of widget(s) to use to represent this control. accesskey - used to specify the keyboard shortcut for focusing this control. single-node binding special selection - this attribute, when set to 'open', allows the user to provide free entry to the list. possible values are open and closed, default is closed (see #representations section to refer if the attribute is supported for every representation). incremental - supported, default value is true properties selection - see corresponding attribute incremental - see corresponding attribute type restrictions the select1 element can be bound to a node containing simple content. the data binding restriction to simple content may be relaxed when an itemset ele...
...inding restriction to simple content may be relaxed when an itemset element is used, which allows the available choices to be obtained from an xforms model. the relaxation happens when the itemset element specifies the item value using a copy (see spec) element. this is because a copy element can be used to add a subtree of nodes underneath the element that the select1 control is bound to. representations the xforms select1 element can be represented by the following widgets for the specified appearance attribute values: combobox - default representation (xhtml/xul) listbox - used when appearance = 'compact' (xhtml/xul) radio group - used when appearance = 'full' (xhtml/xul) combobox displaying a combobox is the default representation (xhtml/xul). xhtml widget characteristics analo...
...And 2 more matches

Windows Media in Netscape - Archive of obsolete content
ocumentation for netscape browsers says that versions of netscape (including 6.2 and 7.0) support the embedding of the windows media player control using a java applet. while that approach works with browsers older than netscape 7.1, this section introduces the use of the objects that enable deployment of the windows media player directly as an activex control within netscape 7.1. this section presents two mechanisms to detect the browsers that support windows media player -- detection using javascript objects which is useful for client-side detection detection using the user agent string which is useful for server side detection. an advantage of the client-side approach is that it is also possible to detect if windows media player is installed. client-side detection using javascript obj...
...microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/download/default.asp } if (player) { // windows media player control exists } currently, dynamically writing out markup using document.write after using detection mechanisms won't work owing to a bug in netscape 7.1. both activexobject and geckoactivexobject can take wmplayer.ocx.7 as an argument to create the control if windows media player 7 or 9 are present. unlike using the progid as an argument, using wmplayer.ocx.7 as an argument to both these apis creates a fully usable reference to the windows media player 7 or 9 control, with all the methods and properties exposed to javascript. furthermore, you know for certain that you are working with the windows media 7 or 9 control -- there is no comparable instantiation for the windows media player 6 con...
...</em>) the "vendor comment" (ax) following the "vendor version" netscape/7.1 is an indicator that the browser supports the windows media player activex control. for example on windows xp, netscape 7.1's user agent string may be: mozilla/5.0 (windows; u; windows nt 5.1; en-us; rv:1.4) gecko/20030624 netscape/7.1 (ax) if the client was customized by a third party, additional information may be present in the "vendor comment" area of the user agent string. for example: mozilla/5.0 (windows; u; windows nt 5.1; en-us; rv:1.4) gecko/20030624 netscape/7.1 (ax; promostring) although geckoactivexobject is currently available only in netscape 7.1 on windows, it may be the case in the future that it will be available in other gecko-based browsers on other operating systems. detecting the presence of t...
...And 2 more matches

Anatomy of a video game - Game development
rticle looks at the anatomy and workflow of the average video game from a technical point of view, in terms of how the main loop should run. it helps beginners to the modern game development arena understand what is required when building a game and how web standards like javascript lend themselves as tools. experienced game programmers who are new to web development could also benefit, too. present, accept, interpret, calculate, repeat the goal of every video game is to present the user(s) with a situation, accept their input, interpret those signals into actions, and calculate a new situation resulting from those acts. games are constantly looping through these stages, over and over, until some end condition occurs (such as winning, losing, or exiting to go to bed). not surprisingly, this...
...ng through these stages, over and over, until some end condition occurs (such as winning, losing, or exiting to go to bed). not surprisingly, this pattern corresponds to how a game engine is programmed. the specifics depend on the game. some games drive this cycle by user input. imagine that you are developing a "find the differences between these two similar pictures"-type game. these games present two images to the user; they accept their click (or touch); they interpret the input as a success, failure, pause, menu interaction, etc.; finally, they calculate an updated scene resulting from that input. the game loop is advanced by the user's input and sleeps until they provide it. this is more of a turn-based approach that doesn't demand a constant update every frame, only when the player re...
...t perfect. before we discuss ways to change it, let us discuss what it already does well. timing the main loop to when the browser paints to the display allows you to run your loop as frequently as the browser wants to paint. you are given control over each frame of animation. it is also very simple because main() is the only function getting looped. a first person shooter (or a similar game) presents a new scene once every frame. you cannot really get more smooth and responsive than that. but do not immediately assume animations require frame-by-frame control. simple animations can be easily performed, even gpu-accelerated, with css animations and other tools included in the browser. there are a lot of them and they will make your life easier. building a better main loop in javascript the...
...And 2 more matches

WAI-ARIA basics - Learn web development
two browsers in place that screenreaders can work with. the paciello group has a fairly up-to-date post that provides data for this — see rough guide: browsers, operating systems and screen reader support updated. next, you need to worry about whether the browsers in question support aria features and expose them via their apis, but also whether screenreaders recognise that information and present it to their users in a useful way. browser support is generally quite good — at the time of writing, caniuse.com stated that global browser support for wai-aria was around 88%. screenreader support for aria features isn't quite at this level, but the most popular screenreaders are getting there. you can get an idea of support levels by looking at powermapper's wai-aria screen reader compati...
...a 3rd party javascript solution for rapid ui development, you should definitely consider the accessibility of its ui widgets as an important factor when making your choice. good examples are jquery ui (see about jquery ui: deep accessibility support), extjs, and dojo/dijit. when should you use wai-aria? we talked about some of the problems that prompted wai-aria to be created earlier on, but essentially, there are four main areas that wai-aria is useful in: signposts/landmarks: aria's role attribute values can act as landmarks that either replicate the semantics of html5 elements (e.g. <nav>), or go beyond html5 semantics to provide signposts to different functional areas, e.g search, tabgroup, tab, listbox, etc. dynamic content updates: screenreaders tend to have difficulty with report...
... an aria-relevant value of all instructs the screenreader to read out the contents of the error list when any changes are made to it — i.e. when errors are added or removed. this is useful because the user will want to know what...
...And 2 more matches

Handling different text directions - Learn web development
e of parts of your layout for creative purposes. in the example below we have a heading displayed using writing-mode: vertical-rl. the text now runs vertically. vertical text is common in graphic design, and can be a way to add a more interesting look and feel to your web design. the three possible values for the writing-mode property are: horizontal-tb: top-to-bottom block flow direction. sentences run horizontally. vertical-rl: right-to-left block flow direction. sentences run vertically. vertical-lr: left-to-right block flow direction. sentences run vertically. so the writing-mode property is in reality setting the direction in which block-level elements are displayed on the page — either from top-to-bottom, right-to-left, or left-to-right. this then dictates the direction text...
... writing modes and block and inline layout we have already discussed block and inline layout, and the fact that some things display as block elements and others as inline elements. as we have seen described above, block and inline is tied to the writing mode of the document, and not the physical screen. ...
...itch the writing mode, we are changing which direction is block and which is inline. in a horizontal-tb writing mode the block direction runs from top to bottom; in a vertical-rl writing mode the block direction runs right-to-left horizontally. so the block dimension is always the direction blocks are displayed on the page in the writing mode in use. the inline dimension is always the direction a sentence flows. this figure shows the two dimensions when in a horizontal writing mode. this figure shows the two dimensions in a vertical writing mode. once you start to look at css layout, and in particular the newer layout methods, this idea of block and inline becomes very important. we will revisit it later on. direction in addition to writing mode we also have text direction. as mentioned...
...And 2 more matches

Practical positioning examples - Learn web development
ine-height: 3; background-color: red; color: black; text-align: center; } finally for this section we'll set some styles on the link states. first, we'll set the :focus and :hover states of the tabs to look different when they are focused/hovered, providing users with some visual feedback. secondly, we'll set a rule that puts the same styling on one of the tabs when a class of active is present on it. we will set this using javascript when a tab is clicked on. place the following css below your other styles: .info-box li a:focus, .info-box li a:hover { background-color: #a60000; color: white; } .info-box li a.active { background-color: #a60000; color: white; } styling the panels the next job is to style our panels. let's get going! first, of all, add the following rule to s...
...ked on. when run, the function is passed a reference to the particular tab it is being run for, and an index number i that indentifies the tab's position in the tabs array. in the settabhandler() function, the tab has an onclick event handler set on it, so that when the tab is clicked, the following occurs: a for loop is used to cycle through all the tabs and remove any classes that are present on them. a class of active is set on the tab that was clicked on — remember from earlier that this class has an associated rule in the css that sets the same color and background-color on the tab as the panels are styled with. a for loop is used to cycle through all the panels and remove any classes that are present on them. a class of active-panel is set on the panel that corresponds ...
...: you can see the finished example running live at fixed-info-box.html (source code). check it out to get an idea of what you will be building in this section of the article. as a starting point, you can use your completed example from the first section of the article, or make a local copy of info-box.html from our github repo. html additions first of all, we need some additional html to represent the web site main content. add the following <section> just below your opening <body> tag, just before the existing section: <section class="fake-content"> <h1>fake content</h1> <p>this is fake content. your main web page contents would probably go here.</p> <p>this is fake content. your main web page contents would probably go here.</p> <p>this is fake content. your main web page conten...
...And 2 more matches

Cooperative asynchronous JavaScript: Timeouts and intervals - Learn web development
running constant animations and other background processing on a web site or application. in the following sections we will show you how they can be used. settimeout() as we said before, settimeout() executes a particular block of code once after a specified time has elapsed. it takes the following parameters: a function to run, or a reference to a function defined elsewhere. ...
... note: the specified amount of time (or the delay) is not the guaranteed time to execution, but rather the minimum time to execution. the callbacks you pass to these functions cannot run until the stack on the main thread is empty. ...
... it up. rounding up is a good idea; if you rounded down, the browser might try to run the animation faster than 60 fps, and it wouldn't make any difference to the animation's smoothness, anyway. as we said before, 60hz is the standard refresh rate. including a timestamp the actual callback passed to the requestanimationframe() function can be given a parameter, too: a timestamp value, that represents the time since the requestanimationframe() started running. this is useful as it allows you to run things at specific times and at a constant pace, regardless of how fast or slow your device might be. the general pattern you'd use looks something like this: let starttime = null; function draw(timestamp) { if (!starttime) { starttime = timestamp; } currenttime = timestamp - s...
...And 2 more matches

Drawing graphics - Learn web development
web as we talked about in our html multimedia and embedding module, the web was originally just text, which was very boring, so images were introduced — first via the <img> element and later via css properties such as background-image, and svg. this however was still not enough. while you could use css and javascript to animate (and otherwise manipulate) svg vector images — as they are represented by markup — there was still no way to do the same for bitmap images, and the tools available were rather limited. the web still had no way to effectively create animations, games, 3d scenes, and other requirements commonly handled by lower level languages such as c++ or java. the situation started to improve when browsers began to support the <canvas> element and associated canvas api — ap...
...), the image could become pixellated/distorted. getting the canvas context and final setup we need to do one final thing before we can consider our canvas template finished. to draw onto the canvas we need to get a special reference to the drawing area called a context. this is done using the htmlcanvaselement.getcontext() method, which for basic usage takes a single string as a parameter representing the type of context you want to retrieve. in this case we want a 2d canvas, so add the following javascript line below the others inside the <script> element: const ctx = canvas.getcontext('2d'); note: other context values you could choose include webgl for webgl, webgl2 for webgl 2, etc., but we won't need those in this article. so that's it — our canvas is now primed and ready for dr...
... your stroke, you use the strokestyle property; drawing a stroke rectangle is done using strokerect. add the following to the previous example, again below the previous javascript lines: ctx.strokestyle = 'rgb(255, 255, 255)'; ctx.strokerect(25, 25, 175, 200); the default width of strokes is 1 pixel; you can adjust the linewidth property value to change this (it takes a number representing the number of pixels wide the stroke is). add the following line in between the previous two lines: ctx.linewidth = 5; now you should see that your white outline has become much thicker! that's it for now. at this point your example should look like this: note: the finished code is available on github as 2_canvas_rectangles.html. drawing paths if you want to draw anything more co...
...And 2 more matches

Introduction to web APIs - Learn web development
the functionality the api makes available (contained in object methods). note: if you are not already familiar with how objects work, you should go back and work through our javascript objects module before continuing. let's return to the example of the web audio api — this is a fairly complex api, which consists of a number of objects. the most obvious ones are: audiocontext, which represents an audio graph that can be used to manipulate audio playing inside the browser, and has a number of methods and properties available to manipulate that audio. mediaelementaudiosourcenode, which represents an <audio> element containing sound you want to play and manipulate inside the audio context. audiodestinationnode, which represents the destination of the audio, i.e. the device on your comp...
...ple. ...
...which is done using the audionode.connect() method available on every node type: audiosource.connect(gainnode).connect(audioctx.destination); the audio starts in the source, which is then connected to the gain node so the audio's volume can be adjusted. the gain node is then connected to the destination node so the sound can be played on your computer (the audiocontext.destination property represents whatever is the default audiodestinationnode available on your computer's hardware, e.g. your speakers). they have recognizable entry points when using an api, you should make sure you know where the entry point is for the api. in the web audio api, this is pretty simple — it is the audiocontext object, which needs to be used to do any audio manipulation whatsoever. the document object mode...
...And 2 more matches

Object-oriented JavaScript for beginners - Learn web development
prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css, familiarity with javascript basics (see first steps and building blocks) and oojs basics (see introduction to objects). ...
...instances. object-oriented programming — the basics to start with, let's give you a simplistic, high-level view of what object-oriented programming (oop) is. we say simplistic, because oop can quickly get very complicated, and giving it a full treatment now would probably confuse more than help. the basic idea of oop is that we use objects to model real world things that we want to represent inside our programs, and/or provide a simple way to access functionality that would otherwise be hard or impossible to make use of. objects can contain related data and code, which represent information about the thing you are trying to model, and functionality or behavior that you want it to have. object data (and often, functions too) can be stored neatly (the official word is encapsulated) in...
...ing you are trying to model, and functionality or behavior that you want it to have. object data (and often, functions too) can be stored neatly (the official word is encapsulated) inside an object package (which can be given a specific name to refer to, which is sometimes called a namespace), making it easy to structure and access; objects are also commonly used as data stores that can be easily sent across the network. defining an object template let's consider a simple program that displays information about the students and teachers at a school. here we'll look at oop theory in general, not in the context of any specific programming language. to start this off, we could return to our person object type from our first objects article, which defines the generic data and functionality of a...
...And 2 more matches

Test your skills: Object basics - Learn web development
thod using dot notation (it will log the greeting to the browser devtools' console). update the color property value to black. try updating the live code below to recreate the finished example: download the starting point for this task to work in your own editor or in an online editor. ...
.... update the color property value to black. try updating the live code below to recreate the finished example: download the starting point for this task to work in your own editor or in an online editor. object basics 2 in our next task, we want you to have a go at creating your own object literal to represent one of your favourite bands. the required members are: name: a string representing the band name. ...
...updating the live code below to recreate the finished example: download the starting point for this task to work in your own editor or in an online editor. object basics 2 in our next task, we want you to have a go at creating your own object literal to represent one of your favourite bands. the required members are: name: a string representing the band name. nationality: a string representing the country the band comes from. genre: what type of music the band plays. members: a number representing the number of members the band has. formed: a number representing the year the band formed. split: a number representing the year the band split up, or false if they are still together. albums: an array representing the albums released by the band. each array item should be an object ...
...And 2 more matches

Understanding client-side JavaScript frameworks - Learn web development
many modern companies use frameworks as a standard part of their tooling, so many front-end development jobs now require framework experience. as an aspiring front-end developer, it can be hard to work out where to begin when learning frameworks — there are so many different frameworks to choose from, new ones appear all the time, they mostly work in a similar way but do some things differently, and there are some specific things to be careful about when using frameworks. ...
...we want you to go forward and learn about frameworks in a pragmatic way that doesn't forget about web platform fundamental best practices such as accessibility. get started now, with "introduction to client-side frameworks" prerequisites you should real...
...arning client-side frameworks — html, css, and especially javascript. your code will be richer and more professional as a result, and you'll be able to troubleshoot problems with more confidence if you understand the fundamental web platform features that the frameworks are building on top of. looking to become a front-end web developer? we have put together a course that includes all the essential information you need to work towards your goal. get started introductory guides 1. introduction to client-side frameworks we begin our look at frameworks with a general overview of the area, looking at a brief history of javascript and frameworks, why frameworks exist and what they give us, how to start thinking about choosing a framework to learn, and what alternatives there are to cli...
...And 2 more matches

HTMLIFrameElement.sendTouchEvent()
t allows you to fake a touch event and send it to the browser <iframe>'s content. note: this method is available for touch-enabled devices only. syntax instanceofhtmliframeelement.sendtouchevent(type, x, y, rx, ry, rotationangles, forces, count, modifiers); returns void. ...
...ch-enabled devices only. syntax instanceofhtmliframeelement.sendtouchevent(type, x, y, rx, ry, rotationangles, forces, count, modifiers); returns void. parameters type a string representing the event type. possible values are touchstart, touchend, touchmove, or touchcancel. x an array of numbers representing the x position of each touch point relative to the browser <iframe>'s visible area in css pixels. ...
... rotationangles, forces, count, modifiers); returns void. parameters type a string representing the event type. possible values are touchstart, touchend, touchmove, or touchcancel. x an array of numbers representing the x position of each touch point relative to the browser <iframe>'s visible area in css pixels. y an array of numbers representing the y position of each touch point relative to the browser <iframe>'s visible area in css pixels. rx an array of numbers representing the x radius of each touch point in css pixels. ry an array of numbers representing the y radius of each touch point in css pixels. rotationangles an array of numbers representing the angle of each touch point in degrees. forces an array of numbers repre...
...And 2 more matches

HTTP Cache
s. two storage objects created with in any way different nsiloadcontextinfo arguments are strictly and completely distinct and cache entries in them do not overlap even when having the same uris. nsicachestorage //github.com/realityripple/uxp/blob/master/netwerk/cache2/nsicachestorage.idl obtained from call to one of the *storage methods on nsicachestorageservice. represents a distinct storage area (or scope) to put and get cache entries mapped by urls into and from it. similarity with the old cache: this interface may be with some limitations considered as a mirror to nsicachesession, but less generic and not inclining to abuse. unimplemented or underimplemented functionality: asyncevictstorage (bug 977766), asyncvisitstorage (bug 916052) n...
...red as a mirror to nsicachesession, but less generic and not inclining to abuse. unimplemented or underimplemented functionality: asyncevictstorage (bug 977766), asyncvisitstorage (bug 916052) nsicacheentryopencallback //github.com/realityripple/uxp/blob/master/netwerk/cache2/nsicacheentryopencallback.idl the result of nsicachestorage.asyncopenuri is always and only sent to callbacks on this interface. these callbacks are ensured to be invoked when asyncopenuri returns ns_ok. important difference in behavior from the old cache: when the cache entry object is already present in memory or open as “force-new” (a.k.a “open-truncate”) this callback is invoked sooner then the asyncopenuri method returns (i.e. immediately); there is currently no w...
...ality is currently pending in bug 976866. storage and entries scopes a scope key string used to map the storage scope is based on the arguments of nsiloadcontextinfo. ...
...And 2 more matches

Addon
api consumers should take care to verify the existence of these methods or properties before relying on them. ...
...api consumers should take care to verify the existence of these methods or properties before relying on them. ...
...ing the type of the add-on. userdisabled boolean true if the user wants this add-on to be disabled. version read only string the version of the add-on. optional properties attribute type description abouturl read only string the url of the about dialog to display for this add-on. this is passed to window.opendialog() when presenting the about dialog. if you don't provide an abouturl, a generic about dialog is displayed. the dialog receives the addon object representing your add-on as a parameter. applybackgroundupdates integer indicates whether updates found in the background for this add-on will be applied automatically. see auto update values. the user is provided a ui for this in the add-ons manager and ...
...And 2 more matches

PromiseWorker.jsm
with the duration of the off main thread execution for this call. aclosure optional an object holding strong references to value that should not be garbage-collected before the reply has been received. atransferlist optional an optional array of transferable objects to transfer ownership of. if the ownership of an object is transferred, it becomes unusable (neutered) in the context it was sent from, and it becomes available only to the worker it was sent to. only messageport and arraybuffer objects can be transferred. to learn more on how to achieve this see the section in this article titled transferring special data from main thread to worker. returns a promise object. transferring special data from main thread to worker the regular rules of workers apply; special data of messa...
...tline below this shows how to do the same with meta syntax. sending a message from worker with all other workers, to send a message to the main thread, postmessage is typically used. however with promiseworker objects this is no longer the case, simply return data or throw from your function depending if you want to resolve or reject the promise. in summary, from a worker file, data can only be sent back as a response to a request from the main thread, it is not possible for a worker to send data to the main thread otherwise, this is a key difference between promiseworker worker file and all other types of workers. resolving the promise to resolve the promise from the worker, simply return anything from the worker scope, and the main thread promise will be resolved with the returned value.
...worker to send data to the main thread otherwise, this is a key difference between promiseworker worker file and all other types of workers. resolving the promise to resolve the promise from the worker, simply return anything from the worker scope, and the main thread promise will be resolved with the returned value. function func(buffer) { // do something with buffer... return 1; // 1 is sent back to main thread, as a resolved promise. } transferring special data from worker to main thread just as it was possible to transfer special data from main thread to worker, it is possible to transfer data from the worker to the main thread. transferring is possible only when resolving the promise from the worker. unlike when sending/transferring from the main thread, transferring from worke...
...And 2 more matches

Mozilla Style System
the style system is split in half rather neatly. in one half (the backend) are the sources of specified style data, and in the other half (the frontend) is the code that turns the specified values into computed values. ...
...ackend) are the sources of specified style data, and in the other half (the frontend) is the code that turns the specified values into computed values. the barrier between these two halves consists of three abstract interfaces, plus some smaller structures associated with some methods on each: nsistylesheet nsistylesheet represents what one would think of as a style sheet: the in-memory representation of a css file or other source of style data. some style sheets are managed by the document; some apply to all documents. the style system actually has relatively little to do with style sheets; it instead deals with style rule processors. nsistyleruleprocessor a style rule processor represents an origin within the css cascade. thus there is a single style rule processor for all user-age...
...the methods on nsistyleruleprocessor allow the front end to ask the back ends for the style data that applies to a given element or pseudo-element, in the form of style rules. nsistylerule an nsistylerule is animmutable set of css property-value pairs. for css style sheets, they correspond to css's concept of rules. ...
...And 2 more matches

PRExplodedTime
a clock/calendar representation of times. syntax #include <prtime.h> typedef struct prexplodedtime { print32 tm_usec; print32 tm_sec; print32 tm_min; print32 tm_hour; print32 tm_mday; print32 tm_month; print16 tm_year; print8 tm_wday; print16 tm_yday; prtimeparameters tm_params; } prexplodedtime; description the prexplodedtime structure represents clock/calendar time. prexplodedtime has the familiar time components: year, month, day of month, hour, minute, second. it also has a microsecond component, as well as the day of week and the day of year. in addition, prexplodedtime includes a prtimeparameters structure representing the local time zone information, so that the time point is non-ambiguously specified. ...
... tm_month: number of months past tm_year. the range is [0, 11]. 0 is january and 11 is december. tm_mday: the day of month. the range is [1, 31]. note that it starts from 1 as opposed to 0. tm_hour: number of hours past tm_mday. ...
...rts from 1 as opposed to 0. tm_hour: number of hours past tm_mday. the range is [0, 23]. tm_min: number of minutes past tm_hour. the range is [0, 59]. tm_sec: number of seconds past tm_min. the range is [0, 61]. the values 60 and 61 are for accommodating up to two leap seconds. tm_usec: number of microseconds past tm_sec. the range is [0, 999999]. ...
...And 2 more matches

Tracing JIT
mozilla codebase. the jstracer component consists of a monitor and a recorder. the monitor watches the executing spidermonkey interpreter. when the monitor determines that the interpreter has entered a region of code that would benefit from native compilation, the monitor activates the recorder. ...
...lir is a conventional three-address, linear ssa code. a single instruction of lir is called a lins, short for "lir instruction". lins values are depicted in blue in the schematic diagram. in contrast, a single native instruction is called a nins, and is depicted in red in the schematic diagram. ...
...e nanojit compilation pipeline and assembler transform the lins values into nins values. nanojit/fragmento.* the nanojit/fragment.cpp and nanojit/fragmento.cpp files define the fragment and fragmento classes. a fragmento is a resource-management object that allocates and stores a set of fragments and pages, and manages their lifecycle. a fragmento owns its associated fragments. a fragment represents a single linear code sequence, typically terminating in a jump to another fragment or back to the beginning of the fragment. a fragment's code is stored in a set of associated pages and guardrecords allocated from the fragment's owning fragmento. a fragment initially holds no pages. as the compilation pipeline inserts lir instructions (lins values) into the fragment, it allocates pages to store ...
...And 2 more matches

XForms Accessibility
- state_invalid attributes redefines datatype aria attribute. its value is xml schema builit-in datatype of instance node that xforms element is bound to. children mozilla xforms implementation allows form control elements to have child elements. therefore accessible children are formed from any accessible child elements of form control element and from elements that are introduced by its presentation. forms controls module some of form control elements may be represented in few ways by different widgets. this section lists accessible presentations for form control elements. input a key xforms element to show and change the instance data to which it is bound (see the spec, the docs). the follwoing representations input element are accessible: text field - see the docs. checkbox - ...
...ment to show and change the instance data to which it is bound (see the spec, the docs). the follwoing representations input element are accessible: text field - see the docs. checkbox - see the docs datepicker - see the docs. calendar - see the docs. days list - see the docs. months list - see the docs. secret used for inputting passwords (see the spec, the docs). this element is represented by password field. textarea serves to show/change multiline text (see the spec, the docs). this element is represented by multiline text field. output serves to show instance data that the element is bound to (see the spec, the docs). it can have the following presentations: text - see the docs. calendar - see the docs. upload provides a means for the user to select a file (see the s...
...es to show/change multiline text (see the spec, the docs). this element is represented by multiline text field. output serves to show instance data that the element is bound to (see the spec, the docs). it can have the following presentations: text - see the docs. calendar - see the docs. upload provides a means for the user to select a file (see the spec, the docs). this element is represented by upload. range allows the user to choose a value from within a specific range of values (see the spec, the docs). currently it is represented by a slider only. trigger allows the user to initiate actions (see the spec, the docs). this element is represented by button. submit invokes the submission of the selected instance data to its target destination (see the spec, the docs). this ele...
...And 2 more matches

Mork
ta-dictionary, the only cell we care about is if the key is 'a' (for atom scope). this value is used to establish which dictionary the aliases are added to. most files will have just two dictionaries: the column scope dictionary ('c') and the value scope dictionary ('v', the default). the keys are hexadecimal numbers starting at 0x80, because the values less than 0x80 are theoretically their representative ascii values. tables a table is set of rows, potentially with a meta-row. the table id is specified using the mid at the beginning of the table. furthermore, the scope of the mid also serves as the default scope of rows defined within the table. the meta-row of the table (different from the meta-row of a row) contains a few things you might care about. the first is the kind column (k), where...
...it is unique (i.e., the only table of its kind), and a 'v' if it is verbose (which also appears to be unused). the presence of a row or rowreference in the meta-table indicates that said row is the meta-row of the table: it contains arbitrary properties for the entire table just like a normal row. for example, the message summary format files use a table for each thread, where the meta-rows represent information about the thread in general. the last important point about tables is the meaning of the minuses. a minus before the table id indicates that all the rows currently stored in the table should be removed before adding more rows. a minus sign before a row or rowreference indicates that said row should be removed from the table. rows for the most part, a row should not be seen outside of...
...e in practice. the rowreference is a mid that refers to a specific row. if it occurs in a table, you can treat it as adding that row to a table; in a meta-table, it is the same as making that row the meta-row of the table. groups, a.k.a. changesets a group is theoretically an atomic transaction à la sql's transactions. the equivalent of begin transaction is the '@$${hex{@' identify (the hex represents the id). commit transaction is '@$$}hex}@' and rollback transaction '@$$}~~}'. a brief survey of mozilla code implies that it an aborted transaction is only used if mork loses internal consistency. cells and aliases and mids cells are the core of mork: they are key-value pairs of columns and the particular row's values. you can either manually refer to the key or use an alias to the key, and you...
...And 2 more matches

Places utilities for JavaScript
. bookmarks nsinavbookmarksservice history nsinavhistoryservice globalhistory nsibrowserhistory livemarks nsilivemarkservice annotations nsiannotationservice favicons nsifaviconservice microsummaries nsimicrosummaryservice tagging nsitaggingservice rdf nsirdfservice ptm nsiplacestransactionsservice clipboard nsiclipboard urifixup nsiurifixup special places these are essentially references to the id's of special folders within places. they can save you time calling the service and searching for a particular folder on your own. placesrootid bookmarksmenufolderid the bookmarks menu. toolbarfolderid the bookmarks toolbar. tagsfolderid the folder that tags are stored in. unfiledbookmarksfolderid other other attributes stored in placesutils. localst...
... nodeis() there are a ton of nodeis(something) functions in here to check properties of a bookmark node. the all take in the same argument and return a boolean true or false, so i'm just going to list them all in one lump: boolean nodeisfolder(anode) determines whether or not a resultnode is a bookmark folder or not. boolean nodeisbookmark(anode) determines whether or not a resultnode represents a bookmarked uri. boolean nodeisseparator(anode) determines whether or not a resultnode is a bookmark separator. boolean nodeisvisit(anode) determines whether or not a resultnode is a visit item or not boolean nodeisuri(anode) determines whether or not a resultnode is a url item or not boolean nodeisquery(anode) determines whether or not a resultnode is a query item or not boolean nodei...
...l or type_unicode. return type returns a string serialization of the node unwrapnodes() unwraps data from the clipboard or the current drag session. array object unwrapnodes(blob, type) parameters blob a blob (string) of data, in some format we potentially know how to parse. type the content type of the blob. return type returns an array of objects representing each item contained by the source. maketransaction() constructs a transaction for the drop or paste of a blob of data into a container. maketransaction(data, type, container, index, copy) parameters data the unwrapped data blob of dropped or pasted data. type the content type of the data container the container t...
...And 2 more matches

Using XPCOM Utilities to Make Things Easier
r(name, components, ctor, dtor) this combines the last two macros so that you can define functions to be called at the construction and destruction of the module object. module implementation macros the general case is to use ns_impl_nsgetmodule, which doesn't take any callbacks, but all the macros follow the same general pattern. all of these macros work on an array of structures represented by the components parameter. each structure describes a cid that is to be registered with xpcom. the first parameter for each of these macros is an arbitrary string that names the module. in a debugging environment, this string will be printed to the screen when the component library is loaded or unloaded. you should pick a name that makes sense and helps you keep track of things. the four req...
... }; the important thing to note in the fictitious listing above is that it can support multiple components in a module. modules such as the networking libraries in gecko ("necko") have over 50 components declared in a single nsmodulecomponentinfo array like this. the first entry of the nsmodulecomponentinfo above is the name of the component. though it isn't used that much internally at the present time, this name should be something that meaningfully describes the module. the second entry of the nsmodulecomponentinfo is the cid. the usual practice is to put the class id (cid) into a #define and use the define to declare the cid in the components list. many cids take the following form: #define ns_ioservice_cid \ { /* 9ac9e770-18bc-11d3-9337-00104ba0fd40 */ ...
...mple", sampleconstructor } }; ns_impl_nsgetmodule(nssamplemodule, components) string classes in xpcom strings are usually thought of as linear sequences of characters. in c++, the string literal "xpcom", for example, consists of 6 consecutive bytes, where `x' is at byte offset zero and a null character is at byte offset 5. other kinds of strings like "wide" strings use two bytes to represent each character, and are often used to deal with unicode strings. the string classes in xpcom are not just limited to representing a null terminated sequence of characters, however. they are fairly complex because they support the gecko layout engine and other subsystems that manage large chunks of data. additionally, in some versions of mozilla the string classes support sequences of characters ...
...And 2 more matches

nsACString
methods beginreading the beginreading function returns a const pointer to the first element of the string's internal buffer. ...
... methods beginreading the beginreading function returns a const pointer to the first element of the string's internal buffer. ...
... methods beginreading the beginreading function returns a const pointer to the first element of the string's internal buffer. ...
...And 2 more matches

nsAString
methods beginreading the beginreading function returns a const pointer to the first element of the string's internal buffer. ...
... methods beginreading the beginreading function returns a const pointer to the first element of the string's internal buffer. ...
... methods beginreading the beginreading function returns a const pointer to the first element of the string's internal buffer. ...
...And 2 more matches

IAccessibleHyperlink
non-text objects can have either a single link or a collection of links such as when the non-text object is an image map. linked objects and anchors are implementation dependent. this interface is derived from iaccessibleaction. iaccessibleaction.nactions() is one greater than the maximum value for the indices used with the methods of this interface. ...
...s should not rely on the inheritance. method overview [propget] hresult anchor([in] long index, [out] variant anchor ); [propget] hresult anchortarget([in] long index, [out] variant anchortarget ); [propget] hresult endindex([out] long index ); [propget] hresult startindex([out] long index ); [propget] hresult valid([out] boolean valid ); methods anchor() returns an object that represents the link anchor, as appropriate for the link at the specified index. [propget] hresult anchor( [in] long index, [out] variant anchor ); parameters index a 0 based index identifies the anchor when, as in the case of an image map, there is more than one link represented by this object. the valid maximal index is indicated by iaccessibleaction.nactions(). anchor this is an implementation depe...
...is method could return the substring of the containing string where the substring is overridden with link behavior, and for an image link this method could return an iunknown variant for iaccessibleimage. see the section about. return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed, [out] value is null. s_false if there is nothing to return, [out] value is null. s_ok. anchortarget() returns an object representing the target of the link, as appropriate for the link at the specified index. [propget] hresult anchortarget( [in] long index, [out] variant anchortarget ); parameters index a 0 based index identifies the anchor when, as in the case of an image map, there is more than one link represented by this object. the valid maximal index is indicated by iaccessibleaction.nactions(). anchortarget thi...
...And 2 more matches

nsIAccessibleRetrieval
node. getaccessibleinshell() return an nsiaccessible for a dom node in the given pres shell. create a new accessible of the appropriate type if necessary, or use one from the accessibility cache if it already exists. nsiaccessible getaccessibleinshell( in nsidomnode anode, in nsipresshell apresshell ); parameters anode the dom node to get an accessible for. apresshell the presentation shell which contains layout info for the dom node. return value the nsiaccessible for the given dom node. getaccessibleinweakshell() obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) return an nsiaccessible for a dom node in the given weak shell. create a new accessible of the appropriate type if necessary, or use one from the accessibility cac...
...monkey 2.1) return an nsiaccessible for a dom node in the given weak shell. create a new accessible of the appropriate type if necessary, or use one from the accessibility cache if it already exists. nsiaccessible getaccessibleinweakshell( in nsidomnode anode, in nsiweakreference apresshell ); parameters anode the dom node to get an accessible for. apresshell the presentation shell which contains layout info for the dom node. return value the nsiaccessible for the given dom node. getaccessibleinwindow() obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) return an nsiaccessible for a dom node in present shell for this dom window. create a new accessible of the appropriate type if necessary, or use one from the accessi...
...bsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) return an nsiaccessible for an already created dom node in the given weak shell. does not create a new one -- only returns cached accessibles. nsiaccessible getcachedaccessible( in nsidomnode anode, in nsiweakreference ashell ); parameters anode the dom node to get an accessible for. ashell the presentation shell which contains layout info for the dom node. return value the nsiaccessible for the given dom node or null if an accessible does not already exist for this dom node. getcachedaccessnode() obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) return an nsiaccessnode for an already created dom node in the given weak shell. does not create a new...
...And 2 more matches

nsIMessenger
in acstring aurl); void loadurl(in nsidomwindow ptr, in acstring aurl); void launchexternalurl(in acstring aurl); boolean canundo(); boolean canredo(); unsigned long getundotransactiontype(); unsigned long getredotransactiontype(); void undo(in nsimsgwindow msgwindow); void redo(in nsimsgwindow msgwindow); void sendunsentmessages(in nsimsgidentity aidentity, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow); void setdocumentcharset(in acstring characterset); void saveas(in acstring auri, in boolean aasfile, in nsimsgidentity aidentity, in astring amsgfilename); void openattachment(in acstring contenttpe, in acstring url, in acstring displayname, in acstring messageuri, in boolean isexternalattachment); ...
... unsigned long acurpos, out unsigned long acount, [array, size_is(acount)] out string ahistory); note: prior to gecko 8.0, all references to nsidomwindow used in this interface were nsidomwindow. attributes attribute type description transactionmanager nsitransactionmanager readonly: the transaction manager for this nsimessenger instance. sendingunsentmsgs boolean indicates if sending messages is in progress. lastdisplayedmessageuri acstring readonly: the url of the last displayed message. navigatepos long the current index in the navigation history. constants name value description eunknown 0 unknown transaction type. edeletemsg 1 delete transaction type. ...
...parameters awin a window. as far as i can tell this isn't used or checked. aurl the url to open. launchexternalurl() launches the nsiexternalprotocolservice and sends it the url. void launchexternalurl(in acstring aurl); parameters aurl the url to open. canundo() queries if there are any undo items in the transaction manager. boolean canundo(); return value boolean representing whether undo is available. canredo() queries if there are any redo items in the transaction manager. boolean canredo(); return value boolean representing whether redo is available. getundotransactiontype() gets the type of the next undo transaction. unsigned long getundotransactiontype(); return value a long representing the type of the transaction. see #constants for avail...
...And 2 more matches

nsINavBookmarksService
s, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. tarray version of getbookmarkfolders() for ease of use in c++ code. pass in a reference to a tarray; it will get cleared and filled with the resulting list of folder ids. void getbookmarkfolderstarray( in nsiuri auri, in print64array aresult ); parameters auri aresult returns an nsiuri representing the uri whose bookmark is to be retrieved. if there is no bookmarked page found, it will return null. this method retrieves the list of bookmark ids that contain the given uri. void getbookmarkidsforuri( in nsiuri auri, out unsigned long count, optional [array, retval, size_is(count)] out long long bookmarks ); parameters auri the uri whose list of bookmark ids is to be retrieved...
...in nsiuri auri, in print64array aresult ); parameters auri the uri whose list of bookmark ids is to be retrieved. aresult the list of bookmark ids. getbookmarkuri() this method retrieves the uri for a bookmark item. nsiuri getbookmarkuri( in long long aitemid ); parameters aitemid the id of the bookmark item whose uri is to be retrieved. return value returns a nsiuri representing the uri of the bookmark. getchildfolder() obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) this method retrieves the id of a child folder with the given name. this does not recurse, so you have to give it an immediate sibling of the given folder. long long getchildfolder( in long long afolder, in astring asubfolder ); parameters afold...
... 40.0 / seamonkey 2.37)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. this method retrieves the uri associated with the given keyword. nsiuri geturiforkeyword( in astring keyword ); parameters keyword the keyword whose uri is to be retrieved. return value returns a nsiuri representing the uri associated with the given keyword. empty if no such keyword is found. importbookmarkshtml() obsolete since gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) loads the given bookmarks.html file and merges it with the current bookmarks hierarchy. void importbookmarkshtml( in nsiuri url ); parameters url the url of the bookmarks.html file to be merged. importbookmarksh...
...And 2 more matches

MailNews fakeserver
handlers. writing a new fakeserver since the number of protocols we use is very small, most people shouldn't have to write an entirely new daemon and handler setup by themselves. that said, someone writing a new test may have to take into account a new handler. a handler will contain the following methods: <caption> handler methods </caption> name arguments returns notes [command] rest of sent line server's response the name is normalized to be uppercase. onerror command, rest of sent line server's response called if handler does not define the command function. onstartup none server's response called when a connection is made. onmultiline sent line server's response or nothing called when in multi-line mode. postcommand server object none called after every command. the se...
...function. onstartup none server's response called when a connection is made. onmultiline sent line server's response or nothing called when in multi-line mode. postcommand server object none called after every command. the server is smart about the responses and will normalize all occurrences of '\n' (but not '\r') to '\r\n' for you, as well as append the '\r\n' to the response if not present. it will also properly queue all messages sent in pipelining mode and will present lines without any eol characters. in addition, it uses utf-8 as the transmission medium. the server presents the following api to the handler: <caption> server api </caption> name arguments returns description closesocket none nothing closes the socket and stops the test. setmultiline the new value of multil...
...aption> name arguments returns description performtest none nothing runs until the test is forcibly aborted or stopped normally isstopped none if the server is stopped helper for performtest istestfinished none if the test is finished helper for performtest playtransaction none the transaction the transaction is an object with two properties: us, and them; us is an array of responses we sent, them an array of commands received resettest none nothing prepares the server for the next test without closing the connection start port number nothing starts the server listening stop none nothing stops the server and closes the connection using fakeserver in qa testing debug output from fakeservers it is possible to get the fakeservers to dump to the console the commands they hav...
...And 2 more matches

Declaring types
the ctypes object offers a number of constructor methods that let you declare types. every type is represented by a ctype object, which, in turn, provides a constructor method you can call to define values of those types. each type you declare using js-ctypes corresponds to a compatible c declaration. types are declared in terms of other, already defined types. at the core of all this is a set of predefined types provided by js-ctypes. these are all primitive types, upon which all other types are eventually based. primitive types primitive types are those types that represent a single value in memory, as opposed to arrays, structures, or functions. you can define values of these types without declaring new types. for example, to define a new 32-bit integer variable with the value 5: var...
...declaring new primitive types there are times when you want to create new types that are simply new names for existing primitive types. for example, on windows, you may wish to be able to use the windows-standard dword type name for unsigned 32-bit integers. ...
...the format, then, looks like this: [ { field1: type1 }, { field2: type2 }, ... ...
...And 2 more matches

ctypes
these values will be 32-bit or 64-bit, they are not automatically converted into javascript numbers. instead, these convert into ctypes.int64 or ctypes.uint64 javascript objects; see 64-bit integers for details. type description size_t a platform-dependent size type. ssize_t a platform-dependent size type. intptr_t a platform-dependent integer representation of a pointer. uintptr_t a platform-dependent unsigned integer representation of a pointer. javascript characters 16-bit c unicode characters are handled by js-ctypes using the jschar type. type description jschar a 16-bit unsigned character. this is different from uint16_t in that c jschar values are automatically converted into 1-character javasc...
... type description void_t the special c type void. this can only be used as a return value type. note: you must use void_t, not void, since void is a keyword in javascript. voidptr_t the c type void *. this is a pointer to an indeterminate type of data. ...
...u must use void_t, not void, since void is a keyword in javascript. voidptr_t the c type void *. this is a pointer to an indeterminate type of data. large integer types because javascript doesn't support large (64-bit) integers, js-ctypes provides two data types allowing access to 64-bit integer data. type description int64 a javascript object representing a 64-bit signed integer. uint64 a javascript object representing a 64-bit unsigned integer. methods cast() casts the specified cdata object to a new type, returning a new cdata object representing the value in the new type. see type casting for details. cdata cast( data, type ); parameters data the cdata object to type cast. type the type to which to cast the v...
...And 2 more matches

Mozilla
ns where perfectly legitimate words are missing from the english spell check dictionary in firefox. this article describes the process for adding a word to the dictionary. adding phishing protection data providers phishing protection technology lets firefox help protect users by comparing the urls the user visits to a list of known scam sites, and presenting a warning to the user when they visit a site on the list. an introduction to hacking mozilla this guide introduces the mozilla project and provides an overview for developers interested in contributing to or exploring the various parts of the codebase. android-specific test suites there are several android-specific test suites that run on...
... document loading (navigation) channels are set chooseapplicationcache flag, which happens in nsdocshell::douriload(). channels having that flag set are searching for nsiapplicationcache object prior inspecting normal http cache. nsiapplicationcacheservice::chooseapplicationcache is given the url the channel is about to load. it synchronously returns an nsiapplicationcache object representing the most recent cache version from the most recent cache group containing the entry under the url or a matching namespace. benchmarking debug builds (--enable-debug) and non-optimized builds (--disable-optimize) are much slower. any performance metrics gathered by such builds are largely unrelated to what would be found in a release br...
... as "standards" mode in all details save one, where it works like "quirks" mode: the height calculations for line boxes and some of the inline elements in them. geckoview-junit tests the geckoview-junit tests are on-device android junit tests written for geckoview. getting from content to layout gecko maintains two separate representations of a document in memory: the content tree and the frame tree. changes to a document originate in the content tree (from dom modification by scripting, insertion of elements from the parser, etc.) and are propogated to the layout tree through magic that primarily resides in //github.com/realityripple/uxp/blob/master/layout/base/nscssframeconstructor.cpp ...
...And 2 more matches

Plug-in Basics - Plugins
stering plug-ins. checking plug-ins by mime type the enabledplugin property in javascript can be used to determine which plug-in is configured for a specific mime type. though plug-ins may support multiple mime types and each mime type may be supported by multiple plug-ins, only one plug-in can be configured for a mime type. the enabledplugin property is a reference to a plugin object that represents the plug-in that is configured for the specified mime type. you might need to know which plug-in is configured for a mime type, for example, to dynamically create an object element on the page if the user has a plug-in configured for the mime type. the following example uses javascript to determine whether the adobe flash plug-in is installed. if it is, a movie is displayed. // can we display...
... part of a larger html document and is loaded at the time the document is displayed. the plug-in is visible as a rectangular subpart of the page (unless it is hidden). embedded plug-ins are commonly used for multimedia images relating to text in the page, such as the adobe flash plug-in. when gecko encounters the object or embed element in a document, it attempts to find and display the file represented by the data and src attributes, respectively. the height and width attributes of the object element determine the size of the embedded plug-in in the html page. for example, this object element calls a plug-in that displays video: <object data="newave.avi" type="video/avi" width="320" height="200" autostart="true" loop="true"> </object> a hidden plug-in is a type of embedded ...
...e first set of object element attributes are urls. classid is the url of the specific object implementation. this attribute is similar to the code attribute of the applet element. though gecko does not support this object attribute, you can nest object elements with different attributes to use the object element for embedding plug-ins on any browser platform (see the example above). data represents the url of the object's data; this is equivalent to the src attribute of embed. codebase represents the url of the plug-in; this is the same as the codebase attribute of the applet element. for plug-ins, codebase is the same as pluginspace. type represents the mime type of the plug-in; this is the same as the type attribute of embed. height, width, align are basic img/embed/applet attributes ...
...And 2 more matches

Debugger.Environment - Firefox Developer Tools
ecmascript environments form a tree, in which each local environment is parented by its enclosing environment (in ecmascript terms, its ‘outer’ environment). we say an environmentbinds an identifier if that environment itself associates the identifier with a variable, independently of its outer environments. ...
... ecmascript environments form a tree, in which each local environment is parented by its enclosing environment (in ecmascript terms, its ‘outer’ environment). we say an environmentbinds an identifier if that environment itself associates the identifier with a variable, independently of its outer environments. ...
...pe in an environment if the identifier is bound in that environment or any enclosing environment. spidermonkey creates debugger.environment instances as needed as the debugger inspects stack frames and function objects; calling debugger.environment as a function or constructor raises a typeerror exception. spidermonkey creates exactly one debugger.environment instance for each environment it presents via a given debugger instance: if the debugger encounters the same environment through two different routes (perhaps two functions have closed over the same environment), spidermonkey presents the same debugger.environment instance to the debugger each time. this means that the debugger can use the == operator to recognize when two debugger.environment instances refer to the same environment in ...
...And 2 more matches

AnalyserNode - Web APIs
it is an audionode that passes the audio stream unchanged from the input to the output, but allows you to take the generated data, process it, and create audio visualizations. an analysernode has exactly one input and one output. the node works even if the output is not connected. ...
...consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">analysernode</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} constructor analysernode() creates a new instance of an analysernode object. properties inherits properties from its parent, audionode. ...
...nalysernode.fftsize is an unsigned long value representing the size of the fft (fast fourier transform) to be used to determine the frequency domain. analysernode.frequencybincount read only is an unsigned long value half that of the fft size. this generally equates to the number of data values you will have to play with for the visualization. analysernode.mindecibels is a double value representing the minimum power value in the scaling range for the fft analysis data, for conversion to unsigned byte values — basically, this specifies the minimum value for the range of results when using getbytefrequencydata(). ...
...And 2 more matches

BaseAudioContext - Web APIs
you wouldn't use baseaudiocontext directly — you'd use its features via one of these two inheriting interfaces. a baseaudiocontext can be a target of events, therefore it implements the eventtarget interface. ...
...:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties baseaudiocontext.audioworklet read only secure context returns the audioworklet object, which can be used to create and manage audionodes in which javascript code implementing the audioworkletprocessor interface are run in the background to process audio data. baseaudiocontext.currenttime read only returns a double representing an ever-increasing hardware time in seconds used for scheduling. it starts at 0. baseaudiocontext.destination read only returns an audiodestinationnode representing the final destination of all audio in the context. it can be thought of as the audio-rendering device. baseaudiocontext.listener read only returns the audiolistener object, used for 3d spatialization. baseaudiocontext.sample...
...the sample-rate of an audiocontext cannot be changed. baseaudiocontext.state read only returns the current state of the audiocontext. ...
...And 2 more matches

DirectoryEntrySync - Web APIs
it includes methods for creating, reading, looking up, and recursively removing files in a directory. this interface has been abandonned: it was on a standard track and it proves not a good idea. do not use it anymore. about this document this document was last updated on march 2, 2012 and follows the w3c specifications (working draft) drafted on april 19, 2011. this specification is pretty much abandoned, having failed to reach any substantial traction. basic concepts if you want to create subdirectories, you have to create each child directory in sequence. ...
...tion. basic concepts if you want to create subdirectories, you have to create each child directory in sequence. if you try to create a directory using a full path that includes parent directories that do not exist yet, you get an error. so create the hierarchy by recursively adding a new path after creating the parent directory. example the getfile() method returns a fileentrysync, which represents a file in the file system. the following creates an empty file called seekrits.txt in the root directory. var fileentry = fs.root.getfile('seekrits.txt', {create: true}); the getdirectory() method returns a directoryentrysync, which represents a file in the file system. the following creates a new directory called superseekrit in the root directory. var direntry = fs.root.getdirectory('supe...
... raises (fileexception); directoryentrysync getdirectory (in domstring path, in optional flags options) raises (fileexception); void removerecursively () raises (fileexception); methods createreader() creates a new directoryreadersync to read entries from this directory. directoryreadersync createreader ( ) raises (fileexception); returns directoryreadersync represents a directory in a file system. parameter none exceptions this method can raise a fileexception with the following codes: exception description not_found_err the directory does not exist. security_err the browser determined that it was not safe to look up the metadata. [ todo: explain why ] getfile() depending on how you've set the options para...
...And 2 more matches

ExtendableMessageEvent - Web APIs
the extendablemessageevent interface of the service worker api represents the event object of a message event fired on a service worker (when a message is received on the serviceworkerglobalscope from another context) — extends the lifetime of such events. this interface inherits from the extendableevent interface. constructor extendablemessageevent() creates a new extendablemessageevent object instance. properties inherits properties from its parent, extendableevent. extendablemessageevent.data read only returns the event's data. it can be any data type. extendablemessageevent.origin read only returns the origin of the client that sent the message. extendablemessageevent.lasteventid read only represents, in server-sent events, the last event id of the event source. th...
... methods inherits methods from its parent, extendableevent. ...
... methods inherits methods from its parent, extendableevent. examples in the below example a page gets a handle to the serviceworker object via serviceworkerregistration.active, and then calls its postmessage() function. ...
...And 2 more matches

FileSystem - Web APIs
the file and directory entries api interface filesystem is used to represent a file system. these objects can be obtained from the filesystem property on any file system entry. some browsers offer additional apis to create and manage file systems, such as chrome's requestfilesystem() method. this interface will not grant you access to the users filesystem. instead you will have a "virtual drive" within the browser sandbox. if you want to gain access to the users filesystem you need to invoke the user by eg. installing a chrome extension. the relevant chrome api can be found here. ...
...interface will not grant you access to the users filesystem. instead you will have a "virtual drive" within the browser sandbox. if you want to gain access to the users filesystem you need to invoke the user by eg. installing a chrome extension. the relevant chrome api can be found here. ...
...through this object, you can gain access to all files and directories in the file system. ...
...And 2 more matches

FileSystemDirectoryEntry.getDirectory() - Web APIs
the filesystemdirectoryentry interface's method getdirectory() returns a filesystemdirectoryentry object corresponding to a directory contained somewhere within the directory subtree rooted at the directory on which it's called. syntax filesystemdirectoryentry.getdirectory([path][, options][, successcallback][, errorcallback]); parameters path optional a usvstring representing an absolute path or a path relative to the directory on which the method is called, describing which directory entry to return. absolute paths may not be able to be used, for security reasons. options optional an object based on the filesystemflags dictionary, which allows you to specify whether or not to create the entry if it's missing and if it's an error if the file already exists. these options are curre...
...n the filesystemflags dictionary, which allows you to specify whether or not to create the entry if it's missing and if it's an error if the file already exists. these options are currently not useful in web contexts. successcallback optional a method to be called once the filesystemdirectoryentry has been created. the method receives a single parameter: the filesystemdirectoryentry object representing the directory in question. errorcallback optional a method to be called if an error occurs. receives as its sole input parameter a fileerror object describing the error which occurred. return value undefined. errors if an error occurs and an errorcallback was specified, it gets called with a single parameter: a fileerror object describing the error. the fileerror.code specifies what typ...
...rrorcallback is called with an appropriate error, such as fileerror.path_exists_err. true true path doesn't exist the file or directory is created, then a filesystemfileentry or a filesystemdirectoryentry is passed to the successcallback, as appropriate. [1] when create is false, the value of exclusive is irrelevant and ignored. example in this example, a function is presented whose job it is to locate within a user's app data directory a json file containing a user dictionary for a specified language, then load that dictionary. let dictionary = null; function loaddictionaryforlanguage(appdatadirentry, lang) { dictionary = null; appdatadirentry.getdirectory("dictionaries", {}, function(direntry) { direntry.getfile(lang + "-dict.json", {}, function(fileentr...
...And 2 more matches

FileSystemEntry - Web APIs
it includes methods for working with files—including copying, moving, removing, and reading files—as well as information about a file it points to—including the file name and its path from the root to the entry. because this is a non-standard api, whose specification is not currently on a standards track, it's important to keep in mind that not all browsers implement it, and those that do may implement only small portions of it. check the browser compatibility section for details. ...
...ent only small portions of it. check the browser compatibility section for details. basic concepts you don't create filesystementry objects directly. instead, you will receive an object based on this interface through other apis. this interface serves as a base class for the filesystemfileentry and filesystemdirectoryentry interfaces, which provide features specific to file system entries representing files and directories, respectively. the filesystementry interface includes methods that you would expect for manipulating files and directories, but it also includes a convenient method for obtaining the url of the entry: tourl(). it also introduces a new url scheme: filesystem:. you can use the filesystem: scheme on google chrome to see all the files and folders that are stored in the orig...
...ening a file system with temporary storage window.requestfilesystem(temporary, 1024*1024 /*1mb*/, function(fs) { fs.root.getfile('log.txt', {}, function(fileentry) { fileentry.remove(function() { console.log('file removed.'); }, onerror); }, onerror); }, onerror); properties this interface provides the following properties. filesystem read only a filesystem object representing the file system in which the entry is located. fullpath read only a usvstring object which provides the full, absolute path from the file system's root to the entry; it can also be thought of as a path which is relative to the root directory, prepended with a "/" character. isdirectory read only a boolean which is true if the entry represents a directory; otherwise, it's false. isfile r...
...And 2 more matches

File and Directory Entries API - Web APIs
implement the synchronous api. check the browser compatibility for any part of the api you use carefully, and see file and directory entries api support in firefox for more details. getting access to a file system there are two ways to get access to file systems defined in the current specification draft: when handling a drop event for drag and drop, you can call datatransferitem.webkitgetasentry() to get the filesystementry for a dropped item. if the result isn't null, then it's a dropped file or directory, and you can use file system calls to work with it. the htmlinputelement.webkitentries property lets you access the filesystemfileentry objects for the currently selected files, but only if they are dragged-and-dropped onto the file chooser (bug 1326031). if htmlinputelement.webkitd...
.... if htmlinputelement.webkitdirectory is true, the <input> element is instead a directory picker, and you get filesystemdirectoryentry objects for each selected directory. asynchronous api the asynchronous api should be used for most operations, to prevent file system accesses from blocking the entire browser if used on the main thread. it includes the following interfaces: filesystem represents a file system. filesystementry the basic interface representing a single entry in a file system. this is implemented by other interfaces which represent files or directories. filesystemfileentry represents a single file in a file system. filesystemdirectoryentry represents a single directory in a file system. filesystemdirectoryreader created by calling filesystemdirectoryentry.createrea...
... there are also two global functions (which are not part of the specification at this time and are implemented only by google chrome). they're available on the window object and implemented in localfilesystem: requestfilesystem() and resolvelocalfilesystemurl(). ...
...And 2 more matches

Guide to the Fullscreen API - Web APIs
this article demonstrates how to use the fullscreen api to place a given element into full-screen mode, as well as how to detect when the browser enters or exits full-screen mode. activating full-screen mode given an element that you'd like to present in full-screen mode (such as a <video>, for example), you can present it in full-screen mode by simply calling its requestfullscreen() method. let's consider this <video> element: <video controls id="myvideo"> <source src="somevideo.webm"></source> <source src="somevideo.mp4"></source> </video> we can put that video into full-screen mode as follows: var elem = document.getelementbyid("myvideo"); if (elem.requestfullscreen) { elem.requestfullscreen(); } this code checks for the existence of the requestfullscreen() method before call...
...is <video> element: <video controls id="myvideo"> <source src="somevideo.webm"></source> <source src="somevideo.mp4"></source> </video> we can put that video into full-screen mode as follows: var elem = document.getelementbyid("myvideo"); if (elem.requestfullscreen) { elem.requestfullscreen(); } this code checks for the existence of the requestfullscreen() method before calling it. presentation differences it's worth noting a key difference here between the gecko and webkit implementations at this time: gecko automatically adds css rules to the element to stretch it to fill the screen: "width: 100%; height: 100%". webkit doesn't do this; instead, it centers the fullscreen element at the same size in a screen that's otherwise black. to get the same fullscreen behavior in webkit, yo...
... the fullscreen element at the same size in a screen that's otherwise black. to get the same fullscreen behavior in webkit, you need to add your own "width: 100%; height: 100%;" css rules to the element yourself: #myvideo:-webkit-full-screen { width: 100%; height: 100%; } on the other hand, if you're trying to emulate webkit's behavior on gecko, you need to place the element you want to present inside another element, which you'll make fullscreen instead, and use css rules to adjust the inner element to match the appearance you want. notification when fullscreen mode is successfully engaged, the document which contains the element receives a fullscreenchange event. when fullscreen mode is exited, the document again receives a fullscreenchange event. note that the fullscreenchange eve...
...And 2 more matches

HTMLImageElement.alt - Web APIs
is may be the case because of an error, because the user has disabled the loading of images, or because the image simply hasn't finished loading yet. perhaps the most important reason to use the alt tag is to support accessibility, as the alt text may be used by screen readers and other assistive technologies to help differently-abled users make full use of your content. it will be read aloud or sent to the touch device, for example, to support visually impaired users. think of it like this: when choosing alt strings for your images, imagine what you would say when reading the page to someone over the phone without mentioning that there's an image on the page. the alternate text is displayed in the space the image would occupy and should be able to take the place of the image without alte...
...in other words, it should be the same text you would use in a textual button to serve the same purpose. for example, in the snippet of html below, a toolbar which uses icon images as link labels provides alt attributes for each giving a textual label to use instead of the icon when the icons cannot be or are int...
...this is true whether the /me image is in a bitmapped format such as png or jpeg or in a vector format like svg. for a map, the alt text could be directions to the place indicated by the map, similarly to how you would explain it verbally. for a chart, the text could describe the i...
...And 2 more matches

HTMLImageElement - Web APIs
the htmlimageelement interface represents an html <img> element, providing the properties and methods used to manipulate image elements. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 20%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 600 120" preserveaspectratio="xminymin meet"><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/eventtarget" target="_top"><rect x="1" y="1" width="110" height="50" fill="#fff" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="56" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">eventtarget</text></a><polyline points="111,25 121,20 121,30 111,25" ...
...it accepts optional width and height parameters. when called without parameters, new image() is equivalent to calling document.createelement("img"). properties inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement. htmlimageelement.alt a domstring that reflects the alt html attribute, thus indicating the alternate fallback content ...
... finished fetching the image, whether successful or not. that means this value is also true if the image has no src value indicating an image to load. htmlimageelement.crossorigin a domstring specifying the cors setting for this image element. see cors settings attributes for further details. this may be null if cors is not used. htmlimageelement.currentsrc read only returns a usvstring representing the url from which the currently displayed image was loaded. this may change as the image is adjusted due to changing conditions, as directed by any media queries which are in place. htmlimageelement.decoding an optional domstring representing a hint given to the browser on how it should decode the image. if this value is provided, it must be one of the possible permitted values: sync to dec...
...And 2 more matches

HTMLMediaElement - Web APIs
eep in mind that browsers may ignore autoplay requests, so you should ensure that your code isn't dependent on autoplay working. htmlmediaelement.buffered read only returns a timeranges object that indicates the ranges of the media source that the browser has buffered (if any) at the moment the buffered property is accessed. htmlmediaelement.controller is a mediacontroller object that represents the media controller assigned to the element, or null if none is assigned. htmlmediaelement.controls is a boolean that reflects the controls html attribute, indicating whether user interface items for controlling the resource should be displayed. htmlmediaelement.controlslist read only returns a domtokenlist that helps the user agent select what controls to show on the media element wheneve...
...larger amounts of data, etc. the size given must be a number between 512 and 16384. using any other size results in an exception being thrown. the best time to set a new length is after the loadedmetadata event fires, when the audio info is known, but before the audio has started or mozaudioavailable events have begun firing. htmlmediaelement.mozsamplerate read only returns a double representing the number of samples per second that will be played. for example, 44100 samples per second is the sample rate used by cd audio. htmlmediaelement.muted is a boolean that determines whether audio is muted. true if the audio is muted and false otherwise. htmlmediaelement.networkstate read only returns a unsigned short (enumeration) indicating the current state of fetching the media over the...
...delivering output, or an empty string if it is using the user agent default. this id should be one of the mediadeviceinfo.deviceid values returned from mediadevices.enumeratedevices(), id-multimedia, or id-communications. htmlmediaelement.src is a domstring that reflects the src html attribute, which contains the url of a media resource to use. htmlmediaelement.srcobject is a mediastream representing the media to play or that has played in the current htmlmediaelement, or null if not assigned. htmlmediaelement.texttracks read only returns the list of texttrack objects contained in the element. htmlmediaelement.videotracks read only returns the list of videotrack objects contained in the element. htmlmediaelement.volume is a double indicating the audio volume, from 0.0 (silent) to 1...
...And 2 more matches

HTMLOutputElement - Web APIs
the htmloutputelement interface provides properties and methods (beyond those inherited from htmlelement) for manipulating the layout and presentation of <output> elements. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 20%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 600 120" preserveaspectratio="xminymin meet"><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/eventtarget" target="_top"><rect x="1" y="1" width="110" height="50" fill="#fff" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="56" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">eventtarget</text></a><polyline poin...
..."2px" /><text x="406" y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmloutputelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties this interface also inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement. htmloutputelement.defaultvalue a domstring representing the default value of the element, initially the empty string. htmloutputelement.formread only an htmlformelement indicating the form associated with the control, reflecting the form html attribute if it is defined. htmloutputelement.htmlforread only a domtokenlist reflecting the for html attribute, containing a list of ids of other elements in the same document that contribute to (or oth...
...rwise affect) the calculated value. htmloutputelement.labelsread only a nodelist of <label> elements associated with the element. htmloutputelement.name a domstring reflecting the name html attribute, containing the name for the control that is submitted with form data. htmloutputelement.typeread only the domstring "output". htmloutputelement.validationmessageread only a domstring representing a localized message that describes the validation constraints that the control does not satisfy (if any). this is the empty string if the control is not a candidate for constraint validation (willvalidate is false), or it satisfies its constraints. htmloutputelement.validityread only a validitystate representing the validity states that this element is in. htmloutputelement.value a domstr...
...And 2 more matches

PerformanceResourceTiming - Web APIs
ry.durationread only returns a timestamp that is the difference between the responseend and the starttime properties. the interface also supports the following properties which are listed in the order in which they are recorded for the fetching of a single resource. an alphabetical listing is shown in the navigation, at left. performanceresourcetiming.initiatortyperead only a string representing the type of resource that initiated the performance entry, as specified in performanceresourcetiming.initiatortype. performanceresourcetiming.nexthopprotocolread only a string representing the network protocol used to fetch the resource, as identified by the alpn protocol id (rfc7301). performanceresourcetiming.workerstartread only returns a domhighrestimestamp immediately before dispatc...
...tartread only returns a domhighrestimestamp immediately before dispatching the fetchevent if a service worker thread is already running, or immediately before starting the service worker thread if it is not already running. if the resource is not intercepted by a service worker the property will always return 0. performanceresourcetiming.redirectstartread only a domhighrestimestamp that represents the start time of the fetch which initiates the redirect. performanceresourcetiming.redirectendread only a domhighrestimestamp immediately after receiving the last byte of the response of the last redirect. performanceresourcetiming.fetchstartread only a domhighrestimestamp immediately before the browser starts to fetch the resource. performanceresourcetiming.domainlookupstartread only ...
...esponse of the last redirect. performanceresourcetiming.fetchstartread only a domhighrestimestamp immediately before the browser starts to fetch the resource. performanceresourcetiming.domainlookupstartread only a domhighrestimestamp immediately before the browser starts the domain name lookup for the resource. performanceresourcetiming.domainlookupendread only a domhighrestimestamp representing the time immediately after the browser finishes the domain name lookup for the resource. performanceresourcetiming.connectstartread only a domhighrestimestamp immediately before the browser starts to establish the connection to the server to retrieve the resource. performanceresourcetiming.connectendread only a domhighrestimestamp immediately after the browser finishes establishing the c...
...And 2 more matches

RTCIceTransport - Web APIs
this is particularly useful if you need to access state information about the connection. properties the rtcicetransport interface inherits properties from its parent, eventtarget. it also offers the following properties: component read only the ice component being used by the transport. the value is one of the strings from the rtcicetransport enumerated type: "rtp" or "rtsp". gatheringstate read only a domstring indicating which gathering state the ice agent is currently in. ...
...("failed"), among other states. see the rtcicetransportstate enumerated type for a complete list of states. methods also includes methods from eventtarget, the parent interface. getlocalcandidates() returns an array of rtcicecandidate objects, each describing one of the ice candidates that have been gathered so far for the local device. these are the same candidates which have already been sent to the remote peer by sending an icecandidate event to the rtcpeerconnection for transmission. getlocalparameters() returns a rtciceparameters object describing the ice parameters established by a call to the rtcpeerconnection.setlocaldescription() method. returns null if parameters have not yet been received. getremotecandidates() returns an array of rtcicecandidate objects, one for each of ...
...elected so far. it's possible that a better pair will be found and selected later; if you need to keep up with this, watch for the selectedcandidatepairchange event. if no candidate pair has been selected yet, the return value is null. events listen to these events using addeventlistener() or by assigning an event listener to the oneventname property of this interface. ...
...And 2 more matches

RTCIceTransportState - Web APIs
wn. "connected" a viable candidate pair has been found and selected, and the rtcicetransport has connected the two peers together using that pair. however, there are still candidates pairings to consider, and there may still be gathering underway on one or both of the two devices. the transport may revert from the "connected" state to the "checking" state if either peer decides to cancel consent to use the selected candidate pair, and may revert to "disconnected" if there are no candidates left to check but one or both clients are still gathering candidates. "completed" the transport has finished gathering local candidates and has received a notification from the remote peer that no more candidates will be sent. in addition, all candidate pairs have been considered and a pair has bee...
...date pair, and may revert to "disconnected" if there are no candidates left to check but one or both clients are still gathering candidates. "completed" the transport has finished gathering local candidates and has received a notification from the remote peer that no more candidates will be sent. in addition, all candidate pairs have been considered and a pair has been selected for use. if consent checks fail on all successful candidate pairs, the transport state will change to "failed". "disconnected" the ice agent has determined that connectivity has been lost for this rtcicetransport. this is not a failure state (that's "failed"). a value of "disconnected" means that a transient issue has occurred that has broken the connection, but that should resolve itself automatically without you...
...but that should resolve itself automatically without your code having to take any action. see the disconnected state for additional details. "failed" the rtcicetransport has finished the gathering process, has received the "no more candidates" notification from the remote peer, and has finished checking pairs of candidates, without successfully finding a pair that is both valid and for which consent can be obtained. this is a terminal state, indicating that the connection cannot be achieved or maintained. "closed" the transport has shut down and is no longer responding to stun requests. usage notes if an ice restart occurs, the candidate gathering and connectivity check process is started over again; this will cause a transition from the "connected" state if the restart occurred while t...
...And 2 more matches

Screen Wake Lock API - Web APIs
e lock api prevents the screen from turning off, dimming or locking. it allows for a simple platform based solution which up until now could only be achieved via workarounds which were potentially power hungry. only visible (active) documents can acquire the screen wake lock. there are plenty of use cases for keeping a screen on, including reading an ebook, map navigation, following a recipe, presenting to an audience, scanning a qr/barcode or applications that use voice or gesture control, rather than tactile input (the default way to keep a screen awake). you acquire a wakelocksentinel object by calling the navigator.wakelock.request() promise based method that resolves if the platform allows it. a request may be rejected for a number of reasons, including system settings (such as power sa...
...ure control, rather than tactile input (the default way to keep a screen awake). you acquire a wakelocksentinel object by calling the navigator.wakelock.request() promise based method that resolves if the platform allows it. a request may be rejected for a number of reasons, including system settings (such as power save mode or low battery level) or if the document is not active or visible. the sentinel is attached to the underlying system wake lock. it can be released by the system, again if the battery power is too low or the document is not active or visible. it can also be released manually via the wakelocksentinel.release() method. it is good practice to store a reference to the sentinel object to control release later and also to reacquire the lock if need be. the screen wake lock api...
...eed be. the screen wake lock api should be used to keep the screen on to benefit usability. it's a good idea to show some feedback on the interface to show if wake lock is active and a way for the user to disable it if they wish. screen wake lock api interfaces wakelock the wakelock interface prevents device screens from dimming or locking when an application needs to keep running. wakelocksentinel provides a handle to the underlying platform wake lock and if referenced can be manually released and reacquired. get an instance of the object by calling wakelock.request. navigator.wakelock returns a wakelock object instance, from which all other functionality can be accessed. examples feature detection this code checks for wake lock support and updates the ui accordingly. if ('wake...
...And 2 more matches

SecurityPolicyViolationEvent - Web APIs
securitypolicyviolationevent.columnnumberread only the column number in the document or worker at which the violation occurred. securitypolicyviolationevent.dispositionread only indicates how the violated policy is configured to be treated by the user agent. ...
... securitypolicyviolationevent.columnnumberread only the column number in the document or worker at which the violation occurred. securitypolicyviolationevent.dispositionread only indicates how the violated policy is configured to be treated by the user agent. ...
...ecause it violates a policy. securitypolicyviolationevent.columnnumberread only the column number in the document or worker at which the violation occurred. securitypolicyviolationevent.dispositionread only indicates how the violated policy is configured to be treated by the user agent. this will be "enforce" or "report". securitypolicyviolationevent.documenturiread only a usvstring representing the uri of the document or worker in which the violation was found. securitypolicyviolationevent.effectivedirectiveread only a domstring representing the directive whose enforcement uncovered the violation. securitypolicyviolationevent.linenumberread only the line number in the document or worker at which the violation occurred. securitypolicyviolationevent.originalpolicyread only a d...
...And 2 more matches

SubtleCrypto.importKey() - Web APIs
base64-decode the part between header and footer, using window.atob(). convert the resulting string into an arraybuffer. see the examples section for more concrete guidance. json web key you can use json web key format to import or export rsa or elliptic curve public or private keys, as well as aes and hmac secret keys. json web key format is defined in rfc 7517. it describes a way to represent public, private, and secret keys as json objects. a json web key looks something like this (this is an ec private key): { "crv": "p-384", "d": "wouctu7nw4e8_7n5c1-xbjb4xqsb_lizhymsy8mggxuny6q8ncoh9xsiviwlffk_", "ext": true, "key_ops": ["sign"], "kty": "ec", "x": "szrrxmyi8vwfjg1dpunbfcc9jzvjzefh7ulki1ukxaltd7rgwrcffxqygpcwu6aq", "y": "hhuag3ovdzer0uuqnd4pxhqtxp5idgdyhjhl-wlkjngjqa...
...examples on github. raw import this example imports an aes key from an arraybuffer containing the bytes to use. see the complete code on github. const rawkey = window.crypto.getrandomvalues(new uint8array(16)); /* import an aes secret key from an arraybuffer containing the raw bytes. takes an arraybuffer string containing the bytes, and returns a promise that will resolve to a cryptokey representing the secret key. */ function importsecretkey(rawkey) { return window.crypto.subtle.importkey( "raw", rawkey, "aes-gcm", true, ["encrypt", "decrypt"] ); } pkcs #8 import this example imports an rsa private signing key from a pem-encoded pkcs #8 object. see the complete code on github. /* convert a string into an arraybuffer from https://developers.google.com/web/update...
...+3eommevvdzqbf4qecgyea0zf6vavz28+8wlo6sp3w8nmphk7k9tgevufq30sgdx4g7qpigfprbb4op/e0qcfsiimi3scppjvumqdvvzypoimub+rv3zoxkrzxeuorpopr48fzbl7rn90yrqsasrp9e4iv8qwb3vxle7x0tdqqnryqrc/osgzus2zchokmcu8= -----end private key-----`; /* import a pem encoded rsa private key, to use for rsa-pss signing. takes a string containing the pem encoded key, and returns a promise that will resolve to a cryptokey representing the private key. */ function importprivatekey(pem) { // fetch the part of the pem string between header and footer const pemheader = "-----begin private key-----"; const pemfooter = "-----end private key-----"; const pemcontents = pem.substring(pemheader.length, pem.length - pemfooter.length); // base64 decode the string to get the binary data const binaryderstring = window.atob(pe...
...And 2 more matches

SubtleCrypto.unwrapKey() - Web APIs
erivekey( { "name": "pbkdf2", salt: saltbuffer, "iterations": 100000, "hash": "sha-256" }, keymaterial, { "name": "aes-kw", "length": 256}, true, [ "wrapkey", "unwrapkey" ] ); } /* unwrap an aes secret key from an arraybuffer containing the raw bytes. takes an array containing the bytes, and returns a promise that will resolve to a cryptokey representing the secret key. */ async function unwrapsecretkey(wrappedkey) { // 1. get the unwrapping key const unwrappingkey = await getunwrappingkey(); // 2. initialize the wrapped key const wrappedkeybuffer = bytestoarraybuffer(wrappedkey); // 3. unwrap the key return window.crypto.subtle.unwrapkey( "raw", // import format wrappedkeybuffer, // arraybuffer represe...
... { // 1. get the unwrapping key const unwrappingkey = await getunwrappingkey(); // 2. initialize the wrapped key const wrappedkeybuffer = bytestoarraybuffer(wrappedkey); // 3. unwrap the key return window.crypto.subtle.unwrapkey( "raw", // import format wrappedkeybuffer, // arraybuffer representing key to unwrap unwrappingkey, // cryptokey representing key encryption key "aes-kw", // algorithm identifier for key encryption key "aes-gcm", // algorithm identifier for key to unwrap true, // extractability of key to unwrap ["encrypt", "decrypt"] // key usages for key to unwrap ); } unwrapping a "pkcs8" key in this example we unwrap an rsa-pss private signing key. the key was exported ...
...{ "name": "pbkdf2", salt: saltbuffer, "iterations": 100000, "hash": "sha-256" }, keymaterial, { "name": "aes-gcm", "length": 256}, true, [ "wrapkey", "unwrapkey" ] ); } /* unwrap an rsa-pss private signing key from an arraybuffer containing the raw bytes. takes an array containing the bytes, and returns a promise that will resolve to a cryptokey representing the private key. */ async function unwrapprivatekey(wrappedkey) { // 1. get the unwrapping key const unwrappingkey = await getunwrappingkey(); // 2. initialize the wrapped key const wrappedkeybuffer = bytestoarraybuffer(wrappedkey); // 3. initialize the iv const ivbuffer = bytestoarraybuffer(ivbytes); // 4. unwrap the key return window.crypto.subtle.unwrapkey( "pkcs8", ...
...And 2 more matches

VTTCue - Web APIs
constructor vttcue(starttime, endtime, text) returns a newly created vttcue object that covers the given time range and has the given text. param starttime the time, in seconds and fractions of a second, that describes the beginning of the range of the media data to which the cue applies. endtime the time, in seconds and fractions of a second, that describes the end of the range of the media data to which the cue applies. text the raw text of the cue, and rules for its interpretation. ...
...second, that describes the end of the range of the media data to which the cue applies. text the raw text of the cue, and rules for its interpretation. properties this interface also inherits properties from texttrackcue. vttcue.region a vttregion object describing the video's sub-region that the cue will be drawn onto, or null if none is assigned. ...
...ttcue.vertical returns an enum representing the cue writing direction. vttcue.snaptolines returns true if the vttcue.line attribute is an integer number of lines or a percentage of the video size. vttcue.line returns the line positioning of the cue. this can be the string auto or a number whose interpretation depends on the value of vttcue.snaptolines. vttcue.linealign returns an enum representing the alignment of the vttcue.line. vttcue.position returns the indentation of the cue within the line. this can be the string auto or a number representing the percentage of the vttcue.region, or the video size if vttcue.region is null. vttcue.positionalign returns an enum representing the alignment of the cue. this is used to determine what the vttcue.position is anchored to. the default i...
...And 2 more matches

Using WebRTC data channels - Web APIs
ing the property with a value of false. this will automatically trigger the rtcpeerconnection to handle the negotiations for you, causing the remote peer to create a data channel and linking the two together across the network. the rtcdatachannel object is returned immediately by createdatachannel(); you can tell when the connection has been made successfully by watching for the open event to be sent to the rtcdatachannel. let datachannel = pc.createdatachannel("myapp channel"); datachannel.addeventlistener("open", (event) => { begintransmission(datachannel); }); manual negotiation to manually negotiate the data channel connection, you need to first create a new rtcdatachannel object using the createdatachannel() method on the rtcpeerconnection, specifying in the options a negotiated p...
...evel—that is, within the user agent's implementation of webrtc on which your code is running—the webrtc implementation implements features to support messages that are larger than the maximum packet size on the network's transport layer. this can complicate things, since you don't necessarily know what the size limits are for various user agents, and how they respond when a larger message is sent or received. even when user agents share the same underlying library for handling stream control transmission protocol (sctp) data, there can still be variations due to how the library is used. for example, both firefox and google chrome use the usrsctp library to implement sctp, but there are still situations in which data transfer on an rtcdatachannel can fail due to differences in how they cal...
...message size limit is much larger than when firefox and chrome are communicating because firefox implements a now deprecated technique for sending large messages in multiple sctp messages, which chrome does not. chrome will instead see a series of messages that it believes are complete, and will deliver them to the receiving rtcdatachannel as multiple messages. messages smaller than 16kib can be sent without concern, as all major user agents handle them the same way. beyond that, things get more complicated. concerns with large messages currently, it's not practical to use rtcdatachannel for messages larger than 64kib (16kib if you want to support cross-browser exchange of data). the problem arises from the fact that sctp—the protocol used for sending and receiving data on an rtcdatachann...
...And 2 more matches

WebRTC Statistics API - Web APIs
om one rtcicetransport to another, such as during an ice restart. rtcicecandidatepairstats rtcstats certificate statistics about a certificate being used by an rtcicetransport. rtccertificatestats rtcstats codec statistics about a specific codec being used by streams being sent or received by this connection. rtccodecstats rtcstats csrc statistics for a single contributing source (csrc) that contributed to one of the connection's inbound rtp streams. rtcrtpcontributingsourcestats rtcstats data-channel statistics related to one rtcdatachannel on the connection. rtcdatachannels...
...epends on the track's kind. rtcaudiosourcestats or rtcvideosourcestats rtcmediasourcestats rtcstats rtcaudiosourcestats or rtcvideosourcestats outbound-rtp statistics describing the state of one of the outbound data streams on this connection. rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats rtcsentrtpstreamstats rtcrtpstreamstats rtcstats peer-connection statistics describing the state of the rtcpeerconnection. rtcpeerconnectionstats rtcstats receiver statistics related to a specific rtcrtpreceiver and the media associ...
... rtcstats peer-connection statistics describing the state of the rtcpeerconnection. rtcpeerconnectionstats rtcstats receiver statistics related to a specific rtcrtpreceiver and the media associated with that receiver. the specific type of object representing the statistics depends on the media kind. rtcaudioreceiverstats or rtcvideoreceiverstats rtcaudiohandlerstats or rtcvideohandlerstats rtcmediahandlerstats rtcstats remote-candidate statistics about a remote ice candidate associated with the connection's r...
...And 2 more matches

WebXR permissions and security - Web APIs
among other things, you need to confirm access to device features such as the microphone and/or camera, get permission to use immersive vr mode (if applicable), and so forth. the variety of hardware and software involved in xr brings multiple apis and technologies into play. in this guide, we'll cover how to ensure your app has the permissions it needs to provide a secure and private xr experience. ...
...ure your app has the permissions it needs to provide a secure and private xr experience. introduction the webxr device api is subject to a number of permission and security controls. while not onerous, they are worth being aware of. these mostly revolve around the fully-immersive immersive-vr session mode, but there are things to be aware of when setting up an ar session, as well. immersive presentation of vr first, any requests to activate the immersive-vr mode are rejected if the domain issuing the request does not have permission to enable an immersive session. this permission comes from the xr-spatial-tracking feature policy. once that check is passed, the request to enter immersive-vr mode is allowed if all of the following are true: the requestsession() call was issued by code ex...
...cus. the user's intent to enter immersive vr mode is well understood; see user intent below for details. if all of that is true, the promise returned by requestsession() is resolved, and the new xrsession object is passed into the fulfillment handler. otherwise, an appropriate exception is thrown, such as securityerror if the document doesn't have permission to enter immersive mode. inline presentation when you request an xrsession with the mode set to inline, and any features are required or requested, the browser will only allow the session to be created if the call to requestsession() was made by code which is executing expressly due to user intent. specifically: if the requestsession() call isn't coming from within the handler executed in response to a user event, and is not being...
...And 2 more matches

Functions and classes available to Web Workers - Web APIs
to communicate directly via two ports. 41 (41) (yes) (yes) (yes) console api provides access to the browser's debugging console (e.g., the web console in firefox). the specifics of how it works vary from browser to browser, but there is a de facto set of features that are typically provided. 38 (38) (yes) (yes) (yes) crypto the crypto interface represents basic cryptography features available in the current context. it allows access to a cryptographically strong random number generator and to cryptographic primitives. ? no support ? ? customevent the customevent interface represents events initialized by an application for any purpose. 48 (48) (yes) (yes) (yes) domrequest and domcursor respectively,...
... features available in the current context. it allows access to a cryptographically strong random number generator and to cryptographic primitives. ? no support ? ? customevent the customevent interface represents events initialized by an application for any purpose. 48 (48) (yes) (yes) (yes) domrequest and domcursor respectively, these objects represents an ongoing operation (with listeners for reacting to the operation completely successfully, or failing, for example), and an ongoing operation over a list of results. 41 (41) ? ? ? fetch the fetch spec provides an up-to-date definition of, and api for, fetching resources (e.g. across the network.) 39 (39) (mostly in 34 (34) behind pref, although a few features a...
...reader this api allows asynchronous read of blob and file objects. 46 (46) no support (yes) no support filereadersync this api allows synchronous read of blob and file objects. this is an api that works only in workers. 8 (8) no support no support no support formdata formdata objects provide a way to easily construct a set of key/value pairs representing form fields and their values, which can then be easily sent using the xmlhttprequest send() method. ? (should be in 39 (39)) ? (yes) ? imagedata the underlying pixel data of an area of a canvas element. manipulating such data can be a complex task better suited to be delegated to a web worker. 25 (25) no support no support no support indexeddb da...
...And 2 more matches

XREye - Web APIs
usage notes these values are used by the xrview property eye. ...
... usage notes these values are used by the xrview property eye. ...
... usage notes these values are used by the xrview property eye. ...
...And 2 more matches

XRInputSource.targetRaySpace - Web APIs
the read-only xrinputsource property targetrayspace returns an xrspace (typically an xrreferencespace) representing the position and orientation of the target ray in the virtual space. its native origin tracks the position of the origin point of the target ray, and its orientation indicates the orientation of the controller device itself. these values, interpreted in the context of the input source's targetraymode, can be used both to fully interpret the device as an input source. <<<--- needs diagram showing targetrayspace relative to gripspace and world space --->>> to obtain an xrspace representing the input controller's position and orientation in virtual space, use the gripspace property. syntax let targetrayspace = xrinputsource.targetrayspace; value an xrspace object—typicall...
...ce as an input source. <<<--- needs diagram showing targetrayspace relative to gripspace and world space --->>> to obtain an xrspace representing the input controller's position and orientation in virtual space, use the gripspace property. syntax let targetrayspace = xrinputsource.targetrayspace; value an xrspace object—typically an xrreferencespace or xrboundedreferencespace—which represents the position and orientation of the input controller's target ray in virtual space. the native origin of the returned xrspace is located at the point from which the target ray is emitted, and the orientation of the space indicates the direction in which the target ray is pointing. usage notes all input sources—regardless of their targetraymode—have a valid targetrayspace. the exact meanin...
...irection in which the target ray is pointing. usage notes all input sources—regardless of their targetraymode—have a valid targetrayspace. the exact meaning of this space varies, however, depending on the mode: every gaze input (targetraymode value of gaze), shares the same xrspace object as their target ray space, since the gaze input comes from the viewer's head. this shared space represents the same location as the space returned by the xrsession method requestreferencespace(), but is maintained as a different object to allow for future enhancements to the api. the target ray space reported by tracked pointer inputs (targetraymode of tracked-pointer) is actually based upon the true spatial position and orientation of the input device. to determine the position and orientation of...
...And 2 more matches

XRViewerPose - Web APIs
the webxr device api interface xrviewerpose represents the pose (the position and orientation) of a viewer's point of view on the scene. each xrviewerpose can have multiple views to represent, for example, the slight separation between the left and right eye. this view can represent anything from the point-of-view of a user's xr headset to the viewpoint represented by a player's movement of an avatar using mouse and keyboard, presented on the screen, to a virtual camera capturing the scene for a spectator. properties in addition to the properties inherited from xrpose, xrviewerpose includes the following: views read only an array of xrview objects, one for each viewpoint on the scene which is needed to represent the scene to the user. a typical headset provides a viewer pose with two...
... scene for a spectator. properties in addition to the properties inherited from xrpose, xrviewerpose includes the following: views read only an array of xrview objects, one for each viewpoint on the scene which is needed to represent the scene to the user. a typical headset provides a viewer pose with two views whose eye property is either left or right, indicating which eye that view represents. taken together, these views can reproduce the 3d effect when displayed on the xr device. ...
...l headset provides a viewer pose with two views whose eye property is either left or right, indicating which eye that view represents. taken together, these views can reproduce the 3d effect when displayed on the xr device. usage notes the xrviewerpose object is used to describe the state of a viewer of a webxr scene as it's tracked by the user's xr hardware. the viewer may be the virtual representation of the user, or it may represent another device or interface which may serve as the source of a position and orientation that make up a view upon the scene. for example, every player in a mmorpg might have an instance of xrviewerpose to provide a way to calculate what they can see; if the game provides a mechanism that tells the player if another player sees them, or that they see another pl...
...And 2 more matches

WAI-ARIA Roles - Accessibility
s role should only be used to define very dynamic and desktop-like web applications.aria: article rolethe article role indicates a section of a page that could easily stand on its own on a page, in a document, or on a website. it is usually set on related content items such as comments, forum posts, newspaper articles or other items grouped together on one page.aria: banner rolea banner role represents general and informative content frequently placed at the beginning of the page. this usually includes a logo, company name, search icon, photo related to the page, or slogan.aria: button rolethe button role should be used for clickable elements that trigger a response when activated by the user. adding role="button" will make an element appear as a button control to a screen reader. this role ca...
...ibute to expose the checkbox's state to assistive technology.aria: comment rolethe comment landmark role semantically denotes a comment/reaction to some content on the page, or to a previous comment.aria: complementary rolethe complementary landmark role is used to designate a supporting section that relates to the main content, yet can stand alone when separated. these sections are frequently presented as sidebars or call-out boxes. if possible, use the html <aside> element instead.aria: contentinfo rolethe contentinfo landmark role is used to identify information repeated at the end of every page of a website, including copyright information, navigation links, and privacy statements. this section is commonly called a footer.aria: dialog rolethe dialog role is used to mark up an html based ap...
...e used to search the page, site, or collection of sites.aria: suggestion rolethe suggestion landmark role semantically denotes a single proposed change to an editable document. ...
...And 2 more matches

Basic form hints - Accessibility
emented using an unordered list. note that on line 3, the <ul> element sets the aria-labelledby attribute to rg1_label, the id of the <h3> element on line 1, which is the label for the radio group. ...
...3> element on line 1, which is the label for the radio group. <h3 id="rg1_label">lunch options</h3> <ul class="radiogroup" id="rg1" role="radiogroup" aria-labelledby="rg1_label"> <li id="r1" tabindex="-1" role="radio" aria-checked="false"> <img role="presentation" src="radio-unchecked.gif" /> thai </li> <li id="r2" tabindex="-1" role="radio" aria-checked="false"> <img role="presentation" src="radio-unchecked.gif" /> subway </li> <li id="r3" tabindex="0" role="radio" aria-checked="true"> <img role="presentation" src="radio-checked.gif" /> radio maria </li> </ul> describing with aria form controls sometimes have a description associated with them, in addition to the label. aria provides the aria-describedby attribute to directly associate the description with t...
...the aria-describedby attribute on the <button> references the id of the <div>. ...
...And 2 more matches

Accessibility documentation index - Accessibility
using the link role aria, accessibility this technique demonstrates how to use the link role and describes the effect it has on browsers and assistive technology. 33 using the log role aria, accessibility, needscontent this technique demonstrates how to use the log role and describes the effect it has on browsers and assistive technology. 34 using the presentation role aria, needscontent, section 508, wai-aria, wcag this technique demonstrates how to use the presentation role and describes the effect it has on browsers and assistive technology. 35 using the progressbar role aria, accessibility, needscontent, needsexample this technique demonstrates how to use the progressbar role and describes the effect it has on browse...
... the comment landmark role semantically denotes a comment/reaction to some content on the page, or to a previous comment. 43 aria: complementary role aria, aria role, reference, role-complementary the complementary landmark role is used to designate a supporting section that relates to the main content, yet can stand alone when separated. these sections are frequently presented as sidebars or call-out boxes. if possible, use the html <aside> element instead. 44 aria: list role aria, aria role, aria list, accessibility, reference, rôle, list the aria list role can be used to identify a list of items. it is normally used in conjunction with the listitem role, which is used to identify a list item contained inside the list. 45 aria: listi...
...e, article, article role, reference the article role indicates a section of a page that could easily stand on its own on a page, in a document, or on a website. it is usually set on related content items such as comments, forum posts, newspaper articles or other items grouped together on one page. 54 aria: banner role aria, accessibility, needscontent a banner role represents general and informative content frequently placed at the beginning of the page. this usually includes a logo, company name, search icon, photo related to the page, or slogan. 55 aria: button role aria, aria role, aria button, accessibility, button role, reference the button role should be used for clickable elements that trigger a response when activated by the user. adding ...
...And 2 more matches

Variable fonts guide - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
l not be able to use variable fonts in web pages or the firefox developer tools. variable fonts: what they are, and how they differ to better understand what's different about variable fonts, it is worth reviewing what non-variable ones are like and how they compare. standard (or static) fonts in the past, a typeface would be produced as a number of individual fonts, and each font would represent one specific width/weight/style combination. so you would have separate files for 'roboto regular', 'roboto bold', and 'roboto bold italic' — meaning that you could end up with 20 or 30 different font files to represent a complete typeface (it could be several times that for a large typeface that has different widths as well). in such a scenario, in order to use a typeface for typical use on a...
...yle. introducing the 'variation axis' the heart of the new variable fonts format is the concept of an axis of variation describing the allowable range of that particular aspect of the typeface design. so the 'weight axis' describes how light or how bold the letterforms can be; the 'width axis' describes how narrow or how wide they can be; the 'italic axis' describes if italic letterforms are present and can be turned on or off accordingly, etc. note that an axis can be a range or a binary choice. weight might range from 1–999, whereas italic might simply be 0 or 1 (off or on). as defined in the specification, there are two kinds of axes: registered and custom: registered axes are simply those that are most frequently encountered, and common enough that the authors of the specificati...
... want to change one of those values, you must redeclare all of them (in the same way as when you set opentype font features using font-feature-settings). you can work around this limitation by using css custom properties (css variables) for the individual values, and simply modifying the value of an individual custom property. example code follows at the end of the guide. weight weight (represented by the wght tag) defines the design axis of how thin or thick (light or heavy, in typical typographic terms) the strokes of the letterforms can be. for a long time in css there has existed the ability to specify this via the font-weight property, which takes numeric values ranging from 100 to 900 in increments of 100, and keywords like normal or bold, which are simply aliases for their correspo...
...And 2 more matches

Shorthand properties - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
place. this works well when these properties use values of different types, as the order has no importance, but this does not work as easily when several properties can have identical values. handling of these cases are grouped in several categories: shorthands handling properties related to edges of a box, like border-style, margin or padding, always use a consistent 1-to-4-value syntax representing those edges: the 1-value syntax: border-width: 1em — the unique value represents all edges the 2-value syntax: border-width: 1em 2em — the first value represents the vertical, that is top and bottom, edges, the second the horizontal ones, that is the left and right ones. the 3-value syntax: border-width: 1em 2em 3em — the f...
... the 1-value syntax: border-width: 1em — the unique value represents all edges the 2-value syntax: border-width: 1em 2em — the first value represents the vertical, that is top and bottom, edges, the second the horizontal ones, that is the left and right ones. ...
... is top and bottom, edges, the second the horizontal ones, that is the left and right ones. ...
...And 2 more matches

Overview of events and handlers - Developer guides
ck or animation timing. events and event handling become central to web programming with the addition of the language to browsers, accompanying a switch in the rendering architecture of browsers from fetch and load page rendering to event driven, reflow based, page rendering. initially, browsers wait, until they receive all of the resources associated with a page, to parse, process, draw, and present the page to the user. the displayed page remains unchanged until the browser requests a new page. with the change to dynamic page rendering, browsers loop continuously between processing, drawing, presenting content, and waiting for some new event trigger. event triggers include the completion of the loading of a resource on the network e.g., downloads an image that can now be drawn on the screen...
...(the talk is available from several sources, including this one.) currently, all execution environments for javascript code use events and event handling. the event design pattern the event system, at its core, is simply a programming design pattern. the pattern starts with an agreement over a kind of event and: the name string used for the event, the type of the data structure used to represent the key properties of that event, and the javascript object which will 'emit' that event. the pattern is implemented by defining a javascript function which takes as an argument the data structure which was agreed upon, and registering the function using the name string with the object which will emit the event. the function is said to be a 'listener' or a 'handler' with both names used ...
... this code relies on the agreement that there is a kind of event called 'click'...
...And 2 more matches

Localizations and character encodings - Developer guides
the <meta> element's charset attribute is used to specify the page's character encoding. it must be used within a <head> block. ...
... the <meta> element's charset attribute is used to specify the page's character encoding. it must be used within a <head> block. ...
...ed within a <head> block. to specify that a page is using, for example, the utf-8 character encoding (as per the recommendation), simply place the following line in the <head> block: <meta charset="utf-8"> details and browser internals when the encoding is declared by web content like the html specification requires, firefox will use that encoding for turning the bytes into the internal representation. unfortunately, using utf-8 and declaring that utf-8 was used was not always the prevalent way of offering web content. in the 1990s, it was common to leave the encoding undeclared and to use a region-specific encoding that wasn't able to represent all of unicode. firefox needs a fallback encoding that it uses for non-conforming legacy content that doesn't declare its encoding. for most loc...
...And 2 more matches

The HTML autocomplete attribute - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
"jr.", "b.sc.", "phd.", "mbasw", or "iv". "nickname" a nickname or handle. "email" an email address. "username" a username or account name. "new-password" a new password. when creating a new account or changing passwords, this should be used for an "enter your new password" or "confirm new password" field, as opposed to a general "enter your current password" field that might be present. this may be used by the browser both to avoid accidentally filling in an existing password and to offer assistance in creating a secure password (see also preventing autofilling with autocomplete="new-password"). "current-password" the user's current password. "one-time-code" a one-time code used for verifying user identity. "organization-title" a job title, or the title a person has withi...
... america". "street-address" a street address. this can be multiple lines of text, and should fully identify the location of the address within its second administrative level (typically a city or town), but should not include the city name, zip or postal code, or country name. "address-line1", "address-line2", "address-line3" each individual line of the street address. these should only be present if the "street-address" is not present. "address-level4" the finest-grained administrative level, in addresses which have four levels. "address-level3" the third administrative level, in addresses with at least three administrative levels. "address-level2" the second administrative level, in addresses with at least two of them. in countries with two administrative levels, this would typical...
...ension" a telephone extension code within the phone number, such as a room or suite number in a hotel or an office extension in a company. "impp" a url for an instant messaging protocol endpoint, such as "xmpp:username@example.net". "url" a url, such as a home page or company web site address as appropriate given the context of the other fields in the form. "photo" the url of an image representing the person, company, or contact information given in the other fields in the form. see the whatwg standard for more detailed information. note: the autocomplete attribute also controls whether firefox will — unlike other browsers — persist the dynamic disabled state and (if applicable) dynamic checkedness of an <input> element, <textarea> element, or entire <form> across page loads. th...
...And 2 more matches

HTML attribute reference - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
aggable global attribute defines whether the element can be dragged. dropzone global attribute indicates that the element accepts the dropping of content onto it. enctype <form> defines the content type of the form data when the method is post. enterkeyhint <textarea>, contenteditable the enterkeyhint specifies what action label (or icon) to present for the enter key on virtual keyboards. the attribute can be used with form controls (such as the value of textarea elements), or in elements in an editing host (e.g., using contenteditable attribute). for <label>, <output> describes elements which belongs to this one. form <button>, <fieldset>, <input>, <keygen>, <label>, <meter>, <object>, <output>, <progress>, <selec...
...nts, e.g. script elements, active. high <meter> indicates the lower bound of the upper range. href <a>, <area>, <base>, <link> the url of a linked resource. hreflang <a>, <area>, <link> specifies the language of the linked resource. http-equiv <meta> defines a pragma directive. icon <command> specifies a picture which represents the command. id global attribute often used with css to style a specific element. the value of this attribute must be unique. importance <iframe>, <img>, <link>, <script> indicates the relative fetch priority for the resource. integrity <link>, <script> specifies a subresource integrity value that allows browsers to verify what they fetch. ...
...r frame to show until the user plays or seeks. preload <audio>, <video> indicates whether the whole resource, parts of it or nothing should be preloaded. radiogroup <command> readonly <input>, <textarea> indicates whether the element can be edited. referrerpolicy <a>, <area>, <iframe>, <img>, <link>, <script> specifies which referrer is sent when fetching the resource. rel <a>, <area>, <link> specifies the relationship of the target object to the link object. required <input>, <select>, <textarea> indicates whether this element is required to fill out or not. reversed <ol> indicates whether the list should be displayed in a descending order instead of a ascending. rows <textare...
...And 2 more matches

Date and time formats used in HTML - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
scribed in this article. elements that use such formats include certain forms of the <input> element that let the user choose or specify a date, time, or both, as well as the <ins> and <del> elements, whose datetime attribute specifies the date or date and time at which the insertion or deletion of content occurred. for <input>, the values of type that return a value which contains a string representing a date and/or time are: date datetime datetime-local month time week examples before getting into the intricacies of how date and time strings are written and parsed in html, here are some examples that should give you a good idea what the more commonly-used date and time string formats look like. example html date and time strings string date and/or time ...
...ny year which is divisible by 400 or the year is divisible by 4 but not by 100. although the calendar year is normally 365 days long, it actually takes the planet earth approximately 365.2422 days to complete a single orbit around the sun. leap years help to adjust the calendar to keep it synchronized with the actual position of the planet in its orbit. adding a day to the year every four years essentially makes the average year 365.25 days long, which is close to correct. the adjustments to the algorithm (taking a leap year when the year can be divided by 400, and skipping leap years when the year is divisible by 100) help to bring the average even closer to the correct number of days (365.2425 days). scientists occasionally add leap seconds to the calendar (seriously) to handle the remainin...
...65.2425 days). scientists occasionally add leap seconds to the calendar (seriously) to handle the remaining three ten-thousandths of a day and to compensate for the gradual, naturally occurring slowing of earth's rotation. while month 02, february, normally has 28 days, it has 29 days in leap years. months of the year there are 12 months in the year, numbered 1 through 12. they are always represented by a two-digit ascii string whose value ranges from 01 through 12. see the table in the section days of the month for the month numbers and their corresponding names (and lengths in days). days of the month month numbers 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, and 12 are 31 days long. months 4, 6, 9, and 11 are 30 days long. month 2, february, is 28 days long most years, but is 29 days long in leap years. this is...
...And 2 more matches

<input type="color"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
of type color provide a user interface element that lets a user specify a color, either by using a visual color picker interface or by entering the color into a text field in #rrggbb hexadecimal format. only simple colors (without alpha channel) are allowed though css colors has more formats, e.g. color names, functional notations and a hexadecimal format with an alpha channel. the element's presentation may vary substantially from one browser and/or platform to another—it might be a simple textual input that automatically validates to ensure that the color information is entered in the proper format, or a platform-standard color picker, or some kind of custom color picker window. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to th...
... color will naturally fall back to the type text. because users can write colors in many different ways (such as rgb(255, 255, 0)), one way to work around this is to set a pattern attribute equal to either #[0-9a-f]{6} or #[0-9a-fa-f]{6} (preferably the latter because some users may not expect a different result with just a letter-case change) and set a placeholder attribute equal to a color representing the expected format of the user's input, such as #ff0000. using color inputs inputs of type color are simple, due to the limited number of attributes they support. providing a default color you can update the simple example above to set a default value, so that the color well is pre-filled with the default color and the color picker (if any) will also default to that color: <input type="...
...he simple example above to set a default value, so that the color well is pre-filled with the default color and the color picker (if any) will also default to that color: <input type="color" value="#ff0000"> if you don't specify a value, the default is #000000, which is black. the value must be in seven-character hexadecimal notation, meaning the "#" character followed by two digits each representing red, green, and blue, like this: #rrggbb. if you have colors that are in any other format (such as css color names or css color functions such as rgb() or rgba()), you'll have to convert them to hexadecimal before setting the value. tracking color changes as is the case with other <input> types, there are two events that can be used to detect changes to the color value: input and change. inp...
...And 2 more matches

<input type="datetime-local"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. the control's ui varies in general from browser to browser; at the moment support is patchy, with only chrome/opera and edge on desktop and most modern versions of mobile browsers having usable implementations. in other browsers, these degrade gracefully to simple <input type="text"> controls. the control is intended to simply represent a local date and time, not necessarily the user's local date and time. in other words, an implementation should allow any valid combination of year, month, day, hour, and minute - even if such a combination is invalid in the user's local time zone (such as times within a daylight saving time spring-forward transition gap). some mobile browsers (particularly on ios) do not currently implement this...
...ven if such a combination is invalid in the user's local time zone (such as times within a daylight saving time spring-forward transition gap). some mobile browsers (particularly on ios) do not currently implement this correctly. because of the limited browser support for datetime-local, and the variations in how the inputs work, it may currently still be best to use a framework or library to present these, or to use a custom input of your own. another option is to use separate date and time inputs, each of which is more widely supported than datetime-local. some browsers may resort to a text-only input element that validates that the results are legitimate date/time values before letting them be delivered to the server, as well, but you shouldn't rely on this behavior since you can't easily...
...er to allow you to choose a date; you have to enter the time manually. the edge datetime-local control looks like the below; clicking the date and the time parts of the value bring up two separate pickers for you, so you can easily set both the date and the time. this is somewhat like having date and time widgets both created for you and merged into one. value a domstring representing a date and time (in the local time zone), or empty. events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, readonly, and step idl attributes list, value, valueasnumber. methods select(), stepdown(), stepup() value a domstring representing the value of the date entered into the input. the format of the date and time value ...
...And 2 more matches

<input type="range"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
because this kind of widget is imprecise, it shouldn't typically be used unless the control's exact value isn't important. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. ...
...sn't important. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. if the user's browser doesn't support type range, it will fall back and treat it as a text input. value a domstring containing the string representation of the selected numeric value; use valueasnumber to get the value as a number. events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, max, min, and step idl attributes list, value, and valueasnumber methods stepdown() and stepup() validation there is no pattern validation available; however, the following forms of autom...
...value is set to something which can't be converted into a valid floating-point number, validation fails because the input is suffering from a bad input. the value won't be less than min. the default is 0. the value won't be greater than max. the default is 100. the value will be a multiple of step. the default is 1. value the value attribute contains a domstring which contains a string representation of the selected number. the value is never an empty string (""). the default value is halfway between the specified minimum and maximum—unless the maximum is actually less than the minimum, in which case the default is set to the value of the min attribute. the algorithm for determining the default value is: defaultvalue = (rangeelem.max < rangeelem.min) ? rangeelem.min : r...
...And 2 more matches

<input type="week"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
degrades gracefully to function identically to <input type="text">. in chrome/opera the week control provides slots to fill in week and year values, a pop-up calendar interface to select them more visually, and an "x" button to clear the control's value. the edge week control is somewhat more elaborate, opening up week and year pickers with sliding reels. value a domstring representing a week and year, or empty events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, readonly, and step idl attributes value, valueasdate, valueasnumber, and list. methods select(), stepdown(), and stepup() value a domstring representing the value of the week/year entered into the input. the format of the date and time value ...
...if the value entered into the element exceeds this, the element fails constraint...
... to the year and week specified by the min attribute. min the earliest year and week to accept. if the value of the element is less than this, the element fails constraint validation. if a value is specified for min that isn't a valid week string, the input has no minimum value. this value must be less than or equal to the value of the max attribute. readonly a boolean attribute which, if present, means this field cannot be edited by the user. its value can, however, still be changed by javascript code directly setting the htmlinputelement.value property. note: because a read-only field cannot have a value, required does not have any effect on inputs with the readonly attribute also specified. step the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhe...
...And 2 more matches

<menu> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
this includes both list menus, which might appear across the top of a screen, as well as context menus, such as those that might appear underneath a button after it has been clicked. content categories flow content. if the element's children include at least one <li> element: palpable content. permitted content if the element is in the list menu state: flow content, or alternatively, zero or more occurrences of <li>, <script>, and <template>. ...
...state: zero or more occurrences, in any order, of <menu> (context menu state only), <menuitem>, <hr>, <script>, and <template>. tag omission none, both the starting and ending tag are mandatory. permitted parents any element that accepts flow content. implicit aria role list permitted aria roles directory, group, listbox, menu, menubar, none, presentation, radiogroup, tablist, toolbar or tree dom interface htmlmenuelement attributes this element includes the global attributes. label the name of the menu as shown to the user. used within nested menus, to provide a label through which the submenu can be accessed. must only be specified when the parent element is a <menu> in the context menu state. type this attribute...
...obal attributes. label the name of the menu as shown to the user. used within nested menus, to provide a label through which the submenu can be accessed. must only be specified when the parent element is a <menu> in the context menu state. type this attribute indicates the kind of menu being declared, and can be one of two values. ...
...And 2 more matches

<meta>: The Document-level Metadata element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
permitted parents <meta charset>, <meta http-equiv>: a <head> element. if the http-equiv is not an encoding declaration, it can also be inside a <noscript> element, itself inside a <head> element. ...
... permitted parents <meta charset>, <meta http-equiv>: a <head> element. if the http-equiv is not an encoding declaration, it can also be inside a <noscript> element, itself inside a <head> element. ...
... permitted parents <meta charset>, <meta http-equiv>: a <head> element. if the http-equiv is not an encoding declaration, it can also be inside a <noscript> element, itself inside a <head> element. ...
...And 2 more matches

<sup>: The Superscript element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
implicit aria role no corresponding role permitted aria roles any dom interface htmlelement attributes this element only includes the global attributes. usage notes the <sup> element should only be used for typographical reasons—that is, to change the position of the text to comply with typographical conventions or standards, rather than solely for presentation or appearance purposes. for example, to style the wordmark of a business or product which uses a raised baseline should be done using css (most likely vertical-align) rather than <sup>. this would be done using, for example, vertical-align: super or, to shift the baseline up 50%, vertical-align: 50%. appropriate use cases for <sup> include (but aren't necessarily limited to): displaying...
...ents, such as "x3." it may be worth considering the use of mathml for these, especially in more complex cases. see exponents under examples below. displaying superior lettering, which is used in some languages when rendering certain abbreviations. for example, in french, the word "mademoiselle" can be abbreviated "mlle"); this is an acceptable use case. see superior lettering for examples. representing ordinal numbers, such as "4th" instead of "fourth." see ordinal numbers for examples. examples exponents exponents, or powers of a number, are among the most common uses of superscripted text. for example: <p>one of the most common equations in all of physics is <var>e</var>=<var>m</var><var>c</var>².<p> the resulting output looks like this: superior lettering superior let...
...es exponents exponents, or powers of a number, are among the most common uses of superscripted text. for example: <p>one of the most common equations in all of physics is <var>e</var>=<var>m</var><var>c</var>².<p> the resulting output looks like this: superior lettering superior lettering is not technically the same thing as superscript. ...
...And 2 more matches

Microformats - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
arkup patterns require only a single microformat root class name, which parsers use to find a few generic properties such as name, url, photo. microformats prefixes all microformats consist of a root, and a collection of properties. properties are all optional and potentially multivalued - applications needing a singular value may use the first instance of a property. hierarchical data is represented with nested microformats, typically as property values themselves. all microformats class names use prefixes. prefixes are syntax independent from vocabularies, which are developed separately. "h-*" for root class names, e.g. "h-card", "h-entry", "h-feed", and many more. these top-level root classes usually indicate a type and corresponding expected vocabulary of properties. for example: ...
...element datetime attribute, value-class-pattern and separate date time value parsing for readability. "e-*" for element tree properties where the entire contained element hierarchy is the value, e.g. "e-content". the "e-" prefix can also be mnemonically remembered as "element tree", "embedded markup", or "encapsulated markup". some microformats examples h-card the h-card microformat represents a a person or organization. the value of each property is defined in html using the class property any element can carry example h-card <p class="h-card"> <img class="u-photo" src="http://example.org/photo.png" alt="" /> <a class="p-name u-url" href="http://example.org">joe bloggs</a> <a class="u-email" href="mailto:joebloggs@example.com">joebloggs@example.com</a>, <span class="p-str...
... <span class="p-street-address">17 austerstræti</span> <span class="p-locality">reykjavík</span> <span class="p-country-name">iceland</span> </p> property description p-name the full/formatted name of the person or organization. ...
...And 2 more matches

Grammar and types - JavaScript
, underscore, or dollar sign ($), and can contain alphabetic, numeric, or underscore characters. const pi = 3.14; a constant cannot change value through assignment or be re-declared while the script is running. it must be initialized to a value. the scope rules for constants are the same as those for let block-scope variables. if the const keyword is omitted, the identifier is assumed to represent a variable. you cannot declare a constant with the same name as a function or variable in the same scope. for example: // this will cause an error function f() {}; const f = 5; // this will cause an error too function f() { const g = 5; var g; //statements } however, the properties of objects assigned to constants are not protected, so the following statement is executed without probl...
...ecial keyword denoting a null value. (because javascript is case-sensitive, null is not the same as null, null, or any other variant.) undefined. a top-level property whose value is not defined. number. an integer or floating point number. for example: 42 or 3.14159. bigint. an integer with arbitrary precision. for example: 9007199254740992n. string. a sequence of characters that represent a text value. for example: "howdy" symbol (new in ecmascript 2015). a data type whose instances are unique and immutable. and object although these data types are relatively few, they enable you to perform useful functions with your applications. objects and functions are the other fundamental elements in the language. you can think of objects as named containers for values, and functi...
...he + operator, javascript converts numeric values to strings. for example, consider the following statements: x = 'the answer is ' + 42 // "the answer is 42" y = 42 + ' is the answer' // "42 is the answer" with all other operators, javascript does not convert numeric values to strings. for example: '37' - 7 // 30 '37' + 7 // "377" converting strings to numbers in the case that a value representing a number is in memory as a string, there are methods for conversion. parseint() parsefloat() parseint only returns whole numbers, so its use is diminished for decimals. additionally, a best practice for parseint is to always include the radix parameter. the radix parameter is used to specify which numerical system is to be used. parseint('101', 2) // 5 an alternative method of retri...
...And 2 more matches

BigInt.prototype.toString() - JavaScript
exceptions rangeerror if tostring() is given a radix less than 2 or greater than 36, a rangeerror is thrown. ...
...ot part of the string. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax bigintobj.tostring([radix]) parameters radixoptional optional. an integer in the range 2 through 36 specifying the base to use for representing numeric values. return value a string representing the specified bigint object. exceptions rangeerror if tostring() is given a radix less than 2 or greater than 36, a rangeerror is thrown. description the bigint object overrides the tostring() method of the object object; it does not inherit object.prototype.tostring(). for bigint objects, the tostring() method returns a string repr...
...for radixes above 10, the letters of the alphabet indicate numerals greater than 9. for example, for hexadecimal numbers (base 16) a through f are used. ...
...And 2 more matches

Date() constructor - JavaScript
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax new date() new date(value) new date(datestring) new date(year, monthindex [, day [, hours [, minutes [, seconds [, milliseconds]]]]]) note: the only correct way to instantiate a new date object is by using the new operator. ...
...[, milliseconds]]]]]) note: the only correct way to instantiate a new date object is by using the new operator. if you simply call the date object directly, such as now = date(), the returned value is a string rather than a date object. parameters there are four basic forms for the date() constructor: no parameters when no parameters are provided, the newly-created date object represents the current date and time as of the time of instantiation. time value or timestamp number value an integer value representing the number of milliseconds since january 1, 1970, 00:00:00 utc (the ecmascript epoch, equivalent to the unix epoch), with leap seconds ignored. keep in mind that most unix timestamp functions are only accurate to the nearest second. timestamp stri...
...f instantiation. time value or timestamp number value an integer value representing the number of milliseconds since january 1, 1970, 00:00:00 utc (the ecmascript epoch, equivalent to the unix epoch), with leap seconds ignored. keep in mind that most unix timestamp functions are only accurate to the nearest second. timestamp string datestring a string value representing a date, specified in a format recognized by the date.parse() method. (these formats are ietf-compliant rfc 2822 timestamps, and also strings in a version of iso8601.) note: parsing of date strings with the date constructor (and date.parse(), which works the same way) is strongly discouraged due to browser differences and inconsistencies. support for rfc 2822 format strings is b...
...And 2 more matches

Date.parse() - JavaScript
2015-02-31). it is not recommended to use date.parse as until es5, parsing of strings was entirely implementation dependent. there are still many differences in how different hosts parse date strings, therefore date strings should be manually parsed (a library can help if many different formats are to be accommodated). the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. ...
...ny different formats are to be accommodated). the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax direct call: date.parse(datestring) implicit call: new date(datestring) parameters datestring a string representing a simplification of the iso 8601 calendar date extended format. (other formats may be used, but results are implementation-dependent.) return value a number representing the milliseconds elapsed since january 1, 1970, 00:00:00 utc and the date obtained by parsing the given string representation of a date. if the argument doesn't represent a valid date, nan is returned. description the pa...
...(see the section date time string format in the ecmascript specification for more details.) for example, "2011-10-10" (date-only form), "2011-10-10t14:48:00" (date-time form), or "2011-10-10t14:48:00.000+09:00" (date-time form with milliseconds and time zone) can be passed and will be parsed. ...
...And 2 more matches

Date.prototype.toString() - JavaScript
"sat" space month name: 3 letter english month name, e.g. ...
..."sat" space month name: 3 letter english month name, e.g. ...
...thub repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax dateobj.tostring() return value a string representing the given date. description date instances inherit their tostring() method from date.prototype, not object.prototype. date.prototype.tostring() returns a string representation of the date in the format specified in ecma-262 which can be summarised as: week day: 3 letter english week day name, e.g. "sat" space month name: 3 letter english month name, e.g. "sep" space date: 2 digit day in month, e.g. "01" space year: 4 digit year, e.g. "2018" space hour: 2 digit hour of day, e.g. "14" colon minute: 2 digit minute of hour, e.g. "53" colon second: 2 dig...
...And 2 more matches

Number.prototype.toString() - JavaScript
exceptions rangeerror if tostring() is given a radix less than 2 or greater than 36, a rangeerror is thrown. description the number object overrides the tostring() method of the object object. ...
...ting the specified number object. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax numobj.tostring([radix]) parameters radix optional. an integer in the range 2 through 36 specifying the base to use for representing numeric values. return value a string representing the specified number object. exceptions rangeerror if tostring() is given a radix less than 2 or greater than 36, a rangeerror is thrown. description the number object overrides the tostring() method of the object object. (it does not inherit object.prototype.tostring()). for number objects, the tostring() method returns a string re...
...for radices above 10, the letters of the alphabet indicate numerals greater than 9. for example, for hexadecimal numbers (base 16), a through f are used. ...
...And 2 more matches

Authoring MathML - MathML
. note that by design, mathml is well-integrated in html5 and in particular you can use usual web features like css, dom, javascript or svg. this is out of the scope of this document but anyone with basic knowledge of web languages will easily be able to mix these features with mathml. check out our demos and mathml references for more details. ...
... fallback for browsers without mathml support unfortunately, some browsers are not able to render mathml equations or only have a limited support. hence you will need to use a mathml polyfill to provide some fallback rendering. ...
... <h1>mathml in html5</h1> <p> square root of two: <math> <msqrt> <mn>2</mn> </msqrt> </math> </p> </body> </html> content mathml is not supported by browsers. it's recommended to convert your content mathml markup into presentation mathml before publishing it, for example with the help of the ctop.xsl stylesheet. tools mentioned on this page generates presentation mathml. fallback for browsers without mathml support unfortunately, some browsers are not able to render mathml equations or only have a limited support. hence you will need to use a mathml polyfill to provide some fallback rendering. if you need only basic mathematical constructions such as those used on this mdn wiki then a small mathml.css stylesheet might be enough. to use it, just ins...
...And 2 more matches

Navigation and resource timings - Web Performance
r reports an error and the connection establishment is started again, the last connection establishment end time is given. if a persistent connection is used, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. a connection is considered as opened when all secure connection handshake, or socks authentication, is terminated. connectstart when the request to open a connection is sent to the network. if the transport layer reports an error and the connection establishment is started again, the last connection establishment start time is given. if a persistent connection is used, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. domainlookupend when the domain lookup is finished. if a persistent connection is used, or the information is stored in a cache o...
...ainlookupstart when the domain lookup starts. if a persistent connection is used, or the information is stored in a cache or a local resource, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. fetchstart when the browser is ready to fetch the document using an http request. this moment is before the check to any application cache. requeststart when the browser sent the request to obtain the actual document, from the server or from a cache. if the transport layer fails after the start of the request and the connection is reopened, this property will be set to the time corresponding to the new request. responsestart when the browser received the first byte of the response, from the server from a cache, or from a local resource. responseen...
... no previous document, or if the previous document, or one of the needed redirects, is not of the same origin, the value returned is 0. dominteractive when the parser finished its work on the main document, that is when its document.readystate changes to 'interactive' and the corresponding readystatechange event is thrown. domcontentloadedeventstart right before the parser sent the domcontentloaded event, that is right after all the scripts that need to be executed right after parsing have been executed. domcontentloadedeventend right after all the scripts that need to be executed as soon as possible, in order or not, have been executed. domcomplete when the parser finished its work on the main document, that is when its document.readystate chang...
...And 2 more matches

How to make PWAs installable - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
n, rather than the user having to open the browser and then navigate to the site by using a bookmark or typing the url. your web app can sit next to native applications as first class citizens. ...
...app be launched in fullscreen or standalone mode, thus removing the default browser user interface that would otherwise be present, creating an even more seamless and native-like feel. requirements to make the web site installable, it needs the following things in place: a web manifest, with the correct fields filled in the web site to be served from a secure (https) domain an icon to represent the app on the device a service worker registered, to allow the app to work offline (this is required only by chrome for android currently) currently, only the chromium-based browsers such as chrome, edge, and samsung internet require the service worker. if developing your app using firefox, be aware that you will need a service worker to be compatible with chromium-based browsers. the mani...
...g firefox, be aware that you will need a service worker to be compatible with chromium-based browsers. the manifest file the key element is a web manifest file, which lists all the information about the website in a json format. it usually resides in the root folder of a web app. it contains useful information, such as the app’s title, paths to different-sized icons that can be used to represent the app on an os (such as an icon on the home screen, an entry in the start menu, or an icon on the desktop), and a background color to use in loading or splash screens. this information is needed for the browser to present the web app properly during the installation process, as well as within the device's app-launching interface, such as the home screen of a mobile device. the js13kpwa.webmani...
...And 2 more matches

Types of attacks - Web security
tion or encoding. the user's browser cannot detect the malicious script is untrustworthy, and so gives it access to any cookies, session tokens, or other sensitive site-specific information, or lets the malicious script rewrite the html content. cross-site scripting attacks usually occur when 1) data enters a web app through an untrusted source (most often a web request) or 2) dynamic content is sent to a web user without being validated for malicious content. the malicious content often includes javascript, but sometimes html, flash, or any other code the browser can execute. the variety of attacks based on xss is almost limitless, but they commonly include transmitting private data like cookies or other session information to the attacker, redirecting the victim to a webpage controlled by ...
...en the browser sends a request for data. reflected xss attacks when a user is tricked into clicking a malicious link, submitting a specially crafted form, or browsing to a malicious site, the injected code travels to the vulnerable website. the web server reflects the injected script back to the user's browser, such as in an error message, search result, or any other response that includes data sent to the server as part of the request. the browser executes the code because it assumes the response is from a "trusted" server which the user has already interacted with. dom-based xss attacks the payload is executed as a result of modifying the dom environment (in the victim’s browser) used by the original client-side script. that is, the page itself does not change, but the client side code...
...retrieve data should require sending a post (or other http method) request. post endpoints should not interchangeably accept get requests with parameters in the query string. a csrf token should be included in <form> elements via a hidden input field. this token should be unique per user and stored (for example, in a cookie) such that the server can look up the expected value when the request is sent. for all non-get requests that have the potential to perform an action, this input field should be compared against the expected value. if there is a mismatch, the request should be aborted. this method of protection relies on an attacker being unable to predict the user's assigned csrf token. the token should be regenerated on sign-in. cookies that are used for sensitive actions (such as sessi...
...And 2 more matches

port - Archive of obsolete content
json. ...
... main add-on code to the content script: // main.js var mymessagepayload = "some data"; worker.port.emit("mymessage", mymessagepayload); on() the port.on() function registers a function as a listener for a particular message sent from the other side using port.emit(). it takes two parameters: the name of the message and a function to handle it. ...
...the port object offers a shortcut to do this: the once() method. ...
...unction does not prevent the listener from receiving messages that are already queued. this means that if "main.js" sends the message twice in successive lines, and the listener stops listening as soon as it receives the first message, then the listener will still receive the second message. json-serializable values the payload for a message can be any json-serializable value. when messages are sent their payloads are automatically serialized, and when messages are received their payloads are automatically deserialized, so you don't need to worry about serialization. however, you do have to ensure that the payload can be serialized to json. this means that it needs to be a string, number, boolean, null, array of json-serializable values, or an object whose property values are themselves jso...

Content Scripts - Archive of obsolete content
er interface components - panel, sidebar, frame - are specified using html, and use separate scripts to interact with this content. in many ways these are like content scripts, but they're not the focus of this article. to learn about how to interact with the content for a given user interface module, please see the module-specific documentation: panel, sidebar, frame. almost all the examples presented in this guide are available as complete, but minimal, add-ons in the addon-sdk-content-scripts repository on github. loading content scripts you can load a single script by assigning a string to either the contentscript or the contentscriptfile option. the contentscript option treats the string itself as a script: // main.js var pagemod = require("sdk/page-mod"); var contentscriptvalue = '...
...script!"; anelement.onclick = function() { alert(themessage); }; anotherelement.addeventlistener("click", function() { alert(themessage); }); communicating with the add-on to enable add-on scripts and content scripts to communicate with each other, each end of the conversation has access to a port object. to send messages from one side to the other, use port.emit() to receive messages sent from the other side, use port.on() messages are asynchronous: that is, the sender does not wait for a reply from the recipient but just emits the message and continues processing. here's a simple add-on that sends a message to a content script using port: // main.js var tabs = require("sdk/tabs"); var self = require("sdk/self"); tabs.on("ready", function(tab) { var worker = tab.attach({ ...
... this add-on adds a button to firefox: when the user clicks the button, the add-on attaches a content script to the active tab, sends the c...
...r content script. this will work regardless of the context in which the content script was loaded. in the special case where the two content scripts are loaded into the same exact page, it is possible for the content scripts to communicate directly to each other using the dom postmessage() api or a customevent. the following add-on shows a content script added by page-mod receiving a customevent sent from a context-menu item when the context menu item is clicked. the page-mod script will then issue an alert with the url of the link on which the context menu was displayed. the url is passed to the page-mod script in the customevent. var pagemod = require("sdk/page-mod"); pagemod.pagemod({ include: "*.mozilla.org", contentscript: 'function contextmenualert(href) {' + ' wi...

widget - Archive of obsolete content
ntent (dom, js, css, images) for the widget has been loaded, at the time the window.onload event fires this property is optional and defaults to "end". contentscriptoptions object read-only value exposed to content scripts under self.options property. any kind of jsonable value (object, array, string, etc.) can be used here. optional. widget represents a widget object. methods destroy() removes the widget from the add-on bar. postmessage(data) sends a message to the widget's content scripts. parameters data : value the message to send. the message can be any json-serializable value. on(type, listener) registers an event listener with the widget. parameters type : string the type of event to listen for. listener : function the li...
...nt loaded from your add-on's "data" directory or remote content, an image or web content. setting it updates the widget's appearance immediately. however, if the widget was created using content, then this property is meaningless, and setting it has no effect. setting the contenturl property will break the channel of communication between this widget and any content scripts it contains. messages sent from the content script will no longer be received by the main add-on code, and vice versa. this issue is currently tracked as bug 825434. panel a panel to open when the user clicks on the widget. width the widget's width in pixels. setting it updates the widget's appearance immediately. tooltip the text of the tooltip that appears when the user hovers over the widget. allow a object desc...
...vered to the add-on code in the widget's message event. arguments value : listeners are passed a single argument which is the message posted from the content script. the message can be any json-serializable value. mouseover this event is emitted when the user moves the mouse over the widget. mouseout this event is emitted when the user moves the mouse away from the widget. widgetview represents a widget instance specific to one browser window. anything you do to an instance of this object will only be applied to the instance attached to its browser window: widget instances attached to other browser windows will be unaffected. by contrast, any changes you make to an instance of the normal widget class will be applied across all browser windows. this class has all the same methods, at...
...nt loaded from your add-on's "data" directory or remote content, an image or web content. setting it updates the widget's appearance immediately. however, if the widget was created using content, then this property is meaningless, and setting it has no effect. setting the contenturl property will break the channel of communication between this widget and any content scripts it contains. messages sent from the content script will no longer be received by the main add-on code, and vice versa. this issue is currently tracked as bug 825434. panel a panel to open when the user clicks on the widget view. width the widget view's width in pixels. setting it updates the widget view's appearance immediately. tooltip the text of the tooltip that appears when the user hovers over the widget view. ...

/loader - Archive of obsolete content
lobals: provides a set of globals shared across modules loaded via this loader. optional. resolve: provide customized module resolution logic. optional. id: provide add-on id to attach to loaded modules. optional. paths the loader needs to be provided with a set of locations to indicate where to find modules loaded using require(). this is provided by a mandatory options.paths hash that represents the mapping between module id prefixes and locations. there are lots of different possibilities, but the most common setup looks like this: let { loader } = require('toolkit/loader'); let loader = loader({ paths: { // resolve all modules starting with `toolkit/` as follows: // toolkit/foo -> resource://gre/modules/commonjs/toolkit/foo.js // toolkit/foo/bar -> resource://gr...
...resolve the optional resolve option enables you to completely customize module resolution logic. resolve is assigned a function that takes: the id of the module passed into require() the id of the module that called require() on each require() call, the supplied function is then called with the id of the required module and that of the requiring module. the function returns a string representing the resolved module id, which is then resolved to its location url using the mapping provided in the paths option. if this option is not provided, the loader will use plain path resolution. this feature may also be used to implement specific security constraints. for example, the sdk generates a manifest file at build time representing a dependency graph of all modules used by an add-on. any...
... the loader module exposes a main() ...
... the loader module exposes a main() function that can be used to load a main module. ...

content/mod - Archive of obsolete content
window points to the content page we want to modify attachto(style, window); // ... detachfrom(style, window); parameters modification : object the modification we want to remove from the target window : nsidomwindow the window to be modified. if window is not provided modification is removed from all targets it's being attached to. gettargetwindow(target) function takes target, value representing content (page) and returns nsidomwindow for that content. if target does not represents valid content null is returned. for example target can be a content window itself in which case it's will be returned back. parameters target : object the object for which we want to obtain the window represented or contained. if a nsidomwindow is given, it works as an identify function, returns target i...
...content. if target does not represents valid content null is returned. for example target can be a content window itself in which case it's will be returned back. parameters target : object the object for which we want to obtain the window represented or contained. if a nsidomwindow is given, it works as an identify function, returns target itself. returns nsidomwindow|null : the window represented or contained by the target, if any. returns null otherwise. attach(modification, target) function applies given modification to a given target representing a content to be modified. parameters modification : object the modification we want to apply to the target target : object target is a value that representing content to be modified. it is valid only when gettargetwindow(target) retur...
...ny. returns null otherwise. attach(modification, target) function applies given modification to a given target representing a content to be modified. parameters modification : object the modification we want to apply to the target target : object target is a value that representing content to be modified. it is valid only when gettargetwindow(target) returns nsidomwindow of content it represents. detach(modification, target) function removes attached modification. if target is specified modification is removed from that target only, otherwise modification is removed from all the targets it's being attached to. parameters modification : object the modification we want to remove from the target target : object target is a value that representing content to be modified. it is valid ...
...if target is specified modification is removed from that target only, otherwise modification is removed from all the targets it's being attached to. parameters modification : object the modification we want to remove from the target target : object target is a value that representing content to be modified. it is valid only when gettargetwindow(target) returns nsidomwindow of content it represents. if target is not provided modification is removed from all targets it's being attached to. ...

Install Manifests - Archive of obsolete content
7384}</em:id> <!--firefox--> <em:minversion>1.5</em:minversion> <em:maxversion>3.0.*</em:maxversion> </description> </em:targetapplication> gecko 1.9 based applications allow you to use the special targetapplication id toolkit@mozilla.org to say that the add-on is compatible with any toolkit app with a toolkit version matching the minversion and maxversion. type an integer value representing the type of add-on. 2 extensions 4 themes 8 locale 32 multiple item package 64 spell check dictionary 128 telemetry experiment 256 webextension experiment examples <em:type>2</em:type> this property was added for firefox 1.5, and is only required for add-on types other than extensions and themes. fir...
... 4 themes 8 locale 32 multiple item package 64 spell check dictionary 128 telemetry experiment 256 webextension experiment examples <em:type>2</em:type> this property was added for firefox 1.5, and is only required for add-on types other than extensions and themes. firefox 2 and previous supported a value of 16 to represent plug-ins. in firefox 3 this has been removed. version a version string identifying the version of the add-on being supplied. for firefox/thunderbird 1.0, the format must conform to the rules specified in extension versioning, update and compatibility. for firefox/thunderbird 1.5, see toolkit version format. examples <em:version>2.0</em:version> <em:version>1.0.2</em:version> <em:version>0.
... these properties, depending on the capabilities of your add-on. abouturl the chrome:// url of the extension's about dialog box. this is only useful to extensions. if this property is specified, in the about:addons extensions list, the about... link in the extension's context menu will show this dialog, rather than the default. note: as of gecko 2.0, the dialog receives the addon object representing your add-on as a parameter. examples <em:abouturl>chrome://myext/content/about.xul</em:abouturl> bootstrap a boolean value that tells the application whether the extension is boot-strappable. at the moment this only works for add-ons with em:type="2". the default value is false. for more information, see bootstrapped extensions. contributor the name(s) of additional contributors. you ma...
...or display in the user interface. this description should fit on one short line of text. examples <em:description>advanced foo tools.</em:description> developer the name(s) of co-developers. you may specify more than one of this value to specify multiple developers. examples <em:developer>jane doe</em:developer> <em:developer>koos van der merwe</em:developer> hasembeddedwebextension if present and given the value "true", this indicates that this add-on contains an embedded webextension. <em:hasembeddedwebextension>true</em:hasembeddedwebextension> homepageurl a link to the add-on's home page - intended for display in the user interface. examples <em:homepageurl>https://www.example.com/</em:homepageurl> iconurl a chrome:// url to an icon to display in the add-ons list. the icon w...

Setting Up a Development Environment - Archive of obsolete content
in regards to code editing, there's no official mozilla ide. on the other hand, extensions use the same (or similar) languages that are used for web development, so most text editors and ides are up to the task. most xul tools and plugins you'll find online are merely templates that generate the folder structure for the project, and that's not much help. we recommend komodo edit. it's free, open source, and cross-platform. ...
...u choose an easy name for the profile folder, and set it in your makefile in order to take advantage of the install command. building idl files some extensions require developing xpcom components to add certain advanced functions. there's a section dedicated to xpcom in this tutorial, but we'll briefly discuss the impact it has on building the extension. you can skip this section and keep it present as a reference in case you do need to use xpcom in your project. xpcom interfaces are defined using idl files. these are text files that define the attributes and methods in one or more interfaces. these idl files are compiled into binary form and included in the extension as xpt files. to compile an idl file to xpt, you need a command line tool called xpidl. this tool is included in the mozill...
...ion has seen little maintenance in quite some time, so it is very buggy. it is specially unreliable when debugging code in javascript xpcom and xbl files. nevertheless, it is a valuable tool when trying to figure out why a certain function is misbehaving. tamper data tamper data intercepts http requests and their responses. it allows you to cancel them and even replace payload data before it is sent. there are several similar extensions, such as live http headers, but tamper data is the one that we use the most. we'll cover more on http debugging later on. firebug the firebug extension includes pretty much all tools mentioned so far, but it's mostly focused on web development. the chromebug extension helps in making firebug more useful for extension development, but it may still not be pow...
... applies to it by default. look at the final, computed style for the menu items. browse around the rest of the firefox dom, and try to figure out what the nodes correspond to in the firefox ui. install the firebug extension. open the firebug window and go to an ajax-heavy page such as gmail or facebook. open and enable the net tab. try to identify what is going on with some of the requests being sent. now that you know how to quickly monitor your project and test changes, we'll learn how to add new ui elements to firefox, through overlays and new windows. « previousnext » this tutorial was kindly donated to mozilla by appcoast. ...

Index of archived content - Archive of obsolete content
getting started with firefox extensions handling preferences intercepting page loads introduction javascript object management local storage mozilla documentation roadmap observer notifications setting up a development environment the box model the essentials of an extension useful mozilla community sites user notifications and alerts xpcom objects performance best practices in extensions search extension tutorial (draft) security best practices in extensions session store api setting up an extension develop...
... hostwindow installer scripting styling proxy ui pydom rdf api rdf datasource how-to reading textual data remote xul remote debugging rsyncing the cvs repository running windows debug builds downloaded from tinderbox sxsw 2007 presentations safe browsing safe browsing: design documentation safely loading uris same origin policy for xbl space manager detailed design space manager high level design standalone xpcom standard makefile header static analysis for windows code under linux stress testing string quick reference...
...ageload urischeme uris and urls uriloader using addresses of stack variables with nspr threads on win16 using cross commit using gdb on wimpy computers venkman using breakpoints in venkman venkman internals venkman introduction video presentations when to use ifdefs writing textual data xml in mozilla xpinstall creating xpi installer modules install wizards (aka: stub installers) mac stub installer unix stub installer windows stub installer ...
...es winprofile object methods winreg object methods winregvalue xpjs components proposal xre xtech 2005 presentations directions of the mozilla rdf engine extending gecko with xbl and xtf mozilla e4x rich web svg and canvas in mozilla xul - mozilla's xml user interface language xtech 2006 presentations xul explorer ...

Migrate apps from Internet Explorer to Mozilla - Archive of obsolete content
ml 4.01 transitional//en" "http://www.w3.org/tr/html4/loose.dtd"> the section in blue is called the public identifier, the green part is the system identifier, which is a uri. standards mode standards mode is the strictest rendering mode -- it will render pages per the w3c html and css specifications and will not support any quirks. ...
...t. clienty clienty the y coordinate of the event, in relation to the element viewport. ctrlkey ctrlkey boolean property that returns whether the ctrl key was pressed during the event. fromelement relatedtarget for mouse events, this is the element from which the mouse moved away. keycode keycode for keyboard events, this is a number representing the key that was pressed. it is 0 for mouse events. for keypress events (not keydown/keyup) of keys that produce output, the mozilla equivalent is charcode, not keycode. returnvalue preventdefault() used to prevent the event's default action from occurring. screenx screenx the x coordinate of the event, in relation to the screen. screeny screeny the...
...ee children: a text node containing a new line and two spaces; the myns:foo node; and another text node with a new line. internet explorer, however, does not abide by this and will return "1" for the above code, namely only the myns:foo node. therefore, to walk the child nodes and disregard text nodes, you must distinguish such nodes. as mentioned earlier, every node has a nodetype property representing the node type. for example, an element node has type 1, while a document node has type 9. to disregard text nodes, you must check for types 3 (text node) and 8 (comment node). xml: <?xml version="1.0"?> <myxmldoc xmlns:myns="http://myfoo.com"> <myns:foo>bar</myns:foo> </myxmldoc> javascript: var myxmldoc = getxmldocument().documentelement; var mychildren = myxmldoc.childnode...
... 3 interactive - downloading, responsetext holds the partial data. 4 completed - finished with all operations. string responsetext string containing the response. domdocument responsexml dom document containing the response. void send(variant body) initiates the request. if body is defined, it is sent as the body of the post request. body can be an xml document or a string serialized xml document. void setrequestheader (string headername, string headervalue) sets an http request header for use in the http request. has to be called after open() is called. string status the status code of the http response. xslt differences mozilla supports xsl transformations (xs...

getFolder - Archive of obsolete content
there are two sets of possible values for this parameter. the first set contains platform-independent locations; the second set contains platform-specific locations. you are encouraged to use the platform-independent locations. ...
...there are two sets of possible values for this parameter. the first set contains platform-independent locations; the second set contains platform-specific locations. you are encouraged to use the platform-independent locations. see the list in the description section for the two sets of locations. ...
...orm-independent locations. see the list in the description section for the two sets of locations. subdirectory a string that specifies the name of a subdirectory. if the specified subdirectory doesn't exist, it is created. this parameter is available in netscape 6 or later and may be case sensitive (depending on the operating system). localdirspec a filespecobject representing a directory obtained by getcomponentfolder or getfolder. returns a filespecobject representing one of netscape's standard directories, or null in case of error or if subdirectory refers to a file that already exists. description the getfolder method obtains an object representing one of netscape's standard directories, for use with the addfile and getwinprofile methods. the value of folder...
...format minus the "file:///" part. ...

Index - Archive of obsolete content
this is a special type of button which is drawn differently. unlike normal buttons, a statusbarpanel can only have a label or an image but not both. this element is often used with a short label or icon to indicate status, for instance whether the user is online or whether there are new messages. 3 a xul bestiary add-ons, extensions, needstechnicalreview, xul this xulnote presents some of the key concepts and terms in the xul development environment. the purpose of this article is not to describe these items in any great detail but to define what they are in simple terms. i selected items for this group because they seemed to be either shrouded in mystery, misused as concepts or terms, or underestimated according to their role in xul and cross-platform development. in con...
...xtensions. 960 seamonkey - making custom toolbar (sm ver. 1.x) add-ons, extensions, seamonkey this page tells you step-by-step how to make a custom toolbar button in seamonkey 1.x. (for seamonkey 2, firefox, thunderbird and sunbird, see the page: custom toolbar button) 961 toolbar customization events toolbars, xul when toolbars are customized, events are sent to their parent window. you can use window.addeventlistener() to listen for these events in order to keep abreast of changes to toolbars. 962 tree widget changes xul this describes changes in xul trees api for gecko 1.8. 963 urlbar-icons xul reference, xul_element the location of ui elements like the bookmarks, feed and go buttons. create new image or but...
...ements to share one or more attribute values, or when you want elements to respond to a state change. any elements that are observing the broadcaster will share the attributes placed on the broadcaster. for instance, if the broadcaster has a label attribute, the observers will use that label. if the label changes, the labels of the observers will update automatically. an onbroadcast event will be sent to the observers when a change is made. 1099 broadcasterset xul elements, xul reference a container element for broadcaster elements. the broadcasterset and its descendants are not displayed. 1100 browser xul elements, xul reference a xul <browser> element represents a frame which is expected to contain a view of a web document. it is similar to an iframe...
... lengthy operation. it is drawn as a bar that is filled as the operation completes. in addition, an indeterminate progressmeter may be created by setting the mode attribute to undetermined. this is used when the length of time to complete an operation is not known beforehand. 1157 progressmeter.max no summary! 1158 promptbox xul the promptbox object represents the tab-modal prompts (or alerts) on a given tab. it's returned by the tabbrowser method gettabmodalpromptbox method. 1159 query xul elements, xul reference used to specify the query for a template. the attributes and content of the query are dependent on the type of datasource being used. 1160 queryset xul elements, xul reference a container for query e...

Adding Event Handlers - Archive of obsolete content
triggered when the user moves the mouse over a ui element. xul uses the same event mechanism as defined by dom events. when an action occurs that would trigger an event, such as the user moving the mouse, an event object is created corresponding to that event type. various properties are set on the event object such as the mouse position, the key that was pressed, and so forth. the event is then sent to the xul in phases. in the capturing phase, the event is first sent to the window, then to the document, followed by each ancestor of the xul element where the event occured downwards until it reaches that element. in the target phase, the event is sent to the target xul element. in the bubbling phase, the event is sent to each element back upwards until it reaches the window again. you ...
...note that some events don't do the bubbling phase. ...
...e capturing or bubbling phase. once the event has finished propagating, any default action will occur, which is the built in behaviour of the element. for example, when the mouse is moved over a button that is inside a box, a 'mousemove' event is generated, and sent first to the window, followed by the document, and then the box. that completes the capturing phase. next, the 'mousemove' event is sent to the button. finally, the bubbling phase causes the event to be sent to the box, document and window. the bubbling phase is essentially the reverse of the capturing phase. note that some events don't do the bubbling phase. you can attach listeners to each element to listen to the events during each step of event propagation. due to the way a single event is passed to all the ancestors, you may...
...click' event (or the onclick attribute) is used in html to respond to buttons, in xul the command event should be used instead. xul does have a click event, but it only responds to mouse clicks, not to keyboard usage. thus, the click event should be avoided in xul, unless you have a reason to have an element that can only be handled with a mouse. in addition, whereas the command event will not be sent if an element is disabled, the click event will be sent regardless of whether the element is disabled or not. our find files example a command handler can be placed on the find and cancel buttons in the find files dialog. pressing the find button should start the search. because we aren't going to implement this part yet, we'll leave it out for now. however, pressing the cancel button should c...

listbox - Archive of obsolete content
rrently selected item. you may select an item by assigning its index to this property. by assigning -1 to this property, all items will be deselected. returns -1 if no items are selected selecteditem type: element holds the currently selected item. if no item is currently selected, this value will be null. you can select an item by setting this value. a select event will be sent to the controlling container (i.e. the listbox, richlistbox, radiogroup, etc., not the list item that was selected) when it is changed either via this property, the selectedindex property, or changed by the user. selecteditems type: array of listitems returns an array of the selected items in the list. seltype type: string gets and sets the value of the seltype attribute. ...
... the given item, without deselecting any other items that are already selected. appenditem( label, value ) return type: element creates a new item and adds it to the end of the existing list of items. you may optionally set a value. the function returns the newly created element. clearselection() return type: no return value deselects all of the items. a select event is sent before the items are deselected. ensureelementisvisible( element ) return type: no return value if the specified element is not currently visible to the user, the displayed items are scrolled so that it is. if the item is already visible, no scrolling occurs. ensureindexisvisible( index ) return type: no return value if the item at the specified index is not currently visible to the user ...
...mselection( item ) return type: no return value deselects the specified item without deselecting other items. scrolltoindex( index ) return type: no return value scrolls the element to the specified index. this is different than ensureindexisvisible because the view is always scrolled. selectall() return type: no return value selects all of the items. a select event is sent after the selection is made. selectitem( item ) return type: no return value deselects all of the currently selected items and selects the given item. a select event is sent after the selection is made. selectitemrange( startitem, enditem ) return type: no return value selects the items between the two items given as arguments, including the start and e...
... timedselect( item, timeout ) return type: no return value selects the item specified by the argument item after the number of milliseconds given by the timeout argument. all other items are deselected. ...

richlistbox - Archive of obsolete content
rently selected item. you may select an item by assigning its index to this property. by assigning -1 to this property, all items will be deselected. returns -1 if no items are selected selecteditem type: element holds the currently selected item. if no item is currently selected, this value will be null. you can select an item by setting this value. a select event will be sent to the controlling container (i.e. the listbox, richlistbox, radiogroup, etc., not the list item that was selected) when it is changed either via this property, the selectedindex property, or changed by the user. selecteditems type: array of listitems returns an array of the selected items in the list. seltype type: string gets and sets the value of the seltype attribute. ...
...he given item, without deselecting any other items that are already selected. appenditem( label, value ) return type: element creates a new item and adds it to the end of the existing list of items. you may optionally set a value. the function returns the newly created element. clearselection() return type: no return value deselects all of the items. a select event is sent before the items are deselected. ensureelementisvisible( element ) return type: no return value if the specified element is not currently visible to the user, the displayed items are scrolled so that it is. if the item is already visible, no scrolling occurs. ensureindexisvisible( index ) return type: no return value if the item at the specified index is not currently visible to the use...
...election( item ) return type: no return value deselects the specified item without deselecting other items. scrolltoindex( index ) return type: no return value scrolls the element to the specified index. this is different than ensureindexisvisible because the view is always scrolled. selectall() return type: no return value selects all of the items. a select event is sent after the selection is made. selectitem( item ) return type: no return value deselects all of the currently selected items and selects the given item. a select event is sent after the selection is made. selectitemrange( startitem, enditem ) return type: no return value selects the items between the two items given as arguments, including the start and...
... timedselect( item, timeout ) return type: no return value selects the item specified by the argument item after the number of milliseconds given by the timeout argument. all other items are deselected. ...

Archived Mozilla and build documentation - Archive of obsolete content
address bar itself a power tool. searches, lookups, package tracking, and even word definitions can all be retrieved from user-customized bookmarks. building transformiix standalone calicalendarview an object implementing calicalendarview is generally intended to serve as a way of manipulating a set of dom nodes corresonding to a visual representation of calievent and calitodo objects. because of this close association between methods and attributes on the one hand, and content on the other, calicalendarview implementations are particularly well suited to xbl. there is, however, no practical obstacle to the interface being implemented by any javascript object associated with a group of dom nodes, even non-anonymous xul n...
...re, and in some cases the same bundle can be used as a standalone xulrunner application as well as an installable application extension. supporting private browsing mode firefox 3.5 introduced private browsing mode, in which potentially private information is not recorded. this includes cookies, history information, download information, and so forth. sxsw 2007 presentations presentations about the mozilla project given at the sxsw 2007 event in austin, texas. table cellmap the table layout use the cellmap for two purposes: table cellmap - border collapse this document describes the additional information that is stored for border collapse tables in the cellmap. table layout regression tests chan...
...a powerful javascript debugging environment for mozilla based browsers namely firefox, netscape 7.x/9.x and seamonkey. note that it is not included in the gecko-based browsers such as k-meleon, galeon and netscape 8.x. venkman has been provided as part of the mozilla install distribution since october 2001, as well as an extension package in xpi format. video presentations mozilla is actively working to produce video presentations that can help you learn how the mozilla codebase works and how to take advantage of its technology in your own applications and extensions. this article is a jumping-off point to help you find those presentations. gecko - the smart embedding choice xbdesignmode.js ...
...e.js xml in mozilla mozilla has a relatively good support for xml. several world wide web consortium (w3c) recommendations and drafts from the xml family of specifications are supported, as well as other related technologies. xpinstall xpjs components proposal draft 1.0 xre xtech 2005 presentations xtech 2006 presentations xul explorer xul explorer is a xulrunner application that provides an easy way to experiment with xul. it’s a simple editor that can preview xul inline or in a separate popup window. it has a list of code snippets (small fragments of xul or javascript) that can be quickly inserted into the editor. the xu...

NPWindow - Archive of obsolete content
ng the status bar, scroll bars, and other page elements when partially scrolled off the screen. mac os: cliprect is the rectangle in port coordinates to which the plug-in should clip its drawing. ws_info unix: contains information about the plug-in's unix window environment; points to an npsetwindowcallbackstruct. type npwindowtype value that specifies whether the npwindow instance represents a window or a drawable. values: npwindowtypewindow: indicates that the window field holds a platform-specific handle to a window (as in navigator 2.0 and navigator 3.0). the plug-in is considered windowed. npwindowtypedrawable: indicates that the plugin is windowless. the window field holds a platform-specific handle to a drawable or an off-screen pixmap, as follows: windows: hdc ...
... windowed. npwindowtypedrawable: indicates that the plugin is windowless. the window field holds a platform-specific handle to a drawable or an off-screen pixmap, as follows: windows: hdc mac os: pointer to np_port structure unix/x11: not used. (the drawable is provided in a graphicsexpose event, when the paint is requested.) description the npwindow structure represents the native window or a drawable, and contains information about coordinate position, size, whether the plug-in is windowed or windowless, and some platform-specific information. the plug-in area is a native window element on windows and unix, or a rectangle within a native window on mac os. the x, y, height, and width coordinates of npwindow specify the position and size of this area. the brows...
...tangle within a native window on mac os. the x, y, height, and width coordinates of npwindow specify the position and size of this area. the browser calls npp_setvalue whenever the drawable changes. a windowed plug-in is drawn into a native window (or portion of a native window) on a web page. for windowed plug-ins, the browser calls the npp_setwindow method with an npwindow structure that represents a drawable (a pointer to an npwindow allocated by the browser). this window is valid until npp_setwindow is called again with a different window or the instance is destroyed. a windowless plug-in is drawn into a target called a drawable, which can be defined in several ways depending on the platform. for windowless plug-ins, the browser calls the npp_setwindow method with an npwindow structure ...
...le (a pointer to an npwindow allocated by the browser). this window is valid until npp_setwindow is called again with a different window or the instance is destroyed. a windowless plug-in is drawn into a target called a drawable, which can be defined in several ways depending on the platform. for windowless plug-ins, the browser calls the npp_setwindow method with an npwindow structure that represents a drawable. the plug-in should not modify the field values in this structure. see also npp_setwindow, np_port, npsetwindowcallbackstruct, nprect ...

The First Install Problem - Archive of obsolete content
t the user to download the plugin again if the affiliated mime type is encountered on the web. unless gecko does a pre-emptive scan upon startup for desirable plugins that are not in the browser's plugins directory first, the best way to solve this problem is to encourage plugin vendors to leave dlls (and xpt files, if applicable) in a location that gecko can discover at runtime. this document presents a consistent way to do that. proposed solution on mac os x, the system's plugins folder will probably suffice as an install location in which browsers installed later can find their plugins. on linux, a per-profile installation of plugins seems unavoidable. this document presents windows solutions for plugin vendors. the solution suggests that plugin vendors ought to leave dlls on a windows des...
...plugin. this document supplements the key parsing methodology suggested for installers. the solution is to encourage plugin vendors to write registry keys to the win32 system registry, like the example application. this document proposes a meta-information model in the win32 registry similar to the one used by microsoft's hkey_classes_root\clsid\ where a new activex control (ocx) on the system presents its uuid as a registry key (identifying the activex control) as well as information about where to find the ocx (e.g. under the inprocserver32 subkey). for mozilla-based browsers, this system would be on a per-module basis, and instead of a uuid, we'll use a uri nomenclature that gives us the desired uniqueness. this uri nomenclature is called a plugin identifier (plid) and is described on a sep...
... as hkey_current_user\software\mozillaplugins\ under hkey_current_user. on windows xp and windows 2000, in order to write to the registry, sometimes the software may need administrator privileges. thus, some installers may need to write to the hkey_current_user key; this doesn't require administrator privileges. traditionally, hkey_current_user is a copy of everything in hkey_local_machine. at present plugins registered using the hkey_current_user\software\mozillaplugins\ tree are ignored by firefox (bug 293062) but this is fixed in trunk builds (bug 293062). add the following values to the newly created key -- some are string values (reg_sz), and some are actually subkeys. string values take the form stringvalue=valuedata, and subkeys contain their own string values and value data. ...
...tored under the suffixes subkey (see below), but that key doesn't link suffixes to a particular mimetype. example: [hkey_local_machine\software\mozillaplugins\]\@mycompany.com/myapplication,version=5.01\mimetypes\application/x-myapp] suffixes=app suffixes -- a subkey containing string values (reg_sz) representing all the suffixes (3 digit extensions) supported by this module. example: [hkey_local_machine\software\mozillaplugins\]\@mycompany.com/myapplication,version=5.01\suffixes] inside this subkey, string values might look like: app typ avi note that these string values (reg_sz) don't actually have values affiliated with them. ...

XForms Submit Element - Archive of obsolete content
accesskey - used to specify the keyboard shortcut for focusing this control. ...
...ent to a target destination, which could be local or remote (see the spec). upon receiving a domactivate event, this form control dispatches a xforms-submit event to the submission element (see the spec) specified in its submission attibute. attributes ui common appearance - the value of this attribute gives a hint to the xforms processor as to which type of widget(s) to use to represent this control. accesskey - used to specify the keyboard shortcut for focusing this control. single-node binding special submission - required reference to element submission. type restrictions the submit element can be bound to a node containing data of any type. actually, the submit element doesn't interact with the data in the bound node. however, the releva...
... submission - required reference to element submission. type restrictions the submit element can be bound to a node containing data of any type. actually, the submit element doesn't interact with the data in the bound node. however, the relevant model item property on the bound node has an effect on a submit. if the bound node is irrelevant, then the submit will be hidden. representations the xforms submit element can be represented by the following widgets for the specified appearance attribute values: button - default representation (xhtml/xul) link/clickable text - used when appearance = 'minimal' (xhtml only) button displaying a button is the default presentation (xhtml/xul). characteristics analogous widgets are <html:input type="submit"/> and <xul:button/> li...
... by the following widgets for the specified appearance attribute values: button - default representation (xhtml/xul) link/clickable text - used when appearance = 'minimal' (xhtml only) button displaying a button is the default presentation (xhtml/xul). characteristics analogous widgets are <html:input type="submit"/> and <xul:button/> link/clickable text xforms authors can use this representation if they want to have a widget like a xhtml anchor (xhtml only). characteristics appearance attribute contains the value minimal analogue widget is <html:a onclick="form.submit();"/>. ...

Plug-in Development Overview - Gecko Plugin API Reference
rst checks for registry information in the plugins info.plist. if nothing is found there, gecko checks for an np_getmimedescription entry point, and will use the information returned by this function. note: the resource method described below is deprecated. plugins should use the info.plist approach, and only use the following method as a supplement to support older browsers. if neither is present, gecko will check the plugins resources. 'str#' 128 should contain a list of mime types and file extensions in alternating strings. for example: str 128 mime type string 1 video/quicktime string 2 mov, moov string 3 audio/aiff string 4 aiff string 5 image/jpeg string 6 jpg several other optional strings ma...
...vantage of the memory features provided in the plug-in api to allocate and free memory. use the npn_memalloc method to allocate memory from the browser. use the npn_memfree method to free memory allocated with npn_memalloc. use the npn_memflush method to free memory (mac os only) before calling memory-intensive mac toolbox calls. sending and receiving streams streams are objects that represent urls and the data they contain. a stream is associated with a specific instance of a plug-in, but a plug-in can have more than one stream per instance. streams can be produced by the browser and consumed by a plug-in instance, or produced by an instance and consumed by the browser. each stream has an associated mime type identifying the format of the data in the stream. streams produced by the b...
...ain. a stream is associated with a specific instance of a plug-in, but a plug-in can have more than one stream per instance. streams can be produced by the browser and consumed by a plug-in instance, or produced by an instance and consumed by the browser. each stream has an associated mime type identifying the format of the data in the stream. streams produced by the browser can be automatically sent to the plug-in instance or requested by the plug-in. the plug-in can select one of these transmission modes: normal mode: the browser sends the stream data sequentially to the plug-in as the data becomes available. random-access mode: the browser allows the plug-in to request specific ranges of bytes from anywhere in the stream. this mode requires server support. file mode: the browser saves...
...e browser to load a url into a particular browser window or frame for display, or to deliver the data of that url to the plug-in instance in a new stream. the npn_geturlnotify function operates like npn_geturl, except that it notifies the plug-in of the result when the operation completes. use npn_posturl to send data to a url from a memory buffer or file. the result from the server can also be sent to a particular browser window or frame for display, or delivered to the plug-in instance in a new stream. the npn_posturlnotify function operates like npn_posturl, except that it notifies the plug-in of the result when the operation completes. for information about using these methods, see urls. starting in gecko 10.0 (firefox 10.0 / thunderbird 10.0 / seamonkey 2.7), you can get the origin ...

Accessible multimedia - Learn web development
or ai service to do the transcription, you will probably get it done rapidly and to a high quality. if you don't want to pay for it, you are likely to get it done at a lower quality, and/or slowly. it is not ok to publish an audio resource but promise to publish the transcript later on — such promises often aren't kept, which will erode trust between you and your users. if the audio you are presenting is something like a face to face meeting or live spoken performance, it would be acceptable to take notes during the performance, publish them in full along with the audio, then seek help in cleaning up the notes afterwards. transcript examples if you use an automated service, then you'll probably have to use the user interface that the tool provides. for example, take a look at our wait, ar...
...cleaning up the notes afterwards. transcript examples if you use an automated service, then you'll probably have to use the user interface that the tool provides. for example, take a look at our wait, aria roles have categories? video and choose the three dot menu (. . .) > show transcript. you'll see the transcript come up in a separate panel. if you are creating your own user interface to present your audio and associated transcript, you can do it however you like, but it might make sense to include it in a showable/hideable panel; see our audio-transcript-ui example (also see the source code). audio descriptions on occasions where there are visuals accompanying your audio, you'll need to provide audio descriptions of some kind to describe that extra content. in many cases this will si...
...ther multimedia is not so easy to make accessible. if for example you are dealing with an immersive 3d game or virtual reality app, it really is quite difficult to provide text alternatives for such an experience, and you might argue that blind users are not really in the target audience bracket for such apps. you can however make sure that such an app has good enough color contrast and clear presentation so it is perceivable to those with low vision/color blindness, and also make it keyboard accessible. remember that accessibility is about doing as much as you can, rather than striving for 100% accessibility all the time, which is often impossible. test your skills! you've reached the end of this article, but can you remember the most important information? we've not written a new set of ...
... rather than striving for 100% accessibility all the time, which is often impossible. test your skills! you've reached the end of this article, but can you remember the most important information? we've not written a new set of assessments for this article, because there are already assessments available in our html multimedia and embedding module that test your knowledge of the information presented here. if you haven't already, go and try out the assessments at test your skills: html images and test your skills: multimedia and embedding. summary this chapter has provided a summary of accessibility concerns for multimedia content, along with some practical solutions. previous overview: accessibility next in this module what is accessibility? html: a good basis for accessibi...

Client-side form validation - Learn web development
ded a background gradient when the input is required and invalid. try out the new behavior in the example below: note: you can find this example live on github as fruit-validation.html (see also the source code.) try submitting the form without a value. note how the invalid input gets focus, a default error message ("please fill out this field") appears, and the form is prevented from being sent. the presence of the required attribute on any element that supports this attribute means the element matches the :required pseudoclass whether it has a value or not. if the <input> has no value, the input will match the :invalid pseudoclass. note: for good user experience, indicate to the user when form fields are required. it isn't only good user experience, it is required by wcag accessibil...
...and feel of native error messages or to deal with legacy browsers that do not support html's built-in form validation. in this section we will look at the different ways to do this. the constraint validation api most browsers support the constraint validation api, which consists of a set of methods and properties available on the following form element dom interfaces: htmlbuttonelement (represents a <button> element) htmlfieldsetelement (represents a <fieldset> element) htmlinputelement (represents an <input> element) htmloutputelement (represents an <output> element) htmlselectelement (represents a <select> element) htmltextareaelement (represents a <textarea> element) the constraint validation api makes the following properties available on the above elements. validationmessag...
... yourself and style the form accordingly. our input to validate is an <input type="email">, which is required, and has a minlength of 8 characters. let's check these using our own code, and show a custom error message for each one. we are aiming to show the error messages inside a <span> element. the aria-live attribute is set on that <span> to make sure that our custom error message will be presented to everyone, including it being read out to screenreader users. note: a key point here is that setting the novalidate attribute on the form is what stops the form from showing its own error message bubbles, and allows us to instead display the custom error messages in the dom in some manner of our own choosing. now onto some basic css to improve the look of the form slightly, and provide so...
... emailerror.textcontent = 'you need to enter an e-mail address.'; } else if(email.validity.typemismatch) { // if the field doesn't contain an email address // display the following error message...

Other form controls - Learn web development
</optgroup> </select> on the <optgroup> element, the value of the label attribute is displayed before the values of the nested options. the browser usually sets them visually apart from the options (i.e. by being bolded and at a different nesting level) so they are less likely to be confused for actual options. if an <option> element has an explicit value attribute set on it, that value is sent when the form is submitted with that option selected. if the value attribute is omitted, as with the examples above, the content of the <option> element is used as the value. so value attributes are not needed, but you might find a reason to want to send a shortened or different value to the server than what is visually shown in the select box. for example: <select id="simple" name="simple"> ...
...ld <option> elements to specify the values to display. the <datalist> needs to be given an id. the data list is then bound to an <input> element (e.g. a text or email input type) using the list attribute, the value of which is the id of the data list to bind. once a data list is affiliated with a form widget, its options are used to auto-complete text entered by the user; typically, this is presented to the user as a drop-down box listing possible matches for what they've typed into the input. let's look at an example. <label for="myfruit">what's your favorite fruit?</label> <input type="text" name="myfruit" id="myfruit" list="mysuggestion"> <datalist id="mysuggestion"> <option>apple</option> <option>banana</option> <option>blackberry</option> <option>blueberry</option> <option>...
...fully. other form features there are a few other form features that are not as obvious as the ones we have already mentioned, but still useful in some situations, so we thought it would be worth giving them a brief mention. note: you can find the examples from this section on github as other-examples.html (see it live also). meters and progress bars meters and progress bars are visual representations of numeric values. progress a progress bar represents a value that changes over time up to a maximum value specified by the max attribute. such a bar is created using a <progress> element. <progress max="100" value="75">75/100</progress> this is for implementing anything requiring progress reporting, such as the percentage of total files downloaded, or the number of questions filled i...
...> element. <progress max="100" value="75">75/100</progress> this is for implementing anything requiring progress reporting, such as the percentage of total files downloaded, or the number of questions filled in on a questionnaire. the content inside the <progress> element is a fallback for browsers that don't support the element and for screen readers to vocalize it. meter a meter bar represents a fixed value in a range delimited by max and min values. this value is visually rendered as a bar, and to know how this bar looks, we compare the value to some other set values: the low and high values divide the range in three parts: the lower part of the range is between the min and low values, inclusive. the medium part of the range is between the low and high values, exclusive. ...

How the Web works - Learn web development
clients and servers computers connected to the web are called clients and servers. ...
... into your browser (for our analogy that's like walking to the shop): the browser goes to the dns server, and finds the real address of the server that the website lives on (you find the address of the shop). the browser sends an http request message to the server, asking it to send a copy of the website to the client (you go to the shop and order your goods). this message, and all other data sent between the client and the server, is sent across your internet connection using tcp/ip. if the server approves the client's request, the server sends the client a "200 ok" message, which means "of course you can look at that website! here it is", and then starts sending the website's files to the browser as a series of small chunks called data packets (the shop gives you your goods, and you bri...
...ur house). the browser assembles the small chunks into a complete web page and displays it to you (the goods arrive at your door — new shiny stuff, awesome!). dns explained real web addresses aren't the nice, memorable strings you type into your address bar to find your favorite websites. they are special numbers that look like this: 63.245.215.20. this is called an ip address, and it represents a unique location on the web. however, it's not very easy to remember, is it? that's why domain name servers were invented. these are special servers that match up a web address you type into your browser (like "mozilla.org") to the website's real (ip) address. websites can be reached directly via their ip addresses. you can find the ip address of a website by typing its domain into a tool like...
...ere invented. these are special servers that match up a web address you type into your browser (like "mozilla.org") to the website's real (ip) address. websites can be reached directly via their ip addresses. you can find the ip address of a website by typing its domain into a tool like ip checker. packets explained earlier we used the term "packets" to describe the format in which the data is sent from server to client. what do we mean here? basically, when data is sent across the web, it is sent as thousands of small chunks, so that many different web users can download the same website at the same time. if websites were sent as single big chunks, only one user could download one at a time, which obviously would make the web very inefficient and not much fun to use. ...

Getting started with HTML - Learn web development
s of elements to know in html: block-level elements and inline elements. block-level elements form a visible block on a page. a block-level element appears on a new line following the content that precedes it. any content that follows a block-level element also appears on a new line. block-level elements are usually structural elements on the page. for example, a block-level element might represent headings, paragraphs, lists, navigation menus, or footers. a block-level element wouldn't be nested inside an inline element, but it might be nested inside another block-level element. inline elements are contained within block-level elements, and surround only small parts of the document’s content. (not entire paragraphs or groupings of content) an inline element will not cause a new line to ...
...e on the mdn learning area github repo. you can now open this file in a web browser to see what the rendered code looks like. edit the code and refresh the browser to see what the result is. initially the page looks like this: in this exercise, you can edit the code locally on your computer, as described previously, or you can edit it in the sample window below (the editable sample window represents just the contents of the <body> element, in this case). sharpen your skills by implementing the following tasks: just below the opening tag of the <body> element, add a main title for the document. this should be wrapped inside an <h1> opening tag and </h1> closing tag. edit the paragraph content to include text about a topic that you find interesting. make important words stand out in bold...
...y references: including special characters in html in html, the characters <, >,",' and & are special characters. they are parts of the html syntax itself. so how do you include one of these special characters in your text? for example, if you want to use an ampersand or less-than sign, and not have it interpreted as code. you do this with character references. these are special codes that represent characters, to be used in these exact circumstances. each character reference starts with an ampersand (&), and ends with a semicolon (;). literal character character reference equivalent < &lt; > &gt; " &quot; ' &apos; & &amp; the character reference equivalent could be easily remembered because the text it uses ...
...ph displays in the live output. summary you made it to the end of the article! we hope you enjoyed your tour of the basics of html. at this point, you should understand what html looks like, and how it works at a basic level. you should also be able to write a few elements and attributes. the subsequent articles of this module go further on some of the topics introduced here, as well as presenting other concepts of the language. note: as you start to learn more about html, consider learning the basics of cascading style sheets, or css. css is the language used to style web pages. (for example, changing fonts or colors, or altering the page layout) html and css work well together, as you will soon discover. ...

Inheritance in JavaScript - Learn web development
previous overview: objects next with most of the gory details of oojs now explained, this article shows how to create "child" object classes (constructors) that inherit features from their "parent" classes. in addition, we present some advice on when and where you might use oojs, and look at how classes are dealt with in modern ecmascript syntax. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css, familiarity with javascript basics (see first steps and building blocks) and oojs basics (see introduction to objects). objective: to understand how it is possible to implement inheritance in javascript. prototypal inheritance so far we have seen some inheritance in action — we have seen how prototype chains work, and how members...
... this.interests = interests; } greeting() { console.log(`hi! i'm ${this.name.first}`); }; farewell() { console.log(`${this.name.first} has left the building. bye for now!`); }; } the class statement indicates that we are creating a new class. inside this block, we define all the features of the class: the constructor() method defines the constructor function that represents our person class. greeting() and farewell() are class methods. any methods you want associated with the class are defined inside it, after the constructor. in this example, we've used template literals rather than string concatenation to make the code easier to read. we can now instantiate object instances using the new operator, in just the same way as we did before: let han = new person('h...
...ing(); // hi! i'm han let leia = new person('leia', 'organa', 19, 'female', ['government']); leia.farewell(); // leia has left the building. bye for now note: under the hood, your classes are being converted into prototypal inheritance models — this is just syntactic sugar. but i'm sure you'll agree that it's easier to write. inheritance with class syntax above we created a class to represent a person. they have a series of attributes that are common to all people; in this section we'll create our specialized teacher class, making it inherit from person using modern class syntax. this is called creating a subclass or subclassing. to create a subclass we use the extends keyword to tell javascript the class we want to base our class on, class teacher extends person { constructor(sub...
...can be very useful at times, for example when you want to run some code every time a property is requested or set. for simple cases, however, plain property access without a getter or setter will do just fine. when would you use inheritance in javascript? particularly after this last article, you might be thinking "woo, this is complicated". well, you are right. prototypes and inheritance represent some of the most complex aspects of javascript, but a lot of javascript's power and flexibility comes from its object structure and inheritance, and it is worth understanding how it works. in a way, you use inheritance all the time. whenever you use various features of a web api , or methods/properties defined on a built-in browser object that you call on your strings, arrays, etc., you are impl...

Object building practice - Learn web development
in this article we dive into a practical exercise, giving you some more practice in building custom javascript objects, with a fun and colorful result. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css, familiarity with javascript basics (see first steps and building blocks) and oojs basics (see introduction to objects). objective: to get some practice with using objects and object-oriented techniques in a real world context. ...
...: const canvas = document.queryselector('canvas'); const ctx = canvas.getcontext('2d'); const width = canvas.width = window.innerwidth; const height = canvas.height = window.innerheight; this script gets a reference to the <canvas> element, then calls the getcontext() method on it to give us a context on which we can start to draw. ...
...nnerheight; this script gets a reference to the <canvas> element, then calls the getcontext() method on it to give us a context on which we can start to draw. the resulting constant (ctx) is the object that directly represents the drawing area of the canvas and allows us to draw 2d shapes on it. next, we set constants called width and height, and the width and height of the canvas element (represented by the canvas.width and canvas.height properties) to equal the width and height of the browser viewport (the area that the webpage appears on — this can be gotten from the window.innerwidth and window.innerheight properties). note that we are chaining multiple assignments together, to get the variables all set quicker — this is perfectly ok. the last bit of the initial script looks as fol...
...s follows: function random(min, max) { const num = math.floor(math.random() * (max - min + 1)) + min; return num; } this function takes two numbers as arguments, and returns a random number in the range between the two. modeling a ball in our program our program will feature lots of balls bouncing around the screen. since these balls will all behave in the same way, it makes sense to represent them with an object. let's start by adding the following constructor to the bottom of our code. function ball(x, y, velx, vely, color, size) { this.x = x; this.y = y; this.velx = velx; this.vely = vely; this.color = color; this.size = size; } here we include some parameters that define the properties each ball needs in order to function in our program: x and y coordinates — the...

Introducing JavaScript objects - Learn web development
s handy data containers. the object-based nature of javascript is important to understand if you want to go further with your knowledge of the language, therefore we've provided this module to help you. here we teach object theory and syntax in detail, then look at how to create your own objects. looking to become a front-end web developer? we have put together a course that includes all the essential information you need to work towards your goal. get started prerequisites before starting this module, you should have some familiarity with html and css. you are advised to work through the introduction to html and introduction to css modules before starting on javascript. you should also have some familiarity with javascript basics before looking at javascript objects in detail. before ...
...avascript objects, we'll look at fundamental javascript object syntax, and revisit some javascript features we've already looked at earlier on in the course, reiterating the fact that many of the features you've already dealt with are in fact objects. object-oriented javascript for beginners with the basics out of the way, we'll now focus on object-oriented javascript (oojs) — this article presents a basic view of object-oriented programming (oop) theory, then explores how javascript emulates object classes via constructor functions, and how to create object instances. object prototypes prototypes are the mechanism by which javascript objects inherit features from one another, and they work differently to inheritance mechanisms in classical object-oriented programming languages. in this ...
...ages. in this article, we explore that difference, explain how prototype chains work, and look at how the prototype property can be used to add methods to existing constructors. inheritance in javascript with most of the gory details of oojs now explained, this article shows how to create "child" object classes (constructors) that inherit features from their "parent" classes. in addition, we present some advice on when and where you might use oojs. working with json data javascript object notation (json) is a standard text-based format for representing structured data based on javascript object syntax, which is commonly used for representing and transmitting data on web sites (i.e. sending some data from the server to the client, so it can be displayed on a web page). you'll come across it...
...mitting data on web sites (i.e. sending some data from the server to the client, so it can be displayed on a web page). you'll come across it quite often, so in this article, we give you all you need to work with json using javascript, including parsing the json so you can access data items within it and writing your own json. object building practice in previous articles we looked at all the essential javascript object theory and syntax details, giving you a solid base to start from. in this article we dive into a practical exercise, giving you some more practice in building custom javascript objects, which produce something fun and colorful — some colored bouncing balls. assessments adding features to our bouncing balls demo in this assessment, you are expected to use the bouncing ...

Website security - Learn web development
d, modified, or deleted irrespective of the user's permissions. a successful injection attack might spoof identities, create new identities with administration rights, access all data on the server, or destroy/modify the data to make it unusable. sql injection types include error-based sql injection, sql injection based on boolean errors, and time-based sql injection. this vulnerability is present if user input that is passed to an underlying sql statement can change the meaning of the statement. for example, the following code is intended to list all users with a particular name (username) that has been supplied from an html form: statement = "select * from users where name = '" + username + "';" if the user specifies a real name, the statement will work as intended. however, a maliciou...
...eworks will often take care of the character escaping for you. django, for example, ensures that any user-data passed to querysets (model queries) is escaped. note: this section draws heavily on the information in wikipedia here. cross-site request forgery (csrf) csrf attacks allow a malicious user to execute actions using the credentials of another user without that user’s knowledge or consent. this type of attack is best explained by example. john is a malicious user who knows that a particular site allows logged-in users to send money to a specified account using an http post request that includes the account name and an amount of money. john constructs a form that includes his bank details and an amount of money as hidden fields, and emails it to other site users (with the submit b...
...ged-in users to send money to a specified account using an http post request that includes the account name and an amount of money. john constructs a form that includes his bank details and an amount of money as hidden fields, and emails it to other site users (with the submit button disguised as a link to a "get rich quick" site). if a user clicks the submit button, an http post request will be sent to the server containing the transaction details and any client-side cookies that the browser associated with the site (adding associated site cookies to requests is normal browser behavior). the server will check the cookies, and use them to determine whether or not the user is logged in and has permission to make the transaction. the result is that any user who clicks the submit button while t...
...st. a number of other concrete steps you can take are: use more effective password management. encourage strong passwords that are changed regularly. consider two-factor authentication for your site, so that in addition to a password the user must enter another authentication code (usually one that is delivered via some physical hardware that only the user will have, such as a code in an sms sent to their phone). configure your web server to use https and http strict transport security (hsts). https encrypts data sent between your client and server. this ensures that login credentials, cookies, post requests data and header information are not easily available to attackers. keep track of the most popular threats (the current owasp list is here) and address the most common vulnerabilitie...

Setting up your own test automation environment - Learn web development
ert = driver.switchto().alert(); alert.gettext().then(function(text) { console.log('alert text is \'' + text + '\''); }); alert.accept(); next, let's try entering some text into one of the form elements. add the following code and try running your test again: const input = driver.findelement(by.id('name')); input.sendkeys('filling in my form'); you can submit key presses that can't be represented by normal characters using properties of the webdriver.key object. for example, above we used this construct to tab out of the form input before submitting it: driver.sleep(1000).then(function() { driver.findelement(by.name('q')).sendkeys(webdriver.key.tab); }); waiting for something to complete there are times where you'll want to make webdriver wait for something to complete before carr...
...st automation dashboard, to fetch your lambdatest's username and access key by clicking on the key icon on the top-right(see username and access keys). replace the {username} and {accesskey} placeholders in the code with your actual user name and access key values (and make sure you keep them secure). run the below command in your terminal to execute your test: node index.js the test will be sent to lambdatest, and the output of your test will be reflected on your lambdatest console. if you wish to extract these results for reporting purpose from lambdatest platform then you can do so by using lambdatest restful api. now if you go to your lambdatest automation dashboard, you'll see your test listed; from here you'll be able to see videos, screenshots, and other such data. you can ret...
...led'); } }); }); driver.quit(); from your browserstack automation dashboard, get your user name and access key (see username and access keys). replace the your-user-name and your-access-key placeholders in the code with your actual user name and access key values (and make sure you keep them secure). run your test with the following command: node bstack_google_test the test will be sent to browserstack, and the test result will be returned to your console. this shows the importance of including some kind of result reporting mechanism! now if you go back to the browserstack automation dashboard page, you'll see your test listed: if you click on the link for your test, you'll get to a new screen where you will be able to see a video recording of the test, and multiple detail...
... } else { console.log('test failed'); } }); }); driver.quit(); from your sauce labs user settings, get your user name and access key. replace the your-user-name and your-access-key placeholders in the code with your actual user name and access key values (and make sure you keep them secure). run your test with the following command: node sauce_google_test the test will be sent to sauce labs, and the test result will be returned to your console. this shows the importance of including some kind of result reporting mechanism! now if you go to your sauce labs automated test dashboard page, you'll see your test listed; from here you'll be able to see videos, screenshots, and other such data. note: sauce labs' platform configurator is a useful tool for generating capa...

Git and GitHub - Learn web development
nger of them overwriting each other's work, and roll back to previous versions of the code base if a problem is discovered later on. the most popular vcs (at least among web developers) is git, along with github, a site that provides hosting for your repositories and several tools for working with them. this module aims to teach you what you need to know about both of them. overview vcses are essential for software development: it is rare that you will work on a project completely on your own, and as soon as you start working with other people you start to run the risk of conflicting with each other's work — this is when both of you try to update the same piece of code at the same time. you need to have some kind of mechanism in place to manage the occurences, and help avoid loss of wor...
..., meaning that a complete copy of the repository containing the codebase is made on your computer (and everyone else's). you make changes to your own copy, and then push those changes back up to the server, where an administrator will decide whether to merge your changes with the master copy. looking to become a front-end web developer? we have put together a course that includes all the essential information you need to work towards your goal. get started prerequisites to use git and github, you need: a desktop computer with git installed on it (see the git downloads page). a tool to use git. depending on how you like to work, you could use a git gui client (we'd recommend github desktop, sourcetree or git kraken) or just stick to using a terminal window. in fact, it is probab...
...ht into using github, learning the basics of git such as creating repositories and branches, making commits, and opening and merging pull requests. git handbook (from github) this git handbook goes into a little more depth, explaining what a vcs is, what a repository is, how the basic github model works, git commands and examples, and more. forking projects (from github) forking projects is essential when you want to contribute to someone else's code. this guide explains how. about pull requests (from github) a useful guide to managing pull requests, the way that your suggested code changes are delivered to people's repositories for consideration. mastering issues (from github) issues are like a forum for your github project, where people can ask questions and report problems, and you ...
...ithub) issues are like a forum for your github project, where people can ask questions and report problems, and you can manage updates (for example assigning people to fix issues, clarifying the issue, letting people know things are fixed). this articles gives you what you need to know about issues. note: there is a lot more that you can do with git and github, but we feel that the above represents the minimum you need to know to start using git effectively. as you get deeper into git, you'll start to realise that it is easy to go wrong when you start using more complicated commands. don't worry, even professional web developers find git confusing sometimes, and often solve problems by searching for solutions on the web, or consulting sites like flight rules for git and dangit, git! ...

Command line crash course - Learn web development
previous overview: understanding client-side tools next in your development process you'll undoubtedly be required to run some command in the terminal (or on the "command line" — these are effectively the same thing). this article provides an introduction to the terminal, the essential commands you'll need to enter into it, how to chain commands together, and how to add your own command line interface (cli) tools. prerequisites: familiarity with the core html, css, and javascript languages. objective: to understand what the terminal/command line is, what basic commands you should learn, and how to install new command line tools. welcome to the terminal the terminal is a text interface for executing text-based programs. if you're running any tooling ...
...llowed by the directory you want to move to. assuming the directory is inside your home directory, you can use cd desktop (see the screenshots below). try typing this into your system's terminal: cd desktop if you want to move back up to the previous directory, you can use two dots: cd .. note: a very useful terminal shortcut is using the tab key to autocomplete names that you know are present, rather than having to type out the whole thing. for example, after typing the above two commands, try typing cd d and pressing tab — it should autocomplete the directory name desktop for you, provided it is present in the current directory. bear this in mind as you move forward. if the directory you want to go to is nested deep, you need to know the path to get to it. this usually becomes ea...
..., with the different items in the path separated by forward slashes, just like you do when specifying paths to images or other assets in css, html, or javascript code: cd desktop/project/src note that including a leading slash on your path makes the path absolute, for example /users/your-user-name/desktop. omitting the leading slash like we’ve done above makes the path relative to the your present working directory. this is exactly the same as you would see with urls in your web browser. a leading slash means "at the root of the web site", whereas omitting the slash means "the url is relative to my current page". note: on windows you use backslashes instead of forward slashes, e.g. cd desktop\project\src — this may seem really odd, but if you are interested in why, watch this youtube c...
......

Learn web development
ontent in the learning area is being added to regularly. we have started keeping learning area release notes to show what has changed — keep checking back frequently! if you have questions regarding topics you'd like to see covered or feel are missing, drop us a message on our discourse forum. looking to become a front-end web developer? we have put together a course that includes all the essential information you need to work towards your goal. get started where to start complete beginner: if you are a complete beginner to web development, we'd recommend that you start by working through our getting started with the web module, which provides a practical introduction to web development. beyond the basics: if you have a bit of knowledge already, the next step is to learn html and ...
...s in detail: start with our introduction to html module and move on to our css first steps module. moving onto scripting: if you are comfortable with html and css already, or you are mainly interested in coding, you'll want to move on to javascript or server-side development. begin with our javascript first steps and server-side first steps modules. frameworks and tooling: after mastering the essentials of vanilla html, css, and javascript, you should learn about client-side web development tools, and then consider digging into client-side javascript frameworks, and server-side website programming. note: our glossary provides terminology definitions. besides, if you have a specific question about web development, our common questions section may have something to help you. random glo...
...urpose is. this topic teaches html in detail. css — styling the web css is the language that we can use to style and layout our web content, as well as adding behavior like animation. this topic provides comprehensive coverage of css. javascript — dynamic client-side scripting javascript is the scripting language used to add dynamic functionality to web pages. ...
... accessibility — make the web usable by everyone accessibility is the practice of making web content available to as many people as possible regardless of disability, device, locale, or other differentiating factors. this topic gives you all you need to know. ...

Accessibility/LiveRegionDevGuide
etext::get_newtext are used to acquire the text and offsets. filtering events text changed events certain web page mutation events, such as adding to a list, trigger both an object changed and a text changed event. both events should not be acted upon or double announcements would result. instead, all text changed events should be examined for the presence of an embed character. if one is present, the text changed event should be discarded because an object changed event will follow. filtering user actions this paragraph describes object properties and event naming schemes that are used to help an at determine if an event is an actual live region event or is the result of user action. filtering for performance the most significant difference between at-spi and iaccessible2 is that ...
...nd the new message should be added to the queue. speak should not be interrupted. rude: the queue should be purged of 'polite' and 'assertive' messages and the new message should be added to the queue. current utterances should be allowed to finish but the 'rude' messages should be output as soon as possible. container-atomic the atomic property determines if a live region change should be presented on it's own or if an at should present the entire region. if atomic is set to "true", it means that the region must be presented as a whole while atomic="false" (default) indicates that the region can stand on it's own. the text offsets associated with a text changed event are used when supporting this property. the offsets can be acquired directly in a text changed event object in at-spi and t...
...ts associated with a text changed event are used when supporting this property. the offsets can be acquired directly in a text changed event object in at-spi and through the use of iaccessibletext::get_oldtext and iaccessibletext::get_newtext in iaccessible2. when atomic is set to "false", the start index and end index/run length are used as given. the result being that only the change will be presented. when atomic is set to "true", the entire region should be presented. in this case the start index is 0 and the end index/run length is the length of the text - 1. container-channel the channel property defines two channels - 'main' and 'alert'. it was originally intended to give web developers a means to force a live region message to go to a separate output device. for instance, a 'main' c...
...start index is 0 and the end index/run length is the length of the text - 1. container-channel the channel property defines two channels - 'main' and 'alert'. it was originally intended to give web developers a means to force a live region message to go to a separate output device. for instance, a 'main' channel message might go to the speech generator while an 'alert' channel message might be sent to a braille device. however, the channel property is also significant for single output applications that rely on speech output only. in this case, 'main' channel messages are queued according to the 'live' property and 'alert' channel messages bypass the queue and are output immediately. the rationale being that alerts are meant to quickly grab the user's attention in the event of a major issue...

Gecko info for Windows accessibility vendors
ction/focus move together in that case. event_selectionwithin is fired on multi selection containers when the current selection changes within. in addition, event_selectionadd and event_selectionremove are fired on the the child who's selection changed. how to track where the event happened, within your own offscreen model ordinary zero-indexed child ids are not practical for representing events. the problem is that the child id system that is used by msaa doesn't work well when you have a deep tree of objects in a window. it would be impractical to number all of the nodes in a document starting at 0, because whenever a node is inserted or removed it would be computationally very expensive to renumber things. so, the firefox childid handed back from events is based on an algori...
...relation_described_by = 0x100e }; these two relations are they inverse; they can be used on form controls. if the form control has an accname, you can get the iaccessible that it was labelled by in order to get more formatting information. it is also useful to check for a description. note that the label and description relations may be used to prevent redundant information from being presented by the screen reader, since the label and description can occur both on their own, and in the name or description fields of an iaccessible. enum { navrelation_default_button = 0x100d }; when used within an html form or a xul dialog, the navrelation_default_button relation will return the iaccessible for the default button. enum { navrelation_embeds = 0x1009 }; this relation is...
...ly set. positional descriptions are supported the accdescription field is overriden for the following roles: role_listitem, role_menuitem, role_radiobutton, role_pagetab and role_outlineitem for everything other than outline item, the positional description is in the form "n of m" where n is an integer indicating the position within other similar objects in a group, and m represents the number of objects in that group. for example, "3 of 5" indicates the 3rd object out of 5. for outline item, more information is provided, in a format that reads "l#, n of m with c" where # represents the level that the outline item is at, and c represents the number of children. the n of m position relates to the position within the current outline level. finally, true descriptions a...
...widgets and web applications accessible. mathml: an xml dialect used to display full math notation on web pages. we do not currently have plans to support msaa for mathml - we will likely suggest use of the external dom for this, because msaa simply does not have the right semantics in it to support mathematics. mathml support is currently built into firefox. svg : scalable vector graphics. essentially w3c's xml-based version of flash - mixes well with other markup based content, supports the dom and has accessibility features. mozilla's svg project has been through several stalls and rebirths -- svg will probably become more of a priority if other well known browsers support it. we will not know how, or whether, we will support svg accessibility until a better implementation comes along. ...

Creating Sandboxed HTTP Connections
(firefox 2), it is possible to create sandboxed http connections which don't affect the user's cookies. this article will cover the basics of doing http connections from xpcom javascript, and should easily translate to c++ xpcom. setting up an http connection the first step in setting up an http connection from an url (stored in a string) is to create an nsiuri out of it. nsiuri is an xpcom representation of an uri, with useful methods to query and manipulate the uri. to create an nsiuri from an string, we use the newuri method of nsiioservice: // the io service var ioservice = components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiioservice); // create an nsiuri var uri = ioservice.newuri(myurlstring, null, null); once the ns...
...better to have the entire implementation inside a class and storing the channel as a member: function myclass() { this.mchannel = null; // ... var listener = new this.streamlistener(callbackfunc); // ... } myclass.prototype.streamlistener = function (acallbackfunc) { return ({ mdata: "", // ... }) } handling cookies when sending a request, cookies that apply to the url are sent with the http request. the http response can also contain cookies, which the browser processes. as of mozilla 1.8.1 (firefox 2), it is now possible to intercept those two cases. for example, this means that if the user was logged into an webmail account, another account on the same domain could be checked without changing the user's cookies. the observer service (nsiobserverservice) is used to ...
...e) is used to send general notifications, including the two cookie ones. the addobserver method is used to add an observer for a certain topic and takes in three agruments: an object than implements nsiobserver the topic to listen for. for cookies, the two topics are: http-on-modify-request - happens after the cookie data has been loaded into the request, but before the request is sent. http-on-examine-response - happens after the response is received, but before the cookies are processed whether to hold a weak reference to the observer argument. use false. in order to avoid memory leaks, the observer needs to be removed at one point. the removeobserver method takes in the listener object and the topic and removes it from the notification list. as with the ab...
...erwise the old value is overwritten. getresponseheader(aheader) - returns the response header value for the requested header. setresponseheader(aheader, avalue, amerge) - sets the response header's value. if amerge is true, the new value is appened, otherwise the old value is overwritten. these methods provide all the required functionality needed to modify cookies before they are processed/sent, allowing for sandboxed cookie connections that don't affect the user's cookies. http referrer if the http request needs to have a referrer set, two additional steps are needed after the nsichannel is created, but before it is opened. first, a nsiuri needs to be generated for the referrer url. like before, the nsiioservice is used: var referreruri = ioservice.newuri(referrerurl, null, null); ...

mozbrowsercontextmenu
s viewport. systemtargets an array containing one or more menusystem objects (see the menusystem object, below), containing details of the standard menu(s) that will be shown. for example, if the user clicked on an image nested in an <a> tag, two menus are available — one with information related to the image, and one for the link. contextmenu a menu object (see the menu object, below) representing a custom menu defined via <menu> / <menuitem> elements and pointed to via a contextmenu attribute on the dom element clicked on, which contains the menu's id. contextmenuitemselected an anonymous function that fires when a menu item is selected. the menusystem object an object defining a standard context menu that will be displayed. its properties are as follows: documenturi a domstri...
...stom menu defined via <menu> / <menuitem> elements and pointed to via a contextmenu attribute on the dom element clicked on, which contains the menu's id. contextmenuitemselected an anonymous function that fires when a menu item is selected. the menusystem object an object defining a standard context menu that will be displayed. its properties are as follows: documenturi a domstring representing the url of the document the menu is associated with. uri a domstring. in the case of an image or video context menu, this is the src of the image or video clicked on to get the context menu. in the case of an link context menu, it is the link's href. text a domstring representing the text of the link clicked on, in the case of a link context menu. hasvideo a boolean. in the case of a vid...
... the src of the image or video clicked on to get the context menu. in the case of an link context menu, it is the link's href. text a domstring representing the text of the link clicked on, in the case of a link context menu. hasvideo a boolean. in the case of a video context menu, this returns true if the video has metadata and is bigger than 0 x 0, or false if not. action a domstring representing the action of a form, in the case of a form context menu. method a domstring representing the method of a form, in the case of a form context menu. name a domstring representing the name of a form, in the case of a form context menu. ...
... menu, this returns true if the video has metadata and is bigger than 0 x 0, or false if not. action a domstring representing the action of a form, in the case of a form context menu. method a domstring representing the method of a form, in the case of a form context menu. name a domstring representing the name of a form, in the case of a form context menu. the menu object an object representing a custom menu defined via <menu> / <menuitem> elements and pointed to via a contextmenu attribute on the dom element clicked on, which contains the menu's id. its properties are as follows: type a domstring representing the type of context menu displayed. it can be menu (a full menu) or menuitem (a single menu item.) label a domstring equal to the label attribute of the dom node the cont...

Introduction to Layout in Mozilla
overview basic data flow key data structures detailed walk-through incrementalism future tech-talks wrap-up, q&a basic data flow source document arrives via network apis incrementally “pumped” through the single-threaded layout engine parse, compute style, render; repeat css used for rendering all content content theoretically separate from “presentation” key data structures content node elements, attributes, leaves dom frame rectangular formatting primitive geometric information [0..n] per content node 2nd thru nth are “continuations” style context non-geometric information may be shared by adjacent frames reference counted, owned by frame ...
... may not be directly manipulated detailed walk-through setting up content model construction frame construction style resolution reflow painting setting up as...
... may not be directly manipulated detailed walk-through setting up content model construction frame construction style resolution reflow painting setting up assume basic knowledge of embedding and network apis (doc shell, streams) ...
..., z-order, transparency [0..1] per frame, owned by frame widget native window [0..1] per view, owned by view key data structures the document owns the content model, and one or more presentations exposed programmatically via dom apis the presentation owns the frame hierarchy frames own the style contexts, views, widgets presentation has media type, dimensions, etc. may not be directly manipulated detailed walk-through setting up content model construction frame construction style resolution reflow painting setting up assume basic knowledge of embedding and network apis (doc shell, streams) content dll auto-registers a document loader factory (dlf) @mozilla.org/content-viewer-fac...

Downloads.jsm
h (ex if ex instanceof downloads.error && ex.becausetargetfailed) { console.log("unable to write to the target file, ignoring the error."); } methods createdownload() creates a new download object. promise<download> createdownload( object aproperties ); parameters aproperties provides the initial properties for the newly created download. this matches the serializable representation of a download object. some of the most common properties in this object include: source: string containing the uri for the download source. alternatively, may be an nsiuri, a downloadsource object, or an object with the following properties: url: string containing the uri for the download source. isprivate: optional indicates whether the download originated from a private win...
... an nsiuri, a downloadsource object, or an object with the following properties: url: string containing the uri for the download source. isprivate: optional indicates whether the download originated from a private window. if omitted, the download is public. referrer: optional string containing the referrer uri of the download source. can be omitted or null if no referrer should be sent or the download source is not http. target: string containing the path of the target file. alternatively, may be an nsifile, a downloadtarget object, or an object with the following properties: path: string containing the path of the target file. saver: optional string representing the class of the download operation. if omitted, defaults to "copy". alternatively, may be...
... promise resolves to the newly created download object. ...
...adlist object. getsummary() retrieves the specified type of downloadsummary object. there is one download summary for each type, and this method always retrieves a reference to the same download summary when called with the same argument. calling this function does not cause the list of public downloads to be reloaded from the previous session. the summary will behave as if no downloads are present until the getlist() method is called. promise<downloadsummary> getsummary(atype); parameters atype this can be downloads.public, downloads.private, or downloads.all. promise resolves to the requested downloadsummary object. examples downloading to a local file this example downloads an html file without showing progress, handling errors programmatically. components.utils.import("res...

OS.File.Info
due to differences between operating systems, the information available depends on the platform. instances of os.file.info may be obtained by: calling global method os.file.stat() either from the main thread or from a worker thread; calling instance method stat() of os.file either from the main thread or from a worker thread. ...
...read. ...
... the following snippet uses the main thread api to determine (asynchronously) whether some path is a regular file, or a directory, or a symbolic link: let promise = os.file.stat(somepath); promise.then( function onsuccess(info) { // |info| is an instance of |os.file.info| if (info.isdir) { // |somepath| represents a directory } else if (info.issymlink) { // |somepath| represents a symbolic link } else { // |somepath| represents a regular file } }, function onfailure(reason) { if (reason instanceof os.file.error && reason.becausenosuchfile) { // |somepath| does not represent anything } else { // some other error } } ) example: determining the owner of a file let promise = os.file.stat() promise.then( function onsuccess(inf...
...roup a number holding the identifier of the unix group of this file. unixmode a number holding the unix access rights to this file. unixlaststatuschangedate date. this is the date of the latest write/renaming/mode change/... where ... is any write/set of inode information (such as owner, group, link count, mode, etc). windows winbirthdate a date representing the time at which the file was created. may not be exact on all file systems. winattributes hidden boolean readonly boolean system boolean macos x macbirthdate a date representing the time at which the file was created. may not be exact on all file syst...

SourceMap.jsm
new sourcemapconsumer(rawsourcemap) the only parameter is the raw source map (either as a string which can be json.parse'd, or an object). ...
...le, or null if this information is not available. line: the line number in the original source, or null if this information is not available. column: the column number in the original source, or null if this information is not available. name: the original identifier, or null if this information is not available. sourcemapgenerator an instance of the sourcemapgenerator represents a source map which is being built incrementally. new sourcemapgenerator(startofsourcemap) to create a new one, you must pass an object with the following properties: file: the filename of the generated source that this source map is associated with. sourceroot: an optional root for all relative urls in this source map. sourcemapgenerator.prototype.addmapping(mapping) add a sin...
...ping. sourcemapgenerator.prototype.tostring() renders the source map being generated to a string. sourcenode sourcenodes provide a way to abstract over interpolating and/or concatenating snippets of generated javascript source code, while maintaining the line and column information associated between those snippets and the original source code. this is useful as the final intermediate representation a compiler might use before outputting the generated js and source map. new sourcenode(line, column, source[, chunk]) line: the original line number associated with this source node, or null if it isn't associated with an original line. column: the original column number associated with this source node, or null if it isn't associated with an original column. source: the o...
...s source node's children. sep: the separator. sourcenode.prototype.replaceright(pattern, replacement) call string.prototype.replace on the very rightmost source snippet. useful for trimming whitespace from the end of a source node, etc. pattern: the pattern to replace. replacement: the thing to replace the pattern with. sourcenode.prototype.tostring() return the string representation of this source node. walks over the tree and concatenates all the various snippets together to one string. sourcenode.prototype.tostringwithsourcemap(startofsourcemap) returns the string representation of this tree of source nodes, plus a sourcemapgenerator which contains all the mappings between the generated and original sources. the arguments are the same as those to new sourcemapgener...

Localization formats
hat extent? as every new web-dev project takes shape, a project manager should ask themselves these questions and have the answers ready before starting the web l10n process. html/php maybe you are designing a project that has relatively small translation needs like three to four lines (or more) of content asking users to update to the next version of software available. you may choose to present just the html for localization: we give an html file which lists several pieces of content like, <h1>getting started</h1> and the localizer translates to <h1>débuter avec firefox</h1> the localizer then submits the translated html or php back to us by either checking in changes to svn or sending us a patch that pascal checks in. advantages to html good for small projects very simpl...
...e on svn and it can appear on the staging server disadvantages to html very hard for qa if localizer changes something incorrectly (i.e. accidentally removes some html like </h1>, that localizer can break everything.) very hard to update automatically, if not impossible. can be hard to tell what has changed .lang files historically, mozilla has used a gettext-like file to present content for localization. .lang files provide some features that differentiate it from gettext: .lang is not dependent on php/.po library, so if our webdev team sets up a site without gettext support, we still have .lang. (it should be noted that this is near impossibility since most sites will be set up with gettext support.) .lang files can be easily edited in a text editor with this setu...
...s not used as a standard by any other localization project no tools to validate syntax, so a localizer may cause accidental errors that can cause breakage (level of breakage depends on level of error) cannot use po editor, which most localizers know and love gettext (.po) gettext is a widely-used localization format that uses .po files. ...
...h this arrangement, content for localization is presented in the following manner: msgid "coming soon" msgstr "bientôt disponible" where the value in the "" of the msgid is the english content, and the value in the "" of the msgstr is the translation. msgstr can be longer translations than just the exact above. for example, below is the entire introduction used for a certificate that was presented to those who downloaded firefox during the download day campaign. the french content runs three lines: msgid "certificate_intro" msgstr "" "merci de nous avoir aidé à établir ce record du monde ! " "allez-y et montrez-le en téléchargeant et en imprimant votre " "certificat personnalisé firefox 3 download day." advantages of gettext gettext has very powerful tools to update this...

DMD
odify browser/config/mozconfigs/linux64/common-opt or a similar file before pushing. launch use mach run --dmd; use --mode to choose the mode. add --debug to run under gdb. trigger there are three ways to trigger a dmd snapshot. visit about:memory and click the dmd button (depending on how old your build is, it might be labelled "save" or "analyze reports" or "dmd"). the button won't be present in non-dmd builds, and will be grayed out in dmd builds if dmd isn't enabled at start-up. if you wish to trigger dmd dumps from within c++ or javascript code, you can use nsimemoryinfodumper.dumpmemorytotempdir. for example, from javascript code you can do the following. const cc = components.classes; let mydumper = cc["@mozilla.org/memory-info-dumper;1"] .getservice(ci.nsimem...
...t variables above. you will need to push this to the device and make it executable. since you cannot mark files in /sdcard/ as executable, we will use /data/local/tmp for this purpose: adb push dmd_fennec /data/local/tmp adb shell cd /data/local/tmp chmod 755 dmd_fennec the final step is to make android use the above wrapper script while launching fennec, so that the environment variable is present when fennec starts up. assuming you have done a local build, the app identifier will be org.mozilla.fennec_$username ($username is your username on the host machine) and so we do this as shown below. if you are using a dmd-enabled try build, or build from other source, adjust the app identifier as necessary. adb shell su # you need root access for the setprop command to take effect setprop wr...
...that were allocated from the program point indicated by the "allocated at" stack trace, that these blocks took up 21,600 bytes, that all 150 blocks had a size of 144 bytes, and that 1,200 of those bytes were "slop" (wasted space caused by the heap allocator rounding up request sizes). it also indicates what percentage of the total heap size and the unreported portion of the heap these blocks represent. within each section, records are listed from largest to smallest. once-reported and twice-reported stack trace records also have stack traces for the report point(s). for example: reported at { #01: mozilla::dmd::report(void const*) (/home/njn/moz/mi2/memory/replace/dmd/dmd.cpp:1740) 0x7f68652581ca #02: cyclecollectormallocsizeof(void const*) (/home/njn/moz/mi2/xpcom/base/nscyclecollector...
...zes*) const (/home/njn/moz/mi5/dom/html/nshtmldocument.cpp:3710) #08: nsidocument::docaddsizeofincludingthis(nswindowsizes*) const (/home/njn/moz/mi5/dom/base/nsdocument.cpp:12820) } } the choice of whether to record an allocation stack trace for all blocks is controlled by an option (see below). "live" mode output for "live" mode, dmd.py's output describes what live heap blocks are present. this output is broken into multiple sections. "invocation". this tells you how dmd was invoked, i.e. what options were used. "live stack trace records". this tells you which heap blocks were present. "summary": gives measurements of the total heap. the individual records are similar to those output in "dark matter" mode. "cumulative" mode output for "cumulative" mode, dmd.py's output de...

NSS Sample Code Sample1
iple hosts // // this example shows how to use nss functions to create and // distribute keys that need to be shared among multiple servers // or hosts. // // the management scheme assumes that one host is primary. it // generates the secret keys that will be used by all participating // hosts. the other hosts (secondary) request keys from the // primary host. as an alternative, new keys may be sent to the // current set of secondary hosts when they are generated by the // primary. in this case, the primary maintains a list of the // secondary hosts. // // the sequence of events is: // 1. the primary host generates a new symmetric key. this key // may be used for an encryption mechanism (des or aes) or for // integrity (md5_hmac or sha1_hmac). this key needs to be // permanent, si...
...at was received belongs to a valid secondary host. the adminstrator // may do this by checking that the key was received in a signed email // message, or by checking a digest value with the adminstrator of the // secondary host. [need support for digest check values] // 5. the primary host exports (wraps) the symmetric key using the // secondary host's rsa key. the wrapped value is sent back to // the secondary host. // 6. the administrator of the secondary host verifies that the wrapped // key data came from the primary host. the same methods outlined // in step 4 may be used here. // 7. the secondary host unwraps the the key using its own rsa private key. // note: currently nss does not support permanent symmetric keys. // the secondary host may store the wrappe...
.../ shared database in this example server(const char *servername); ~server(); private: int getprivatekey(seckeyprivatekey **prvkey); int getpublickey(seckeypublickey **pubkey); int wrapkey(pk11symkey *key, seckeypublickey *pubkey, secitem **data); // export raw key (unwrapped) do not use int rawexportkey(pk11symkey *key, secitem **data); char *mservername; // these items represent data that might be stored // in files or in a configuration file secitem *mwrappedenckey; secitem *mwrappedmackey; // these are the runtime keys as loaded from the files pk11symkey *menckey; pk11symkey *mmackey; }; server::server(const char *servername) : mservername(0), mwrappedenckey(0), mwrappedmackey(0), menckey(0), mmackey(0) { // copy the server name mservername = pl_str...
... the first server to this // one server2 = new server("server2"); if (!server2 || server2->init()) { cout << "server2 could not be created" << endl; rv = 1; // error goto done; } // transfer the keys from server1 { secitem *wrappedenckey = 0; secitem *wrappedmackey = 0; secitem *pubkeydata = 0; // get the public key for server 2 so that it can // be sent to server 1 rv = server2->exportpublickey(&pubkeydata); if (rv) { cout << "exportpublickey failed" << endl; goto trans_done; } // send the public key to server 1 and get back the // wrapped key values rv = server1->exportkeys(pubkeydata, &wrappedenckey, &wrappedmackey); if (rv) { cout << "exportkeys failed" << endl; goto trans_done; } // print - for information c...

NSS tools : signtool
ions -b basename specifies the base filename for the .rsa and .sf files in the meta-inf directory to conform with the jar format. for example, -b signatures causes the files to be named signatures.rsa and signatures.sf. the default is signtool. -c# specifies the compression level for the -j or -z option. the symbol # represents a number from 0 to 9, where 0 means no compression and 9 means maximum compression. the higher the level of compression, the smaller the output but the longer the operation takes. if the -c# option is not used with either the -j or the -z option, the default compression value used by both the -j and -z options is 6. -d certdir ...
... javascript directory. this option causes the specified directory to be signed and tags its entries as inline javascript. this special type of entry does not have to appear in the jar file itself. instead, it is located in the html page containing the inline scripts. when you use signtool -v, these entries are displayed with the string not present. -k key ... directory specifies the nickname (key) of the certificate you want to sign with and signs the files in the specified directory. the directory to sign is always specified as the last command-line argument. thus, it is possible to write signtool -k mycert -d . signdir you may have trouble if the nickname contains a single quota...
... same as -g option. installscript same as -i option. javascriptdir same as -j option. htmldir same as -j option. certname nickname of certificate, as with -k and -l -k options. signdir the directory to be signed, as with -k option. list same as -l option. value is ignored, but = sign must be present. listall same as -l option. value is ignored, but = sign must be present. metafile same as -m option. modules same as -m option. value is ignored, but = sign must be present. optimize same as -o option. value is ignored, but = sign must be present. password same as -p option. keysize same as -s option.
... jarfile same as -z option. outfile name of a file to which output and error messages will be redirected. this option has no command-line equivalent. ...

Necko Architecture
ource: protocol cnvts - stream converters stremcnv - stream converter service these libraries will change with time and illustrate the modularity of necko. architecture after a few iterations of our original design, the current necko architecture looks something like this: urls necko's primary responsibility is moving data from one location, to another location. these locations are represented in the form we have all grown to know and love as uris. a url implements the uri interface. the uri interface does resource-generic things like getting/setting the scheme, or getting/setting the spec (everything beyond the first colon ':'). urls provide getting/setting of paths, hosts, ports, filenames, etc. urls are the most commonly used form of a uri. because of their importance, necko provi...
...uri) can be created as individual components independently of necko, or they can be retrieved via the nsiioservice interface. for more information see uris and urls. if you want to provide your own resource implementation for foo urls, you simply need to implement the nsiuri interface. nsiioservice acts as the central point of access to urls and channels (nsichannel) in necko. given a string representation of a url, you can ask the nsiioservice for a url instance representing that string. once you have a url interface in hand (nsiurl), you have a completely parsed representation of the original url string, and you can query for the various parts of the url. handlers & channels nsichannel provides a data access interface which allows you to read or write data from or to a uri. there is a 1-t...
...mpletely parsed representation of the original url string, and you can query for the various parts of the url. handlers & channels nsichannel provides a data access interface which allows you to read or write data from or to a uri. there is a 1-to-1 relationship between uris and channels (if you go so far as to create a channel from a uri, which is not required if all you need is a parsed representation of a uri string). for every uri you want to transact with, there is exactly one channel. in order to get a channel from a uri an intermediary layer was introduced. because a uri has no self knowledge about what "protocol" it represents, another component is responsible for deciding which channel implementation will be responsible for "loading" the uri. this layer is the protocol handler laye...
..."stopped." it is up to the nsistreamlistener implementation to decide what to do with these various notifications. the ondataavailable() notification provides a chance for the nsistreamlistener to actually retrieve data that the channel has acquired. one of the arguments to the ondataavailable() notification is an nsiinputstream (which can be considered the underlying data). streams necko represents data in the form of streams (nsibasestream is the root interface. nsiinputstream is read from. nsioutputstream is written to). streams provide a generic interface to the data and allow for many underlying implementations that permit multiple data sources to be used. as a user, you don't care where the data came from, or where it "is," as long as you get the data. the data may be in memory, it ma...

Garbage collection
bytes on almost all platforms) and contains an arenaheader, a few pad bytes, and then an array of aligned elements. all elements in an arena have the same allocation kind and size. every arena maintains a list of free spans, starting at arenaheader::firstfreespanoffets. the last cell in each free span (except the last one) holds a freespan for the next free span. free span struct freespan represents a contiguous sequence of free cells [first,last] within an arena. freespan contains functions to allocate from the free span. mark bitmap the mark bitmap is represented by chunkbitmap. the mark bitmap has two bits per gc cell, so that it can represent both regular liveness marking ("marked black") as well as reachability from cycle-collected objects ("marked gray"). mark bits are allocated ba...
... pointed-to object black, and pushes any outgoing edges onto the mark stack. the key observation is that the only way an object can get 'lost' and not marked is if all pointers to the object are overwritten. thus, if whenever we're about to overwrite a pointer to an object we mark the object black first, then no objects can get 'lost'. now consider allocations. a newly allocated object wasn't present at the beginning of the gc, so the snapshot-at-the-beginning barrier doesn't do it any good. but we do need to make sure the object doesn't get collected if it's live. this is easily done by simply marking new objects immediately upon allocation during an incremental gc, thus the name allocate-black. the spidermonkey incremental read barrier the textbook version of incremental gc has only a wri...
...for marking). an object is black after the mark phase if it has been marked. in spidermonkey, an object is black if its black mark bit is set. gray in common cs terminology, an object is gray during the mark phase if it has been queued for marking. in spidermonkey, an object is queued for marking if it is on the mark stack and is not black. thus, the gray objects from cs literature are not represented explicitly. see also: gray, below. gray spidermonkey instead uses "gray" to refer to objects that are not black, but are reachable from "gray roots". gray roots are used by the gecko cycle collector to find cycles that pass through the js heap. handle in our gc, a handle is a pointer that has elsewhere been registered by a root. in other words, it is an updatable pointer to a gc thing (it is...
...explicitly. see also: gray, below. gray spidermonkey instead uses "gray" to refer to objects that are not black, but are reachable from "gray roots". gray roots are used by the gecko cycle collector to find cycles that pass through the js heap. handle in our gc, a handle is a pointer that has elsewhere been registered by a root. in other words, it is an updatable pointer to a gc thing (it is essentially a cell** that the gc knows about.) root a starting point to the gc graph traversal, a root is known to be alive for some external reason (one other than being reachable by some other part of the gc heap.) weak pointer in common cs terminology, a weak pointer is one that doesn't keep the pointed-to value live for gc purposes. typically, a weak pointer value has a get() method that returns ...

SpiderMonkey Internals
in addition to the interpreter, spidermonkey contains a just-in-time (jit) compiler, a garbage collector, code implementing the basic behavior of javascript values, a standard library implementing ecma 262-5.1 §15 with various extensions, and a few public apis. ...
... passed to js_newruntime) bytes of gc things have been allocated and another thing-allocation request is made. js api users should call js_gc or js_maybegc between script executions or from the operation callback, as often as necessary. because the gc is exact, c/c++ applications must ensure that all live objects, strings, and numbers are gc-reachable. ...
...c things have been allocated and another thing-allocation request is made. js api users should call js_gc or js_maybegc between script executions or from the operation callback, as often as necessary. because the gc is exact, c/c++ applications must ensure that all live objects, strings, and numbers are gc-reachable. javascript values the type js::value represents a javascript value. the representation is 64 bits and uses nan-boxing on all platforms, although the exact nan-boxing format depends on the platform. nan-boxing is a technique based on the fact that in ieee-754 there are 2**53-2 different bit patterns that all represent nan. hence, we can encode any floating-point value as a c++ double (noting that javascript nan must be represented as one canonical nan format). other values are ...
..., but over time we intend to extend jsdbgapi.h to hide uninteresting details and provide conveniences. the code generator is split across paragraphs of code in jsparse.cpp, and the utility methods called on jscodegenerator appear in jsemit.cpp. source notes generated by jsparse.cpp and jsemit.cpp are used in jsscript.cpp to map line number to program counter and back. jstypes.h fundamental representation types and utility macros. this file alone among all .h files in spidermonkey must be included first by .cpp files. it is not nested in .h files, as other prerequisite .h files generally are, since it is also a direct dependency of most .cpp files and would be over-included if nested in addition to being directly included. jsbit.h, jslog2.cpp bit-twiddling routines. most of the work here is...

JSAPI User Guide
myjs_global_functions)) return false; ... once the functions are defined in global, any script that uses global as the global object can call them, just as any web page can call alert. in the environment we have created, the "hello world" script looks like this: system("echo hello world"); jsapi concepts this section aims to fill in the major gaps in the picture of the jsapi presented so far. to do anything useful with spidermonkey, you must read all three sections. javascript values main article: js::value javascript is a dynamically typed language: variables and properties do not have a type that is fixed at compile time. how can a statically typed language, like c or c++, in which all variables have types, interact with javascript? the jsapi provides a data type, js::v...
...ingexception, and/or js_clearpendingexception whenever a jsapi function returns false or nullptr. uncatchable errors another way for a jsnative callback to report an error is like this: if (!p) { js_reportoutofmemory(cx); return false; } this does something subtly different from what js_reporterror does. most errors, including those raised by js_reporterror, are represented as javascript exceptions and thus interact with the javascript exception-handling language features, try, catch, and finally. however, in some cases we do not want scripts to be able to catch an error; we want script execution to terminate right away. if the system runs out of memory in the middle of a script, we do not want finally blocks to execute, because almost anything a script does requi...
...which to establish private data, and specify the pointer to the data. for example: js_setprivate(cx, obj, pdata); to retrieve the data at a later time, call js_getprivate, and pass the object as an argument. this function returns the pointer to an object's private data: pdata = js_getprivate(cx, obj); special topics unicode to pass unicode data between javascript and native code, represent the data in utf-16 in memory. javascript strings, property names, and programs are all made up of jschars, which are 16-bit unsigned integers. many jsapi functions operate on null-terminated, 8-bit char strings. these functions convert their char * arguments to 16-bit strings by zero-extending each 8-bit char to 16 bits—unless js_c_strings_are_utf8 is defined or js_setcstringsareutf8 has been ...
... a separate argument specifying the length of the string in jschars. compiled scripts the easiest way to run a script is to use js_evaluatescript, which compiles and executes the script in one go. but sometimes an application needs to run a script many times. in this case, it may be faster to compile the script once and execute it multiple times. the jsapi provides a type, jsscript, that represents a compiled script. the life cycle of a jsscript looks like this: the application compiles some javascript code using js_compilescript, js_compileutf8file, or js_compilefilehandle. these functions return a pointer to a new jsscript. the application calls js_executescript (or js_executescriptpart) any number of times. it is safe to use a jsscript in multiple different contexts, but only wit...

Handling Mozilla Security Bugs
rs of the mozilla security bug group will be drawn primarily from the following groups: security developers (i.e., those whose bugs are often singled out as security-relevant or who have security-relevant bugs assigned to them), and security qa people who are the qa contacts for those bugs. exploit hunters with a good track record of finding significant mozilla security vulnerabilities. representatives of the various companies and groups actively distributing mozilla-based products. super-reviewers and drivers. the bugzilla administrators will technically be in the mozilla security bug group as well, mainly because they already have visibility into all bugzilla data hosted through mozilla.org. the mozilla security bug group will have a private mailing list, security-group@mozilla.org,...
...ate mailing list, security-group@mozilla.org, to which everyone in the security bug group will be subscribed. this list will act as a forum for discussing group policy and the addition of new members, as described below. in addition, mozilla.org will maintain a second well-known address, security@mozilla.org, through which people not in the security group can submit reports of security bugs. mail sent to this address will go to the security module owner and peers, who will be responsible for posting the information received to bugzilla, and marking the bug as "security-sensitive" if it is warranted, given the nature and severity of the bug and the risk of potential exploits. other participants besides the permanent security bug group members described above, there are two other categories of...
...erwise-confidential security bug reports: a person who reports a security bug will have continued access to all bugzilla activities associated with that bug, even if the bug is marked "security-sensitive." any other persons may be given access to a particular security bug, by someone else (who does have access) adding them to the cc list for that bug. thus someone reporting a security bug essentially becomes a member of the overall group of people working to investigate and fix that particular vulnerability, and anyone else may be easily invited to assist as well, if and when it makes sense. expanding the mozilla security bug group as previously described, the mozilla security module owner can select one or more peers to share the core work of coordinating investigation and resolution ...
... try not to keep bugs in the security-sensitive category for an unreasonably long amount of time. please try to be understanding and accommodating if a mozilla distributor has a legitimate need to keep a bug in the security-sensitive category for some reasonable additional time period, e.g., to get a new release distributed to users. ...

Gecko object attributes
ould have a posinset value equal to the setsize. applied to: listitem, option exposed in aria: aria-posinset setsize if this item is in a group, this indicates the number of items in the group. this is useful when combined with the posinset object attribute. applied to: listitem, option exposed in aria: aria-setsize live region attribues atomic true when the entire region should be presented as a whole, when changes within it are considered important enough to automatically present. applied to: any role exposed via aria: aria-atomic live a hint as to whether changes within the current region or subtree should be automatically presented. possible values are "off" which is the same as not being set -- this means the region is not live. other possible values are "polite", "asserti...
... policy when interrupting the user for changes to this region. please see the aria states and properties module for more information. additional information may be provide by the object attributes atomic and relevant. applied to: any role exposed in aria: aria-live relevant space delimited string with keywords describing what kinds of changes in the subtree are informational, as opposed to presentational. if not specified, the default should be considered "additions text", which indicates that newly created objects and changes to text and text equivalents should be considered relevant, and that the hiding or removal of items is not. please see the aria states and properties module for more information. exposed in aria: aria-relevant container-atomic is this change inside a region that s...
...cified, the default should be considered "additions text", which indicates that newly created objects and changes to text and text equivalents should be considered relevant, and that the hiding or removal of items is not. please see the aria states and properties module for more information. exposed in aria: aria-relevant container-atomic is this change inside a region that should always be presented at once. if yes, member-of relation will point to the root of the region. see the live region support for more information. container-busy the current changes are not yet complete. a state change event for the a11y api's busy state will be fired on the container object currently marked as busy, once it is no longer busy. this is especially important in atomic regions. the entire atomic region...
... yes, member-of relation will point to the root of the region. see the live region support for more information. container-busy the current changes are not yet complete. a state change event for the a11y api's busy state will be fired on the container object currently marked as busy, once it is no longer busy. this is especially important in atomic regions. the entire atomic region should be presented once when it is finally no longer busy. see the live region support for more information. container-live interruption policy. see the live region support for more information. container-live-role indicates the role for the live region that contains the current accessible object. container-relevant what types of mutations are possibly relevant? see the live region support for more informat...

An Overview of XPCOM
this chapter provides a quick tour of xpcom - an introduction to the basic concepts and technologies in xpcom and component development. the brief sections in this chapter introduce the concepts at a very high level, so that we can discuss and use them with more familiarity in the tutorial itself, which describes the creation of a mozilla component called weblock. ...
...nt parameters, and the workaround - having multiple function names - isn't pretty: void foowithint(in int x); void foowithstring(in string x); void foowithuri(in nsiuri x); however, these shortcomings pale in comparison to the functionality gained by using xpidl. xpidl allows you to generate type libraries, or typelibs, which are files with the extension .xpt. the type library is a binary representation of an interface or interfaces. it provides programmatic control and access of the interface, which is crucial for interfaces used in the non c++ world. when components are accessed from other languages, as they can be in xpcom, they use the binary type library to access the interface, learn what methods it supports, and call those methods. this aspect of xpcom is called xpconnect. xpconnect ...
...es, and the tool that generates these files is called the xpidl compiler. the section defining the weblock interface in xpidl describes the xpidl syntax in detail. xpcom services when clients use components, they typically instantiate a new object each time they need the functionality the component provides. this is the case when, for example, clients deal with files: each separate file is represented by a different object, and several file objects may be being used at any one time. but there is also a kind of object known as a service, of which there is always only one copy (though there may be many services running at any one time). each time a client wants to access the functionality provided by a service, they talk to the same instance of that service. when a user looks up a phone numbe...
... one time. but there is also a kind of object known as a service, of which there is always only one copy (though there may be many services running at any one time). each time a client wants to access the functionality provided by a service, they talk to the same instance of that service. when a user looks up a phone number in a company database, for example, probably that database is being represented by an "object" that is the same for all co-workers. if it weren't, the application would need to keep two copies of a large database in memory, for one thing, and there might also be inconsistencies between records as the copies diverged. providing this single point of access to functionality is what the singleton design pattern is for, and what services do in an application (and in a developm...

IAccessibleEditableText
endoffset ); parameters startoffset start index of the text to moved into the clipboard. the valid range is 0..length. endoffset end index of the text to moved into the clipboard. the valid range is 0..length. return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed. s_ok. cuttext() deletes a range of text and copies it to the clipboard. the text between the two given indices is deleted from the text represented by this object and copied to the clipboard. hresult cuttext( [in] long startoffset, [in] long endoffset ); parameters startoffset start index of the text to be deleted. the valid range is 0..length. endoffset end index of the text to be deleted. the valid range is 0..length. return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed. s_ok. deletetext() deletes a range of text. the text between and inc...
...ext( [in] long startoffset, [in] long endoffset ); parameters startoffset start index of the text to be deleted. the valid range is 0..length. endoffset end index of the text to be deleted. the valid range is 0..length. return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed. s_ok. deletetext() deletes a range of text. the text between and including the two given indices is deleted from the text represented by this object. hresult deletetext( [in] long startoffset, [in] long endoffset ); parameters startoffset start index of the text to be deleted. the valid range is 0..length. endoffset end index of the text to be deleted. the valid range is 0..length. return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed. s_ok. inserttext() inserts text at the specified position. the specified string is inserted a...
...( [in] long startoffset, [in] long endoffset ); parameters startoffset start index of the text to be deleted. the valid range is 0..length. endoffset end index of the text to be deleted. the valid range is 0..length. return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed. s_ok. inserttext() inserts text at the specified position. the specified string is inserted at the given index into the text represented by this object. hresult inserttext( [in] long offset, [in] bstr text ); parameters offset index at which to insert the text. the valid range is 0..length. text text that is inserted. return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed. s_ok. pastetext() pastes text from the clipboard. the text in the system clipboard is pasted into the text represented by this object at the given index. this me...
...the valid range is 0..length. return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed. s_ok. replacetext() replaces text. the text between the two given indices is replaced by the specified replacement string. ...

IAccessibleTable
other-licenses/ia2/accessibletable.idlnot scriptable this interface gives access to a two-dimensional table. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.9 inherits from: iunknown last changed in gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) typically all accessible objects that represent cells or cell-clusters of a table will be at the same time children of the table. in this case iaccessible2.indexinparent() will return the child index which then can be used when calling rowindex() and columnindex(). however, in some cases that kind of implementation will not be possible. when the table cells are not direct children of a table, the object representing the cell can define a "table-cell-index" object attribute identifying the 0 based table cell index. this object attribute is obtained by parsing the at...
...the range of valid coordinates for this interface are implementation dependent. however, that range includes at least the intervals from the from the first row or column with the index 0 up to the last (but not including) used row or column as returned by nrows() and ncolumns(). ...
... object could be an iaccessible or an iaccessible2. [propget] hresult accessibleat( [in] long row, [in] long column, [out] iunknown accessible ); parameters row the 0 based row index for which to retrieve the cell. column the 0 based column index for which to retrieve the cell. accessible if both row and column index are valid then the corresponding accessible object is returned that represents the requested cell regardless of whether the cell is currently visible (on the screen). return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed, [out] value is null. s_ok. caption() returns the caption for the table. the returned object could be an iaccessible or an iaccessible2. [propget] hresult caption( [out] iunknown accessible ); parameters accessible if the table has a caption then a reference t...
... long row ); parameters row 0 based index of the row to be selected. return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed. s_ok. summary() returns the summary description of the table. the returned object could be an iaccessible or an iaccessible2. [propget] hresult summary( [out] iunknown accessible ); parameters accessible returns a reference to an implementation dependent accessible object representing the table's summary or a null pointer if the table does not support a summary. return value s_false if there is nothing to return, [out] value is null. s_ok. unselectcolumn() unselects one column, leaving other selected columns selected (if any). hresult unselectcolumn( [in] long column ); parameters column 0 based index of the column to be unselected. return value e_invalidarg if bad [i...

IAccessibleValue
this interface lets you access the value and its upper and lower bounds. ...
...mvalue ); [propget] hresult minimumvalue([out] variant minimumvalue ); hresult setcurrentvalue([in] variant value ); methods currentvalue() returns the value of this object as a number. the exact return type is implementation dependent. typical types are long and double. [propget] hresult currentvalue( [out] variant currentvalue ); parameters currentvalue returns the current value represented by this object. see the section about. return value s_false if there is nothing to return, [out] value is null. s_ok. maximumvalue() returns the maximal value that can be represented by this object. the type of the returned value is implementation dependent. it does not have to be the same type as that returned by method currentvalue(). [propget] hresult maximumvalue( [out] variant maximumva...
... does not have to be the same type as that returned by method currentvalue(). [propget] hresult maximumvalue( [out] variant maximumvalue ); parameters maximumvalue returns the maximal value in an implementation dependent type. if this object has no upper bound then an empty object is returned. see the section about. return value s_ok. minimumvalue() returns the minimal value that can be represented by this object. the type of the returned value is implementation dependent. it does not have to be the same type as that returned by method currentvalue(). [propget] hresult minimumvalue( [out] variant minimumvalue ); parameters minimumvalue returns the minimal value in an implementation dependent type. if this object has no lower bound then an empty object is returned. see the section abou...
...he given number. the argument is clipped to the valid interval whose upper and lower bounds are returned by the methods maximumvalue() and minimumvalue(), that is if it is lower than the minimum value the new value will be the minimum and if it is greater than the maximum then the new value will be the maximum. hresult setcurrentvalue( [in] variant value ); parameters value the new value represented by this object. the set of admissible types for this argument is implementation dependent. return value s_ok. ...

mozIRegistry
ill be two registry interface implementations: one based solely on libreg (for "compatibility") and a fancier rdf-based one. open issues we have identified two open issues, neither of which appear to be so hard that it we won't be able to solve them in a timely fashion: if and when we remove what is currently a static binding of clsids, there will be the risk that required clsids won't be present. a corollary is that the build/install process will require updates to user "registry" to enable new class implementations to be accessible. our current build/install process doesn't quite step up to these problems as of yet. there are some bootstrapping issues related to using the service manager to access the moziregistry interface. currently, nsiservicemanager requires a clsid to access a ser...
...ant when you go to hook up your code with other mozilla components. that's the service manager. i'm just starting to understand the role it plays in this and it isn't really under my jurisdiction, so there's nothing about it here right now. in the future, i'll either add the information about it or at least put in a link to it's documentation. higher-level application components this box represents all the potential user's of the core registry/repository interfaces. your code (most likely) falls in this box. these components will, to various degrees, need to use other components to do their thing. those other components presumably implement particular xpcom interfaces. so how do you go about creating an object that can provide the interface your component requires? one way is to create ins...
...repository interfaces. your code (most likely) falls in this box. these components will, to various degrees, need to use other components to do their thing. those other components presumably implement particular xpcom interfaces. so how do you go about creating an object that can provide the interface your component requires? one way is to create instances by using nsrepository. nsrepository is essentially a mapping from xpcom clsids to class factories, plus code to manage that mapping, including functions that create instances of a given clsid. the nsrepository functions are declared in nsrepository.h. much more information about nsrepository can be found below. the second way you access other components is via the service manager. that thing isn't yet covered in this document. see the note a...
... rick suggested last week, _protocol_ on top of the registry and repository. i think it might be useful to refactor the nsrepository code so that it is structured the same way as the service manager. one could then make the nsrepository itself a service and permit full (?!) de-coupling of xpcom modules from the xpcom implementation. moziregistry this is the new interface that will surface essentially the same function as is currently provided by libreg (aka "netscape registry") as declared in mozilla/modules/libreg/include/nsreg.h. clients will obtain this interface via the service manager (see mozilla/xpcom/public/nsiservicemanager.h). mozregistry this is the simplistic implementation of the moziregistry interface. it is built as a simple c wrapper for the functions in nsreg.h. it is ...

nsIAccessibleProvider
accessible/public/nsiaccessibleprovider.idlscriptable used to link element and accessible object. for that xbl binding, element should implement the interface. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) attributes attribute type description accessible nsiaccessible read only. obsolete since gecko 1.9 accessibletype long value representing the type of accessible object. see constants for details. read only. constants common use constants constant value description noaccessible 0 do not create an accessible for this object this is useful if an ancestor binding already implements nsiaccessibleprovider, but no accessible is desired for the inheriting binding. outerdoc 0x00000001 for elements that spawn a new document. for example now it is us...
...2002 used for output element. xformstrigger 0x00002003 used for trigger and submit elements. xformsinput 0x00002004 used for input and textarea elements. xformsinputboolean 0x00002005 used for input[xsd:boolean] element. xformsinputdate 0x00002006 used for input[xsd:date] element. xformssecret 0x00002007 used for secret element. ...
...2005 used for input[xsd:boolean] element. xformsinputdate 0x00002006 used for input[xsd:date] element. xformssecret 0x00002007 used for secret element. xformssliderrange 0x00002008 used for range element represented by slider. xformsselect 0x00002009 used for select and select1 that are implemented using host document's native widget. for example, a select1 in a xhtml document may be represented by the native html control html:select. xformschoices 0x00002010 used for xforms choices element. xformsselectfull 0x00002011 used for xforms full select/select1 elements that may be represented by group of checkboxes and radiogroup. xformsitemcheckgroup 0x00002012 used for xforms item element that is used inside xforms select elements represented by group of checkboxes. xformsitemradio...
...lement. xformsselectfull 0x00002011 used for xforms full select/select1 elements that may be represented by group of checkboxes and radiogroup. xformsitemcheckgroup 0x00002012 used for xforms item element that is used inside xforms select elements represented by group of checkboxes. xformsitemradiogroup 0x00002013 used for xforms item element that is used inside xforms select1 elements represented by radio group. xformsselectcombobox 0x00002014 used for xforms select1 element that is represented by combobox. xformsitemcombobox 0x00002015 used for xforms item element that is used inside xforms select1 elements represented by combobox. xformsdropmarkerwidget 0x00002101 used for dropmarker widget that is used by xforms elements. xformscalendarwidget 0x00002102 used for calendar widg...

nsICachingChannel
a http form submission. a channel may optionally implement this interface to allow clients to affect its behavior with respect to how it uses the cache service. method overview boolean isfromcache(); obsolete since gecko 2.0 attributes attribute type description cacheasfile boolean specifies whether or not the data should be cached to a file. this may fail if the disk cache is not present. the value of this attribute is usually only settable during the processing of a channel's onstartrequest. the default value of this attribute depends on the particular implementation of nsicachingchannel. cachefile nsifile get the "file" where the cached data can be found. this is valid for as long as a reference to the cache token is held. this may return an error if cacheasfile is false. rea...
...channel. cachefile nsifile get the "file" where the cached data can be found. this is valid for as long as a reference to the cache token is held. this may return an error if cacheasfile is false. read only. cacheforofflineuse boolean specifies whether or not the data should be placed in the offline cache, in addition to normal memory/disk caching. this may fail if the offline cache is not present. the value of this attribute should be set before opening the channel. cachekey nsisupports uniquely identifies the data in the cache for this channel. holding a reference to this key does not prevent the cached data from being removed. a cache key retrieved from a particular instance of nsicachingchannel could be set on another instance of nsicachingchannel provided the underlying implementa...
...ll be placed in "http-offline". offlinecachetoken nsisupports the same as cachetoken but accessing the offline app cache token if there is any. exceptions thrown ns_error_not_available when there is not offline cache token. constants constant value description load_no_network_io 1 << 26 this load flag inhibits fetching from the net. an error of ns_error_document_not_cached will be sent to the listener's onstoprequest if network io is necessary to complete the request. this flag can be used to find out whether fetching this url would cause validation of the cache entry via the network. combining this flag with load_bypass_local_cache will cause all loads to fail. this flag differs from load_only_from_cache in that this flag fails the load if validation is required while load_onl...
...force an end-to-end load (that is, it does not affect proxy caches). load_bypass_local_cache_if_busy 1 << 29 this load flag causes the local cache to be skipped if the request would otherwise block waiting to access the cache. load_only_from_cache 1 << 30 this load flag inhibits fetching from the net if the data in the cache has been evicted. an error of ns_error_document_not_cached will be sent to the listener's onstoprequest in this case. this flag is set automatically when the application is offline. load_only_if_modified 1 << 31 this load flag controls what happens when a document would be loaded from the cache to satisfy a call to asyncopen. if this attribute is set to true, then the document will not be loaded from the cache. a stream listener can check isfromcache() to determin...

nsIDOMMozNetworkStatsManager
nsidomdomrequest clearallstats(); nsidomdomrequest getavailablenetworks(); nsidomdomrequest getavailableservicetypes(); attributes attribute type description samplerate long minimum time in milliseconds between samples stored in the database. read only. maxstorageage long long time in milliseconds recorded by the api until present time. all samples older than maxstorageage from now are deleted. read only. constants constant type description wifi long constant for wifi, set to 0 mobile long constant for mobile, set to 1 methods getsamples() asynchronously queries network interface statistics. the query may be filtered by connection type and date. nsidomdomreques...
..., [optional] in jsval options /* networkstatsgetoptions */); parameters network the origin of the data. it can specify wifi, mobile, or null. if null, data measurement from both origins are merged. to know in advance which kind of origin is available, the moznetworkstatsmanager.getavailablenetworks method returns an array of interfaces. start a date object representing the beginning of data measurement. end a date object representing the end of data measurement. options optional filtering options. networkstatsgetoptions is a dictionary object providing filtering options. return value an nsidomdomrequest object. if successful, the request result is an nsidommoznetworkstats object describing the network statistics. if network stats are not available fo...
... the filtering start date is greater than the end date. ns_error_not_implmented both appmanifesturl and servicetype are specified at the same time in the networkstatsgetoptions dictionary. invalidnetwork the network must be in the return of getavailablenetworks. addalarm() install an alarm on a network. when total data usage reaches threshold bytes, a "networkstats-alarm" system message is sent to the application, where the optional parameter data must be a cloneable object. nsidomdomrequest addalarm(in nsisupports network, in long threshold, [optional] in jsval options /* networkstatsalarmoptions */); parameters network the origin of the data. it can specify wifi, mobile, or null. if null, data measurement from both origins are ...
...etavailableservicetypes(); parameters none. return value an nsidomdomrequest object. if successful, the result field of the domrequest holds an array of the currently available service types. networkstatsalarmoptions networkstatsalarmoptions is a dictionary object used to filter an alarm request made when calling addalarm(). it contains the following fields: starttime a date object representing the start time. data a date object representing the date of data. networkstatsgetoptions networkstatsgetoptions is a dictionary object used to filter a network statistics request made when calling getsamples(). it contains the following fields: appmanifesturl a string used to filter network stats by app. servicetype a string used to filter network stats by system service. browsingt...

nsIEditorMailSupport
(in long aselectiontype); void rewrap(in boolean arespectnewlines); void stripcites(); methods getembeddedobjects() get a list of img and object tags in the current document. nsisupportsarray getembeddedobjects(); parameters none. return value an nsisupportsarray containing the img and object tags of the current document. insertascitedquotation() insert a string as quoted text (whose representation is dependent on the editor type), replacing the selected text (if any), including, if possible, a "cite" attribute. nsidomnode insertascitedquotation( in astring aquotedtext, in astring acitation, in boolean ainserthtml ); parameters aquotedtext the actual text to be quoted. acitation the "mid" url of the source message. ainserthtml insert as html? (vs plaintext) return value the ns...
...possible, a "cite" attribute. nsidomnode insertascitedquotation( in astring aquotedtext, in astring acitation, in boolean ainserthtml ); parameters aquotedtext the actual text to be quoted. acitation the "mid" url of the source message. ainserthtml insert as html? (vs plaintext) return value the nsidomnode which was inserted. insertasquotation() insert a string as quoted text (whose representation is dependent on the editor type), replacing the selected text (if any). nsidomnode insertasquotation( in astring aquotedtext ); parameters aquotedtext the actual text to be quoted. return value the nsidomnode which was inserted. inserttextwithquotations() inserts a plain text string at the current location, with special processing for lines beginning with ">", which will be treated as m...
... ">", which will be treated as mail quotes and inserted as plain text quoted blocks. if the selection is not collapsed, the selection is deleted and the insertion takes place at the resulting collapsed selection. ...
...void pasteasquotation( in long aselectiontype ); parameters aselectiontype text or html? rewrap() rewrap the selected part of the document, re-quoting if necessary. ...

nsIHttpChannel
void visitrequestheaders(in nsihttpheadervisitor avisitor); void visitresponseheaders(in nsihttpheadervisitor avisitor); constants constant description referrer_policy_no_referrer_when_downgrade default; indicates not to pass on the referrer when downgrading from https to http referrer_policy_no_referrer indicates no referrer will be sent referrer_policy_origin only send the origin of the referring uri referrer_policy_origin_when_xorigin same as the default; only send the origin of the referring uri for cross-origin requests referrer_policy_unsafe_url always send the referrer, even when downgrading from https to http attributes attribute type description allowpipe...
...i get or set the uri of the http referer: header. this is the address (uri) of the resource from which this channel's uri was obtained (see rfc2616 section 14.36). this attribute may only be set before the channel is opened. note: the channel may silently refuse to set the referer: header if the uri does not pass certain security checks (e.g., a "https://" url will never be sent as the referrer for a plaintext http request). the implementation is not required to throw an exception when the referrer uri is rejected. exceptions thrown ns_error_in_progress if set after the channel has been opened. ns_error_failure if used for setting referrer during visitrequestheaders(). getting the value will not throw. requestmethod ...
... in acstring header ); parameters header the case-insensitive name of the response header to query (for example "set-cookie"). return value the value of the response header. exceptions thrown ns_error_not_available if called before the response has been received (before onstartrequest()) or if the header is not set in the response. isnocacheresponse() returns true if the server sent the equivalent of a "cache-control: no-cache" response header. equivalent response headers include: "pragma: no-cache", "expires: 0", and "expires" with a date value in the past relative to the value of the "date" header. boolean isnocacheresponse(); parameters none. return value returns true if the server sent the equivalent of a "cache-control: no-cache" response header, otherwise false. ...
... exceptions thrown ns_error_not_available if called before the response has been received (before onstartrequest()). redirectto() instructs the channel to immediately redirect to a new destination. can only be called on channels not yet opened. ...

nsIJSON
ption of the legacydecodetojsval() method. however, you should use native json instead if at all possible. implemented by: @mozilla.org/dom/json;1. to create an instance, use: var nativejson = components.classes["@mozilla.org/dom/json;1"] .createinstance(components.interfaces.nsijson); method overview note: the idl file has portions of the idl commented out because they represent things that can't actually be properly described by idl; however, for the purposes of this article, we'll pretend they can be and ignore that issue. jsobject decode(in astring str); obsolete since gecko 7.0 jsval decodetojsval(in astring str, in jscontext cx); native code only! jsobject decodefromstream(in nsiinputstream stream, in long contentlength); astrin...
... note: this method is more flexible than it should be, and accepts some not-correctly-structured json. for that reason, it has been removed in gecko 7.0. jsobject decode( in astring str ); parameters str the json string to decode. return value the original javascript object, reconstructed from the json string. decodetojsval() note: this method may only be used from native code,...
... in astring str, in jscontext cx ); parameters str the json string to decode. cx the javascript runtime context to use to decode the string. return value the original javascript object, reconstructed from the json string. don't forget to gcroot the jsval before using it. decodefromstream() decodes a json string read from an input stream, returning the javascript object it represents. jsobject decodefromstream( in nsiinputstream stream, in long contentlength ); parameters stream the nsiinputstream from which to read the json string. contentlength the length of the json string to read. return value a jsobject which is the original javascript object, reconstructed from the json string. encode() obsolete since gecko 7.0 (firefox 7.0 / thund...
...ad. return value a jsobject which is the original javascript object, reconstructed from the json string. encode() obsolete since gecko 7.0 (firefox 7.0 / thunderbird 7.0 / seamonkey 2.4) encodes a javascript object into a json string. astring encode( in jsobject value ); parameters value the javascript object to encode. return value a json string representing the object. encodefromjsval() note: this method may only be used from native code, and provides a way to encode a jsval to a json string for use in your native code. astring encodefromjsval( in jsval value, in jscontext cx ); parameters value a pointer to the jsval to encode. cx the javascript runtime context to use to encode the value. return value a json string represen...

nsILivemarkService
ual rss feed. index the index to insert at, or -1 to append to the end of the list. return value returns the id of the folder for the livemark. getfeeduri() this method retrieves the uri of the syndication feed associated with a livemark container. nsiuri getfeeduri( in long long container ); parameters container the folder id of a livemark container. return value a nsiuri representing the uri of the feed; if the livemark container doesn't have a valid feed uri, null will be returned or the nsiuri object returned will be the empty string. exceptions thrown ns_error_invalid_arg if the folder id isn't known or identifies a folder that isn't a livemark container. ns_error_malformed_uri if the site uri annotation has somehow been corrupted (and can't be turned into an nsi...
...livemark. long long getlivemarkidforfeeduri( in nsiuri afeeduri ); parameters afeeduri feed uri to look for. return value the id of the livemark. getsiteuri() this method retrieves the uri of the website associated with a livemark container. nsiuri getsiteuri( in long long container ); parameters container the folder id of a livemark container. return value a nsiuri representing the uri of the website; if the livemark container doesn't have a valid site uri, null will be returned. exceptions thrown ns_error_invalid_arg if the folder id isn't known or identifies a folder that isn't a livemark container. ns_error_malformed_uri if the site uri annotation has somehow been corrupted (and can't be turned into an nsiuri) islivemark() this method determines whether ...
...) this method sets the uri of the feed associated with a livemark container. note: the caller is responsible for reloading the livemark after changing its feed uri (since the contents are likely to be different given a different feed). void setfeeduri( in long long container, in nsiuri feeduri ); parameters container the folder id of a livemark container. feeduri nsiuri object representing the syndication feed uri. exceptions thrown ns_error_invalid_arg if the folder id isn't known or identifies a folder that isn't a livemark container; also if the feeduri parameter isn't a valid nsiuri object. setsiteuri() this method sets the uri of the website associated with a livemark container. void setsiteuri( in long long container, in nsiuri siteuri ); parameters cont...
...if the folder id isn't known or identifies a folder that isn't a livemark container; also if the feeduri parameter isn't a valid nsiuri object. setsiteuri() this method sets the uri of the website associated with a livemark container. void setsiteuri( in long long container, in nsiuri siteuri ); parameters container the folder id of a livemark container. siteuri nsiuri object representing the site uri, or null to clear the site uri for this livemark container. exceptions thrown ns_error_invalid_arg if the folder id isn't known or identifies a folder that isn't a livemark container; also if the siteuri argument isn't a valid nsiuri object (or null) start() this method starts the livemark refresh timer. being able to manually control this allows activity such as bookmark...

nsIMsgIncomingServer
ssagesonserver boolean canhavefilters boolean read only. cansearchmessages boolean read only. canundodeleteonserver boolean read only. constructedprettyname astring helper function to construct the pretty name in a server type specific way - for example, mail for foo@test.com, news on news.mozilla.org. read only. defaultcopiesandfoldersprefstoserver boolean if the server supports fcc/sent/etc, default prefs can point to the server. otherwise, copies and folders prefs should point to local folders. by default this value is set to true via global pref 'allows_specialfolders_usage' (mailnews.js). for nntp, the value is overridden to be false. if isps want to modify this value, they should do that in their rdf file by using this attribute. please look at mozilla/mailnews/base/ispdata/...
...aultsocket 0 trytls 1 alwaysusetls 2 usessl 3 keepdups 0 deletedups 1 movedupstotrash 2 markdupsread 3 methods clearallvalues() this is really dangerous. this destroys all pref values do not call this unless you know what you're doing! void clearallvalues(); parameters none. exceptions thrown missing exception missing description cleartemporaryreturnreceiptsfilter() if sent folder pref is changed we need to clear the temporary return receipt filter so that the new return receipt filter can be recreated (by configuretemporaryreturnreceiptsfilter()). void cleartemporaryreturnreceiptsfilter(); parameters none. exceptions thrown missing exception missing description closecachedconnections() void closecachedconnections(); parameters none. exceptions thrown missing e...
...tsfilter(); parameters none. exceptions thrown missing exception missing description closecachedconnections() void closecachedconnections(); parameters none. exceptions thrown missing exception missing description configuretemporaryfilters() for mail, this configures both the mdn filter, and the server-side spam filter filters, if needed. if we have set up to filter return receipts into our sent folder, this utility method creates a filter to do that, and adds it to our filterlist if it doesn't exist. if it does, it will enable it. this is not used by news filters (yet). void configuretemporaryfilters( in nsimsgfilterlist filterlist ); parameters filterlist missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description configuretemporaryreturnreceiptsfilter()...
... is not used by news filters (yet). void configuretemporaryfilters( in nsimsgfilterlist filterlist ); parameters filterlist missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description configuretemporaryreturnreceiptsfilter() obsolete since gecko 1.8 (firefox 1.5 / thunderbird 1.5 / seamonkey 1.0) if we have set up to filter return receipts into our sent folder, this utility method creates a filter to do that, and adds it to our filterlist if it doesn't exist. if it does, it will enable it. if the user changes their prefs, to leave the return receipt in the inbox, this will disable the existing return receipts filter, if it exists. void configuretemporaryreturnreceiptsfilter( in nsimsgfilterlist filterlist ); parameters filterlist missing des...

nsIMsgSendLater
the nsimsgsendlater interface provides functions for managing the unsent folder of a messaging account. inherits from: nsistreamlistener implemented by: @mozilla.org/messengercompose/sendlater;1. ...
...e provides functions for managing the unsent folder of a messaging account. inherits from: nsistreamlistener implemented by: @mozilla.org/messengercompose/sendlater;1. ...
...r msgsendlater = components.classes["@mozilla.org/messengercompose/sendlater;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsimsgsendlater); method overview void sendunsentmessages(in nsimsgidentity identity); void removelistener(in nsimsgsendlaterlistener listener); void addlistener(in nsimsgsendlaterlistener listener); nsimsgfolder getunsentmessagesfolder](in nsimsgidentity identity); attributes attribute type description msgwindow nsimsgwindow methods sendunsentmessages() sends all unsent messages for an identity. void sendunsentmessages(in nsimsgidentity identity) parameters identity the nsimsgidentity to send unsent messages for removelistener() remove an event listener...
...listener() remove an event listener from this nsisendmsglater instance void removelistener(in nsimsgsendlaterlistener listener); parameters listener the nsimsgsendlaterlistener to remove. addlistener() add an event listener to this nsisendmsglater instance. void addlistener(in nsimsgsendlaterlistener listener); parameters listener the nsimsgsendlaterlistener to add. getunsentmessagesfolder() get the unsent messages folder for an identity. nsimsgfolder getunsentmessagesfolder(in nsimsgidentity identity); parameters identity the nsimsgidentity to get the folder for. return value the nsimsgfolder containing unsent messages. ...

Component; nsIPrefBranch
ring getstringpref( in string aprefname, [optional] in utf8string adefaultvalue ); parameters aprefname the string preference to retrieve. adefaultvalue optional - a default value to use if the preference does not exist (instead of throwing an exception). return value returns utf8tring - the value of the requested string preference. getchildlist() returns an array of strings representing the child preferences of the root of this branch. note: this method can be called on either a default or user branch but, in effect, always operates on both. (to call from javascript use children = nsiprefbranch.getchildlist("",obj), which will fill in obj.value with the count and return an array of keys! (it is not void in javascript) void getchildlist( in string astartingat, out unsig...
...t on the branch at which to start enumerating the child preferences. pass in "" to enumerate all preferences referenced by this branch. acount optional from gecko 2.0 receives the number of elements in the array. achildarray receives the array of child preferences. getcomplexvalue() called to get the state of an individual complex preference. a complex preference is a preference which represents an xpcom object that can not be easily represented using a standard boolean, integer or string value. void getcomplexvalue( in string aprefname, in nsiidref atype, [iid_is(atype), retval] out nsqiresult avalue ); parameters aprefname the complex preference to get the value of. atype the xpcom interface that this complex preference represents. interfaces currently supported are: ...
...tional - a default value to use if the preference does not exist (instead of throwing an exception). return value returns long - the value of the requested integer preference. getpreftype() called to determine the type of a specific preference. long getpreftype( in string aprefname ); parameters aprefname the preference to get the type of. return value returns long - a value representing the type of the preference. this value will be pref_string, pref_int, pref_bool, or pref_invalid. lockpref() called to lock a specific preference. locking a preference will cause the preference service to always return the default value regardless of whether there is a user set value or not. note: this method can be called on either a default or user branch but, in effect, always operates o...
... consider storing data separately, for example in a flat file or an sqlite database. void setstringpref( in string aprefname, in utf8string avalue ); parameters aprefname the string preference to set. avalue the utf-8 string value to set the preference to. setcomplexvalue() called to set the state of an individual complex preference. a complex preference is a preference which represents an xpcom object that can not be easily represented using a standard boolean, integer or string value. void setcomplexvalue( in string aprefname, in nsiidref atype, in nsisupports avalue ); parameters aprefname the complex preference to set the value of. atype the xpcom interface that this complex preference represents. interfaces currently supported are: nsilocalfile nsisupp...

nsIProcess
inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) implemented by: @mozilla.org/process/util;1. ...
...ved entirely in gecko 1.9.2. methods init() initializes the nsiprocess with the specified executable file. once initialized, you can start the process executing by calling run(). note: this function does not work with application bundles on mac os x, see bug 307463 for details. void init( in nsifile executable ); parameters executable the nsifile executable file to be represented by the nsiprocess object. initwithpid() obsolete since gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) initializes the nsiprocess to represent an existing process, given that process's id. gecko 1.9.1 note this method is no longer implemented as of gecko 1.9.1, and is removed entirely in gecko 1.9.2. void initwithpid( in unsigned long pid ); par...
...this only works if the process was run without blocking enabled. gecko 1.9.1 note prior to gecko 1.9.1 (firefox 3.5), this method did not work on windows or mac os x. now it does. ...
...this only works if the process was run without blocking enabled. gecko 1.9.1 note prior to gecko 1.9.1 (firefox 3.5), this method did not work on windows or mac os x. now it does. void kill(); parameters none. run() starts executing the process. ...

nsISyncJPAKE
will compute the key and expand the key to two keys, an aes256 encryption key and a 256 bit hmac key. it returns a key confirmation value (sha256d of the key) and the encryption and hmac keys. void final( in acstring ab, in acstring agvb, in acstring arb, in acstring ahkdfinfo, out acstring aaes256key, out acstring ahmac256key ); parameters ab schnorr signature value b, in hex representation. agvb schnorr signature value g^vb (vb is a random value), in hex representation. arb schnorr signature value rb = vb - xb * h, in hex representation. ahkdfinfo missing description aaes256key the aes 256 encryption key, in base64 representation. ahmac256key the 256 bit hmac key, in base64 representation. round1() perform first round of the jpake exchange. void round1( in acstring asigneri...
...ase64 representation. ahmac256key the 256 bit hmac key, in base64 representation. round1() perform first round of the jpake exchange. void round1( in acstring asignerid, out acstring agx1, out acstring agv1, out acstring ar1, out acstring agx2, out acstring agv2, out acstring ar2 ); parameters asignerid string identifying the signer. agx1 schnorr signature value g^x1, in hex representation. agv1 schnorr signature value g^v1 (v1 is a random value), in hex representation. ar1 schnorr signature value r1 = v1 - x1 * h, in hex representation. agx2 schnorr signature value g^x2, in hex representation. agv2 schnorr signature value g^v2 (v2 is a random value), in hex representation. ar2 schnorr signature value r2 = v2 - x2 * h, in hex representation. round2() perform second round of t...
... the jpake exchange. void round2( in acstring apeerid, in acstring apin, in acstring agx3, in acstring agv3, in acstring ar3, in acstring agx4, in acstring agv4, in acstring ar4, out acstring aa, out acstring agva, out acstring ara ); parameters apeerid string identifying the peer. apin string containing the weak secret (pin). agx3 schnorr signature value g^x3, in hex representation. agv3 schnorr signature value g^v3 (v3 is a random value), in hex representation. ar3 schnorr signature value r3 = v3 - x3 * h, in hex representation. agx4 schnorr signature value g^x4, in hex representation. agv4 schnorr signature value g^v4 (v4 is a random value), in hex representation. ar4 schnorr signature value r4 = v4 - x4 * h, in hex representation. aa schnorr signature value a, in he...
...agv3 schnorr signature value g^v3 (v3 is a random value), in hex representation. ar3 schnorr signature value r3 = v3 - x3 * h, in hex representation. agx4 schnorr signature value g^x4, in hex representation. agv4 schnorr signature value g^v4 (v4 is a random value), in hex representation. ar4 schnorr signature value r4 = v4 - x4 * h, in hex representation. aa schnorr signature value a, in hex representation. agva schnorr signature value g^va (va is a random value), in hex representation. ara schnorr signature value ra = va - xa * h, in hex representation. ...

nsIUpdate
this object also contains information about the update that the front end and other application services can use to learn more about what is going on. ...
...red. extensionversion astring the add-on version of this update. used by the extension system to track compatibility of installed add-ons with this update. obsolete since gecko 2.0 installdate long long the date and time at which the update was installed. iscompleteupdate boolean true if the update is a complete replacement of the existing installation; false if the update is a patch representing the difference between the new version and the existing version. issecurityupdate boolean true if the update is a security update. if the update is a security update, a more seriously-worded user interface message is used to present the update to the user. licenseurl astring the url to an html fragment that contains a license for the update. if this is specified, the user is shown the lice...
...ser to never receive a notification for that specific update version again. showprompt boolean whether to show the update prompt which requires user confirmation when an update is found during a background update check. this overrides the default setting to download the update in the background. showsurvey boolean whether to show the survey link in the update prompt. the url must also be present in the app.update.surveyurl preference. state astring the state of the selected patch: "downloading" the update is being downloaded. "pending" the update is ready to be applied. "applying" the update is in the process of being applied. "succeeded" the update has been installed successfully. "download-failed" the update failed to be downloaded. "failed" installing the update failed. read only...
... update is being downloaded. "pending" the update is ready to be applied. "applying" the update is in the process of being applied. "succeeded" the update has been installed successfully. "download-failed" the update failed to be downloaded. "failed" installing the update failed. read only. statustext astring an optional message associated with the update. type astring the type of patch represented by the object: "major" a major new version of the application. "minor" a minor update, such as a security update. version astring the application version of the update.obsolete since gecko 2.0 methods getpatchat() retrieves a patch. nsiupdatepatch getpatchat( in unsigned long index ); parameters index the index of the patch to retrieve. return value an nsiupdatepatch object describ...

nsIXPConnect
can resolve the standard classes when asked by the js engine. nsixpconnectjsobjectholder initclasseswithnewwrappedglobal( in jscontextptr ajscontext, in nsisupports acomobj, in nsiidref aiid, in nsiprincipal aprincipal, in nsisupports aextraptr, in pruint32 aflags ); parameters ajscontext the context to use while creating the global object. acomobj the native object that represents the global object. aiid the iid used to wrap the global object. aprincipal the principal of the code that will run in this compartment. can be null if not on the main thread. aextraptr must be passed if aprincipal is null. used to separate code from the same principal into different compartments, as for sandboxes. aflags one of the flags below specifying what options this global object w...
... this method now correctly deals with cases where the passed in jsobject already has an associated xpcom interface for the cases: 1) the jsobject has already been wrapped as an nsixpconnectwrappedjs. 2) the jsobject is in fact an nsixpconnectwrappednative and thus already has an underlying xpcom object. 3) the jsobject is of a jsclass which supports getting the nsisupports...
... out nsqiresult result ); parameters ajscontext missing description ajsobj missing description aiid missing description result missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description wrapjsaggregatedtonative() wrapjsaggregatedtonative() is just like wrapjs() except it is used in cases where the jsobject is also aggregated to some native xpcom object. at present xbl is the only system that might want to do this. xxx write more! returns: success: ns_ok failure: ns_error_xpc_bad_convert_js ns_error_failure. void wrapjsaggregatedtonative( in nsisupports aouter, in jscontextptr ajscontext, in jsobjectptr ajsobj, in nsiidref aiid, [iid_is(aiid),retval] out nsqiresult result ); parameters aouter missing description ajscontext missing descr...
...ssociated jsobject for the cases: 1) the xpcom object has already been wrapped for use in the same scope as an nsixpconnectwrappednative. 2) the xpcom object is in fact an nsixpconnectwrappedjs and thus already has an underlying jsobject. 3) the xpcom object implements nsiscriptobjectowner; i.e., is an idlc style dom object for which we can call getscriptobject to get the jsobject it uses to represent itself into javascript. it *might* be possible to queryinterface the nsixpconnectjsobjectholder returned by the method into an nsixpconnectwrappednative or an nsixpconnectwrappedjs. this method will never wrap the jsobject involved in an xpcnativewrapper before returning. returns: success: ns_ok failure: ns_error_xpc_bad_convert_native ns_error_xpc_cant_get_jsobject_of_dom_object ns_error_fail...

nsIZipReader
obsolete since gecko 10 nsiinputstream getinputstream(in autf8string zipentry); nsiinputstream getinputstream(in string zipentry); obsolete since gecko 10 nsiinputstream getinputstreamwithspec(in autf8string ajarspec, in autf8string zipentry); nsiinputstream getinputstreamwithspec(in autf8string ajarspec, in string zipentry); obsolete since gecko 10 boolean hasentry(in autf8string zipentry); void init(in nsifile zipfile); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void open(in nsifile zipfile); void openinner(in nsizipreader zipreader, in autf8string zipentry); void openinner(in nsizipreader zipreader, in string zipentry); obsolete since gecko 10 void test(in autf8string aentryname); void test(in string aentryname); obsolete s...
...read only. manifestentriescount pruint32 the number of entries in the manifest. read only. methods close() closes a zip reader. subsequent attempts to extract() files or read from its input stream will result in an error. subsequent attempts to access a nsizipentry obtained from this zip reader will cause unspecified be...
... occurrence of a, b, or c. the only character that must be escaped inside the brackets is ]. ^ and - must never appear in the first and second positions within the brackets, respectively. (in the former case, the behavior specified for '[^az]' will happen.) [a-z] matches any character between a and z. the characters a and z must either both be letters or both be numbers, with the character represented by 'a' having a lower ascii value than the character represented by 'z'. [^az] matches any character except a or z. if ] is to appear inside the brackets as a character to not match, it must be escaped. pat~pat2 returns matches to the pattern 'pat' which do not also match the pattern 'pat2'. this may be used to perform filtering upon the results of one pattern to remove all matches which al...
...pened, otherwise the contents of the file entry is returned. nsiinputstream getinputstreamwithspec( in autf8string ajarspec, in autf8string zipentry ); parameters ajarspec the spec of the uri for the jar (only used for directory streams). zipentry the name of the entry to open() the stream from. return value the nsiinputstream containing the contents of the specified zip entry. hasentry() checks whether the zipfile contains an entry specified by zipentry. boolean hasentry( in autf8string zipentry ); parameters zipentry the zip entry. return value boolean value, true if the zip entry exists, false is it does not exist. init() obsolete since gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) initializes a zip reader after construction. void init( in nsifile zipfil...

nsMsgFolderFlagType
always directories; * newsgroups can be directories if we are in ``show all groups'' mode; * mail folders will have this bit if they are really directories, not files. * (note that directories may have zero children.) */ const nsmsgfolderflagtype directory = 0x00000008; /** whether the children of this folder are currently hidden in the listing. * this will only be present if the nsmsgfolderflags::directory bit is on. */ const nsmsgfolderflagtype elided = 0x00000010; /// whether this is a virtual search folder const nsmsgfolderflagtype virtual = 0x00000020; /** @name news folder flags * these flags only occur in folders which have * the nsmsgfolderflags::newsgroup bit set, and do * not have the nsmsgfolderflags::directory or...
... = 0x00000010; /// whether this is a virtual search folder const nsmsgfolderflagtype virtual = 0x00000020; /** @name news folder flags * these flags only occur in folders which have * the nsmsgfolderflags::newsgroup bit set, and do * not have the nsmsgfolderflags::directory or * nsmsgfolderflags::elided bits set. * @{ */ /// whether this folder represents a subscribed newsgroup. const nsmsgfolderflagtype subscribed = 0x00000040; /// used to be for new newsgroups added by the `check new groups' command. const nsmsgfolderflagtype unused2 = 0x00000080; /** @} */ /** @name mail folder flags * these flags only occur in folders which have * the nsmsgfolderflags::mail bit set, and do * not have the nsmsgfolderflags::d...
... = 0x00000080; /** @} */ /** @name mail folder flags * these flags only occur in folders which have * the nsmsgfolderflags::mail bit set, and do * not have the nsmsgfolderflags::directory or * nsmsgfolderflags::elided bits set. * @{ */ /// whether this is the trash folder. const nsmsgfolderflagtype trash = 0x00000100; /// whether this is a folder that sent mail gets delivered to. const nsmsgfolderflagtype sentmail = 0x00000200; /// whether this is the folder in which unfinised, unsent messages are saved for later editing. const nsmsgfolderflagtype drafts = 0x00000400; /// whether this is the folder in which messages are queued for later delivery. const nsmsgfolderflagtype queue = 0x00000800; /// whether this is...
...000000; /// this folder is checked for new messages const nsmsgfolderflagtype checknew = 0x20000000; /// this folder is for spam messages const nsmsgfolderflagtype junk = 0x40000000; /// this folder is in favorites view const nsmsgfolderflagtype favorite = 0x80000000; /// special-use folders const nsmsgfolderflagtype specialuse = inbox|drafts|trash|sentmail| templates|junk|archive|queue; /** @} */ }; ...

Using the Multiple Accounts API
servers, etc. it is also responsible for the creation of any new account-related objects. the account manager maintains the main list of accounts. accounts (nsimsgaccount): an account consists of a single incoming server, and one or more identities. an account is merely a container to bind incoming servers and identities together. incoming servers (nsimsgincomingserver): an incoming server represents a remote message store such as a pop, imap, or nntp server. it holds all the information necessary to retrieve mail from the remote server, such as hostname, user login name, and biff settings. identities (nsimsgidentity): an identity contains all the information necessary to compose and outgoing mail message. it includes a user's full name and e-mail address. smtp servers (nsismtpserver): an ...
... (you may have noticed that identities 2 and 3 are shared between a few accounts...more on that later) servers servers are show in the folder pane, and in any place where the user must browse or choose folders, such as the new folder dialog, search, filters, etc. the view shows a flat, unified view of all the servers. the above example would look like this...
...a list of all servers across all accounts storage the accounts are stored in the preferences. the accounts, identities, and servers are all linked via keys. keys are simply internal strings that uniquely identify each account, identity and server. the keys are also used to decide the name of each of the preferences that hold the object's data. ...
...e: mail.identity.identity.compose_html - boolean, should we compose messages in html (true) or plain text (false)? preference: mail.identity.identity.attach_vcard - boolean, should we attach the vcard? preference: mail.identity.identity.attach_signature - boolean, should we attach the signature? preference: mail.identity.identity.fcc - boolean, should we keep a copy of messages in our sent folder? preference: mail.identity.identity.fcc_folder - uri of folder to put sent messages in preference: mail.identity.identity.bcc_self - boolean, should we blind carbon copy (bcc) this identity with each e-mail sent with this identity? preference: mail.identity.identity.bcc_other - boolean, should we bcc other e-mail addresses with each mail sent with this identity? preference:...

CType
all data types declared using the js-ctypes api are represented by ctype objects. these objects have assorted methods and properties that let you create objects of these types, find out information about them, and so forth. the specific properties and methods on each object vary depending on the data type represented. there are several kinds of types: primitive types these are typical unstructured data, such as the predefined types listed in predefined data types. big integer types the int64 and uint64 types provide access to 64-bit integer values, which javascript doesn't currently support. pointertype these represent pointers to data in memory. functiontype these represent callable c functions. structtype these represent c structures. arraytype these represent c arrays. met...
... type description name string the type's name. read only. for primitive types, this is just the name of the corresponding c type. for structure and opaque pointer types, this is simply the string that was passed to the constructor. for other function, pointer, and array types, this should be a valid c type expression. ...
...this is the same as calling ctypes.arraytype(the_type[, n]). ...
...this is the same as calling ctypes.arraytype(the_type[, n]). tosource() returns a javascript expression that evaluates to a ctype describing the same c type as this object. string tosource(); parameters none. ...

StructType
syntax returns a ctype object describing a new structure data type. this data type provides the ability to define and manipulate values of the c struct type. note: at this time, there isn't a way to denote a packed structure (that is, one created in c using #pragma pack). ctype structtype( name[, fields] ); parameters name the name of the structure. must be a string. fields optional an array of field descriptors, describing all the entries in the structure. if this isn't specified, the structure is considered opaque and you can't access its contents directly. you can call the resulting type's define() method to assign it a non-opaque type later. see opaque structures for further explanation and an example. ...
...l the resulting type's define() method to assign it a non-opaque type later. see opaque structures for further explanation and an example. return value a ctype object describing the newly created struct data type. exceptions thrown typeerror the name is not a string, or one or more of the fields does not have a defined size. rangeerror the size of the structure, in bytes, cannot be represented both as a size_t and as a javascript number. describing fields the fields array is comprised of field descriptors, one for each field in the structure. each field descriptor contains the field's name and its type, such as {'serialnumber': ctypes.int}. a complete field descriptor list might look like this: [ {'serialnumber': ctypes.int}, {'username': ctypes.char.ptr} ] properties ...
... type description name string the type's name. read only. for primitive types, this is just the name of the corresponding c type. for structure and opaque pointer types, this is simply the string that was passed to the constructor. for other function, pointer, and array types, this should be a valid c type expression. ptr ctype returns a ctype representing the data type "pointer to this type". this is the result of calling ctypes.pointertype(the_type). read only. size number the size of the type, in bytes. this is the same value as the c sizeof. read only. note: ctypes.void_t.size is undefined. method overview define(fields) methods inherited from ctype ctype array([n]) stri...
... string tosource() string tostring() methods define() defines a previously declared opaque type's fields. this lets you convert an opaque structure type into a defined structure type. define( fields ); parameters fields a field specification, as described above. structtype cdata syntax cdata structtype(); structtype is structtype ctype. return value a cdata representing the newly allocated struct. exceptions thrown error fields are not yet defined. structtype cdata properties every struct object has a getter and a setter for each member field of the structure. properties inherited from cdata property type description constructor ctype the data type of the cdata object, as a ctype. read only. note: this is neve...

Memory - Plugins
of memory in the browser's memory space. npn_memfree deallocates a block of memory allocated using npn_memalloc. the plug-in can call the plug-in api npn_memalloc function instead of the standard malloc function to allocate dynamic memory. using npn_memalloc offers several advantages to the plug-in. a call to npn_memalloc is more likely to succeed. the browser may be able to deallocate nonessential memory structures in response to a request. npn_memalloc uses the browser's customized memory-allocation scheme, which is typically faster and causes less fragmentation than the standard os memory functions. if the plug-in uses npn_memalloc, the browser is able to manage memory more efficiently because it knows how much memory the plug-in is using at any given time. mac os the mac os brow...
...tly fills its memory partition with cached data that is purged only as necessary. since npn_memalloc automatically frees cached information if necessary to fulfill a request for memory, calls to npn_memalloc may succeed where direct calls to newptr fail. ...
...t represents the amount of memory, in bytes, to allocate in the browser's memory space. this function returns a pointer to the allocated memory or null if not enough memory is available. the npn_memfree method deallocates a block of memory that was allocated using npn_memalloc only. npn_memfree does not free memory allocated by other means. void npn_memfree (void *ptr); the ptr parameter represents a block of memory previously allocated using npn_memalloc. flushing memory (mac os only) the npn_memflush method frees a specified amount of memory. normally, plug-ins should use npn_memalloc, which automatically frees nonessential memory if necessary to fulfill the request. for communicator 4.0 and later versions, this function is not necessary for the mac os platform; npn_memalloc now perfor...
...ating that enough memory was freed, the plug-in can call newgworld again. calling npn_memflush is particularly important to systems with small amounts of ram and with virtual memory turned off. to request that the browser free as much memory as possible, call npn_memflush repeatedly until it returns 0. uint32 npn_memflush (uint32 size); the size parameter is an unsigned long integer that represents the amount of memory, in bytes, to free in the browser's memory space. this function returns the amount of freed memory, in bytes, or 0 if no memory could be freed. « previousnext » ...

Plug-in Development Overview - Plugins
rst checks for registry information in the plugins info.plist. if nothing is found there, gecko checks for an np_getmimedescription entry point, and will use the information returned by this function. note: the resource method described below is deprecated. plugins should use the info.plist approach, and only use the following method as a supplement to support older browsers. if neither is present, gecko will check the plugins resources. 'str#' 128 should contain a list of mime types and file extensions in alternating strings. for example: str 128 mime type string 1 video/quicktime string 2 mov, moov string 3 audio/aiff string 4 aiff string 5 image/jpeg string 6 jpg several other optional strings ma...
...vantage of the memory features provided in the plug-in api to allocate and free memory. use the npn_memalloc method to allocate memory from the browser. use the npn_memfree method to free memory allocated with npn_memalloc. use the npn_memflush method to free memory (mac os only) before calling memory-intensive mac toolbox calls. sending and receiving streams streams are objects that represent urls and the data they contain. a stream is associated with a specific instance of a plug-in, but a plug-in can have more than one stream per instance. streams can be produced by the browser and consumed by a plug-in instance, or produced by an instance and consumed by the browser. each stream has an associated mime type identifying the format of the data in the stream. streams produced by the b...
...ain. a stream is associated with a specific instance of a plug-in, but a plug-in can have more than one stream per instance. streams can be produced by the browser and consumed by a plug-in instance, or produced by an instance and consumed by the browser. each stream has an associated mime type identifying the format of the data in the stream. streams produced by the browser can be automatically sent to the plug-in instance or requested by the plug-in. the plug-in can select one of these transmission modes: normal mode: the browser sends the stream data sequentially to the plug-in as the data becomes available. random-access mode: the browser allows the plug-in to request specific ranges of bytes from anywhere in the stream. this mode requires server support. file mode: the browser saves...
...e browser to load a url into a particular browser window or frame for display, or to deliver the data of that url to the plug-in instance in a new stream. the npn_geturlnotify function operates like npn_geturl, except that it notifies the plug-in of the result when the operation completes. use npn_posturl to send data to a url from a memory buffer or file. the result from the server can also be sent to a particular browser window or frame for display, or delivered to the plug-in instance in a new stream. the npn_posturlnotify function operates like npn_posturl, except that it notifies the plug-in of the result when the operation completes. for information about using these methods, see urls. starting in gecko 10.0 (firefox 10.0 / thunderbird 10.0 / seamonkey 2.7), you can get the origin ...

Structures - Plugins
« previousnext » this chapter describes the data structures that are used to represent the various objects in the plug-in api. structure summary npanycallbackstruct contains information required during embedded mode printing. npbyterange represents a particular range of bytes from a stream. npembedprint substructure of npprint that contains platform-specific information used during embedded mode printing. npevent represents an event passed by npp_handleevent to a windowless plug-in. npfullprint substructure of npprint that contains platform-specific information used during full-page mode printing. npp represents a single instance of a plug-in. np_port contains information required by the win...
...a single instance of a plug-in. np_port contains information required by the window field of an npwindow structure. npprint contains information the plug-in needs to print itself in full-page or embedded mode. npprintcallbackstruct contains information required by the platformprint field of the npembedprint during embedded mode printing. ...
...nformation required by the window field of an npwindow structure. npprint contains information the plug-in needs to print itself in full-page or embedded mode. npprintcallbackstruct contains information required by the platformprint field of the npembedprint during embedded mode printing. nprect represents a rectangular area of a page. npregion represents a platform-defined region of a page. ...
... npwindow contains information about the target into which the plug-in instance can draw. ...

Version, UI, and Status Information - Plugins
th http servers, which store agent software name, version, and operating system in a user_agent field. if you want to gather usage statistics or just find out the version of your plug-in's host browser, this information can help you. the plug-in calls the npn_useragent method to retrieve the contents of the user_agent field. const char* npn_useragent(npp instance); the instance parameter represents the current plug-in instance. this function returns a string that contains the user_agent field of the browser. getting the current version your plug-in should make sure, possibly during initialization, that the version of the plug-in api it is using is compatible with the version the browser is using. to do so, it must find the major and minor version numbers, which are determined when the pl...
...e major and minor version numbers, which are determined when the plug-in and navigator are compiled, and compare them. if the versions are not compatible, the plug-in can let the user know. the plug-in can also use the version number to find out whether a particular feature exists on the version of the browser that the plug-in is running in. the browser and plug-in api major version numbers represent code release numbers, and their minor version numbers represent point release numbers. for example, plug-in api version 6.03 has a major version number of 6 and a point release number of 3. differing version numbers may mean that the current plug-in api and the browser versions are incompatible. changes to the minor version numbers indicate a smaller difference than changes to the major version.
.../ declare variables to hold version numbers void npn_version( &plugin_major, &plugin_minor, &netscape_major, &netscape_minor ); // find version numbers finding out if a feature exists a plug-in can figure out whether it is running in a version of the browser that supports a particular feature by using version or npvers constants (see version feature constants). each npvers constant represents a feature. the plug-in can compare the npvers constant to the version number. if the version supports the feature, the plug-in can operate according to plan. if not, the plug-in cannot use some functionality. if an essential feature is unavailable, the developer must arrange for alternative behavior, shut down the plug-in, or give the user a chance to decide what to do. detecting windowless sup...
...ng windowless support on ms windows and mac os x in this example, the has_windowless method finds out whether the current version of the api supports windowless plug-ins. this method for detecting support is only useful on ms windows and mac os x. it starts by using npn_version to get the version numbers. it then uses the netscape_minor version number to find out if the windowless feature, represented by the npvers_has_windowless constant, is supported. if the method returns true, a windowless plug-in can confidently proceed. if false is returned, windowless plug-ins will not work, and the developer must provide alternatives. bool has_windowless() { int plugin_major, plugin_minor; int netscape_major, netscape_minor; /* find the version numbers. */ npn_version(&plugin_major, &pl...

Debugger.Memory - Firefox Developer Tools
identical sets of properties, with only the properties’ values varying from one object to the next. to take advantage of this regularity, spidermonkey objects with identical sets of properties may share their property metadata; only property values are stored directly in the object. array objects may also be optimized, if the set of live indices is dense. strings spidermonkey has three representations of strings: normal: the string’s text is counted in its size. substring: the string is a substring of some other string, and points to that string for its storage. this representation may result in a small string retaining a very large string. however, the memory consumed by the string itself is a small constant independent of its size, since it is simply a reference to the la...
...storage. this representation may result in a small string retaining a very large string. however, the memory consumed by the string itself is a small constant independent of its size, since it is simply a reference to the larger string, a start position, and a length. concatenations: when asked to concatenate two strings, spidermonkey may elect to delay copying the strings’ data, and represent the result simply as a pointer to the two original strings. again, such a string retains other strings, but the memory consumed by the string itself is a small constant independent of its size, since it is simply a pair of pointers. spidermonkey converts strings from the more complex representations to the simpler ones when it pleases. such conversions usually increase memory consumption. sp...
...t is simply a pair of pointers. spidermonkey converts strings from the more complex representations to the simpler ones when it pleases. such conversions usually increase memory consumption. spidermonkey shares some strings amongst all web pages and browser js. these shared strings, called atoms, are not included in censuses’ string counts. scripts spidermonkey has a complex, hybrid representation of javascript code. there are four representations kept in memory: source code. spidermonkey retains a copy of most javascript source code. compressed source code. spidermonkey compresses javascript source code, and de-compresses it on demand. ...
...bytecode can be interpreted directly, or used as input to a just-in-time compiler. source is parsed into bytecode on demand; functions that are never called are never parsed. machine code. spidermonkey includes several just-in-time compilers, each of which translates javascript source or bytecode to machine code. ...

Tutorial: Show Allocations Per Call Path - Firefox Developer Tools
to show how many objects a web page allocates, sorted by the function call path that allocated them. visit the url about:config, and set the devtools.chrome.enabled preference to true: setting the 'devtools.chrome.enabled' preference open a developer scratchpad (menu button > developer > scratchpad), and select "browser" from the "environment" menu. (this menu will not be present unless you have changed the preference as explained above.) selecting the 'browser' context in the scratchpad enter the following code in the scratchpad: // this simply defines the 'debugger' constructor in this // scratchpad; it doesn't actually start debugging anything. components.utils.import('resource://gre/modules/jsdebugger.jsm'); adddebuggertoglobal(window); (function ()...
.../ analyze and display the allocation log. plot(log); } function handleuncaughtexception(ex) { console.log('debugger hook threw:'); console.log(ex.tostring()); console.log('stack:'); console.log(ex.stack); }; function plot(log) { // given the log, compute a map from allocation sites to // allocation counts. note that stack entries are '===' if // they represent the same site with the same callers. var counts = new map; for (let site of log) { // this is a kludge, necessary for now. the saved stacks // are new, and firefox doesn't yet understand that they // are safe for chrome code to use, so we must tell it // so explicitly. site = components.utils.waivexrays(site.frame); if (!counts.has(site)) count...
...to use, so we must tell it // so explicitly. site = components.utils.waivexrays(site.frame); if (!counts.has(site)) counts.set(site, 0); counts.set(site, counts.get(site) + 1); } // walk from each site that allocated something up to the // root, computing allocation totals that include // children. remember that 'null' is a valid site, // representing the root. var totals = new map; for (let [site, count] of counts) { for(;;) { if (!totals.has(site)) totals.set(site, 0); totals.set(site, totals.get(site) + count); if (!site) break; site = site.parent; } } // compute parent-to-child links, since saved stack frames // have only parent links. var rootchild...
... name, and the source code location of the call site or allocation. the (root) node's count includes objects allocated in the content page by the web browser, like dom events. indeed, this display shows that popup.xml and content.js, which are internal components of firefox, allocated more objects in the page's compartment than the page itself. (we will probably revise the allocation log to present such allocations in a way that is more informative, and that exposes less of firefox's internal structure.) as expected, the onclick handler is responsible for all allocation done by the page's own code. (the line number for the onclick handler is 1, indicating that the allocating call is located on line one of the handler text itself. we will probably change this to be the line number within ...

Debugger-API - Firefox Developer Tools
ace named debugger which lets javascript code observe and manipulate the execution of other javascript code. both firefox’s built-in developer tools and the firebug add-on use debugger to implement their javascript debuggers. however, debugger is quite general, and can be used to implement other kinds of tools like tracers, coverage analysis, patch-and-continue, and so on. debugger has three essential qualities: it is a source level interface: it operates in terms of the javascript language, not machine language. it operates on javascript objects, stack frames, environments, and code, and presents a consistent interface regardless of whether the debuggee is interpreted, compiled, or optimized. if you have a strong command of the javascript language, you should have all the background ...
...s, scripts, and compilation units, which are not normally accessible as objects in their own right. here is a javascript program in the process of running a timer callback function: a running javascript program and its debugger shadows this diagram shows the various types of shadow objects that make up the debugger api (which all follow some general conventions): a debugger.object represents a debuggee object, offering a reflection-oriented api that protects the debugger from accidentally invoking getters, setters, proxy traps, and so on. a debugger.script represents a block of javascript code—either a function body or a top-level script. given a debugger.script, one can set breakpoints, translate between source positions and bytecode offsets (a deviation from the “source ...
...ng getters, setters, proxy traps, and so on. a debugger.script represents a block of javascript code—either a function body or a top-level script. given a debugger.script, one can set breakpoints, translate between source positions and bytecode offsets (a deviation from the “source level” design principle), and find other static characteristics of the code. a debugger.frame represents a running stack frame. you can use these to walk the stack and find each frame’s script and environment. you can also set onstep and onpop handlers on frames. a debugger.environment represents an environment, associating variable names with storage locations. environments may belong to a running stack frame, captured by a function closure, or reflect some global object’s properties as ...
...lf is not really a shadow of anything in the debuggee; rather, it maintains the set of global objects which are to be considered debuggees. a debugger observes only execution taking place in the scope of these global objects. you can set functions to be called when new stack frames are pushed; when new code is loaded; and so on. omitted from this picture are debugger.source instances, which represent javascript compilation units. a debugger.source can furnish a full copy of its source code, and explain how the code entered the system, whether via a call to eval, a <script> element, or otherwise. a debugger.script points to the debugger.source from which it is derived. also omitted is the debugger’s debugger.memory instance, which holds methods and accessors for observing the debuggee’s m...

Inspecting web sockets - Firefox Developer Tools
th all other requests. you can use the ws button to filter the list for just web socket connections. only requests with the 101 status code (websocket protocol handshake) are visible, which indicates that the server is switching to a web socket connection. clicking on a web socket request opens the usual sidebar to reveal additional details. choose the reponse tab to inspect web socket frames sent and received through the selected connection. the live-updated table shows data for sent (green arrow) and received (red arrow) frames. each frame expands on click, so you can inspect the formatted data. pausing web socket traffic you can use the pause/resume button in the network monitor toolbar to stop intercepting web socket traffic. this allows you to capture only the frames that you are...
... frames that you are interested in. filtering web socket frames to focus on specific messages, frames can be filtered using the filter at the top of the messages panel. there are also predefined filters, available in the tool bar of the response pane, grouped into a selection list. the following filters are available: all displays all messages (by default, except control messages). ...
...ed in. filtering web socket frames to focus on specific messages, frames can be filtered using the filter at the top of the messages panel. there are also predefined filters, available in the tool bar of the response pane, grouped into a selection list. the following filters are available: all displays all messages (by default, except control messages). sent displays only messages sent by the browser (by default, except control messages). received displays only messages received from the server (by default, except control messages). control (available starting in firefox 76). displays messages for control frames (ping, pong, or close). this filter can be combined with the others, to display, for example, only messages for control frames sent by the browser. columns in the...
...ow the following information about each frame: data size time opcode maskbit finbit the data and time columns are visible by default, but you can customize the interface to see more columns by choosing which ones to show from the context menu that is opened by right-clicking in the table header. expanding each message selecting a message in the list shows a preview of the data being sent in that message, at the bottom of the response pane. supported ws protocols the inspector currently supports the following web socket protocols: plain json socket.io sockjs signalr wamp the payload based on those protocols is parsed and displayed as an expandable tree for easy inspection, although you can of course still see the raw data (as sent over the wire) as well. ...

Console messages - Firefox Developer Tools
eport-only header(s) will be ignored. see content security policy for more details. the x-content-security-policy and x-content-security-report-only headers will be deprecated in the future. please use the content-security-policy and content-security-report-only headers with csp spec compliant syntax instead. see content security policy for more details. password fields present on an insecure (http://) page. this is a security risk that allows user login credentials to be stolen. pages containing login forms must be served over https, not http. password fields present in a form with an insecure (http://) form action. this is a security risk that allows user login credentials to be stolen. forms containing password fields must submit them over https, not h...
...this is a security risk that allows user login credentials to be stolen. iframes containing login forms must be served over https, not http. ...
...race for all error messages, like this: function foo() { console.error("it explodes"); } function bar() { foo(); } function dostuff() { bar(); } dostuff(); server server-side log messages was introduced in firefox 43, but removed in firefox 56. you can install the chrome logger extension to (re)-enable the feature. with the chrome logger extension, web console can display messages sent from the server. this enables you to use the web console to debug server-side code. it uses the chrome logger protocol. briefly, the way it works is: your server-side code — python, php, node.js, etc. — includes a library that provides a console api. your server-side code uses this api to log messages. the server-side library creates json objects from the messages and encodes them for t...
... this api to log messages. the server-side library creates json objects from the messages and encodes them for transmission. the messages are transmitted to the client as a response header named x-chromelogger-data. the web console decodes these headers and displays them. to find a suitable library for your server code, see the chrome logger documentation. interpreter input/output commands sent to the browser using the web console's javascript interpreter, and the corresponding responses, are logged in the console messages. for responses that contain objects or variables, the following context menu options are available: reveal in inspector shows the selected dom node in the inspector pane. store as global variable creates a global variable (with a name like temp0, temp1, etc.) w...

AbstractRange - Web APIs
ed. a collapsed range is one whose start position and end position are the same, resulting in a zero-character-long range. endcontainer read only the dom node in which the end of the range, as specified by the endoffset property, is located. endoffset read only an integer value indicating the offset, in characters, from the beginning of the node's contents to the beginning of the range represented by the range object. this value must be less than the length of the endcontainer node. startcontainer read only the dom node in which the beginning of the range, as specified by the startoffset property, is located. startoffset read only an integer value indicating the offset, in characters, from the beginning of the node's contents to the last character of the contents referred to by th...
...e a few good reasons for that. first, after your page is loaded, the browser simply isn't thinking in terms of html. once it's been loaded, the page is a tree of dom node objects, so you need to specify the beginning and ending locations of a range in terms of nodes and positions within nodes. second, in order to support the mutability of the dom tree as much as possible, you need a way to represent positions relative to nodes in the tree, rather than simply global positions within the entire document. by defining points within the document as offsets within a given node, those positions remain consistent with the content even as nodes are added to, removed from, or moved around within the dom tree—within reason. there are fairly obvious limitations (such as if a node is moved to be after ...
...eah row beneath them shows the next layer of depth into the dom tree. blue nodes are text nodes, containing the text that gets shown onscreen. each element's contents are linked below it in the tree, potentially spawning a series of branches below as elements ...
...m> interesting thing happened on the way to the forum...</p> <aside class="callout"> <h2>aside</h2> <p>an interesting aside to share with you...</p> </aside> </section> </article> <pre id="log"></pre> </div> after loading the html and constructing the dom representation of the document, the resulting dom tree looks like this: in this diagram, the nodes representing html elements are shown in green. eah row beneath them shows the next layer of depth into the dom tree. blue nodes are text nodes, containing the text that gets shown onscreen. each element's contents are linked below it in the tree, potentially spawning a series of branches below as elements include other elements and text nodes. if you want to create a range that incorporates the contents o...

CanvasGradient.addColorStop() - Web APIs
a syntax_err is raised if the value cannot be parsed as a css <color> value. ...
...a syntax_err is raised if the value cannot be parsed as a css <color> value. ...
...a syntax_err is raised if the value cannot be parsed as a css <color> value. ...
...a syntax_err is raised if the value cannot be parsed as a css <color> value. ...

Applying styles and colors - Web APIs
rs, line styles, gradients, patterns and shadows to your drawings. colors up until now we have only seen methods of the drawing context. if we want to apply colors to a shape, there are two important properties we can use: fillstyle and strokestyle. fillstyle = color sets the style used when filling shapes. strokestyle = color sets the style for shapes' outlines. color is a string representing a css <color>, a gradient object, or a pattern object. we'll look at gradient and pattern objects later. by default, the stroke and fill color are set to black (css color value #000000). note: when you set the strokestyle and/or fillstyle property, the new value becomes the default for all shapes being drawn from then on. for every shape you want in a different color, you will need to reassi...
...entbyid('canvas').getcontext('2d'); for (var i = 0; i < 10; i++) { ctx.linewidth = 1 + i; ctx.beginpath(); ctx.moveto(5 + i * 14, 5); ctx.lineto(5 + i * 14, 140); ctx.stroke(); } } <canvas id="canvas" width="150" height="150"></canvas> draw(); screenshotlive sample obtaining crisp lines requires understanding how paths are stroked. in the images below, the grid represents the canvas coordinate grid. the squares between gridlines are actual on-screen pixels. in the first grid image below, a rectangle from (2,1) to (5,5) is filled. the entire area between them (light red) falls on pixel boundaries, so the resulting filled rectangle will have crisp edges. if you consider a path from (3,1) to (3,5) with a line thickness of 1.0, you end up with the situation in the...
...d radial gradients. we create a canvasgradient object by using one of the following methods. we can then assign this object to the fillstyle or strokestyle properties. createlineargradient(x1, y1, x2, y2) creates a linear gradient object with a starting point of (x1, y1) and an end point of (x2, y2). createradialgradient(x1, y1, r1, x2, y2, r2) creates a radial gradient. the parameters represent two circles, one with its center at (x1, y1) and a radius of r1, and the other with its center at (x2, y2) with a radius of r2. for example: var lineargradient = ctx.createlineargradient(0, 0, 150, 150); var radialgradient = ctx.createradialgradient(75, 75, 0, 75, 75, 100); once we've created a canvasgradient object we can assign colors to it by using the addcolorstop() method. gradient.a...
...createradialgradient(75, 75, 0, 75, 75, 100); once we've created a canvasgradient object we can assign colors to it by using the addcolorstop() method. gradient.addcolorstop(position, color) creates a new color stop on the gradient object. the position is a number between 0.0 and 1.0 and defines the relative position of the color in the gradient, and the color argument must be a string representing a css <color>, indicating the color the gradient should reach at that offset into the transition. you can add as many color stops to a gradient as you need. below is a very simple linear gradient from white to black. var lineargradient = ctx.createlineargradient(0, 0, 150, 150); lineargradient.addcolorstop(0, 'white'); lineargradient.addcolorstop(1, 'black'); a createlineargradient exampl...

DOMMatrixReadOnly - Web APIs
the dommatrix interrface—which is based upon dommatrixreadonly—adds mutability, allowing you to alter the matrix after creating it. a 4×4 matrix is suitable to describe any rotation and translation in 3d. this interface should be available inside web workers, though some implementations doesn't allow it yet. properties this interface doesn't inherit any properties. is2d read only a boolean flag whose value is true if the matrix was initialized as a 2d matrix. if false, the matrix is 3d. isidentity read only a boolean whose value is true if the matrix is the identity matrix. ...
...ntity read only a boolean whose value is true if the matrix is the identity matrix. the identity matrix is one in which every value is 0 except those on the main diagonal from top-left to bottom-right corner (in other words, where the offsets in each direction are equal). m11, m12, m13, m14, m21, m22, m23, m24, m31, m32, m33, m34, m41, m42, m43, m44 double-precision floating-point values representing each component of a 4×4 matrix, where m11 through m14 are the first column, m21 through m24 are the second column, and so forth. a, b, c, d, e, f double-precision floating-point values representing the components of a 4×4 matrix which are required in order to perform 2d rotations and translations. these are aliases for specific components of a 4×4 matrix, as shown below. 2...
...1, m12, m13, m14, m21, m22, m23, m24, m31, m32, m33, m34, m41, m42, m43, m44) which comprise the matrix. the elements are stored into the array as double-precision floating-point numbers in column-major (colexographical access access or "colex") order. (in other words, down the first column from top to bottom, then the second column, and so forth.) dommatrixreadonly.tojson() returns a json representation of the dommatrixreadonly object. dommatrixreadonly.tostring() creates and returns a domstring object which contains a string representation of the matrix in css matrix syntax, using the appropriate css matrix notation. see the matrix() css function for details on this syntax. for a 2d matrix, the elements a through f are listed, for a total of six values and the form matrix(a, b, c, d...
...ns all 16 elements and takes the form matrix3d(m11, m12, m13, m14, m21, m22, m23, m24, m31, m32, m33, m34, m41, m42, m43, m44). see the css matrix3d() function for details on the 3d notation's syntax. throws an invalidstateerror exception if any of the elements in the matrix are non-finite (even if, in the case of a 2d matrix, the non-finite values are in elements not used by the 2d matrix representation). dommatrixreadonly.transformpoint() transforms the specified point using the matrix, returning a new dompoint object containing the transformed point. neither the matrix nor the original point are altered. dommatrixreadonly.translate() returns a new dommatrix containing a matrix calculated by translating the source matrix using the specified vector. by default, the vector is (0, 0, 0)...

DeprecationReportBody - Web APIs
if the date is not known, this property will return null. ...
...if the date is not known, this property will return null. ...
...if the date is not known, this property will return null. ...
...scription of the deprecation, including information such as what newer feature has superceded it, if any. this typically matches the message a browser will display in its devtools console when a deprecated feature is used, if one is available. sourcefile a string containing the path to the source file where the deprecated feature was used, if known, or null otherwise. linenumber a number representing the line in the source file in which the deprecated feature was used, if known, or null otherwise. columnnumber a number representing the column in the source file in which the deprecated feature was used, if known, or null otherwise. examples in our deprecation_report.html example, we create a simple reporting observer to observe usage of deprecated features on our web page: let options...

Document Object Model (DOM) - Web APIs
the document object model (dom) connects web pages to scripts or programming languages by representing the structure of a document—such as the html representing a web page—in memory. usually, that means javascript, although modeling html, svg, or xml documents as objects are not part of the core javascript language, as such. the dom represents a document with a logical tree. each branch of the tree ends in a node, and each node contains objects. dom methods allow programmatic access to the tree. with them, you can change the document's structure, style, or content. nodes can also have event handlers attached to them. once an event is triggered, the event handlers get executed. ...
...ents a document with a logical tree. each branch of the tree ends in a node, and each node contains objects. dom methods allow programmatic access to the tree. with them, you can change the document's structure, style, or content. nodes can also have event handlers attached to them. once an event is triggered, the event handlers get executed. to learn more about what the dom is and how it represents documents, see our article introduction to the dom. dom interfaces attr cdatasection characterdata childnode comment customevent document documentfragment documenttype domerror domexception domimplementation domstring domtimestamp domstringlist domtokenlist element event eventtarget htmlcollection mutationobserver mutationrecord namednodemap node nodefilter nod...
...ction mutationobserver mutationrecord namednodemap node nodefilter nodeiterator nodelist nondocumenttypechildnode parentnode processinginstruction selection range text textdecoder textencoder timeranges treewalker url window worker xmldocument obsolete dom interfaces the document object model has been highly simplified. to achieve this, the following interfaces present in the different dom level 3 or earlier specifications have been removed. it is uncertain whether some may be reintroduced in the future or not, but for the time being they should be considered obsolete and should be avoided: documenttouch domconfiguration domerrorhandler domimplementationlist domimplementationregistry domimplementationsource domlocator domobject domse...
...ist domuserdata elementtraversal entity entityreference namelist notation typeinfo userdatahandler html dom a document containing html is described using the document interface, which is extended by the html specification to include various html-specific features. in particular, the element interface is enhanced to become htmlelement and various subclasses, each representing one of (or a family of closely related) elements. the html dom api provides access to various browser features such as tabs and windows, css styles and stylesheets, browser history, and so forth. these interfaces are discussed further in the html dom api documentation. svg interfaces svg element interfaces svgaelement svgaltglyphelement svgaltglyphdefelement svgaltglyphitemelemen...

DynamicsCompressorNode - Web APIs
1 number of outputs 1 channel count mode "clamped-max" channel count 2 channel interpretation "speakers" constructor dynamicscompressornode() creates a new instance of an dynamicscompressornode object. properties inherits properties from its parent, audionode. ...
...dynamicscompressornode() creates a new instance of an dynamicscompressornode object. properties inherits properties from its parent, audionode. dynamicscompressornode.threshold read only is a k-rate audioparam representing the decibel value above which the compression will start taking effect. dynamicscompressornode.knee read only is a k-rate audioparam containing a decibel value representing the range above the threshold where the curve smoothly transitions to the compressed portion. ...
...e.threshold read only is a k-rate audioparam representing the decibel value above which the compression will start taking effect. dynamicscompressornode.knee read only is a k-rate audioparam containing a decibel value representing the range above the threshold where the curve smoothly transitions to the compressed portion. dynamicscompressornode.ratio read only is a k-rate audioparam representing the amount of change, in db, needed in the input for a 1 db change in the output. dynamicscompressornode.reduction read only is a float representing the amount of gain reduction currently applied by the compressor to the signal. dynamicscompressornode.attack read only is a k-rate audioparam representing the amount of time, in seconds, required to reduce the gain by 10 db. dynamicscompre...
... methods no specific methods; inherits methods from its parent, audionode. example the below code demonstrates a simple usage of createdynamicscompressor() to add compression to an audio track. ...

Element: mouseenter event - Web APIs
event is fired at an element when a pointing device (usually a mouse) is initially moved so that its hotspot is within the element at which the event was fired. ...
...nt was fired. bubbles no cancelable no interface mouseevent event handler property onmouseenter usage notes though similar to mouseover, mouseenter differs in that it doesn't bubble and it isn't sent to any descendants when the pointer is moved from one of its descendants' physical space to its own physical space. one mouseenter event is sent to each element of the hierarchy when entering them. here 4 events are sent to the four elements of the hierarchy when the pointer reaches the text. ...
...in such cases, it is better to listen for mouseover events. ...
...in such cases, it is better to listen for mouseover events. combined with the corresponding mouseleave (which is fired at the element when the mouse exits its content area), the mouseenter event acts in a very similar way to the css :hover pseudo-class. ...

Using files from web applications - Web APIs
drag and drop. if you want to use the dom file api from extensions or other browser chrome code, you can; however, note there are some additional features to be aware of. see using the dom file api in chrome code for details. accessing selected file(s) consider this html: <input type="file" id="input" multiple> the file api makes it possible to access a filelist containing file objects representing the files selected by the user. the multiple attribute on the input element allows the user to select multiple files. accessing the first selected file using a classical dom selector: const selectedfile = document.getelementbyid('input').files[0]; accessing selected file(s) on a change event it is also possible (but not mandatory) to access the filelist through the change event. you need ...
...you can do this by styling the input element with display:none and calling the click() method on the <input> element. consider this html: <input type="file" id="fileelem" multiple accept="image/*" style="display:none"> <button id="fileselect">select some files</button> the code that handles...
...are released automatically when the document is unloaded, if your page uses them dynamically you should release them explicitly by calling url.revokeobjecturl(): url.revokeobjecturl(objecturl); example: using object urls to display images this example uses object urls to display image thumbnails. in addition, it displays other file information including their names and sizes. ...
...list, including thumbnails. if the filelist object passed to handlefiles() is null, we simply set the inner html of the block to display "no files selected!". otherwise, we start building our file list, as follows: a new unordered list (<ul>) element is created. the new list element is inserted into the <div> block by calling its node.appendchild() method. for each file in the filelist represented by files: create a new list item (<li>) element and insert it into the list. create a new image (<img>) element. set the image's source to a new object url representing the file, using url.createobjecturl() to create the blob url. set the image's height to 60 pixels. set up the image's load event handler to release the object url since it's no longer needed once the image has ...

FileSystemDirectoryEntry.getFile() - Web APIs
ct based on the filesystemflags dictionary, which allows you to specify whether or not to create the entry if it's missing and if it's an error if the file already exists. these options are currently not useful in web contexts. successcallback optional a method to be called once the filesystemfileentry has been created. the method receives a single parameter: the filesystemfileentry object representing the file in question. errorcallback optional a method to be called if an error occurs. receives as its sole input parameter a fileerror object describing the error which occurred. return value undefined. errors if an error occurs and an errorcallback was specified, it gets called with a single parameter: a fileerror object describing the error. the {domxref("fileerror.code")}} specifies...
...rrorcallback is called with an appropriate error, such as fileerror.path_exists_err. true true path doesn't exist the file or directory is created, then a filesystemfileentry or a filesystemdirectoryentry is passed to the successcallback, as appropriate. [1] when create is false, the value of exclusive is irrelevant and ignored. example in this example, a function is presented whose job it is to locate within a user's app data directory a json file containing a user dictionary for a specified language, then load that dictionary. let dictionary = null; function loaddictionaryforlanguage(appdatadirentry, lang) { dictionary = null; appdatadirentry.getdirectory("dictionaries", {}, function(direntry) { direntry.getfile(lang + "-dict.json", {}, function(fileentr...
...when that is loaded successfully (as ind...
...er.readastext(dictfile); }); }); }); } the loaddictionaryforlanguage() function starts by using getdirectory() to obtain the filesystemdirectoryentry object representing a subfolder named "dictionaries" located inside the specified app data directory. the success callback for this takes the resulting directory entry object and calls getfile() to get a filesystemfileentry object representing the dictionary file; the success callback for this, in turn, creates a new filereader and uses it to load the contents of the file. when that is loaded successfully (as indicated by the loadend event being fired), the loaded text is passed into json.parse() to be reconstituted into a javascript object. specifications specification status comment file and directory...

FileSystemEntrySync - Web APIs
it includes methods for working with files—including copying, moving, removing, and reading files—as well as information about the file it points to—including the file name and its path from the root to the entry. warning: this api was never accepted and never became standardized. various browsers implement pieces of the file and directory entries api (otherwise known as the file system api) but you should try to avoid using it. ...
...a path occupied by a directory that is not empty. filesystementrysync moveto ( in directoryentrysync parent, optional domstring newname ) raises (fileexception); parameters parent the directory to which to move the entry. newname the new name of the entry. if you do not specify a name, the browser preserves the entry's current name. returns filesystementrysync an object that represents an entry in the file system. exceptions this method can raise a fileexception with the following codes: exception description encoding_err the name supplied is invalid, because at least one of the characters is reserved or illegal. examples include a backslash (\), dot (.), and two dots (..). not_found_err the target directory does not exist. ...
...his behavior. files are simply duplicated. void copyto ( in directoryentrysync parent, optional domstring newname ) raises (fileexception); parameters parent the directory where you want the entry to move to. newname the new name of the entry. if you do not specify a name, the browser preserves the filesystementrysync's current name. returns filesystementrysync an object that represents an entry in the file system. exceptions this method can raise a fileexception with the following codes: exception description encoding_err the name supplied is invalid, because at least one of the characters is reserved or illegal. examples include a backslash (\), dot (.), and two dots (..). not_found_err the target directory does not exist. ...
... instead. no_modification_allowed_err one of the following is not writable: the source entry, its parent directory, and the target directory. getparent() look up the parent directoryentrysync containing the entry. if this entry is the root of its file system, then the parent is itself. void getparent (); parameter none returns directoryentrysync an object that represents a directory in the file system. exceptions none. ...

GeolocationPosition - Web APIs
methods the geolocationposition interface neither implements, nor inherits any methods. ...
... methods the geolocationposition interface neither implements, nor inherits any methods. ...
... methods the geolocationposition interface neither implements, nor inherits any methods. ...
... methods the geolocationposition interface neither implements, nor inherits any methods. specifications specification status comment geolocation apithe definition of 'geolocationposition' in that specification. ...

HTMLButtonElement - Web APIs
the novalidate attribute of the <form> element that owns this element. htmlbuttonelement.formtarget is a domstring reflecting a name or keyword indicating where to display the response that is received after submitting the form. if specified, this attribute overrides the target attribute of the <form> element that owns this element. htmlbuttonelement.labels read only is a nodelist that represents a list of <label> elements that are labels for this button. htmlbuttonelement.menu is a htmlmenuelement representing the menu element to be displayed if the button is clicked and is of type="menu". htmlbuttonelement.name is a domstring representing the name of the object when submitted with a form. html5 if specified, it must not be the empty string. htmlbuttonelement.tabindex is a long ...
... htmlbuttonelement.type is a domstring indicating the behavior of the button. this is an enumerated attribute with the following possible values: submit: the button submits the form. ...
...ys a menu. htmlbuttonelement.willvalidate read only is a boolean indicating whether the button is a candidate for constraint validation. it is false if any conditions bar it from constraint validation, including: its type property is reset or button; it has a <datalist> ancestor; or the disabled property is set to true. htmlbuttonelement.validationmessage read only is a domstring representing the localized message that describes the validation constraints that the control does not satisfy (if any). this attribute is the empty string if the control is not a candidate for constraint validation (willvalidate is false), or it satisfies its constraints. htmlbuttonelement.validity read only is a validitystate representing the validity states that this button is in. htmlbuttonelement.
...hat describes the validation constraints that the control does not satisfy (if any). this attribute is the empty string if the control is not a candidate for constraint validation (willvalidate is false), or it satisfies its constraints. htmlbuttonelement.validity read only is a validitystate representing the validity states that this button is in. htmlbuttonelement.value is a domstring representing the current form control value of the button. methods inherits methods from its parent, htmlelement name return type description checkvalidity() boolean not supported for reset or button elements. reportvalidity() boolean not supported for reset or button elements. setcustomvalidity(in domstring error) void not supported for r...

HTMLMeterElement - Web APIs
the html <meter> elements expose the htmlmeterelement interface, which provides special properties and methods (beyond the htmlelement object interface they also have available to them by inheritance) for manipulating the layout and presentation of <meter> elements. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 20%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 600 120" preserveaspectratio="xminymin meet"><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/eventtarget" target="_top"><rect x="1" y="1" width="110" height="50" fill="#fff" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="56" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="...
...roke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="411" y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmlmeterelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties also inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement. htmlmeterelement.high a double representing the value of the high boundary, reflecting the high attribute. htmlmeterelement.low a double representing the value of the low boundary, reflecting the lowattribute. htmlmeterelement.max a double representing the maximum value, reflecting the max attribute. htmlmeterelement.min a double representing the minimum value, reflecting the min attribute. htmlmeterelement.optimum a double repr...
... htmlmeterelement.labelsread only a nodelist of <label> elements that are associated with the element. ...
... htmlmeterelement.labelsread only a nodelist of <label> elements that are associated with the element. methods this interface does not implement any specific methods but inherits methods from its parent, htmlelement. ...

HTMLScriptElement - Web APIs
e="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="406" y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmlscriptelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement. ...
...onospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmlscriptelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement. htmlscriptelement.type is a domstring representing the mime type of the script. it reflects the type attribute. htmlscriptelement.src is a domstring representing the url of an external script. it reflects the src attribute. htmlscriptelement.event is a domstring; an obsolete way of registering event handlers on elements in an html document. htmlscriptelement.charset is a domstring representing the character encoding of an external script. it reflects the charset attribute. htmlscriptelement.async htmlscriptelement.defer the async and def...
...ents in an html document. htmlscriptelement.charset is a domstring representing the character encoding of an external script. it reflects the charset attribute. htmlscriptelement.async htmlscriptelement.defer the async and defer attributes are boolean attributes that control how the script should be executed. the defer and async attributes must not be specified if the src attribute is absent. there are three possible execution modes: if the async attribute is present, then the script will be executed asynchronously as soon as it downloads. if the async attribute is absent but the defer attribute is present, then the script is executed when the page has finished parsing. ...
... the defer attribute may be specified with the async attribute, so legacy browsers that only support defer (and not async) fall back to the defer behavior instead of the default blocking behavior. ...

HTMLSelectElement - Web APIs
these elements also share all of the properties and methods of other html elements via the htmlelement interface. ...
... of <option> elements in this select element. htmlselectelement.multiple a boolean reflecting the multiple html attribute, which indicates whether multiple items can be selected. htmlselectelement.name a domstring reflecting the name html attribute, containing the name of this control used by servers and dom search functions. htmlselectelement.optionsread only an htmloptionscollection representing the set of <option> (htmloptionelement) elements contained by this element. htmlselectelement.required a boolean reflecting the required html attribute, which indicates whether the user is required to select a value before submitting the form. htmlselectelement.selectedindex a long reflecting the index of the first selected <option> element. the value -1 indicates no element is selected. ...
...s element. htmlselectelement.required a boolean reflecting the required html attribute, which indicates whether the user is required to select a value before submitting the form. htmlselectelement.selectedindex a long reflecting the index of the first selected <option> element. the value -1 indicates no element is selected. htmlselectelement.selectedoptionsread only an htmlcollection representing the set of <option> elements that are selected. htmlselectelement.size a long reflecting the size html attribute, which contains the number of visible items in the control. the default is 1, unless multiple is true, in which case it is 4. htmlselectelement.typeread only a domstring represeting the form control's type. when multiple is true, it returns "select-multiple"; otherwise, it retu...
... reflecting the size html attribute, which contains the number of visible items in the control. the default is 1, unless multiple is true, in which case it is 4. htmlselectelement.typeread only a domstring represeting the form control's type. when multiple is true, it returns "select-multiple"; otherwise, it returns "select-one". htmlselectelement.validationmessageread only a domstring representing a localized message that describes the validation constraints that the control does not satisfy (if any). this attribute is the empty string if the control is not a candidate for constraint validation (willvalidate is false), or it satisfies its constraints. htmlselectelement.validityread only a validitystate reflecting the validity state that this control is in. htmlselectelement.value a...

HTMLTableCellElement - Web APIs
the htmltablecellelement interface provides special properties and methods (beyond the regular htmlelement interface it also has available to it by inheritance) for manipulating the layout and presentation of table cells, either header or data cells, in an html document. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 20%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 600 120" preserveaspectratio="xminymin meet"><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/eventtarget" target="_top"><rect x="1" y="1" width="110" height="50" fill="#fff" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="56" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,m...
...alternate label can be used in other contexts, such as when describing the headers that apply to a data cell. this is used to offer a shorter term for use by screen readers in particular, and is a valuable accessibility tool. usually the value of abbr is an abbreviation or acronym, but can be any text that's appropriate contextually. htmltablecellelement.cellindex read only a long integer representing the cell's position in the cells collection of the <tr> the cell is contained within. if the cell doesn't belong to a <tr>, it returns -1. htmltablecellelement.colspan an unsigned long integer indicating the number of columns this cell must span; this lets the cell occupy space across multiple columns of the table. it reflects the colspan attribute. htmltablecellelement.headers read only ...
...ined within. if the cell doesn't belong to a <tr>, it returns -1. htmltablecellelement.colspan an unsigned long integer indicating the number of columns this cell must span; this lets the cell occupy space across multiple columns of the table. it reflects the colspan attribute. htmltablecellelement.headers read only is a domsettabletokenlist describing a list of id of <th> elements that represents headers associated with the cell. it reflects the headers attribute. htmltablecellelement.rowspan an unsigned long integer indicating the number of rows this cell must span; this lets a cell occupy space across multiple rows of the table. it reflects the rowspan attribute. htmltablecellelement.scope a domstring indicating the scope of a <th> cell. header cells can be configured, using the sc...
...is property was optional and was not very well supported. htmltablecellelement.height a domstring containing a length of pixel of the hinted height of the cell. it reflects the obsolete height attribute. htmltablecellelement.nowrap a boolean value reflecting the nowrap attribute and indicating if cell content can be broken in several lines. htmltablecellelement.valign a domstring representing an enumerated value indicating how the content of the cell must be vertically aligned. it reflects the valign attribute and can have one of the following values: "top", "middle", "bottom", or "baseline". use the css vertical-align property instead. htmltablecellelement.width a domstring specifying the number of pixels wide the cell should be drawn, if possible. this property reflects the a...

Drag Operations - Web APIs
rticle recommended drag types. a drag may include data items of several different types. this allows data to be provided in more specific types, often custom types, yet still provide fallback data for drop targets that do not support more specific types. it is usually the case that the least specific type will be normal text data using the type text/plain. this data will be a simple textual representation. to set a drag data item within the datatransfer, use the setdata() method. it takes two arguments: the type of data and the data value. for example: event.datatransfer.setdata("text/plain", "text to drag"); in this case, the data value is "text to drag" and is of the format text/plain. you can provide data in multiple formats. to do this, call the setdata() method multiple times with d...
...drag'); dt.setdragimage(canvas, 25, 25); } in this example, we make one canvas the drag image. as the canvas is 50×50 pixels, we use offsets of half of this (25) so that the image appears centered on the mouse pointer. drag effects when dragging, there are several operations that may be performed. the copy operation is used to indicate that the data being dragged will be copied from its present location to the drop location. the move operation is used to indicate that the data being dragged will be moved, and the link operation is used to indicate that some form of relationship or connection will be created between the source and drop locations. you can specify which of the three operations are allowed for a drag source by setting the effectallowed property within a dragstart event lis...
...er (property). the types property returns an array of the string types that were added when the drag began, in the order from most significant to least significant. function dodragover(event) { const islink = event.datatransfer.types.includes("text/uri-list"); if (islink) { event.preventdefault(); } } in this example, we use the includes method to check if the type text/uri-list is present in the list of types. if it is, we will cancel the event so that a drop may be allowed. if the drag data does not contain a link, the event will not be cancelled, and a drop cannot occur at that location. you may also wish to set either the effectallowed, dropeffect property, or both at the same time, if you wish to be more specific about the type of operation that will performed. naturally, cha...
...led during the dragenter event. note: you must cancel the dragenter event for this pseudoclass to apply, as this state is not checked for the dragover event. for more complex visual effects, you can also perform other operations during the dragenter event. for example, by inserting an element at the location where the drop will occur. this might be an insertion marker, or an element that represents the dragged element in its new location. to do this, you could create an image or separator element and simply insert it into the document during the dragenter event. the dragover event will fire at the element the mouse is pointing at. naturally, you may need to move the insertion marker around a dragover event as well. you can use the event's clientx and clienty properties as with other mouse...

Basic concepts - Web APIs
es regardless of network availability, these applications can work both online and offline. indexeddb is useful for applications that store a large amount of data (for example, a catalog of dvds in a lending library) and applications that don't need persistent internet connectivity to work (for example, mail clients, to-do lists, and notepads). about this document this introduction discusses essential concepts and terminology in indexeddb. it gives you the big picture and explains key concepts. you'll find the following useful: for an overview of the design and structure of indexeddb, see big concepts. to learn more about indexeddb terms, see the definitions section. for a detailed tutorial on how to use the api, see using indexeddb. for the reference documentation on the indexeddb a...
...ex structured objects, and keys can be properties of those objects. you can create indexes that use any property of the objects for quick searching, as well as sorted enumeration. keys can be binary objects. indexeddb is built on a transactional database model. everything you do in indexeddb always happens in the context of a transaction. the indexeddb api provides lots of objects that represent indexes, tables, cursors, and so on, but each of these is tied to a particular transaction. thus, you cannot execute commands or open cursors outside of a transaction. transactions have a well-defined lifetime, so attempting to use a transaction after it has completed throws exceptions. also, transactions auto-commit and cannot be committed manually. this transaction model is really useful whe...
...t that was generated as a result of doing some database operation. success events don't bubble up and they can't be canceled. error events, on the other hand, do bubble, and can be cancelled. this is quite important, as error events abort whatever transactions they're running in, unless they are cancelled. indexeddb is object-oriented. indexeddb is not a relational database with tables representing collections of rows and columns. this important and fundamental difference affects the way you design and build your applications. in a traditional relational data store, you would have a table that stores a collection of rows of data and columns of named types of data. indexeddb, on the other hand, requires you to create an object store for a type of data and simply persist javascript obje...
...e about transaction types, see the reference article for indexeddb. because everything happens within a transaction, it is a very important concept in indexeddb. to learn more about transactions, especially on how they relate to versioning, see idbtransaction, which also has reference documentation. request the operation by which reading and writing on a database is done. every request represents one read or write operation. index an index is a specialized object store for looking up records in another object store, called the referenced object store. the index is a persistent key-value storage where the value part of its records is the key part of a record in the referenced object store. the records in an index are automatically populated whenever records in the referenced object st...